As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 28, 2010

Registration No. 333-      

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



 

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)



 

   
Delaware   7372   13-4068197
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

1601 Cloverfield Blvd.
Suite 620 South
Santa Monica, CA 90404
(310) 752-0200

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)



 

Adam Miller
Chief Executive Officer
Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.
1601 Cloverfield Blvd.
Suite 620 South
Santa Monica, CA 90404
(310) 752-0200

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)



 

Copies to:

   
Herbert P. Fockler
Rachel B. Proffitt
Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.
650 Page Mill Road
Palo Alto, CA 94304
(650) 493-9300
  Perry Wallack
Chief Financial Officer
1601 Cloverfield Blvd.
Suite 620 South
Santa Monica, CA 90404
(310) 752-0200
  Christopher L. Kaufman
Minji Cho
Latham & Watkins LLP
140 Scott Drive
Menlo Park, CA 94025
(650) 328-4600


 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. o

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 
Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer o
Non-accelerated filer x (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   Smaller reporting company o
 

 


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

   
Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered   Proposed Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price (1) (2)
  Amount of
Registration Fee
Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share   $ 115,000,000     $ 8,199.50  

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) Includes offering price of additional shares, if any, that may be purchased by the underwriters.


 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion. Dated September 28, 2010.

          Shares

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

Common Stock



 

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. is offering            of the shares to be sold in the offering. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering an additional            shares. Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $       and $      . Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. intends to list the common stock on the                  under the symbol “        .”

See “Risk Factors” on page 8 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of the common stock.



 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.



 

   
  Per Share   Total
Initial price to public   $              $           
Underwriting discount   $              $           
Proceeds, before expenses, to Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.   $              $           
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders   $              $           

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than            shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional            shares from the selling stockholders at the initial price to public less the underwriting discount.



 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on or about               , 2010.

 
Goldman, Sachs & Co.   Barclays Capital


 

 
William Blair & Company
Pacific Crest Securities
  Piper Jaffray
JMP Securities

Prospectus dated               , 2010.


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page
Prospectus Summary     1  
Risk Factors     8  
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements     29  
Use of Proceeds     30  
Dividend Policy     30  
Capitalization     31  
Dilution     33  
Selected Consolidated Financial Data     35  
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     37  
Business     67  
Management     83  
Executive Compensation     90  
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions     113  
Principal and Selling Stockholders     117  
Description of Capital Stock     120  
Shares Eligible for Future Sale     125  
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Stock     128  
Underwriting     132  
Legal Matters     136  
Experts     136  
Where You Can Find More Information     136  
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements     F-1  

Through and including         , 2010 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.



 

No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

i


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information set forth under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Unless the context requires otherwise, the terms “Cornerstone OnDemand,” “we,” “company,” “us” and “our” refer to Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries taken as a whole.

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

Overview

Cornerstone OnDemand is a leading global provider of a comprehensive learning and talent management solution delivered as software-as-a-service. We enable organizations to meet the challenges they face in empowering their people and maximizing the productivity of their human capital. We currently empower over 4.25 million users across 164 countries and 16 languages.

Our solution consists of five integrated platforms for learning management, enterprise social networking, performance management, succession planning and extended enterprise. Our clients use our solution to develop employees throughout their careers, engage all employees effectively, improve business execution, cultivate future leaders and integrate with their external networks of customers, vendors and distributors.

Our over 390 clients include multi-national corporations, large domestic enterprises, mid-market companies, state and local public sector organizations, higher education institutions and non-profit entities, such as Barclays Bank PLC, BJC HealthCare, Flextronics International USA, Inc., Kelly Services, Inc., Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, Pearson, Inc., Starwood Hotels & Resorts Worldwide, Inc., State of Nebraska, Teach for America and Virgin Media Limited. We support multiple client deployments of over 150,000 users, including one client with over 700,000 users.

We sell our solution domestically and internationally through both direct and indirect channels, including direct sales teams in North America and Europe, a global OEM agreement with ADP, and other distributor relationships with payroll, consulting and human resource services companies. We generate most of our revenue from sales of our solution pursuant to multi-year subscription agreements, which typically have terms of three years. We also generate revenue from consulting services for configuration, integration and training, as well as from providing third-party e-learning content.

We have grown our business each of the last 10 years, and since 2002, we have averaged a 95% annual dollar retention rate, as defined in “ Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Financial Metrics .” Since 2001, our contracted business with existing clients has increased each year. Our revenue has grown from $11.0 million in 2007 to $19.6 million in 2008 to $29.3 million in 2009, and from $13.8 million in the first six months of 2009 to $20.3 million in the first six months of 2010.

The Market

Based on the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics data as of June 2010, total compensation paid to the United States civilian workforce of approximately 154 million people is expected to exceed $8.1 trillion in 2010. Given the significance of these costs, organizations have sought to maximize the return on their investments in human capital. We believe the major challenges that organizations face in empowering their people and maximizing the productivity of their internal and external human capital are developing talent, engaging employees, improving business execution, building a leadership pipeline and integrating with their extended enterprise of customers, vendors and distributors.

1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

To deal with these challenges, organizations have deployed a variety of solutions, including written tracking systems and software based solutions. International Data Corporation, or IDC, estimates that total spending on software for workforce, e-learning, e-recruiting, intelligent compensation and performance management was $3.6 billion in 2009. 1 Historically, many of these software solutions have been human resource applications running on hardware located on organizations’ premises. However, we believe that just as organizations have increasingly chosen software-as-a-service, or SaaS, solutions for business applications such as sales force management, they will also increasingly adopt SaaS learning and talent management solutions. According to IDC, the overall SaaS market totaled $13.1 billion in revenue in 2009, representing 5.7% of worldwide software spending across all primary markets, and is expected to grow to $32.4 billion by 2013, representing 13.4% of worldwide software spending across all primary markets. 2

Many existing learning and talent management solutions suffer from shortcomings such as narrow functionality, limited configurability, difficulty of use, inability to scale and high costs of deployment, maintenance and upgrades. As a result, we believe a market opportunity exists for a comprehensive, integrated solution that helps organizations manage all aspects of their internal and external human capital and link talent management to their business strategy.

The Cornerstone OnDemand Answer

We deliver a comprehensive SaaS solution that consists of five integrated platforms for learning management, enterprise social networking, performance management, succession planning and extended enterprise. We offer a number of cross-platform tools for talent management analytics and reporting, employee profile management, employee on-boarding and e-learning content aggregation and delivery. We also provide consulting services for configuration, integration and training for our solution. We believe that our solution delivers the following benefits:

Comprehensive Functionality.   We offer five integrated platforms that address all stages of the employee lifecycle and can be used to manage processes that span multiple learning and talent management functions.
Flexible and Highly Configurable.   Clients can match the use of our solution with their specific business processes and workflows. The flexibility of our solution also allows our clients to deploy the five platforms of our solution individually or in any combination.
Easy-to-Use, Personalized User Interface.   Our solution employs an intuitive user interface and may be personalized for the end user, typically based on position, division, pay grade, location, manager and particular use of the solution.
Software-as-a-Service Model Lowers the Total Cost of Ownership and Speeds Delivery.   Our solution is accessible through a standard web browser and does not require the large investments by clients in implementation time, personnel, hardware and consulting services that are typical of legacy on-premises software solutions.
Scalable to Meet the Needs of All Organizations.   We have built a highly scalable, multi-tenant, multi-user architecture that supports the complex needs of global corporations yet is capable of supporting deployments of any size.
Continued Innovation through Collaborative Product Development .  The vast majority of the thousands of features in our solution were designed with existing and prospective clients based on their specific functional requests.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to empower people, organizations and communities with our comprehensive learning and talent management solution. Key elements of our strategy include:

1 IDC, Worldwide HCM Applications 2008 Vendor Shares: Analysis of 25 Vendors in Core HR, eLearning, eRecruiting, Intelligent Compensation, Performance Management, and Workforce Management, Doc.# 221284, Dec 2009.
2 IDC, Worldwide Software as a Service 2010-2014 Forecast: Software Will Never Be the Same, Doc.#223628, Jun 2010.

2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Retain and Expand Business with Existing Clients.   We strive to maintain our strong rate of retention by continuing to provide our clients with high levels of service and support. We also intend to continue to sell additional platforms and services to our existing clients.
Strengthen Current Sales Channels.   We plan to invest aggressively in our direct sales teams targeting enterprise and mid-market clients in North America and to grow our Europe, Middle-East and Africa, or EMEA, operations. We also intend to grow our distribution channels through key alliances, including continued expansion of our relationships with regional distributors.
Target New Markets.   We recently began selling to the public sector and intend to expand our public sector sales operations. We also intend to expand our sales presence and tailor our solution for small organizations. In addition, we intend to build sales and services operations in Asia Pacific that are modeled after our EMEA operations.
Continue to Innovate and Extend Our Technological Leadership.   We plan to continue to use our expertise in learning and talent management in collaboration with our clients to develop new applications, features and functionality to enhance our solution and expand our addressable market.
Make Cornerstone Built to Last.   Our growth strategy since inception has been deliberate, disciplined and focused on long-term success. This has allowed us to weather periods of economic turmoil and significant changes in the markets we serve without undergoing layoffs or business contraction. We plan to continue to take the same systematic approach to growth in the future.

We are also committed to empowering our employees and the communities around us, in part demonstrated by our creation of the Cornerstone OnDemand Foundation.

Summary Risk Factors

There are a number of risks and uncertainties that may affect our business, financial and operating performance and growth prospects. You should carefully consider all of the risks discussed in “ Risk Factors ,” which begin on page 8 , the other information contained in this prospectus and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes before investing in our common stock. These risks include, among others:

we have a history of losses, and we cannot be certain that we will achieve or sustain profitability;
unfavorable conditions in our industry or the global economy, or reductions in information technology spending, could limit our ability to grow and negatively affect our operating results;
our financial results may fluctuate due to our long, variable and therefore unpredictable sales cycle and our focus on large and mid-market organizations;
our financial results may fluctuate due to other factors, some of which may be beyond our control;
the forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the markets in which we compete achieve the forecasted growth, our business may not grow at similar rates or at all;
our business depends substantially on clients renewing their subscriptions to our solution, purchasing additional platforms from us and adding additional users;
our market is intensely competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our operating results could suffer; and

3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

our business and operations are experiencing rapid growth and organizational change, which we must manage effectively to preserve the key aspects of our corporate culture and avoid negative effects on our business and operating results.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in Delaware in 1999 under the name “CyberU, Inc.” and changed our name to Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. in 2005. Our principal executive offices are located at 1601 Cloverfield Blvd., Suite 620 South, Santa Monica, CA 90404, and our telephone number is (310) 752-0200. Our website address is www.csod.com . Information contained on our website, however, is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

“Cornerstone,” “Cornerstone OnDemand,” the Cornerstone OnDemand logo, “CyberU” and other trademarks or service marks of Cornerstone OnDemand appearing in this prospectus are the property of Cornerstone OnDemand. Trade names, trademarks and service marks of other companies appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders.

Industry and Market Data

Some of the industry and market data contained in this prospectus are based on independent industry publications or other publicly available information, while other information is based on our internal sources. Although we believe that each source is reliable as of its respective date, the information contained in such sources involve a number of assumptions and limitations and has not been independently verified. As a result, you should be aware that the industry and market industry data contained in this prospectus, and beliefs and estimates based on such data, may not be reliable.

4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

THE OFFERING

Common stock offered:    
by us    
          shares.
by the selling stockholders    
             shares (or       shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).
Shares outstanding after the offering    
          shares.
Use of proceeds    
    We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $     million from this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $     per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes. See “ Use of Proceeds ” for additional information.
    We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares offered by the selling stockholders.
Risk factors    
    See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 8 and the other information included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.
Proposed                      symbol    
            

The number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering is based on 38,890,143 shares outstanding as of August 31, 2010, and excludes:

1,090,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of August 31, 2010 at a weighted average exercise price of $1.77 per share, which will remain outstanding after this offering;
4,329,940 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of August 31, 2010 at a weighted average exercise price of $0.73 per share; and
an aggregate of    additional shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans.

Except as otherwise indicated, information in this prospectus reflects or assumes the following:

the amendment and restatement of our certificate of incorporation prior to completion of this offering;
the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding preferred stock into an aggregate of 23,752,616 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering;
the issuance of 5,081,057 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of August 31, 2010 at a weighted average exercise price of $2.33 per share; and
no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock.

5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables present our consolidated financial and other data for our business for the periods indicated. We derived the summary consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Summary consolidated financial data for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 and at June 30, 2010 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future. You should read this summary consolidated financial data in conjunction with “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, all included elsewhere in this prospectus.

         
  Years Ended December 31,   Six Months Ended
June 30,
     2007   2008   2009   2009   2010
     (in thousands, except per share data)
Consolidated statements of operations data:
                                            
Revenue   $ 10,976     $ 19,626     $ 29,322     $ 13,804     $ 20,283  
Cost of revenue (1)     3,911       6,116       8,676       3,961       6,227  
Gross profit     7,065       13,510       20,646       9,843       14,056  
Operating expenses:
                                            
Selling and marketing (1)     9,343       16,914       18,886       8,316       12,946  
Research and development (1)     1,754       2,724       2,791       1,247       2,145  
General and administrative (1)     2,653       2,564       4,329       1,934       3,116  
Total operating expenses     13,750       22,202       26,006       11,497       18,207  
Loss from operations     (6,685 )       (8,692 )       (5,360 )       (1,654 )       (4,151 )  
Other income (expense):
                                            
Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net     (144 )       (639 )       (813 )       (279 )       (601 )  
Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities     1,147       (790 )       (2,147 )       (1,175 )       (4,442 )  
Loss before provision for income taxes     (5,682 )       (10,121 )       (8,320 )       (3,108 )       (9,194 )  
Provision for income taxes     (20 )       (62 )       (72 )       (36 )       (59 )  
Net loss     (5,702 )       (10,183 )       (8,392 )       (3,144 )       (9,253 )  
Excess of fair value of consideration transferred over carrying value on redemption of Series A preferred stock     (2,425 )                          
Accretion of redeemable preferred stock     (211 )       (337 )       (2,072 )       (986 )       (2,005 )  
Net loss attributable to common stockholders   $ (8,338 )     $ (10,520 )     $ (10,464 )     $ (4,130 )     $ (11,258 )  
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (2)   $ (0.97 )     $ (1.25 )     $ (1.24 )     $ (0.49 )     $ (1.32 )  
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted     8,562       8,387       8,467       8,458       8,538  
Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders – basic and diluted (3)               $             $    
Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding – basic and diluted                                      

(1) The following table sets forth stock-based compensation included in the above line items:

         
  Year ended
December 31,
  Six months ended
June 30,
     2007   2008   2009   2009   2010
     (in thousands)
Stock-based compensation:
                                            
Cost of revenue   $ 24     $ 30     $ 27     $ 13     $ 30  
Selling and marketing     91       143       221       105       128  
Research and development     16       24       22       6       19  
General and administrative     89       45       61       26       52  
Total   $ 220     $ 242     $ 331     $ 150     $ 229  

6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(2) See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for a description of the method to compute basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.
(3) Basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders has been computed to give effect to the assumed conversion of all our convertible preferred stock as though the conversion had occurred on January 1, 2009 or the date of issuance, if later.

     
  As of June 30, 2010
     Actual   Pro Forma (1)   Pro Forma As
Adjusted (2) (3)
     (in thousands)
Consolidated balance sheet data:
                          
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 7,106     $     $  
Property and equipment, net     3,975                    
Working capital, excluding deferred revenue     8,412                    
Total assets     26,858                    
Deferred revenue, current and non-current portions     19,432                    
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion     1,878                    
Long-term debt, net of current portion     3,906                    
Preferred stock warrant liabilities     10,125                    
Convertible preferred stock     35,859                    
Stockholders’ (deficit) equity     (56,384 )                    

(1) The pro forma consolidated balance sheet data give effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding preferred stock into an aggregate of 23,752,616 shares of common stock, (ii) the issuance of 5,081,057 shares of common stock upon the exercise of warrants outstanding at June 30, 2010, at a weighted average exercise price of $2.33 per share, and (iii) the conversion of warrants to purchase preferred stock outstanding at June 30, 2010 into warrants to purchase 520,625 shares of common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.60 per share and the related reclassification of preferred stock warrant liabilities to stockholders’ (deficit) equity.
(2) The pro forma as adjusted consolidated balance sheet data give effect to the sale of shares of common stock in this offering by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $    per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expense payable by us.
(3) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $    million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us (as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below and the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before making a decision to invest in our common stock. If any of such risks actually occur, our business, operating results, financial condition or growth prospects could be materially adversely affected. In those cases, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We have a history of losses, and we cannot be certain that we will achieve or sustain profitability.

We have incurred annual losses since our inception. We experienced net losses of $5.7 million, $10.2 million, $8.4 million and $9.3 million in 2007, 2008, and 2009 and for the first six months of 2010, respectively. At June 30, 2010, we had an accumulated deficit and total stockholders’ deficit of $55.9 million and $56.4 million, respectively. We expect to continue to incur operating losses as a result of expenses associated with the continued development and expansion of our business. Our expenses include sales and marketing, research and development and other costs relating to the development, marketing and sale of our solution and consulting services that may not generate revenue until later periods, if at all. Any failure to increase revenue or manage our cost structure as we implement initiatives to grow our business could prevent us from achieving or sustaining profitability. In addition, our ability to achieve profitability is subject to a number of the risks and uncertainties discussed below, many of which are beyond our control. We cannot be certain that we will be able to achieve or sustain profitability on a quarterly or annual basis.

Unfavorable conditions in our industry or the global economy or reductions in information technology spending could limit our ability to grow our business and negatively affect our operating results.

Our operating results may vary based on the impact of changes in our industry or the global economy on us or our clients. The revenue growth and potential profitability of our business depends on demand for enterprise application software and services generally and for learning and talent management solutions in particular. We sell our solution primarily to large and mid-sized organizations whose businesses fluctuate based on general economic and business conditions. In addition, a portion of our revenue is attributable to the number of users of our solution at each of our clients, which in turn is influenced by the employment and hiring patterns of our clients and potential clients. To the extent that weak economic conditions cause our clients and potential clients to freeze or reduce their headcount, demand for our solution may be negatively affected. Historically, economic downturns have resulted in overall reductions in spending on information technology and learning and talent management solutions as well as pressure for extended billing terms, as occurred during the recent recession. If economic conditions deteriorate or do not materially improve, our clients and potential clients may elect to decrease their information technology and learning and talent management budgets by deferring or reconsidering product purchases, which would limit our ability to grow our business and negatively affect our operating results.

Our financial results may fluctuate due to our long, variable and, therefore, unpredictable sales cycle and our focus on large and mid-market organizations.

We plan our expenses based on certain assumptions about the length and variability of our sales cycle. If our sales cycle becomes longer or more variable, our results may be adversely affected. Our sales cycle generally varies in duration between two to nine months and, in some cases, even longer depending on the size of the potential client. Factors that may influence the length and variability of our sales cycle include:

the need to educate potential clients about the uses and benefits of our solution;
the relatively long duration of the commitment clients make in their agreements with us;

8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the discretionary nature of potential clients’ purchasing and budget cycles and decisions;
the competitive nature of potential clients’ evaluation and purchasing processes;
evolving functionality demands of potential clients;
fluctuations in the learning and talent management needs of potential clients;
announcements or planned introductions of new products by us or our competitors; and
lengthy purchasing approval processes of potential clients.

The fluctuations that result from the length and variability of our sales cycle may be magnified by our focus on sales to large and mid-sized organizations. If we are unable to close an expected significant transaction with one or more of these companies in a particular period, or if an expected transaction is delayed until a subsequent period, our operating results for that period, and for any future periods in which revenue from such transaction would otherwise have been recognized, may be adversely affected.

Our financial results may fluctuate due to other factors, some of which may be beyond our control.

There are a number of other factors that may cause our financial results to fluctuate from period to period, including:

the extent to which new clients are attracted to our solution to satisfy their learning and talent management needs;
the timing and rate at which we sign agreements with new clients;
the extent to which we retain existing clients and satisfy their requirements;
the extent to which existing clients renew their subscriptions to our solution and the timing of those renewals;
the extent to which existing clients purchase or discontinue use of additional platforms in our solution and add or decrease the number of users;
the addition or loss of large clients, including through acquisitions or consolidations;
the number and size of new clients, as compared to the number and size of renewal clients in a particular period;
the mix of clients between small, mid-sized and large organizations;
changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors;
changes in billing cycles and the size of advance payments relative to overall contract value in client agreements;
seasonal factors affecting demand for our solution or potential clients purchasing decisions;
the financial condition and creditworthiness of our clients;
the amount and timing of operating expenses, including those related to the maintenance and expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure;
the timing and success of new product and service introductions by us;
the timing and success of current and new competitive products and services by our competitors;
other changes in the competitive dynamics of our industry, including consolidation among competitors, clients or strategic partners;
the timing of expenses related to the development of new products and technologies, including enhancements to our solution;

9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

our ability to manage our existing business and future growth, including in terms of additional clients, incremental users and new geographic regions;
expenses related to our data centers and the expansion of such data centers;
the effects and expenses of acquisition of third-party technologies or businesses and any potential future charges for impairment of goodwill resulting from those acquisitions;
general economic, industry and market conditions; and
various factors related to disruptions in our SaaS hosting network infrastructure, defects in our solution, privacy and data security, and exchange rate fluctuations, each of which is described elsewhere in these risk factors.

In light of the foregoing factors, we believe that our financial results, including our revenue and deferred revenue levels, may vary significantly from period-to-period. As a result, period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful and should not be relied on as an indication of future performance.

The forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the markets in which we compete achieve the forecasted growth, we cannot assure you our business will grow at similar rates, or at all.

Growth forecasts are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates which may not prove to be accurate. Forecasts relating to the expected growth in the SaaS market or learning and talent management market may prove to be inaccurate. Even if these markets experience the forecasted growth, we may not grow our businesses at similar rates, or at all. Our growth is subject to many factors, including our success in implementing our business strategy, which is subject to many risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, the forecasts included in this prospectus should not be taken as indicative of our future growth.

Our business depends substantially on clients renewing their agreements and purchasing additional platforms from us or adding additional users. Any decline in our client renewals, purchases of additional platforms or additional users would harm our future operating results.

In order for us to improve our operating results, it is important that our clients renew their agreements with us when the initial contract term expires and also purchase additional platforms or add additional users. Our clients have no obligation to renew their subscriptions after the initial subscription period, and we cannot assure you that clients will renew subscriptions at the same or higher level of service, if at all. In fact, in the past, some of our clients have elected not to renew their agreements with us. Moreover, certain of our clients have the right to cancel their agreements for convenience, subject to certain notice requirements and, in some cases, early termination fees. Our clients’ renewal rates may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including their satisfaction or dissatisfaction with our solution, pricing, the prices of competing products or services, mergers and acquisitions affecting our client base, reduced hiring by our clients or reductions in our clients’ spending levels. If our clients do not renew their subscriptions, renew on less favorable terms, fail to purchase additional platforms, or fail to add new users, our revenue may decline, and our operating results may be harmed.

The market in which we participate is intensely competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our operating results could be harmed.

The market for learning and talent management software is highly competitive, rapidly evolving and fragmented. Many of our competitors and potential competitors are larger and have greater brand name recognition, much longer operating histories, larger marketing budgets and significantly greater resources than we do, and, with the introduction of new technologies and market entrants, we expect competition to intensify in the future. If we fail to compete effectively, our business will be harmed. Some of our principal competitors offer their products or services at a lower price, which has resulted in pricing pressures. Similarly, some competitors offer different billing terms which has

10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

resulted in pressures on our billing terms. If we are unable to maintain our pricing levels and our billing terms, our operating results would be negatively impacted. In addition, pricing pressures and increased competition generally could result in reduced sales, reduced margins, losses or the failure of our solution to achieve or maintain more widespread market acceptance, any of which could harm our business.

We face competition from paper-based processes and desktop software tools. We also face competition from custom-built software that is designed to support the needs of a single organization, as well as from third-party human resource application providers. These software vendors include, without limitation, Halogen Software, Inc., Jive Software, Oracle Corporation, Plateau Systems, Ltd, Saba Software, Inc., SAP AG, Softscape, Inc., StepStone ASA, a subsidiary of Axel Springer AG, SuccessFactors, Inc., SumTotal Systems, Inc., and Taleo Corporation.

Many of our competitors are able to devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products and services. In addition, many of our competitors have established marketing relationships, access to larger client bases and major distribution agreements with consultants, system integrators and distributors. Moreover, many software vendors could bundle human resource products or offer such products at a lower price as part of a larger product sale. In addition, some competitors may offer software that addresses one, or a limited number, of learning or talent management functions at a lower price point or with greater depth than our solution. As a result, our competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or client requirements. Further, some potential clients, particularly large enterprises, may elect to develop their own internal solutions. For all of these reasons, we may not be able to compete successfully against our current and future competitors.

Our business and operations are experiencing rapid growth and organizational change. If we fail to effectively manage such growth and change in a manner that preserves the key aspects of our corporate culture, our business and operating results could be harmed.

We have experienced, and may continue to experience, rapid growth and organizational change, which has placed, and may continue to place, significant demands on our management, operational and financial resources. For example, our headcount has grown from approximately 185 employees on September 1, 2009 to approximately 280 employees on September 1, 2010. In addition, we have established offices in the United Kingdom, France, Germany, Israel and India, and we may continue to expand our international operations into other countries in the future. We have also experienced significant growth in the number of users, transactions and data that our SaaS hosting infrastructure supports. Finally, our organizational structure is becoming more complex as we improve our operational, financial and management controls as well as our reporting systems and procedures. We will require significant capital expenditures and the allocation of valuable management resources to grow and change in these areas without undermining our corporate culture of rapid innovation, teamwork and attention to client success that has been central to our growth so far. If we fail to manage our anticipated growth and change in a manner that preserves the key aspects of our corporate culture, the quality of our solution may suffer, which could negatively affect our brand and reputation and harm our ability to retain and attract clients.

For a detailed discussion of the risks related to our ability to expand our business internationally, manage growth in our SaaS hosting network infrastructure, and expand parts of our organization to implement improved operational, financial and management controls and reporting systems, see the following risk factors “  — We currently have only a limited number of international offices and may expand our international operations, but we do not have substantial experience in international markets and may not achieve the results that we expect ” and “  — As a result of becoming a public company, we will be obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting. We and our independent registered public accountants have determined that we have experienced significant deficiencies in internal controls. If we do not remediate these significant deficiencies and complete our analysis of our internal control over financial reporting in a timely

11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

manner, or if our internal controls are determined to be ineffective, investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our common stock may be adversely affected.

As a result of becoming a public company, we will be obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting. We and our independent registered public accountants have determined that we have experienced significant deficiencies in internal controls. If we do not remediate these significant deficiencies and complete our analysis of our internal control over financial reporting in a timely manner, or if our internal controls are determined to be ineffective, investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our common stock may be adversely affected.

We will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the first fiscal year beginning after the effective date of this offering. Our auditors may also need to attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting.

Two significant deficiencies in internal controls were identified in connection with the preparation of our financial statements and the audit of our financial results for 2009. We determined that we had a significant deficiency relating to the proper accrual of certain bonuses for non-executive employees in prior years. In addition, we determined that we had a significant deficiency relating to errors discovered by us and our independent registered public accountants in our manual input of amounts necessary for the calculation of revenue under new guidance for reporting revenue from multiple-deliverables arrangements. None of these errors resulted in a revenue adjustment that we determined to be material, either individually or in the aggregate, to our financial statements.

We have taken actions to remediate both of these significant deficiencies including instituting more detailed recording, review and approval processes, establishing additional internal controls, providing additional training and fully implementing our new financial accounting system. These efforts are ongoing and we cannot assure you that they will be successful.

We are in the very early stages of the costly and challenging process of compiling our system of internal controls over financial reporting and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404. We may discover, and not be able to remediate, future significant deficiencies or material weaknesses, nor be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective. If we are unable to assert that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective, or if our auditors are unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could have a material adverse effect on the price of our common stock.

Security and privacy breaches may hurt our business.

Our solution involves the storage and transmission of clients’ proprietary and confidential information over the Internet, and security breaches, unauthorized access, unauthorized usage, virus or similar breach or disruption could result in loss of this information, damage to our reputation, early termination of our contracts, litigation, regulatory investigations or other liabilities. If our security measures are breached as a result of third-party action, employee error, malfeasance or otherwise and, as a result, someone obtains unauthorized access to client data, our reputation will be damaged, our business may suffer and we could incur significant liability. Techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a target. As a result, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. If an actual or perceived security breach occurs, the market perception of our security measures could be harmed and we could lose sales and clients.

12


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Any significant violations of data privacy could result in the loss of business, litigation and regulatory investigations and penalties that could damage our reputation and adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition. Moreover, if a high profile security breach occurs with respect to another SaaS provider, our clients and potential clients may lose trust in the security of the SaaS business model generally, which could adversely impact our ability to retain existing clients or attract new ones.

Any significant disruption in our SaaS hosting network infrastructure could harm our reputation, require us to provide credits or refunds, result in early termination of a client agreement or a loss of clients, and adversely affect our business.

Our SaaS hosting network infrastructure is a critical part of our business operations. Our clients access our solution through a standard web browser. Our clients depend on us for fast and reliable access to our solution. Our software is proprietary, and we rely on the expertise of members of our engineering and software development teams for the continued performance of our solution. We have experienced, and may in the future experience, disruptions in our computing and communications infrastructure. Factors that may cause such disruptions include:

human error;
security breaches;
telecommunications outages from third-party providers;
computer viruses;
acts of terrorism, sabotage or other intentional acts of vandalism;
unforeseen interruption or damages experienced in moving hardware to a new location;
fire, earthquake, flood and other natural disasters; and
power loss.

Although we generally back up our client databases hourly and store our data in more than one geographically distinct location at least weekly, our infrastructure does not currently include the real-time mirroring of data. Thus, in the event of any of the factors described above, or certain other failures of our computing infrastructure, client data from recent transactions may be permanently lost. Moreover, some of our agreements include performance guarantees and service level standards that obligate us to provide credits, or refunds or termination rights in the event of a significant disruption in our SaaS hosting network infrastructure or other technical problems that relate to the functionality or design of our solution.

Defects in our solution could affect our reputation, result in significant costs to us and impair our ability to sell our solution and related services.

Defects in our solution could adversely affect our reputation, result in significant costs to us and impair our ability to sell our solution in the future. The costs incurred in correcting any solution defects may be substantial and could adversely affect our operating results. Although we continually test our solution for defects and work with clients through our client support organization to identify and correct errors, defects in our solution are likely to occur in the future. Any defects that cause interruptions to the availability of our solution could result in:

lost or delayed market acceptance and sales of our solution;
early termination of client agreements or loss of clients;
credits or refunds to clients;
product liability suits against us;
diversion of development resources;
injury to our reputation; and

13


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

increased maintenance and warranty costs.

While our client agreements typically contain limitations and disclaimers that purport to limit our liability for damages related to defects in our solution, such limitations and disclaimers may not be enforced by a court or other tribunal or otherwise effectively protect us from such claims.

We may acquire other companies or technologies, which could divert our management’s attention, result in additional dilution to our stockholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and harm our operating results.

In the future, we may seek to acquire or invest in businesses, products or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our solution, enhance our technical capabilities or otherwise offer growth opportunities. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various expenses in identifying, investigating and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are ultimately consummated.

We do not have any experience in acquiring other businesses. If we acquire additional businesses, we may not be able to integrate the acquired personnel, operations and technologies successfully or effectively manage the combined business following the acquisition. We may also not achieve the anticipated benefits from the acquired business due to a number of factors, including:

unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with the acquisition;
incurrence of acquisition-related costs;
diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;
harm to our existing relationships with distributors and clients as a result of the acquisition;
the potential loss of key employees;
the use of resources that are needed in other parts of our business; and
the use of substantial portions of our available cash to consummate the acquisition.

In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of companies we acquire may be allocated to acquired goodwill and other intangible assets, which must be assessed for impairment at least annually. In the future, if our acquisitions do not yield expected returns, we may be required to take charges to our operating results based on this impairment assessment process, which could harm our results of operations.

Acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, which could adversely affect our operating results. In addition, if an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our operating results, business and financial condition may suffer.

Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties.

We anticipate that we will continue to depend on various third-party relationships in order to grow our business. In addition to growing our indirect sales channels, we intend to pursue additional relationships with other third parties, such as technology and content providers and implementation consultants. Identifying, negotiating and documenting relationships with third parties require significant time and resources as does integrating third-party content and technology. Our agreements with distributors and providers of technology, content and consulting services are typically non-exclusive, do not prohibit them from working with our competitors or from offering competing services and generally do not have minimum purchase commitments. Our competitors may be effective in providing incentives to third parties to favor their products or services or to prevent or reduce subscriptions to our solution. In addition, these distributors and providers may not perform as expected under our agreements, which could negatively affect our brand and reputation. A global economic slowdown could also adversely affect the businesses of our distributors, and it is possible that they may not be able to devote the resources we expect to the relationship.

14


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our relationships with these third parties, including our relationship with ADP, our ability to compete in the marketplace or to grow our revenue could be impaired and our operating results would suffer. Even if we are successful, we cannot assure you that these relationships will result in improved operating results.

Failure to effectively expand our direct sales teams and develop and expand our indirect sales channel will impede our growth.

We will need to continue to expand our sales and marketing infrastructure in order to grow our client base and our business. We plan to significantly expand our direct sales teams and engage additional third-party distributors, both domestically and internationally. Identifying, recruiting and training these people and entities will require significant time, expense and attention. Our business will be seriously harmed and our financial resources will be wasted if our efforts to expand our direct and indirect sales channels do not generate a corresponding increase in revenue. In particular, if we are unable to hire, develop and retain talented sales personnel or if our new direct sales personnel are unable to achieve expected productivity levels in a reasonable period of time, we may not be able to significantly increase our revenue and grow our business.

If we fail to retain key employees and recruit qualified technical and sales personnel, our business could be harmed.

We believe that our success depends on the continued employment of our senior management and other key employees, such as our chief executive officer. In addition, because our future success is dependent on our ability to continue to enhance and introduce new software and services, we are heavily dependent on our ability to attract and retain qualified engineers with the requisite education, background and industry experience. As we expand our business, our continued success will also depend, in part, on our ability to attract and retain qualified sales, marketing and operational personnel capable of supporting a larger and more diverse client base. The loss of the services of a significant number of our engineers or sales people could be disruptive to our development efforts or business relationships. In addition, if any of our key employees joins a competitor or decides to otherwise compete with us, we may experience a material disruption of our operations and development plans, which may cause us to lose clients or increase operating expenses as the attention of our remaining senior managers is diverted to recruit replacements for the departed key employees.

In cases where we are asked by clients to deploy our solution on their behalf, failure to effectively manage such client deployments by us or our third-party service providers could adversely impact our business.

Clients have the option of implementing our solution themselves or relying on us to do so on their behalf. In cases where we are asked to deploy our solution for a client, we need to have a substantial understanding of such client’s business so that we can configure our solution in a manner that complements its existing business processes and integrates our solution into its existing systems. It may be difficult for us to manage the timeliness of these deployments and the allocation of personnel and resources by us or our clients. In certain situations, we also work with third-party service providers in the deployment of our solution, and we may experience difficulties managing such third parties. Failure to successfully manage client deployments by us or our third-party service providers could harm our reputation and cause us to lose existing clients, face potential client disputes or limit the rate at which new clients purchase our solution.

Because we recognize revenue from client subscriptions over the term of the agreement, a significant downturn in our business may not be immediately reflected in our operating results.

We recognize revenue from subscription agreements monthly over the terms of these agreements, which is typically three years. As a result, a significant portion of the revenue we report in each quarter is generated from client agreements entered into during previous periods.

15


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Consequently, a decline in new or renewed subscriptions in any one quarter may not impact our financial performance in that quarter, but will negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. If a number of contracts expire and are not renewed in the same quarter, our revenue will decline significantly in that quarter and subsequent quarters. In addition, we may be unable to adjust our fixed costs in response to reduced revenue. Accordingly, the effect of significant declines in sales and market acceptance of our solution may not be reflected in our short-term results of operations.

Certain of our operating results and financial metrics are difficult to predict as a result of seasonality.

We have historically experienced seasonality in terms of when we enter into client agreements for our solution. We sign a significantly higher percentage of agreements with new clients, and renewal agreements with existing clients, in the fourth quarter of each year and a significant portion of these agreements are signed during the last month, and often the last two weeks, of each quarter. This seasonality is reflected to a much lesser extent, and sometimes is not immediately apparent, in our revenue, due to the fact that we recognize subscription revenue over the term of the client agreement, which is generally three years. We expect this seasonality to continue, or possibly increase, in the future, which may cause fluctuations in certain of our operating results and financial metrics, and thus difficulties in predictability.

If we fail to manage our SaaS hosting network infrastructure capacity, our existing clients may experience service outages and our new clients may experience delays in the deployment of our learning and talent management solution.

We have experienced significant growth in the number of users, transactions and data that our hosting infrastructure supports. We seek to maintain sufficient excess capacity in our SaaS hosting network infrastructure to meet the needs of all of our clients. We also seek to maintain excess capacity to facilitate the rapid provision of new client deployments and the expansion of existing client deployments. However, the provision of new hosting infrastructure requires significant lead time. If we do not accurately predict our infrastructure capacity requirements, our existing clients may experience service outages that may subject us to financial penalties, financial liabilities and client losses. If our hosting infrastructure capacity fails to keep pace with increased sales, clients may experience delays as we seek to obtain additional capacity, which could harm our reputation and adversely affect our revenue growth.

Because we generally recognize subscription revenue from our clients over the terms of their agreements but incur most costs associated with generating such agreements upfront, rapid growth in our client base may put downward pressure on our operating income in the short term.

The expenses associated with generating client agreements are generally incurred up front but the resulting subscription revenue is generally recognized over the life of the agreements; therefore, increased growth in the number of clients will result in our recognition of more costs than revenue during the early periods covered by such agreements, even in cases where the agreements are expected to be profitable for us over their full terms.

Integrated, comprehensive SaaS solutions such as ours represent a relatively recent approach to addressing organizations’ talent management challenges, and we may be forced to change the prices we charge for our solution, or the pricing model upon which they are based, as the market for this type of solution evolves.

Providing organizations with applications to address their talent management challenges through integrated, comprehensive SaaS solutions is a developing market. The market for these solutions is therefore still evolving, and competitive dynamics may cause pricing levels, as well as pricing models generally, to change, as the market matures and as existing and new market participants introduce new types of solutions and different approaches to enable organizations to address their talent management needs. As a result, we may be forced to reduce the prices we charge for our solution or

16


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the pricing model on which they are based, and may be unable to renew existing client agreements or enter into new client agreements at the same prices and upon the same terms that we have historically, which could have a material adverse effect on our revenue, gross margin and other operating results.

Existing or future laws and regulations relating to privacy or data security could increase the cost of our solution and subject us or our clients to litigation, regulatory investigations and other potential liabilities.

Our learning and talent management solution enables our clients to collect, manage and store a wide range of data related to every phase of the employee performance and management cycle. The United States and various state governments have adopted or proposed limitations on the collection, distribution and use of personal information. Several foreign jurisdictions, including the European Union and the United Kingdom, have adopted legislation (including directives or regulations) that increase or change the requirements governing data collection and storage in these jurisdictions. If our privacy or data security measures fail to comply with current or future laws and regulations, we may be subject to litigation, regulatory investigations or other liabilities. Moreover, if future laws and regulations limit our clients’ ability to use and share employee data or our ability to store, process and share data with our clients over the Internet, demand for our solution could decrease, our costs could increase, and our results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.

Evolving regulation of the Internet or changes in the infrastructure underlying the Internet may adversely affect our financial condition by increasing our expenditures and causing client dissatisfaction.

As Internet commerce continues to evolve, regulation by federal, state or foreign agencies may increase. We are particularly sensitive to these risks because the Internet is a critical component of our business model. In addition, taxation of services provided over the Internet or other charges imposed by government agencies or by private organizations for accessing the Internet may also be imposed. Legislation has been proposed that may impact the way that Internet service providers treat Internet traffic. The outcome of such proposals is uncertain but certain outcomes may negatively impact our business or increase our operating costs. Any regulation imposing greater fees for Internet use or restricting information exchanged over the Internet could result in a decline in the use of the Internet and the viability of Internet-based services, which could harm our business.

In addition, the rapid and continual growth of traffic on the Internet has resulted at times in slow connection and download speeds among Internet users. Our business expansion may be harmed if the Internet infrastructure cannot handle our clients’ demands or if hosting capacity becomes insufficient. If our clients become frustrated with the speed at which they can utilize our solution over the Internet, our clients may discontinue the use of our learning and talent management solution and choose not to renew their contracts with us.

We currently have only a limited number of international offices and may expand our international operations, but we do not have substantial experience in international markets and may not achieve the results that we expect.

We currently have international offices in the United Kingdom, France, Germany, Israel and India, and we may expand our international operations into other countries in the future. International operations involve a variety of risks, including:

unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, taxes, trade laws, tariffs, export quotas, custom duties or other trade restrictions;
differing labor regulations;
regulations relating to data security and the unauthorized use of, or access to, commercial and personal information;

17


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

greater difficulty in supporting and localizing our products;
changes in a specific country’s or region’s political or economic conditions;
challenges inherent in efficiently managing an increased number of employees over large geographic distances, including the need to implement appropriate systems, policies, benefits and compliance programs;
limited or unfavorable intellectual property protection; and
restrictions on repatriation of earnings.

We have limited experience in marketing, selling and supporting our products and services abroad. Our limited experience in operating our business internationally increases the risk that any potential future expansion efforts that we may undertake will not be successful. If we invest substantial time and resources to expand our international operations and are unable to do so successfully and in a timely manner, our business and operating results will suffer.

Even if demand for learning and talent management products and services increases generally, there is no guarantee that demand for SaaS solutions like ours will increase to a corresponding degree.

The widespread adoption of our solution depends not only on strong demand for learning and talent management products and services generally, but also for products and services delivered via a SaaS business model in particular. There are still a significant number of organizations that have adopted no talent management functions at all, and it is unclear whether such organizations ever will adopt such functions and, if they do, whether they will desire a SaaS learning and talent management solution like ours. As a result, we cannot assure you that our SaaS learning and talent management solution will achieve and sustain the high level of market acceptance that is critical for the success of our business.

Mergers of or other strategic transactions by our competitors could weaken our competitive position or reduce our revenue.

If one or more of our competitors were to merge or partner with another of our competitors, the change in the competitive landscape could adversely affect our ability to compete effectively. Our competitors may also establish or strengthen cooperative relationships with our current or future strategic distributors, systems integrators, payroll services companies, third-party consulting firms or other parties with whom we have relationships, thereby limiting our ability to promote our solution and limiting the number of consultants available to implement our solution. Disruptions in our business caused by these events could reduce our revenue.

If we fail to develop our brand cost-effectively, our business may suffer.

We believe that developing and maintaining awareness of the Cornerstone OnDemand brand in a cost-effective manner is critical to achieving widespread acceptance of our existing and future solutions and is an important element in attracting new clients. Furthermore, we believe that the importance of brand recognition will increase as competition in our market increases. Successful promotion of our brand will depend largely on the effectiveness of our marketing efforts and on our ability to provide reliable and useful services at competitive prices. In the past, our efforts to build our brand have involved significant expenses. Brand promotion activities may not yield increased revenue, and even if they do, any increased revenue may not offset the expenses we incurred in building our brand. In addition, the Cornerstone OnDemand Foundation shares our company name and any negative perceptions of any kind about the Foundation could adversely affect our brand and reputation. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brand, or incur substantial expenses in an unsuccessful attempt to promote and maintain our brand, we may fail to attract enough new clients or retain our existing clients to the extent necessary to realize a sufficient return on our brand-building efforts, and our business could suffer.

18


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fluctuations in the exchange rate of foreign currencies could result in currency transactions losses.

We currently have foreign sales denominated in Great British Pounds and Euros and, may in the future, have sales denominated in the currencies of additional countries in which we establish or have established sales offices. In addition, we incur a portion of our operating expenses in Great British Pounds and Euros and, to a much lesser extent, other foreign currencies. Any fluctuation in the exchange rate of these foreign currencies may negatively impact our business, financial condition and operating results. We have not previously engaged in foreign currency hedging. If we decide to hedge our foreign currency exposure, we may not be able to hedge effectively due to lack of experience, unreasonable costs or illiquid markets.

We face risks associated with our sales to governmental entities.

Sales to governmental entities currently account for a small portion of our revenue, but we may increase sales to such entities in the future. The risks associated with doing business with governmental entities include, but are not limited to, the following:

Selling to governmental entities can be more competitive, expensive and time consuming than selling to private entities;
Governmental entities may have significant leverage in negotiations, thereby enabling such entities to demand contract terms that differ from what we generally agree to in our standard agreements, including, for example, most favored nation clauses and terms allowing contract termination for convenience;
Government demand and payment for our solution may be influenced by public sector budgetary cycles and funding authorizations, with funding reductions or delays having an adverse impact on public sector demand for our solution; and
Government contracts are generally subject to audits and investigations, including termination of contracts, refund of a portion of fees received, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments, fines and suspensions or debarment from future government business.

While our experience dealing with governmental entities has so far been limited, to the extent that we become more reliant on contracts with government clients in the future, our exposure to such risks could increase, which, in turn, could adversely impact our business.

If for any reason we are not able to develop enhancements and new features, keep pace with technological developments or respond to future disruptive technologies, our business will be harmed.

Our future success will depend on our ability to adapt and innovate. To attract new clients and increase revenue from existing clients, we will need to enhance and improve our existing solution and introduce new features. The success of any enhancement or new feature depends on several factors, including timely completion, introduction and market acceptance. If we are unable to successfully develop or acquire new features or platforms or enhance our existing solution to meet client needs, our business and operating results will be adversely affected.

In addition, because our solution is designed to operate on a variety of network, hardware and software platforms using Internet tools and protocols, we will need to continuously modify and enhance our solution to keep pace with changes in internet-related hardware, software, communication, browser and database technologies. If we are unable to respond in a timely and cost-effective manner to these rapid technological developments, our solution may become less marketable and less competitive or obsolete and our operating results may be negatively impacted.

Finally, our ability to grow is subject to the risk of future disruptive technologies. If new technologies emerge that are able to deliver learning and talent management solutions at lower prices, more efficiently or more conveniently, such technologies could adversely impact our ability to compete.

19


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We might require additional capital to support business growth, and this capital might not be available on acceptable terms, if at all.

We intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth and may require additional funds to respond to business challenges, including the need to develop new features and platforms or enhance our existing solution, improve our operating infrastructure or acquire complementary businesses and technologies. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. Any debt financing secured by us in the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. In addition, we may not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, when we require it, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly impaired.

If we fail to adequately protect our proprietary rights, our competitive advantage could be impaired and we may lose valuable assets, generate reduced revenue and incur costly litigation to protect our rights.

Our success is dependent, in part, upon protecting our proprietary technology. We rely on a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade secret laws and contractual restrictions to establish and protect our proprietary rights in our products and services. However, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property may be inadequate. We will not be able to protect our intellectual property if we are unable to enforce our rights or if we do not detect unauthorized use of our intellectual property. Despite our precautions, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy our products and use information that we regard as proprietary to create products and services that compete with ours. Some license provisions protecting against unauthorized use, copying, transfer and disclosure of our licensed products may be unenforceable under the laws of certain jurisdictions and foreign countries. Further, the laws of some countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. To the extent we expand our international activities, our exposure to unauthorized copying and use of our products and proprietary information may increase.

We enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and consultants and enter into confidentiality agreements with the parties with whom we have strategic relationships and business alliances. No assurance can be given that these agreements will be effective in controlling access to and distribution of our products and proprietary information. Further, these agreements do not prevent our competitors from independently developing technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our solution.

Any failure to protect our intellectual property rights could impair our ability to protect our proprietary technology and our brand.

In order to protect our intellectual property rights, we may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect these rights. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights and to protect our trade secrets. Litigation brought to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time consuming and distracting to management and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. Our failure to secure, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could seriously harm our brand and adversely impact our business.

20


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We may be sued by third parties for alleged infringement of their proprietary rights.

There is considerable patent and other intellectual property development activity in our industry. Our success depends upon our not infringing upon the intellectual property rights of others. Our competitors, as well as a number of other entities and individuals, may own or claim to own intellectual property relating to our industry. From time to time, third parties may claim that we are infringing upon their intellectual property rights, and we may be found to be infringing upon such rights. We have and may in the future obtain licenses from third parties to forestall or settle any potential claims of alleged infringement of our products and technology upon the intellectual property rights of others. Discussions and negotiations with such third parties, whether successful or unsuccessful, could result in substantial costs and diversion of management resources, either of which could seriously harm our business. In the future, we may receive claims that our products and technology infringe or violate the claimant’s intellectual property rights. However, we may be unaware of the intellectual property rights of others that may cover some or all of our technology or products. Any claims or litigation could cause us to incur significant expenses and, if successfully asserted against us, could require that we pay substantial damages or ongoing royalty payments, prevent us from offering our services, or require that we comply with other unfavorable terms. We may also be obligated to indemnify our clients or distributors in connection with any such litigation and to obtain licenses, modify products, or refund fees, which could further exhaust our resources. In addition, we may pay substantial settlement costs which could include royalty payments in connection with any such litigation and to obtain licenses, modify products, or refund fees, which could further exhaust our resources. Furthermore, we may pay substantial settlement costs which could include royalty payments in connection with any claim or litigation, whether or not successfully asserted against us. Even if we were to prevail, any litigation regarding our intellectual property could be costly and time consuming and divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations.

Our results of operations may be adversely affected if we are subject to a protracted infringement claim or a claim that results in a significant damage award.

We expect that software product developers will increasingly be subject to infringement claims as the number of products and competitors grows and the functionality of products in different industry segments overlaps. Our competitors or other third parties may challenge the validity or scope of our intellectual property rights. A claim may also be made relating to technology that we acquire or license from third parties. If we were subject to a claim of infringement, regardless of the merit of the claim or our defenses, the claim could:

require costly litigation to resolve and the payment of substantial damages;
require significant management time;
cause us to enter into unfavorable royalty or license agreements;
require us to discontinue the sale of our products;
require us to indemnify our clients or third-party service providers; or
require us to expend additional development resources to redesign our products.

We depend, in part, on technology of third parties licensed to us for our solution, and the loss or inability to maintain these licenses or errors in the software we license could result in increased costs, reduced service levels or delayed sales of our solution.

Indemnity provisions in various agreements potentially expose us to substantial liability for intellectual property infringement and other losses.

Our agreements with clients and other third parties may include indemnification provisions under which we agree to indemnify them for losses suffered or incurred as a result of claims of intellectual property infringement, damages caused by us to property or persons, or other liabilities relating to or arising from our products, services, or other contractual obligations. The term of these indemnity

21


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

provisions generally survives termination or expiration of the applicable agreement. Large indemnity payments could harm our business, operating results and financial condition. From time to time, we are requested by clients to indemnify them for breach of confidentiality with respect to personal data. Although we normally do not agree to, or contractually limit our liability with respect to, such requests the existence of such a dispute with a client may have adverse effects on our client relationships and reputation.

We use open source software in our products, which could subject us to litigation or other actions.

We use open source software in our products and may use more open source software in the future. From time to time, there have been claims challenging the ownership of open source software against companies that incorporate open source software into their products. As a result, we could be subject to suits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software. Litigation could be costly for us to defend, have a negative effect on our operating results and financial condition or require us to devote additional research and development resources to change our products. In addition, if we were to combine our proprietary software products with open source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain of the open source licenses, be required to release the source code of our proprietary software products. If we inappropriately use open source software, we may be required to re-engineer our products, discontinue the sale of our products or take other remedial actions.

We rely on third-party computer hardware and software that may be difficult to replace or which could cause errors or failures of our service.

We rely on computer hardware, purchased or leased, and software licensed from third parties in order to deliver our solution. This hardware and software may not continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Any loss of the right to use any of this hardware or software could result in delays in our ability to provide our solution until equivalent technology is either developed by us or, if available, identified, obtained and integrated. In addition, errors or defects in third-party hardware or software used in our solution could result in errors or a failure of our solution, which could harm our business. In addition, we are in the process of transitioning our network infrastructure from a fully managed third-party hosting environment to self-managed, co-location facilities. If our co-location facilities do not scale and support our continued growth on a more cost-effective basis than a fully managed third-party environment, our business may be negatively impacted.

We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could impair our ability to compete in international markets due to licensing requirements and subject us to liability if we are not in full compliance with applicable laws.

Our solution is subject to export controls, including the Commerce Department's Export Administration Regulations and various economic and trade sanctions regulations established by the Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls, and exports of our solution must be made in compliance with these laws. If we fail to comply with these U.S. export control laws and import laws, including U.S. Customs regulations, we and certain of our employees could be subject to substantial civil or criminal penalties, including the possible loss of export or import privileges; fines, which may be imposed on us and responsible employees or managers; and, in extreme cases, the incarceration of responsible employees or managers. In addition, if our distributors fail to obtain appropriate import, export or re-export licenses or authorizations, we may also be adversely affected through reputational harm and penalties. Obtaining the necessary authorizations, including any required license, for a particular sale may be time-consuming and is not guaranteed, and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities. Furthermore, the U.S. export control laws and economic sanctions laws prohibit the shipment of certain products and services to U.S. embargoed or sanctioned countries, governments and persons. Even though we take precautions to prevent our solution from being shipped or provided to U.S. sanctions targets, our solution and services could be

22


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

shipped to those targets or provided by our distributors despite such precautions. Any such shipment could have negative consequences, including government investigations, penalties and reputational harm. In addition, various countries regulate the import of certain encryption technology, including through import permitting/licensing requirements, and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our solution or could limit our clients’ ability to implement our solution in those countries. Changes in our solution or changes in export and import regulations may create delays in the introduction and sale of our solution in international markets, prevent our clients with international operations from deploying our solution or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our solution to certain countries, governments or persons altogether. Any change in export or import regulations, economic sanctions or related laws, shift in the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or change in the countries, governments, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations, could result in decreased use of our solution, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our solution to existing or potential clients with international operations. Any decreased use of our solution or limitation on our ability to export or sell our solution would likely adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in financial accounting standards or practices may cause adverse, unexpected financial reporting fluctuations and affect our reported results of operations.

A change in accounting standards or practices can have a significant effect on our reported results and may even affect our reporting of transactions completed before the change is effective. New accounting pronouncements and varying interpretations of accounting pronouncements have occurred and may occur in the future. Changes to existing rules or the questioning of current practices may adversely affect our reported financial results or the way we conduct our business. For example, we retrospectively adopted the amended guidance for revenue recognition for arrangements with multiple deliverables on January 1, 2009, which had a material impact to our financial position and results of operations.

The subleases for our corporate headquarters are subject, and subordinate, to a master lease, and any early termination of the master lease could materially and adversely affect our business.

We occupy our Santa Monica headquarters pursuant to two subleases from the primary tenant of the facility. The subleases are subject, and subordinate, to the terms and conditions of the tenant’s master lease with the building owner. Either or both subleases could be terminated early if the master lease is terminated for any reason, including, but not limited to, the tenant’s default or in the event the tenant exercises its right to terminate the master lease due to casualty or condemnation. Such a termination of our subleases could significantly disrupt our operations, including if we have to relocate our headquarters to another facility. Such disruptions could materially adversely affect our business and financial results.

Risks Related to Tax Issues

We are a multinational organization faced with increasingly complex tax issues in many jurisdictions, and we could be obligated to pay additional taxes in various jurisdictions.

As a multinational organization, we may be subject to taxation in several jurisdictions around the world with increasingly complex tax laws, the application of which can be uncertain. The amount of taxes we pay in these jurisdictions could increase substantially as a result of changes in the applicable tax principles, including increased tax rates, new tax laws or revised interpretations of existing tax laws and precedents, which could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and results of operations. In addition, the authorities in these jurisdictions could review our tax returns and impose additional tax, interest and penalties, and the authorities could claim that various withholding requirements apply to us or our subsidiaries or assert that benefits of tax treaties are not available to us or our subsidiaries, any of which could have a material impact on us and the results of our operations.

23


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Taxing authorities could reallocate our taxable income among our subsidiaries, which could increase our consolidated tax liability.

We conduct operations world-wide through subsidiaries in various tax jurisdictions pursuant to transfer pricing arrangements between our subsidiaries. If two or more affiliated companies are located in different countries, the tax laws or regulations of each country generally will require that transfer prices be the same as those between unrelated companies dealing at arms’ length and that contemporaneous documentation is maintained to support the transfer prices. While we believe that we operate in compliance with applicable transfer pricing laws and intend to continue to do so, our transfer pricing procedures are not binding on applicable tax authorities. If tax authorities in any of these countries were to successfully challenge our transfer prices as not reflecting arms’ length transactions, they could require us to adjust our transfer prices and thereby reallocate our income to reflect these revised transfer prices, which could result in a higher tax liability to us. In addition, if the country from which the income is reallocated does not agree with the reallocation, both countries could tax the same income, resulting in double taxation. If tax authorities were to allocate income to a higher tax jurisdiction, subject our income to double taxation or assess interest and penalties, it would increase our consolidated tax liability, which could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our ability to use net operating loss carryforwards to reduce future tax payments may be limited if we experience a change in ownership, or if taxable income does not reach sufficient levels.

Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change” (generally defined as a greater than 50% change (by value) in its equity ownership over a three year period), the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes (such as research tax credits) to offset its post-change income may be limited. We may experience ownership changes in the future as a result of this initial public offering and subsequent shifts in our stock ownership. As a result, we may be limited in the portion of net operating loss carryforwards that we can use in the future to offset taxable income for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Common Stock

Our stock price is likely to be volatile and could decline following this offering, resulting in a substantial loss on your investment.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. An active trading market for our common stock may never develop or be sustained, which could affect your ability to sell your shares and could depress the market price of your shares. In addition, the initial public offering price has been determined through negotiations among us, the selling stockholders, if any, and the representatives of the underwriters and may bear no relationship to the price at which our common stock will trade upon the completion of this offering. The stock market in general, and the market for technology-related stocks in particular, has been highly volatile. As a result, the market price of our common stock is likely to be similarly volatile, and investors in our common stock may experience a decrease in the value of their shares, including decreases unrelated to our operating performance or prospects. The price of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to a number of factors, including those listed in this “ Risk Factors ” section of this prospectus and others, such as:

our operating performance and the performance of other similar companies;
the overall performance of the equity markets;
developments with respect to intellectual property rights;
publication of unfavorable research reports about us or our industry or withdrawal of research coverage by securities analysts;
speculation in the press or investment community;

24


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the size of our public float;
terrorist acts;
announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, new technologies, acquisitions, commercial relationships, joint ventures or capital commitments; and
global economic, legal and regulatory factors unrelated to our performance.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock depends in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If no or few securities or industry analysts cover our company, the trading price for our stock would be negatively impacted. If one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes incorrect or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

We will incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies, which could adversely affect our operating results.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting and corporate governance requirements. These requirements include compliance with Section 404 and other provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and                   . In addition, our management team will have to adapt to the requirements of being a public company. We expect that complying with these rules and regulations will substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming and costly.

The increased costs associated with operating as a public company will decrease our net income or increase our net loss and may require us to reduce costs in other areas of our business or increase the prices of our solution. Additionally, if these requirements divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.

As a public company, we also expect that it may be more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors or as our executive officers.

Our principal stockholders will have a controlling influence over our business affairs and may make business decisions with which you disagree and which may adversely affect the value of your investment.

After this offering, it is anticipated that, based on share ownership at August 31, 2010, including shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options and warrants exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2010, our executive officers, directors and their affiliates will beneficially own or control, directly or indirectly,          shares of our common stock, which in the aggregate will represent approximately     % of the outstanding shares of common stock, or     % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full. As a result, if some of these persons or entities act together, they will have the ability to control matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election and removal of directors, amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and the approval of any business combination. These actions may be taken even if they are opposed by other stockholders. This concentration of ownership may also have the effect of delaying

25


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

or preventing a change of control of our company or discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares, which could prevent our stockholders from receiving a premium for their shares.

Some of these persons or entities may have interests different than yours. For example, because many of these stockholders purchased their shares at prices substantially below the price at which shares are being sold in this offering and have held their shares for a longer period, they may be more interested in selling our company to an acquiror than other investors or may want us to pursue strategies that deviate from the interests of other stockholders.

There may be sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock after this offering, which could cause our common stock price to decline significantly.

Additional sales of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that such sales may occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. Upon the completion of this offering, we will have    shares of common stock outstanding. The    shares of common stock to be sold in this offering will be freely tradeable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. Substantially all of our existing stockholders are subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters and us that restrict their ability to transfer their stock for 180 days from the date of this prospectus. After the lock-up agreements expire, approximately    additional shares will be eligible for sale in the public market, subject in most cases to the limitations of either Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

In addition, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Barclays Capital Inc., on behalf of the underwriters, may in their sole discretion, at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the shares subject to the lock-up agreements, which would result in more shares being available for sale in the public market at earlier dates. Sales of common stock by existing stockholders in the public market, the availability of these shares for sale, our issuance of securities or the perception that any of these events might occur could materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock. In addition, the sale of these shares by these stockholders could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional stock.

As a new investor, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution as a result of this offering.

The initial public offering price will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock. As a result, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $   share, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $   per share, and new investors will own   % of our outstanding common stock. This dilution is due in large part to earlier investors having generally paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares. In addition, the exercise of outstanding options and warrants will, and future equity issuances may, result in further dilution to investors. Assuming the exercise in full of all of our employee stock options and warrants as of August 31, 2010, investors purchasing common stock in this offering would incur immediate dilution of $   per share, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $   per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and would own   % of our outstanding common stock.

The issuance of additional stock in connection with acquisitions, our stock incentive plans, warrants or otherwise will dilute all other stockholdings.

After this offering, we will have an aggregate of    shares of common stock authorized but unissued and not reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans or otherwise. We may issue all of these shares without any action or approval by our stockholders. We intend to continue to evaluate strategic acquisitions in the future. We may pay for such acquisitions, partly or in full, through the issuance of additional equity.

Any issuance of shares in connection with our acquisitions, the exercise of stock options, warrants or otherwise would dilute the percentage ownership held by the investors who purchase our shares in this offering.

26


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

After the completion of this offering, we do not expect to declare any dividends in the foreseeable future.

After the completion of this offering, we do not anticipate declaring any cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, our existing credit facilities prohibit us from paying cash dividends, and any future financing agreements may prohibit us from paying any type of dividends. Consequently, investors may need to sell all or part of their holdings of our common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment. Investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our common stock.

We have broad discretion to determine how to use the funds raised in this offering, and may use them in ways that may not enhance our operating results or the price of our common stock.

We could spend the proceeds from this offering in ways our stockholders may not agree with or that do not yield a favorable return. We plan to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, which may include working capital, sales and marketing activities, general and administrative matters, capital expenditures, repayment of indebtedness and potential acquisitions of or investments in complementary technologies, solutions or businesses. Until we use the proceeds of this offering, we plan to invest the net proceeds in investment-grade, interest-bearing securities, which may not yield a favorable rate of return. If we do not invest or apply the proceeds of this offering in ways that enhance stockholder value, we may fail to achieve expected financial results, which could cause our stock price to decline.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law may delay or prevent an acquisition of our company.

Our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of us or changes in our management. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, include provisions that:

authorize “blank check” preferred stock, which could be issued by the board without stockholder approval and may contain voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to our common stock;
create a classified board of directors whose members serve staggered three-year terms;
specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the chairperson of the board, the chief executive officer or the president;
establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder approvals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;
provide that our directors may be removed only for cause;
provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum;
specify that no stockholder is permitted to cumulate votes at any election of directors; and
require supermajority votes of the holders of our common stock to amend specified provisions of our charter documents.

These provisions, alone or together, could delay or prevent hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in our management.

In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which limits the ability of stockholders owning in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock to merge or combine with us.

27


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Any provision of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

To the extent that our pre-tax income or loss is relatively small, our ability to conclude that a control deficiency is not a material weakness or that an accounting error does not require a restatement could be adversely affected.

Under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, our management is required to assess the impact of control deficiencies based upon both quantitative and qualitative factors, and depending upon that analysis we classify such identified deficiencies as either a control deficiency, significant deficiency or a material weakness. One element of our analysis of the significance of any control deficiency is its actual or potential financial impact. This assessment will vary depending on our level of pre-tax income or loss. For example, a smaller pre-tax income or loss will increase the likelihood of a quantitative assessment of a control deficiency as a significant deficiency or material weakness.

To the extent that our pre-tax income or loss is relatively small, if management or our independent registered public accountants identify an error in our interim or annual financial statements, it is more likely that such an error may be determined to be a material weakness or be considered a material error that could, depending upon the complete quantitative and qualitative analysis, result in our having to restate previously issued financial statements.

28


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus includes forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends affecting our business. Forward-looking statements should not be read as guarantees of future performance or results, and will not necessarily be accurate indications of the times at, or by, which such performance or results will be achieved. Forward-looking statements are based on information available at the date of this prospectus and our management’s good faith belief as of such date with respect to future events, and are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual performance or results to differ materially from those expressed in or suggested by the forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause such differences include, but are not limited to:

our ability to attract new clients to enter into subscriptions for our solution;
our ability to service those clients effectively and induce them to renew and upgrade their deployments of our solution;
our ability to expand our sales organization to address effectively the new industries, geographies and types of organizations we intend to target;
our ability to accurately forecast revenues and appropriately plan our expenses;
market acceptance of enhanced solutions, alternate ways of addressing learning and talent management needs or new technologies generally by us and our competitors;
continued acceptance of SaaS as an effective method for delivering learning and talent management solutions and other business management applications;
the attraction and retention of qualified employees and key personnel;
our ability to protect and defend our intellectual property;
costs associated with defending intellectual property infringement and other claims;
events in the markets for our solution and alternatives to our solution, as well as in the United States and global markets generally;
future regulatory, judicial and legislative changes in our industry;
changes in the competitive environment in our industry and the markets in which we operate; and
other factors discussed under “ Risk Factors  ” and “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ” in this prospectus.

In addition, in this prospectus, the words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “expect,” “predict,” “potential” and similar expressions, as they relate to our company, business and management, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. In light of these risks and uncertainties, the future events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur, and actual results could differ materially from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus. You should not put undue reliance on any forward-looking statement. We assume no obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect actual results, changes in assumptions or changes in other factors affecting future performance or results, except to the extent required by applicable laws. If we update one or more forward-looking statements, no inference should be drawn that we will make additional updates with respect to those or other forward-looking statements.

29


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of the shares of common stock offered by us will be approximately $     million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $     per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $     per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $     million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the shares of common stock offered by the selling stockholders, including if the underwriters’ exercise their option to purchase additional shares, although we may pay the expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, associated with the sale of those shares. See “ Principal and Selling Stockholders .”

We currently intend to use the net proceeds received by us from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities, general and administrative matters and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds for repayment of outstanding indebtedness, or for the acquisition of, or investment in, technologies, solutions or businesses that complement our business. We have no present understandings, commitments or agreements to enter into any such acquisitions or investments. For information regarding our outstanding indebtedness, including our senior subordinated promissory note agreement with Ironwood Equity Fund LLP, which includes a redemption right upon the consummation of an initial public offering, see Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements.

Our management will have broad discretion over the uses of the net proceeds from this offering. Pending the above uses, we intend to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment-grade interest-bearing securities, such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government. We cannot predict whether the invested proceeds will yield a favorable return.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid, and do not anticipate declaring or paying, any cash dividends on our common stock. Any future determination as to the declaration and payment of dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on then-existing conditions, including our financial condition, operating results, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. Currently, our credit agreement with Silicon Valley Bank prohibits our payment of dividends.

30


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization at June 30, 2010:

on an actual basis;
on a pro forma basis to reflect (i) the automatic conversion of all our outstanding preferred stock into an aggregate of 23,752,616 shares of common stock, (ii) the issuance of 5,081,057 shares of common stock upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, at a weighted average exercise price of $2.33 per share, (iii) the conversion of other outstanding warrants to purchase preferred stock into warrants to purchase 520,625 shares of common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.60 per share and the related reclassification of preferred stock warrant liabilities to stockholders’ (deficit) equity, and (iv) the retirement of 650,000 shares of treasury stock, each as if such event had occurred on June 30, 2010; and
on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the issuance of     shares of our common stock in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $     per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

     
  As of June 30, 2010
     Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma as
Adjusted (1)
     (in thousands, except share data)
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 7,106     $          $       
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion   $ 1,878     $          $       
Long-term debt, net of current portion     3,906                    
Preferred stock warrant liabilities     10,125                    
Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 29,726,859 shares authorized, 23,752,616 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted     35,859                    
Stockholders’ (deficit) equity
                          
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual;         shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted                        
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized, 8,553,542 shares issued and outstanding, actual;          shares authorized, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted; 37,387,215 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;          shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted     1                    
Treasury stock, at cost; 650,000 shares actual; no shares pro forma and pro forma as adjusted     (462 )                    
Accumulated other comprehensive income     1                    
Additional paid-in capital                        
Accumulated deficit     (55,924 )                    
Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity     (56,384 )                    
Total capitalization   $ (4,616 )     $          $       

(1) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase or

31


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $    million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us (as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The number of shares of common stock set forth in the table above excludes:

995,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of June 30, 2010 at a weighted average exercise price of $1.60 per share, which will remain outstanding after this offering;
5,839,325 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2010 at a weighted average exercise price of $0.63 per share; and
an aggregate of    additional shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans.

32


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the pro forma net tangible book value of your shares. Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value represents the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the offering.

The historical net tangible book value of our common stock at June 30, 2010 was $(20.6) million, or $(2.41) per share, based on 8,553,542 shares of common stock outstanding at such date. Historical net tangible book value per share represents our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less our total liabilities, divided by the number of outstanding shares of our common stock.

After giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all our outstanding preferred stock into an aggregate of 23,752,616 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (ii) the issuance of 5,081,057 shares of common stock upon the exercise of warrants, at a weighted average exercise price of $2.33 per share, immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (iii) the issuance of         shares of our common stock in this offering, and (iv) receipt by us of the net proceeds of $     from our sale such shares at an assumed initial public offering price of $     per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value at June 30, 2010 would have been approximately $     million, or $     per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $     per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $     per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis (unaudited) to new investors:

   
Assumed initial public offering price              $       
Net tangible book value per share at June 30, 2010   $                  
Increase per share attributable to conversion of preferred stock and exercise of warrants                      
Pro forma net tangible book value per share before this offering                  
Increase per share attributable to this offering                      
Pro forma net tangible book value per share, as adjusted to give effect to this offering                      
Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering              $       

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $     per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma net tangible book value of our common stock, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, by $     per share and the dilution to new investors by $     per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us (as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.

33


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The table below summarizes at June 30, 2010, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as described above, the number of shares of our common stock, the total consideration and the average price per share (i) paid to us by existing stockholders and (ii) to be paid by new investors purchasing our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $     per share, before deducting underwriters’ discounts and estimated expenses payable by us.

         
  Shares Purchased   Total Consideration   Average
Price Per
Share
     Number   Percent   Amount   Percent
     (in thousands, other than per share data and percentages)
Existing stockholders     37,387,215         %     $         %     $       
New investors                                              
Total                100.0 %     $            100.0 %        

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $     per share would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration by all stockholders by approximately $     million, assuming the number of shares offered by us (as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remains the same.

Sales by selling stockholders in this offering will cause the number of shares held by existing stockholders to be reduced to        shares, or       % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the number of shares held by existing stockholders would be further reduced to        shares, or       % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

To the extent that any outstanding options or warrants are exercised, or additional options or warrants are issued, new investors will experience further dilution. At June 30, 2010, we had outstanding:

options that are exercisable for 5,839,325 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $0.63 per share; and
warrants that will be, after this offering, exercisable for 995,000 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $1.60 per share.

In addition, we have reserved an aggregate of          additional shares of common stock for issuance under our equity incentive plans. For a description of our equity incentive plans, see “ Executive Compensation — 2010 Equity Incentive Plan ” and “  — 2009 Equity Incentive Plan .”

34


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the balance sheet data at December 31, 2008 and 2009 are derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 and the balance sheet data at December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 are derived from our unaudited financial statements not included in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 and balance sheet data at June 30, 2010 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements and include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary for the fair statement of the financial information contained in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.

You should read the selected consolidated financial data below in conjunction with “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ” and the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data in this section are not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

             
  Years Ended December 31,   Six Months Ended
June 30,
     2005   2006   2007   2008   2009   2009   2010
     (in thousands, except per share data)
Consolidated statements of operations data:
                                                              
Revenue   $ 4,953     $ 7,280     $ 10,976     $ 19,626     $ 29,322     $ 13,804     $ 20,283  
Cost of revenue     1,773       2,246       3,911       6,116       8,676       3,961       6,227  
Gross profit     3,180       5,034       7,065       13,510       20,646       9,843       14,056  
Operating expenses:
                                                              
Selling and marketing     3,079       4,915       9,343       16,914       18,886       8,316       12,946  
Research and development     904       947       1,754       2,724       2,791       1,247       2,145  
General and administrative     978       1,426       2,653       2,564       4,329       1,934       3,116  
Total operating expenses     4,961       7,288       13,750       22,202       26,006       11,497       18,207  
Loss from operations     (1,781 )       (2,254 )       (6,685 )       (8,692 )       (5,360 )       (1,654 )       (4,151 )  
Other income (expense):
                                                              
Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net     (391 )       (442 )       (144 )       (639 )       (813 )       (279 )       (601 )  
Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities     31             1,147       (790 )       (2,147 )       (1,175 )       (4,442 )  
Loss before provision for income taxes     (2,141 )       (2,696 )       (5,682 )       (10,121 )       (8,320 )       (3,108 )       (9,194 )  
Provision for income taxes                 (20 )       (62 )       (72 )       (36 )       (59 )  
Net loss   $ (2,141 )     $ (2,696 )     $ (5,702 )     $ (10,183 )     $ (8,392 )     $ (3,144 )     $ (9,253)  

35


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

             
  Years Ended December 31,   Six Months Ended
June 30,
     2005   2006   2007   2008   2009   2009   2010
     (in thousands, except per share data)
Excess of fair value of consideration transferred over carrying value on redemption of Series A preferred stock                 (2,425 )                          
Accretion of redeemable preferred stock                 (211 )       (337 )       (2,072 )       (986 )       (2,005 )  
Net loss attributable to common stockholders   $ (2,141 )     $ (2,696 )     $ (8,338 )     $ (10,520 )     $ (10,464 )     $ (4,130 )     $ (11,258 )  
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (1)   $ (0.25 )     $ (0.31 )     $ (0.97 )     $ (1.25 )     $ (1.24 )     $ (0.49 )     $ (1.32 )  
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted     8,462       8,833       8,562       8,387       8,467       8,458       8,538  
Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders – basic and diluted (unaudited) (2)                           $                 $        
Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding – basic and diluted (unaudited)                                                

(1) See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for a description of the method to compute basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.
(2) Basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders has been computed to give effect to the assumed conversion of all our convertible preferred stock as though the conversion had occurred on January 1, 2009 or the date of issuance, if later.

           
  At December 31,   At June 30, 2010
     2005   2006   2007   2008   2009
     (in thousands)     
Consolidated balance sheet data:
                                                     
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 695     $ 548     $ 11,109     $ 3,290     $ 8,061     $ 7,106  
Property and equipment, net     320       369       758       1,018       2,229       3,975  
Working capital (deficit), excluding deferred revenue     (3 )       (388 )       10,111       5,540       14,399       8,412  
Total assets     4,948       5,543       19,247       15,934       27,017       26,858  
Deferred revenue, current and non-current portion     2,419       5,088       9,131       14,361       19,507       19,432  
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion     17       33       236       338       1,158       1,878  
Long-term debt, net of current portion     757             2,639       2,552       4,045       3,906  
Preferred stock warrant liabilities     338       338       1,493       2,282       5,683       10,125  
Convertible preferred stock     11,619       11,619       23,493       23,830       33,854       35,859  
Total stockholders’ deficit     (14,029 )       (16,536 )       (25,094 )       (35,270 )       (45,378 )       (56,384 )  

36


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations should be read together with “ Prospectus Summary — Summary Consolidated Financial Data ,” “ Selected Consolidated Financial Data ” and our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere within this prospectus. This discussion includes both historical information and forward-looking information that involves risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from management’s expectations as a result of various factors, including but not limited to those discussed in the sections entitled “ Risk Factors ” and “ Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements .”

Overview

We are a leading global provider of a comprehensive learning and talent management solution delivered as software-as-a-service, or SaaS. We enable organizations to meet the challenges they face in empowering their people and maximizing the productivity of their human capital. These challenges include developing employees throughout their careers, engaging all employees effectively, improving business execution, cultivating future leaders and enabling an organization’s extended enterprise of clients, vendors and distributors by delivering training, certification programs and other content. We currently have over 390 clients who use our solution to empower over 4.25 million users across 164 countries and 16 languages.

Our solution consists of five integrated platforms for learning management, enterprise social networking, performance management, succession planning and extended enterprise. Clients can purchase these platforms individually and easily add and integrate additional platforms at any time. We offer a number of cross-platform tools for analytics and reporting, employee profile management, employee on-boarding and e-learning content aggregation. We also provide consulting services for configuration and training for our solution as well as third-party e-learning content for use with our solution.

We founded our business in 1999 to improve access to education through the distribution of online educational content to individuals, small businesses and large corporations. Our distribution platform was built using Internet technologies that are now known as software-as-a-service. When the Internet “bubble” burst in 2000, we focused on corporations that needed tools to manage compliance and on-boarding of employees as well as to link learning to employee performance, leadership development and knowledge management. As a result of our work with clients to address their particular challenges, we had as early as 2001 developed the foundation for a comprehensive learning and talent management solution that included platforms for learning management, succession planning, performance management, and knowledge management, which has evolved into enterprise social networking. In 2006, we added our extended enterprise platform.

Global 500 companies were among our first clients. In our early years, we focused primarily on building our account management and support capabilities to be able to service these large clients more effectively. Sales were initially constrained by the resistance of some large corporations to purchase SaaS solutions. By the mid-2000s, however, our market opportunity increased significantly with both the adoption of SaaS solutions generally by large enterprises and the market’s recognition of learning and talent management as a distinct industry.

In response to these positive trends, we raised our first round of institutional venture capital in May 2007. We used this capital to serve clients across multiple industries, geographies and enterprise types by increasing the number of our direct sales personnel, both domestically and internationally, and by expanding our indirect channels through distribution relationships. Between June 2007 and June 2010, our number of users increased from 562,000 to 3,860,000. In 2009, after a highly competitive process involving a number of potential providers, ADP chose to enter into an OEM agreement with us that allows ADP to sell our solution globally.

We generate most of our revenue from sales of our solution pursuant to multi-year client agreements. Our sales typically involve competitive processes, with sales cycles that generally vary

37


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

in duration from two to nine months depending on the size of the potential client. We price our solution based on the number of platforms the client can access and the permitted number of users with access to each platform. Our client agreements typically have terms of three years. We also generate revenue from consulting services for configuration, training, and consulting, as well as from the resale or hosting of third-party e-learning content.

We recognize revenue from subscriptions ratably over the term of the client agreement and revenue from consulting services as these services are performed. We generally invoice clients annually in advance for multi-year subscriptions and also in advance for any consulting services. We record amounts invoiced for portions of annual subscription periods that have not occurred or services that have not been performed as deferred revenue on our balance sheet. With the growth in the number of client agreements related to our solution, our deferred revenue has grown from $9.1 million at December 31, 2007 to $19.4 million at June 30, 2010.

We generate sales of our solution primarily through our direct sales teams and, to a lesser extent, indirectly through our distributors. We intend to accelerate our investment in our direct sales and distribution activities to continue to address our market opportunity.

We target our sales and marketing efforts at large and mid-sized clients, and our solution can be used in all industry vertical segments. We also continue to market and sell to existing clients, who may renew their subscriptions, add platforms, broaden the deployment of our solution across their organizations and increase the usage of our solution over time. For the six months ended June 30, 2010, no single client or distributor accounted for more than 10% of our revenue. Our number of clients has grown from 105 at December 31, 2007 to 367 at June 30, 2010.

We have historically experienced seasonality in terms of when we enter into client agreements for our solution. We sign a significantly higher percentage of agreements with new clients, as well as renewal agreements with existing clients, in the fourth quarter of each year and usually sign a significant portion of these agreements during the last month, and often the last two weeks, of each quarter. This seasonality is reflected to a much lesser extent, and sometimes is not immediately apparent, in our revenue, due to the fact that we recognize subscription revenue over the term of the client agreement, which is generally three years. We expect this seasonality to continue in the future, which may cause fluctuations in certain of our operating results and financial metrics, and thus limit our ability to predict future results.

We believe the market for learning and talent management remains large and underpenetrated, providing us with significant growth opportunities. We expect businesses and other organizations to continue to increase their spending on learning and talent management solutions in order to maximize productivity of their employees, manage changing workforce demographics and ensure compliance with global regulatory requirements. International Data Corporation, or IDC, estimates that total spending on SaaS and legacy software for workforce, e-learning, e-recruiting, intelligent compensation and performance management was $3.6 billion in 2009. 1 Historically, many of these software solutions have been human resource applications running on hardware located on organizations’ premises. However, we believe that just as organizations have increasingly chosen SaaS solutions for business applications such as sales force management, they are also increasingly adopting SaaS learning and talent management solutions. According to IDC, the overall SaaS market totaled $13.1 billion in revenue in 2009, representing 5.7% of worldwide software spending across all primary markets, and is expected to grow to $32.4 billion by 2013, representing 13.4% of worldwide software spending across all primary markets. 2

We have focused on growing our business to pursue this significant market opportunity, and we plan to continue to invest in building for growth. As a result, we expect our cost of revenue and operating expenses will increase in future periods. Sales and marketing expenses are expected to increase, as we continue to expand our direct sales teams, increase our marketing activities, and

1 IDC, Worldwide HCM Applications 2008 Vendor Shares: Analysis of 25 Vendors in Core HR, eLearning, eRecruiting, Intelligent Compensation, Performance Management, and Workforce Management, Doc.# 221284, Dec 2009.
2 IDC, Worldwide Software as a Service 2010-2014 Forecast: Software Will Never Be the Same, Doc.#223628, Jun 2010.

38


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

grow our international operations. Research and development expenses are expected to increase as we improve the existing functionality for our solution. We also believe that we must invest in maintaining a high degree of client service and support that is critical for our continued success. We plan to continue our policy of implementing best practices across our organization, expanding our technical operations and investing in our network infrastructure and services capabilities in order to support continued future growth. We also expect to incur additional general and administrative expenses as a result of both our growth and transition to becoming a public company.

Since inception, we have raised $37 million of equity capital, and at June 30, 2010, we had $9.6 million of debt outstanding. Our deliberate and disciplined capital deployment and growth strategy has enabled us to weather periods of economic down-turns and significant changes in the markets we serve without undergoing layoffs or business contraction. We plan to employ a similar approach to capital deployment and growth in the future.

Metrics

We regularly review a number of metrics, including the following key metrics, to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions.

         
  At or For Year Ended
December 31,
  At or For Six Months Ended June 30,
     2007   2008   2009   2009   2010
Bookings (in thousands)   $ 15,019     $ 24,857     $ 34,467     $ 11,287     $ 20,208  
Annual dollar retention rate     96.1 %       89.9 %       94.8 %       N/A       N/A  
Number of clients     105       168       280       206       367  
Number of users (rounded to nearest thousand)     859,000       2,065,000       3,347,000       2,443,000       3,860,000  

 

Bookings .  Under our revenue recognition policy, we generally recognize subscription revenues from our client agreements ratably over the terms of those agreements. For this reason, the major portion of our revenues for a period will be from client agreements signed in prior periods rather than new business activity during the current period. In order to assess our business performance with a metric that more fully reflects current period business activity, we track bookings, which we define as the sum of revenues and the change in the deferred revenue balance for the period. We include changes in the deferred revenue balance in bookings to reflect new business activity in the period evidenced by prepayments or billings under our billing policies arising from acquisition of new clients, sales of additional platforms to existing clients, the addition of incremental users by existing clients and client renewals. Bookings are affected by our billing terms, and any changes in those billing terms may shift bookings between periods. Due to the seasonality of our sales, bookings growth is highly inconsistent from quarter to quarter throughout a calendar year.
Annual dollar retention rate .  We define annual dollar retention rate as the implied monthly recurring revenue under client agreements at the end of a fiscal year, divided by the implied monthly recurring revenue, for that same client base, at the end of the prior fiscal year. This ratio does not reflect implied monthly recurring revenue for new clients added during the current fiscal year. We define implied monthly recurring revenue as the total amount of minimum recurring revenue contractually committed to, under each of our client agreements over the entire term of the agreement, but excluding non-recurring support, consulting and maintenance fees, divided by the number of months in the term of the agreement. Implied monthly recurring revenue is substantially comprised of subscriptions to our solution. We believe that our annual dollar retention rate is an important metric to measure the long-term value of client agreements and our ability to retain our clients.

39


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Number of clients .  We believe that our ability to expand our client base is an indicator of our market penetration and the growth of our business as we continue to invest in our direct sales teams and distributors.
Number of users.   Since our clients generally pay fees based on the number of users of our solution within their organizations, we believe the total number of users is an indicator of the growth of our business.

Key Components Of Our Results Of Operations

Sources of Revenue and Revenue Recognition

Our solution is designed to enable organizations to meet the challenges they face in maximizing the productivity of their human capital. We generate revenue from the following sources:

Subscriptions to Our Solution.   Clients pay subscription fees for access to our comprehensive learning and talent management solution for a specified period of time, typically three years. Fees are based primarily on the number of platforms the client can access and the number of users having access to those platforms. We generally recognize revenue from subscriptions ratably over the term of the agreement.
Consulting Services.   We offer our clients assistance in implementing our solution and optimizing its use. Consulting services include application configuration, system integration, business process re-engineering, change management and training services. Services are billed either on a time-and-material or a fixed-fee basis. These services are generally purchased as part of a subscription arrangement and are typically performed within the first several months of the arrangement. Clients may also purchase consulting services at any other time. Our consulting services are performed by us directly or by third-party service providers we hire. Clients may also choose to perform these services themselves or hire their own third-party service providers. We generally recognize revenue from consulting services using the proportional performance method over the period the services are performed.
E-learning Content.   We resell third-party on-line training content, which we refer to as e-learning content, to our clients. We also host other e-learning content provided to us by our clients. We generally recognize revenue from the resale of e-learning content as it is delivered and recognize revenue from hosting as the hosting services are provided.

Our client agreements generally include both a subscription to access our solution and related consulting services, and may also include e-learning content. Our agreements generally do not contain any cancellation or refund provisions other than in the event of our default. See “ Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — Revenue Recognition, Deferred Revenue and Offsets to Revenues ” for a description of the accounting policies relating to revenue recognition, including accounting policies relating to arrangements that include multiple deliverables.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists primarily of costs related to hosting our solution; personnel and related expenses, including stock-based compensation, for network infrastructure, IT support, consulting services and on-going client support; payments to external service providers; amortization of capitalized software costs and trademarks; licensing fees; and referral fees. In addition, we allocate a portion of overhead, such as rent, IT costs, depreciation and amortization and employee benefits costs, to cost of revenue based on headcount. The costs associated with providing consulting services are significantly higher as a percentage of revenue than the costs associated with providing access to our solution due to the labor costs to provide the consulting services.

We plan to continue our efforts to manage cost of revenue. For example, we are automating certain client integration services, and we are transitioning our network infrastructure from a fully managed third-party hosting environment to self-managed co-location facilities. We expect the co-location facilities to scale and support our continued growth on a more cost-effective basis than a

40


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

fully managed third-party environment, although the costs of the transition, which is expected to be completed in the second half of 2010, will negatively affect our cost of revenue in the near term.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses are as follows:

Sales and Marketing.   Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for our sales and marketing staff including salaries, benefits, bonuses, stock-based compensation and commissions; costs of marketing and promotional events, corporate communications, online marketing, product marketing and other brand-building activities; and allocated overhead.

We intend to continue to invest in sales and marketing and expect spending in these areas to increase as we continue to expand our business both domestically and internationally. We expect sales and marketing expenses to continue to be among the most significant components of our operating expenses.

Research and Development.   Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for our research and development staff, including salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation; the cost of certain third-party service providers; and allocated overhead. Research and development costs, other than software development expenses qualifying for capitalization, are expensed as incurred.

We have focused our research and development efforts on continuously improving our solution. We believe that our research and development activities are efficient, because we benefit from maintaining a single software code base for our solution. We expect research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars in the future, as we scale our research and development department and expand out our network infrastructure.

General and Administrative.   General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for administrative, legal, finance and human resource staffs, including salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation; professional fees; insurance premiums; other corporate expenses; and allocated overhead.

We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase as we continue to expand our operations, hire additional personnel and transition from being a private company to a public company. In transitioning to a public company, we expect to incur increased expenses related to increased outside legal counsel assistance, accounting and auditing activities, compliance with the SEC requirements and enhancing our internal control environment through the adoption and administration of new corporate policies.

Other

Interest Income (Expense) and Other Income (Expense), Net.   Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net, consists primarily of interest expense from borrowings under our credit facility and our promissory notes; capital lease payments; amortization of debt issuance costs and debt discounts; and income and expense associated with fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net, was insignificant as a percentage of revenue in 2007, 2008 and 2009 and for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010.
Change in Fair Value of Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities.   Preferred warrant liabilities are the result of warrants issued in connection with our long-term debt and preferred stock financings. Changes in the fair value of our preferred stock occur in connection with changes in the overall value of our company. Upon the completion of this offering,

41


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

all of our warrants to purchase preferred stock will expire, with the exception of warrants to purchase 140,625 shares of Series D preferred stock and warrants to purchase 380,000 shares of Series C preferred stock. These remaining warrants will automatically become warrants to purchase common stock. At that time, the preferred stock warrant liabilities will be reclassified to stockholders’ equity (deficit), and we will no longer record any changes in the fair value of these liabilities in our statements of operations.

Provision for Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes is related to certain state and foreign income taxes. As we have incurred operating losses in all periods to date and recorded a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets, we have not historically recorded a provision for federal income taxes.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, cost of revenue, operating expenses, other income and expenses, provision for income taxes and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Changes in accounting estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period. Accordingly, actual results could differ significantly from our estimates. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. To the extent that there are material differences between our estimates and our actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected.

We believe the assumptions and estimates associated with the following have the greatest potential impact on our financial statements: revenue recognition; sales commissions; stock-based compensation; allowance for doubtful accounts; capitalized software costs; impairment of our long-lived assets, including software capitalized software costs; income taxes; and fair value of warrants.

Revenue Recognition, Deferred Revenue and Offsets to Revenue

We recognize revenue when: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement for the sale of our solution or consulting services exists, (ii) our solution has been made available or delivered, or our services have been performed, (iii) the sales price is fixed or determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured. The timing and amount we recognize as revenue is determined based on the facts and circumstances of each client arrangement. Evidence of an arrangement consists of a signed client agreement. We consider that delivery of our software has commenced once we provide the client with log-in information to access and use our solution. If non-standard acceptance periods or non-standard performance criteria exist, revenue recognition commences upon the satisfaction of the acceptance or performance criteria, as applicable. Our fees are fixed based on stated rates specified in the client agreement. We assess collectability based in part on an analysis of the creditworthiness of each client, as well as other relevant economic or financial factors. If we do not consider collection reasonably assured, we defer the revenue until the fees are actually collected. We record amounts that have been invoiced to our clients in accounts receivable and as either deferred revenues on our balance sheet or revenues on our statement of operations, depending on whether the revenue recognition criteria have been met.

The majority of our client arrangements include multiple deliverables, such as subscriptions to our software solution accompanied by consulting services. We, therefore, recognize revenue in accordance with the guidance for arrangements with multiple deliverables under Accounting Standards Update 2009-13 “ Revenue Recognition (Topic 605) — Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements — a Consensus of the Emerging Issues Task Force ,” or ASU 2009-13 (formerly known as EITF 08-1, “ Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables ”). As our clients do not have the right to the underlying software code of our solution, our revenue arrangements are outside the scope of software client recognition guidance.

42


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For such arrangements, we first assess whether each deliverable has value to the client on a standalone basis. Our solution has standalone value because once we give a client access, our solution is fully functional and does not require any additional development, modification or customization. Our consulting services have standalone value because third-party service providers, distributors or our clients themselves can perform these services without our involvement. The consulting services we provide are to assist clients with the configuration and integration of our solution. The performance of these services does not require highly specialized individuals.

Based on the standalone value of our deliverables, and, since clients generally do not have a right of return relative to the included consulting services, we allocate revenue among the separate deliverables under the relative selling price method using the selling price hierarchy established in ASU 2009-13. This hierarchy requires the selling price of each deliverable in a multiple deliverables arrangement to be based on, in declining order of preference, (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value, or VSOE, (ii) third-party evidence of fair value, or TPE, (iii) management’s best estimate of the selling price, or BESP.

We are not able to determine VSOE or TPE for our deliverables because we sell them separately and within a sufficiently narrow price range only infrequently, and because we have determined that there are no third-party offerings reasonably comparable to our solution. Accordingly, we determine the selling price of subscriptions to our solution and consulting services based on BESP. The determination of BESP requires us to make significant estimates and judgments. We consider numerous factors, including the nature of the deliverables themselves; the geographies, market conditions and competitive landscape for the sale; our internal costs; and pricing and discounting practices. The determination of BESP is made through consultation with, and formal approval by, our senior management. We update our estimates of BESP on an ongoing basis as events and circumstances require, and we update our determination to use BESP on a semi-annual basis, including assessing whether we can determine VSOE or TPE.

After we determine the fair value of revenue allocable to each deliverable based on the relative selling price method, we recognize the revenue for each based on the type of deliverable. For subscriptions to our solution, we recognize the revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the client agreement, which is typically three years. For consulting services, we generally recognize revenue using the proportional performance method over the period the services are expected to be performed.

In a limited number of cases, our multiple deliverables arrangements include consulting services that do not have value on a standalone basis separate from our solution, such as when the client’s intended use of our solution requires enhancements to underlying features and functionality. In these cases, we recognize revenue for the arrangement as one unit of accounting on a straight-line basis over the term of the client agreement, once the consulting services that do not have value on a standalone basis have been completed and accepted by the client.

For arrangements in which we resell third-party e-learning content to our clients or host client or third-party e-learning content provided by the client, we recognize revenues in accordance with accounting guidance as to when to report gross revenue as a principal and when to report net revenue as an agent. We recognize e-learning content revenues in the gross amount that we invoice our client when: (i) we are the primary obligor, (ii) we have latitude to establish the price charged and (iii) we bear the credit risk in the transaction. For arrangements involving our sale of e-learning content, we charge our clients for the content based on pay-per-use or a fixed rate for a specified number of users and recognize the gross amount invoiced as revenue as the content is delivered. For arrangements where clients purchase e-learning content directly from a third-party, or provide it themselves, and we integrate the content into our solution, we charge a hosting fee. In such cases, we recognize the amount invoiced for hosting as the content is delivered, excluding any portion we invoice that is attributable to fees the third-party charges for the content.

In connection with our five-year global OEM agreement with ADP in May 2009, we entered into a warrant agreement to provide ADP additional performance incentives. Under the agreement, until the

43


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

completion of this offering, we may be obligated to issue to ADP, on an annual basis, fully vested and immediately exercisable ten-year warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 886,096 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.53 per share based upon sales targets ADP achieves during each contract year. We record the estimated fair value of the warrants as a reduction of revenue and a corresponding liability based on the most probable sales target we expect ADP to achieve. Through December 31, 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010, no reductions of revenue have been recorded because the defined targets have not been met by ADP for the contract year ended June 30, 2010. As the warrants expected to be issued under the agreement are measured at fair value, revenues could fluctuate from period to period.

Accounting for Commission Payments

We defer commissions paid to our sales force because these amounts are recoverable from future revenue from the non-cancelable client agreements that gave rise to the commissions. We defer expense recognition upon payment and amortize expense to sales and marketing expenses over the term of the client agreement in proportion to the revenue that is recognized. Commissions are direct and incremental costs of our client agreements. We generally pay commissions in the periods we receive payment from the client under the associated client agreement.

Stock-based Compensation

We account for stock-based awards granted to employees and directors by recording compensation expense based on the awards’ estimated fair values. We expect that our expense related to stock-based compensation will increase over time.

We estimate the fair value of our stock-based awards as of the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Determining the fair value of stock-based awards under this model requires judgment, including estimating the value per share of our common stock adjusted for our status as a private company, estimated volatility, expected term of the awards, estimated dividend yield and the risk-free interest rate. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-based awards represent our best estimates, based on management’s judgment and subjective future expectations. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties. If any of the assumptions used in the model change significantly, stock-based compensation recorded for future awards may differ materially from that recorded for awards granted previously.

The determination of the estimated value per share of our common stock is discussed below. We use the average volatility of similar publicly traded companies as an estimate for our estimated volatility. For purposes of determining the expected term of the awards in the absence of sufficient historical data relating to stock-option exercises for our company, we apply a simplified approach in which the expected term of an award is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the expiration date of the award. The risk-free interest rate for periods within the expected life of an award, as applicable, is based on the United States Treasury yield curve in effect during the period the award granted. Our estimated dividend yield is zero, as we have not and do not currently intend to declare dividends in the foreseeable future.

Once we have determined the estimated fair value of our stock-based awards, we recognize the portion of that value that corresponds to the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest, taking estimated forfeitures into account. This amount is recognized as an expense over the vesting period of the award using the straight-line method. We estimate forfeitures based upon our historical experience, and, at each period, review the estimated forfeiture rate and make changes as factors affecting the forfeiture rate calculations and assumptions change.

44


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Information related to our stock-based compensation activity, including weighted average grant date fair values and associated Black-Scholes option-pricing model assumptions, is as follows:

       
  Year ended December 31,   Six months
ended June 30,
     2007   2008   2009   2010
Stock options granted (in thousands)     1,812       1,053       581       782  
Weighted average exercise price   $ 0.34     $ 0.53     $ 1.26     $ 1.65  
Weighted average grant date fair value per share of stock options granted   $ 0.23     $ 0.33     $ 0.73     $ 0.95  
Weighted average Black-Scholes model assumptions:
                                   
Estimated fair value of common stock   $ 0.34     $ 0.53     $ 1.26     $ 1.65  
Estimated volatility     64.5 %       71.0 %       61.6 %       60.1 %  
Estimated dividend yield     %       %       %       %  
Expected term (years)     5.9       5.8       5.8       6.0  
Risk-free rate     3.5 %       1.7 %       2.9 %       2.9 %  

No stock options were granted in the six months ended June 30, 2009.

Significant Factors, Assumptions and Methodologies Used in Determining Fair Value of Common Stock

Given the absence of an active market for our common stock, our board of directors is required to estimate the fair value of our common stock at the time of each grant of stock-based awards. Since 2007, our management has regularly conducted contemporaneous valuations to assist the board in this determination at each grant date. The board was informed of these valuations and considered them along with other relevant objective and subjective factors it deemed important in each valuation, exercising significant judgment and reflecting the board’s best estimates at the time. These factors included:

contemporaneous independent third-party valuations, as applicable;
the nature and history of our business;
our operating and financial performance;
general economic conditions and the specific outlook for our industry;
significant new client sales by us and by our competitors and our competitive position in general;
the lack of liquidity for our non-publicly traded common stock;
the market price of companies engaged in the same or similar lines of business whose equity securities are publicly traded in active trading markets;
the differences between our preferred and common stock in terms of liquidation preferences, conversion rights, voting rights and other features; and
the likelihood of achieving different liquidity events or remaining a private company.

We performed the valuations of our common stock in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, “ Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation .” We first determined our business enterprise value and then allocated this business enterprise value to each part of our capital structure, both preferred stock and common stock. We determined enterprise value using a combination of two generally accepted approaches, the market-based approach and the income approach. The market-based approach measures the value of an asset or business through an analysis of recent sales or offerings of comparable investments or assets. In our case, it focused on

45


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

comparing us to similar publicly traded companies. In applying this method, we derived valuation multiples from historical operating data of selected comparable companies and evaluated and adjusted those multiples based on the strengths and weaknesses of our company relative to the comparable companies. We then applied the adjusted multiple to our operating data to arrive at a valuation of our company. The income approach estimates value based on the expectation of future net cash flows, which are then discounted back to the present using a rate of return derived from alternative companies of similar type and risk profile. The resulting fair values of our common stock calculated using the market-based approach and income approach method were consistent with each other at each valuation date.

For each valuation, we prepared a financial forecast to be used in both the market-based approach and income approach. The financial forecast took into account our past financial results, our business experiences and our future expectations. We assessed the risk associated with achieving this forecast in selecting appropriate multiples and discount rates. There is inherent uncertainty in these estimates, as the assumptions we used were highly subjective and subject to changes as a result of new operating data and economic and other conditions that impact our business.

We then used a probability-weighted expected return method to allocate our business enterprise value determined under the market-based and income approaches to each part of our capital structure. This probability-weighted expected return method included the following steps:

we estimated the timing of each possible liquidity outcome and its future value. In our analysis, we considered potential liquidity scenarios related to an initial public offering, staying private, a merger or sale, and a dissolution. We based the anticipated timing of such potential liquidity events primarily on our then-current plans and associated risks, as estimated by our board of directors and management. The recent growth and expansion of our business had provided us better visibility into the likelihood of a liquidity event transpiring in the next one to three years;
we determined the appropriate allocation of value to the common stockholders under each liquidity scenario based on the rights and preferences of each class and series of our stock at that time;
we multiplied the resulting value of our common stock under each scenario by a present value factor, calculated based on our cost of equity and the expected timing of the event;
we then multiplied the present value of our common stock under each scenario by an estimated relative probability determined by our management and board of each scenario occurring; and
we then calculated the probability-weighted value per share of our common stock and applied a lack of marketability discount.

After determining the fair value of our common stock, we then utilized a Black-Scholes option-pricing model to estimate the fair value of our stock-based awards granted, with the fair value of our common stock as an input into model. See “ Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — Stock Based Compensation ” for further discussion of our valuation methodology for stock-based awards.

The table below sets forth information regarding stock options for each grant date between January 1, 2009 and June 30, 2010:

     
Date of Grant   Number of
shares
  Exercise price   Estimated fair
value of
common stock
December 31, 2009     581,000     $ 1.26     $ 1.26  
April 21, 2010     782,400     $ 1.65     $ 1.65  

46


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following specific items were considered and determinations made in assessing the fair value of our common stock at each of the foregoing dates:

December 31, 2009

The most recent independent contemporaneous valuation report, which was as of September 30, 2009.
A business enterprise value of $83.4 million, which was determined based on a combination of the market-based and income approaches.
A discount rate of 30%, based on our estimated weighted average cost of capital.
A lack of marketability discount of 25%.
Liquidity event scenario probabilities of 20% for an initial public offering, 40% for a sale or merger, and 35% for continuing as a private company. A dissolution scenario was deemed unlikely and was thus assigned only a 5% probability.

April 21, 2010

The most recent independent contemporaneous valuation report, which was as of March 31, 2010.
A business enterprise value based on the market-based approach that had increased by $23.8 million to $107.2 million since December 31, 2009, due to a variety of variables in the valuation model, but primarily driven by revenue growth.
A discount rate of 30%, based on our estimated weighted average cost of capital.
A lack of marketability discount of 25%.
Liquidity event scenario probabilities of 35% for an initial public offering, 25% for a sale or merger, and 35% for continuing as a private company. Again, a dissolution scenario was deemed unlikely and thus assigned only a 5% probability.

We believe the consideration of the above factors by our board of directors was a reasonable approach in estimating the fair value of our common stock as of the dates indicated. However, determining the fair value of our common stock requires complex and subjective judgments, and there is inherent uncertainty in our results.

Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $       per share, which is the mid-point of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding stock options vested and expected to vest as of June 30, 2010 was $       million, of which $       million related to vested options and $       million related to options expected to vest.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

To date, we have not established an allowance for doubtful accounts, based on our historical collection experience and a review in each period of the status of our then-outstanding accounts receivable. To date, write-offs of accounts receivable have been insignificant. We make judgments as to our ability to collect outstanding receivables and will in the future establish an allowance if collections becomes doubtful. If our future actual collections are lower than expected, our cash flows could be negatively affected. In addition, any need to establish an allowance for doubtful accounts would itself negatively affect future results of operations.

Capitalized Software Costs

We capitalize the costs associated with software developed or obtained for internal use, including costs incurred in connection with the development of our solution, when the preliminary project stage is completed, management has decided to make the project a part of our future solution offering, and the software will be used to perform the function intended. These capitalized costs

47


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

include external direct costs of materials and services consumed in developing or obtaining internal-use software, personnel and related expenses for employees who are directly associated with, and who devote time to, internal-use software projects and, when material, interest costs incurred during the development. Capitalization of these costs ceases once the project is substantially complete and the software is ready for its intended purpose. Costs incurred for upgrades and enhancements to our solution are also capitalized. Post-configuration training and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. Capitalized software costs are amortized to cost of revenue using the straight-line method over an estimated useful life of the software of three years, commencing when the software is ready for its intended use.

Impairment of Long Lived Assets

To date, we have identified no impairments of our long-lived assets. We assess the recoverability of our long-lived assets when events or changes in circumstances indicate their carrying value may not be recoverable. We assess recoverability by determining whether the carrying value of these assets can be recovered through projected undiscounted cash flows over their remaining lives. If the carrying value of the assets exceeds the forecasted undiscounted cash flows, we recognize the impairment, measured as the amount by which the carrying value exceeds fair value, and charge it to operations in the period in which we determine there has been impairment.

Income Taxes

We use the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under the liability method, deferred taxes are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using tax rates expected to be in effect during the years in which the bases differences are expected to reverse. We record a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that some of our net deferred tax assets will not be realized. In determining the need for valuation allowances, we consider our projected future taxable income and the availability of tax planning strategies. We have recorded a full valuation allowance to reduce our net deferred tax assets to zero, because we have determined that it is not more likely than not that any of our net deferred tax assets will be realized. If in the future we determine that we will be able to realize any of our net deferred tax assets, we will make an adjustment to the allowance, which would increase our income in the period that the determination is made.

We have assessed our income tax positions and recorded tax benefits for all years subject to examination, based upon our evaluation of the facts, circumstances and information available at each period end. For those tax positions where we have determined there is a greater than 50% likelihood that a tax benefit will be sustained, we have recorded the largest amount of tax benefit that may potentially be realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. For those income tax positions where we have determined there is a less than 50% likelihood that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit has been recognized in our financial statements.

Fair Value of Warrants

Warrants to purchase common stock

We have issued warrants to purchase our common stock in connection with debt arrangements and our purchase of certain domain names. We accounted for these warrants at fair value upon issuance in stockholders’ equity, based on the specific terms of each warrant.

Under our agreement with ADP, we may have an obligation to issue to ADP, on an annual basis, fully vested and immediately exercisable ten-year warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 886,096 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.53 per share, based upon sales targets ADP achieves during each contract year until the earlier of the end of the five-year term of our OEM agreement or the completion of this offering. The warrants terminate early upon the earlier of immediately prior to an acquisition of our company or other disposition of all our assets or three years after this offering. At June 30, 2010, no warrants had been issued to ADP, because the defined targets had not been met by ADP for the contract year ended June 30, 2010. ADP will no longer be entitled to earn warrants after the completion of this offering.

48


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Based on the most probable sales target we expect ADP to achieve, we record the estimated fair value of the warrants that may be issued to ADP as a reduction of revenue. Prior to the issuance of the warrants for a particular contract year, we estimate at each period end the number of warrants likely to be issued, considering the ratio of sales by ADP actually recorded to date during the year to the sales by ADP estimated for the entire contract year, but only to the extent that a minimum sales target is expected to be achieved. These estimates are based on our historical sales to date by ADP, our expectation of future sales during the contract year and the status of pending contracts.

We then estimate the fair value of these warrants using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which incorporates several estimates and assumptions that are subject to significant management judgment. To the extent that our estimates vary from actual results, we adjust our estimates in the period in which additional information becomes known.

Warrants to purchase preferred stock

We have issued warrants to purchase our preferred stock in connection with debt arrangements and preferred stock financings. We have accounted for these warrants as liabilities at fair value at the time of issuance in each reporting period, because the underlying shares of convertible preferred stock are redeemable or contingently redeemable, including in the case of a deemed liquidation, which may obligate us to transfer assets to the warrant holders at some point in the future.

As with the ADP warrants and stock-based compensation, we estimate the fair value of our preferred stock warrants using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which incorporates several estimates and assumptions that are subject to significant management judgment. Changes in fair value at each period end are recorded in other income (expense) in our statement of operations until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants, or the completion of this offering or a liquidation event.

Upon the completion of this offering, all our warrants to purchase preferred stock will expire, with the exception of warrants to purchase 140,625 shares of Series D preferred stock and warrants to purchase 380,000 shares of Series C preferred stock. These remaining warrants will automatically become warrants to purchase common stock. At that time the preferred stock warrant liabilities will be reclassified to stockholders’ equity (deficit), and we will no longer record any changes in the fair value of these liabilities in our statement of operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In October 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued ASU 2009-13, which amends Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Subtopic 605-25. The amendments in ASU 2009-13 modify the ability of vendors, upon meeting certain criteria, to account separately for products or services provided in multiple-deliverables arrangements rather than as a combined unit and establishes a hierarchy for determining the selling price of each deliverable. Under ASU 2009-13, a vendor can determine a best estimate of the deliverable’s selling price in a manner that is consistent with that used to determine the price to sell the deliverable on a standalone basis, even if the vendor does not have vendor-specific objective evidence or third-party evidence of the selling price, as otherwise required under ASC Subtopic 605-25. ASU 2009-13 also amends ASC 605-25 to eliminate the use of the residual method in determining selling prices and requires a vendor to allocate revenue using the relative selling price method for each deliverable.

The amendments in ASU 2009-13 were effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010, with early adoption permitted at the beginning of an entity's fiscal year and an option for retrospective adoption and restatement of prior financial statements. We believe retrospective adoption provides more comparable financial information between periods. We therefore adopted the amendments in ASU 2009-13 retrospectively as of January 1, 2009. Retrospective adoption required us to revise our previously issued financial statements as if the amendments in ASU 2009-13 had always been in effect, and the financial statements and notes included in this prospectus reflect retrospective

49


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

adoption for all prior periods presented. The adoption of the amendments had a material impact on our financial position and results of operations, as described in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

In July 2006, FASB issued guidance for the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. This interpretation clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an entity’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement principles for financial statement disclosure of tax positions taken or expected to be taken. This interpretation was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company adopted the guidance on January 1, 2007 and the adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

Effective January 2010, we adopted ASU No. 2010-06, “ Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, ” which requires previous fair value hierarchy disclosures for certain balance sheet items to be further disaggregated by class of assets and liabilities. A class is often a subset of assets or liabilities within a line item in the balance sheet. In addition, significant reclassifications between Levels 1 and 2 of the fair value hierarchy are required to be disclosed. These additional requirements became effective January 1, 2010 for quarterly and annual reporting. Their adoption did not have any impact on our financial statements. In addition, ASU 2010-06 requires more detailed disclosures regarding changes in Level 3 instruments. This disclosure change will be effective January 1, 2011 and is not expected to have an impact on our financial statements.

50


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our statements of operations for each of the periods indicated in dollars (in thousands) and as a percentage of revenue. The period-to-period comparison of financial results is not necessarily indicative of future results.

         
  Year ended
December 31,
  Six months ended
June 30,
     2007   2008   2009   2009   2010
Revenue   $ 10,976     $ 19,626     $ 29,322     $ 13,804     $ 20,283  
Cost of revenue     3,911       6,116       8,676       3,961       6,227  
Gross profit     7,065       13,510       20,646       9,843       14,056  
Operating expenses:
                                            
Sales and marketing     9,343       16,914       18,886       8,316       12,946  
Research and development     1,754       2,724       2,791       1,247       2,145  
General and administrative     2,653       2,564       4,329       1,934       3,116  
Total operating expenses     13,750       22,202       26,006       11,497       18,207  
Loss from operations     (6,685 )       (8,692 )       (5,360 )       (1,654 )       (4,151 )  
Other income (expense):
                                            
Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net     (144 )       (639 )       (813 )       (279 )       (601 )  
Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities     1,147       (790 )       (2,147 )       (1,175 )       (4,442 )  
Loss before provision for income taxes     (5,682 )       (10,121 )       (8,320 )       (3,108 )       (9,194 )  
Provision for income taxes     (20 )       (62 )       (72 )       (36 )       (59 )  
Net loss   $ (5,702 )     $ (10,183 )     $ (8,392 )     $ (3,144 )     $ (9,253 )  

         
  Year ended
December 31,
  Six months ended
June 30,
     2007   2008   2009   2009   2010
Revenue     100 %       100 %       100 %       100 %       100 %  
Cost of revenue     36       31       30       29       31  
Gross margin     64       69       70       71       69  
Operating expenses:
                                            
Sales and marketing     85       86       64       60       64  
Research and development     16       14       10       9       11  
General and administrative     24       13       15       14       15  
Total operating expenses     125       113       89       83       90  
Loss from operations     (61 )       (44 )       (18 )       (12 )       (20 )  
Other income (expense):
                                            
Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net     (1 )       (3 )       (3 )       (2 )       (3 )  
Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities     10       (4 )       (7 )       (9 )       (22 )  
Loss before provision for income taxes     (52 )       (52 )       (28 )       (23 )       (45 )  
Provision for income taxes                              
Net loss     (52 )%       (52 )%       (29 )%       (23 )%       (46 )%  

51


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table sets forth the following key metrics that we use to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions:

         
  At or For Year Ended
December 31,
  At or For Six Months Ended June 30,
     2007   2008   2009   2009   2010
Bookings (in thousands)   $ 15,019     $ 24,857     $ 34,467     $ 11,287     $ 20,208  
Annual dollar retention rate     96.1 %       89.9 %       94.8 %       N/A       N/A  
Number of clients     105       168       280       206       367  
Number of users (rounded to nearest thousand)     859,000       2,065,000       3,347,000       2,443,000       3,860,000  

Comparison of Six Months Ended June 30, 2010 and 2009

Revenue and Metrics

   
  At or for
six months ended
June 30,
     2009   2010
Revenue (in thousands)   $ 13,804     $ 20,283  
Bookings (in thousands)   $ 11,287     $ 20,208  
Number of clients     206       367  
Number of users (rounded to nearest thousand)     2,443,000       3,860,000  

Revenue increased $6.5 million, or 47%, from the first six months of 2009 to the first six months of 2010. Revenue growth in 2010 was mainly driven by revenue from client agreements signed in prior periods that was not fully reflected in those periods, as a result of the seasonality of when we enter into new client agreements and our revenue recognition policy, which generally recognizes subscription revenue over the contract period. To a lesser extent, revenue growth resulted from current period acquisitions of new clients, sales of additional platforms to existing clients, additions of incremental users by existing clients and client renewals. We believe this growth is primarily a result of our continued investment in the growth of our direct sales teams, increased marketing activities and increased brand awareness. Revenue in the United States increased by $3.6 million, or 33%, while international revenue, mainly in Europe, increased by $2.9 million or 98% from $2.9 million for the first six months ended 2009 to $5.8 million for the first six months of 2010. Sales in Europe were mainly driven by the acquisition of new clients. As a percentage of total revenue, international revenue accounted for 21% for the first six months of 2009 compared to 29% for the first six months of 2010.

Our bookings, number of clients and number of users all grew significantly from the first six months of 2009 to the first six months of 2010. Bookings increased 79% compared to the 47% increase in revenues, due primarily to acquisitions of new clients and, to a much lesser extent, sales of additional platforms to existing clients, additions of incremental users by existing clients and client renewals. The number of clients grew 78%. The number of users increased by approximately 1.4 million, or 58%, due almost entirely to acquisition of new clients in the current period, although we also increased our penetration within existing clients.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

   
  Six months ended
June 30,
     2009   2010
     (dollars in thousands)
Cost of revenue   $ 3,961     $ 6,227  
Gross profit   $ 9,843     $ 14,056  
Gross margin     71 %       69 %  

52


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Cost of revenue increased $2.3 million, or 57%, from the first six months of 2009 to the first six months of 2010, primarily attributable to increased costs associated with additional headcount and improvement of our network infrastructure, in each case to service existing clients as well as in anticipation of future growth. We have been transitioning our network infrastructure from a fully managed third-party hosting environment to self-managed co-location facilities. We anticipate this transition will be completed by the end of 2010, and that the new co-location facilities will be better able to scale to meet significantly increased capacity requirements in support of our continued growth on a more cost-effective basis than our historic third-party managed environment. To a lesser extent, the increase was attributable to increased depreciation associated with recent additions to our fixed assets; increased third-party e-learning content fees, as we enter into additional client agreements; and increased capitalized software amortization arising from the recent deployments of such software.

Our gross margin decreased by 2% from the first six months of 2009 to the first six months of 2010, reflecting our investment in additional headcount and non-recurring costs associated with the transition of our network infrastructure.

Sales and marketing

   
  Six months ended
June 30,
     2009   2010
     (dollars in thousands)
Sales and marketing   $ 8,316     $ 12,946  
Percent of revenue     60 %       64 %  

Sales and marketing expenses increased $4.6 million, or 56%, from the first six months of 2009 to the first six months of 2010. The increase in both dollars and as a percentage of revenue was primarily attributable to the increase in our sales force to address increased opportunities in existing and new markets and an increase in commissions due to increased sales volume. Total headcount in sales and marketing increased 53% from June 30, 2009 to June 30, 2010, with the number of employees on our direct sales teams increasing by 70%.

Research and Development

   
  Six months ended
June 30,
     2009   2010
     (dollars in thousands)
Research and development   $ 1,247     $ 2,145  
Percent of revenue     9 %       11 %  

Research and development expenses increased $0.9 million, or 72%, from the first six months of 2009 to the first six months of 2010. The increase was primarily attributable to increased employee-related costs to maintain and enhance the existing functionality in our solution. Research and development headcount increased 53% from June 30, 2009 to June 30, 2010 in support of these activities.

We capitalize a portion of our software development costs related to the development and enhancements of our solution which are then amortized to cost of revenue. The timing of our capitalizable development and enhancement projects may affect the amount of development costs expensed in any given period. We capitalized $0.7 million and $0.7 million of software development costs and amortized $0.4 million and $0.6 million, in the first six months of 2009 and 2010, respectively. We believe that our research and development activities continue to be efficient because we benefit from maintaining a single code base of our solution.

53


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

General and Administrative

   
  Six months ended
June 30,
     2009   2010
     (dollars in thousands)
General and administrative   $ 1,934     $ 3,116  
Percent of revenue     14 %       15 %  

General and administrative expenses increased $1.2 million, or 61%, from the first six months of 2009 to the first six months of 2010. The increase was primarily attributable to increased employee-related costs due to increased headcount, and to higher professional fees for accounting, audit, legal and tax services. General and administrative headcount increased by 100% from June 30, 2009 to June 30, 2010, primarily in our accounting and finance department to support our growing business and to prepare to transition from a private company to a public company. Professional fees for accounting and legal services also increased due to the expansion of our international business activities and in connection with preparing for the transition to a public company.

Interest Income (Expense) and Other Income (Expense), Net

   
  Six months ended
June 30,
     2009   2010
     (dollars in thousands)
Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net   $ (279 )     $ (601 )  
Percent of revenue     (2 )%       (3 )%  

Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net increased $0.3 million, or 115%, from the first six months of 2009 to the first six months of 2010. The increase was primarily attributable to foreign exchange fluctuations in the British Pound and Euro in relation to the U.S. Dollar and to higher interest expense as a result of increased average borrowings on our credit facilities in support of the growth in our business.

Change in Fair Value of Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities

   
  Six months ended
June 30,
     2009   2010
     (dollars in thousands)
Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities   $ (1,175 )     $ (4,442 )  
Percent of revenue     (9 )%       (22 )%  

The fair value of the liabilities associated with our preferred stock warrants increased $4.4 million during the first six months of 2010, compared to an increase of $1.2 million during the first six months of 2009. These increases are recorded as expenses in our results of operations, and are attributable to increases in the fair value of our preferred stock warrants liabilities during each of these periods, driven in turn by an increase in the value of our company during the periods. We value our preferred stock warrants using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. See “ Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates  —  Fair Value of Warrants ” for a discussion of the valuation methodology for our preferred stock warrant liabilities .

Provision for Income Taxes

   
  Six months ended
June 30,
     2009   2010
     (in thousands)
Provision for income taxes   $ (36 )     $ (59 )  

54


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We have incurred operating losses in all periods to date and have recorded a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets and therefore have not recorded a provision for income taxes for any of the periods presented, other than provisions for certain state and foreign income taxes. Realization of any of our deferred tax assets depends upon future earnings, the timing and amount of which are uncertain.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009

Revenue and Metrics

     
  At or For Year Ended December 31,
     2007   2008   2009
Revenue (in thousands)   $ 10,976     $ 19,626     $ 29,322  
Bookings (in thousands)   $ 15,019     $ 24,857     $ 34,467  
Annual dollar retention rate     96.1 %       89.9 %       94.8 %  
Number of clients     105       168       280  
Number of users (rounded to nearest thousand)     859,000       2,065,000       3,347,000  

Revenue increased $9.7 million, or 49%, from 2008 to 2009. Revenue growth in 2009 was mainly driven by revenue from client agreements signed in 2008 that was not fully reflected in 2008, as a result of the seasonality of when we enter into new client agreements and our revenue recognition policy, which generally recognizes subscription revenue over the contract period. In addition, revenue growth resulted from the acquisitions of new clients, sales of additional platforms to existing clients, additions of incremental users by existing clients and client renewals, each within 2009. We believe this growth is primarily the result of our investment in our direct sales teams, increased marketing activities and increased brand awareness. Revenue in the United States increased by $6.4 million, or 40%, while international revenue, mainly in Europe, increased by $3.3 million, or 91%, from $3.6 million in 2008 to $6.9 million in 2009. As a percentage of total revenue, international revenue accounted for 18% in 2008 compared to 24% in 2009.

Despite the global recession, our bookings, number of clients and number of users all grew significantly from 2008 to 2009. Bookings increased 39%, due primarily to acquisitions of new clients and, to a much lesser extent, sales of additional platforms to existing clients, additions of incremental users by existing clients and client renewals. The growth rates for revenue and bookings are not correlated in a given year due to the seasonality of our client agreements, the varied timing of billings, the recognition in most cases of subscription revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the agreement, and the recognition of consulting revenues based on proportional performance over the period the services are performed. Our annual dollar retention rate improved by 4.9% to 94.8% from 2008 to 2009 as a result of increased client renewals and our existing clients purchasing additional platforms of our solution, as well as adding incremental users. The number of clients grew 67%. The number of users increased by approximately 1.3 million, or 62%, due almost entirely to acquisitions of new clients in the current period, although we also increased our penetration within existing clients.

Revenue increased $8.7 million, or 79%, from 2007 to 2008. Revenue growth from 2007 to 2008 was driven primarily by the same factors as for growth from 2008 to 2009. Revenue in the United States increased by $6.6 million, or 70%, while international revenue, mainly in Europe, increased by $2.1 million, or 135%, from $1.5 million in 2007 to $3.6 million in 2008 as a result of the acquisition of new clients. As a percentage of total revenue, international revenue accounted for 14% in 2007 compared to 18% in 2008.

Our bookings, number of clients and number of users all grew significantly from 2007 to 2008. Bookings increased 66% compared to the 79% increase in revenues, due primarily to acquisitions of new clients and, to a much lesser extent, sales of additional platforms to existing clients, additions of incremental users by existing clients and client renewals. The 6.2% decrease in annual dollar retention rate from 2007 to 2008 was primarily due to the loss of a large enterprise client that was

55


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

acquired in 2008. The number of clients grew 60%. The number of users increased by approximately 1.2 million, or 140%, due almost entirely to acquisition of new clients in the current period, although we also increased our penetration within existing clients.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

     
  Year ended December 31,
     2007   2008   2009
     (dollars in thousands)
Cost of revenue   $ 3,911     $ 6,116     $ 8,676  
Gross profit   $ 7,065     $ 13,510     $ 20,646  
Gross margin     64 %       69 %       70 %  

Cost of revenue increased $2.6 million, or 42%, from 2008 to 2009, primarily attributable to increased employee-related costs, increased costs related to outsourced consulting services and increased network infrastructure costs, in each case to service our existing clients as well as in anticipation of future growth. To a lesser extent, the increase was also attributable to increased amortization of capitalized software and increased amortization of license fees we pay to third parties.

Our gross margin increased slightly from 2008 to 2009, notwithstanding our investment in additional headcount and infrastructure in anticipation of future growth.

Cost of revenue and gross margin increased from 2007 to 2008 primarily as a result of the same factors that produced the increase from 2008 to 2009.

Sales and Marketing

     
  Year ended December 31,
     2007   2008   2009
     (dollars in thousands)
Sales and marketing   $ 9,343     $ 16,914     $ 18,886  
Percent of revenue     85 %       86 %       64 %  

Sales and marketing expenses increased $2.0 million, or 12%, from 2008 to 2009. The increase was primarily attributable to increases in marketing programs and the expansion of our sales force to address increased opportunities in new and existing markets. Total headcount in sales and marketing increased 38% from December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2009, with the number of employees on our direct sales teams increasing by 38%. We also incurred additional travel costs associated with our direct sales teams in 2009. Notwithstanding these investments in anticipation of future growth, sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased from 2008 to 2009.

Sales and marketing expenses increased $7.6 million, or 81%, from 2007 to 2008. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase of 22% in total headcount in sales and marketing from December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008, with the number of employees on our direct sales teams increasing by 26%, as well as increased expenses for marketing programs.

Research and Development

     
  Year ended December 31,
     2007   2008   2009
     (dollars in thousands)
Research and development   $ 1,754     $ 2,724     $ 2,791  
Percent of revenue     16 %       14 %       10 %  

Although our business grew significantly from 2008 to 2009, research and development expenses remained relatively constant at approximately $2.7 million, because we benefited from maintaining a single code base of our solution. Although research and development headcount

56


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

increased 44% from December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2009, the increase did not materially affect employee-related costs, as we hired most of these new employees in the latter part of 2009.

Research and development expenses increased by $1.0 million, or 55%, from 2007 to 2008. The increase was primarily attributable to increased employee-related costs to maintain and improve the existing functionality in our solution. Research and development headcount increased 23% from December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008 in support of these activities.

We capitalize a portion of our software development costs related to the development and enhancements of our solution which are then amortized to cost of revenue. The timing of our capitalizable development and enhancement projects may affect the amount of development costs expensed in any given period. We capitalized $0.8 million, $1.1 million and $1.5 million of software development costs and amortized $0.5 million, $0.6 million and $0.9 million in 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

General and Administrative

     
  Year ended December 31,
     2007   2008   2009
     (dollars in thousands)
General and administrative   $ 2,653     $ 2,564     $ 4,329  
Percent of revenue     24 %       13 %       15 %  

General and administrative expenses increased $1.8 million, or 69%, from 2008 to 2009. The increase was primarily attributable to increased professional fees for accounting, audit, legal and tax services, increased sales taxes and increased employee-related costs as a result of increased headcount. To a lesser extent, the increase was also due to increased domestic sales taxes resulting from our increased sales. The increase in professional fees for audit services was primarily attributable to our retrospective adoption of the revised accounting guidance for revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables. The increase in legal and tax services was primarily due to the expansion of our international business activities. General and administrative headcount increased 40% from December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2009, primarily in our accounting and finance department to support our growing business and to prepare to transition from a private company to a public company.

General and administrative expenses remained relatively constant from 2007 to 2008. Although general and administrative headcount increased 25% from December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008, the increase did not materially affect employee-related costs, because we hired most of these new employees in the latter part of 2008.

Interest Income (Expense) and Other Income (Expense), Net

     
  Year ended December 31,
     2007   2008   2009
     (in thousands)
Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net   $ (144 )     $ (639 )     $ (813 )  

Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net increased $0.2 million, or 27%, from 2008 to 2009. The increase was primarily attributable to higher interest expense as a result of higher average interest rates in 2009, which were partially offset by a decrease in our average borrowings outstanding on our credit facilities during 2009 and diminished foreign currency fluctuations in the British Pound and Euro in relation to the U.S. Dollar.

Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net increased $0.5 million, or 344%, from 2007 to 2008. The increase was primarily attributable to foreign currency exchange losses related to fluctuations in the British Pound and, to a lesser extent, Euro in relation to the U.S. Dollar. Interest expense remained fairly constant from 2007 to 2008, as an increase in our average borrowings outstanding in 2008 was offset by lower average interest rates.

57


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Change in Fair Value of Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities

     
  Year ended December 31,
     2007   2008   2009
     (in thousands)
Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities   $ 1,147     $ (790 )     $ (2,147 )  

The fair value of the liabilities associated with our preferred stock warrants increased $2.1 million in 2009, compared to an increase of $0.8 million in 2008. The increase in 2009 was primarily attributable to the issuance of additional warrants to purchase preferred stock in connection with the Series E financing in 2009, and the increase in the fair value of all of our preferred stock warrants. The increase in the fair value of the preferred stock warrants was driven by the increase in the value of our company from December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2009.

The fair value of the liabilities associated with our preferred stock warrants increased $0.8 million in 2008, as a result of an increase in the fair value of our preferred stock warrant liabilities at December 31, 2008 compared to December 31, 2007. The increase in the fair value of the preferred stock warrants was driven by the increase in the value of our company from December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008. We recorded income from the decline in the fair value of our preferred stock warrant liability in 2007 due to a reduction in the value of our preferred stock during 2007.

Provision for Income Taxes

     
  Year ended December 31,
     2007   2008   2009
     (in thousands)
Provision for income taxes   $ (20 )     $ (62 )     $ (72 )  

We have incurred operating losses in all periods to date and have recorded a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets and therefore have not recorded a provision for income taxes for any of the periods presented, other than provisions for certain state and foreign income taxes. Realization of any of our deferred tax assets depends upon future earnings, the timing and amount of which are uncertain.

58


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations for each of the quarters in the year ended December 31, 2009 and in the six months ended June 30, 2010 have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited annual financial statements and include, in the opinion of management, all normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair statement of the financial information contained in these statements. The period-to-period comparison of financial results is not necessarily indicative of future results and should be read in conjunction with our annual financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

           
  Quarter Ended
     (in thousands)
     Mar. 31,
2009
  June 30,
2009
  Sept. 30,
2009
  Dec. 31,
2009
  Mar. 31,
2010
  June 30,
2010
Revenue   $ 6,777     $ 7,027     $ 7,408     $ 8,110     $ 9,670     $ 10,613  
Cost of revenue     1,988       1,973       2,110       2,605       3,064       3,163  
Gross profit     4,789       5,054       5,298       5,505       6,606       7,450  
Operating expenses:
                                                     
Sales and marketing     4,046       4,270       4,949       5,621       6,366       6,580  
Research and development     589       658       731       813       1,004       1,141  
General and administrative     1,030       904       920       1,475       1,416       1,700  
Total operating expenses     5,665       5,832       6,600       7,909       8,786       9,421  
Loss from operations     (876 )       (778 )       (1,302 )       (2,404 )       (2,180 )       (1,971 )  
Other income (expense):
                                                     
Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net     (129 )       (150 )       (267 )       (267 )       (335 )       (266 )  
Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities     (639 )       (536 )       (375 )       (597 )       (1,272 )       (3,170 )  
Loss before provision for income taxes     (1,644 )       (1,464 )       (1,944 )       (3,268 )       (3,787 )       (5,407 )  
Provision for income taxes     (18 )       (18 )       (18 )       (18 )       (30 )       (29 )  
Net loss   $ (1,662 )     $ (1,482 )     $ (1,962 )     $ (3,286 )     $ (3,817 )     $ (5,436 )  

59


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As a percentage of revenues:

           
  Quarter Ended
     Mar. 31,
2009
  June 30,
2009
  Sept. 30,
2009
  Dec. 31,
2009
  Mar. 31,
2010
  June 30,
2010
Revenue     100 %       100 %       100 %       100 %       100 %       100 %  
Cost of revenue     29       28       28       32       32       30  
Gross margin     71       72       72       68       68       70  
Operating expenses:
                                                     
Sales and marketing     60       61       67       69       66       62  
Research and development     9       9       10       10       10       11  
General and administrative     15       13       12       18       15       16  
Total operating expenses     84       83       89       98       91       89  
Loss from operations     (13 )       (11 )       (18 )       (30 )       (23 )       (19 )  
Other income (expense):
                                                     
Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net     (2 )       (2 )       (4 )       (3 )       (3 )       (3 )  
Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities     (9 )       (8 )       (5 )       (7 )       (13 )       (30 )  
Loss before provision for income taxes     (24 )       (21 )       (26 )       (40 )       (39 )       (51 )  
Provision for income taxes                                    
Net loss     (25 )%       (21 )%       (26 )%       (41 )%       (39 )%       (51 )%  

The following table sets forth our bookings, number of clients and number of users:

           
  At or For the Quarter Ended
     Mar. 31,
2009
  June 30,
2009
  Sept. 30,
2009
  Dec. 31,
2009
  Mar. 31,
2010
  June 30,
2010
Bookings (in thousands)     $5,404     $ 5,883     $ 8,776     $ 14,404     $ 9,237     $ 10,971  
Number of clients     188       206       227       280       310       367  
Number of users (rounded to nearest thousand)     2,414,000       2,443,000       2,919,000       3,347,000       3,773,000       3,860,000  

Revenues as well as number of clients and number of users grew sequentially in each of the periods presented. The rate of growth from period to period was affected by the seasonality of our business.

Quarterly bookings over the periods presented have increased generally, but have also reflected the seasonality of our client agreements. We sign a significantly higher percentage of agreements with new clients, and renewal agreements with existing clients, in the fourth quarter of each year and usually sign a significant portion of these agreements during the last month, and often the last two weeks, in each quarter. The seasonality is reflected to a much lesser extent, and sometimes is not immediately apparent, in our revenue, because we generally recognize subscription revenue over the term of our client agreements. A substantial portion of subscription revenue in any particular quarter arises from agreements entered into in previous quarters.

Gross profit increased sequentially each quarter primarily due to increasing revenues and to a lesser extent our realization of economies of scale in our consulting services, as we have emphasized continuous improvement in processes for delivering client implementation and support programs. Gross margins fluctuated from quarter to quarter, however, as expenditures in support of our growth strategy have varied in scope and scale over these periods. For example, gross margin decreased from the third to fourth quarter of 2009 because of additional headcount in our consulting

60


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

services and customer support departments, and then increased from the first to the second quarters of 2010, as revenues grew and we realized the benefits of the increased headcount. These improvements were partially offset by new investments to enhance our network infrastructure.

Sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue reflected continually increasing headcount in our direct sales teams, although the timing of particular marketing programs and events contributed to quarter to quarter variations. Research and development expenses as a percentage of revenue remained relatively constant as revenues grew while we added headcount to maintain and improve the functionality of our solution. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue varied depending on the timing of expenses related to legal and accounting fees, employee empowerment programs, and domestic sales and use taxes, including expenses and additional personnel related to our retrospective adoption of our revenue recognition policy and our preparation to become a publicly held company.

More generally, our quarterly operating results have fluctuated in the past and may continue to fluctuate in the future based on a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control. Such factors include, in addition to those in the “ Risk Factors ” section of this prospectus:

our ability to attract new clients;
the timing and rate at which we enter into agreements for our solution with new clients;
the extent to which our existing clients renew their subscriptions for our solution and the timing of those renewals;
the extent to which our existing clients purchase additional platforms in our solution or add incremental users;
changes in the mix of our sales between new and existing clients;
changes to the proportion of our client base that is comprised of enterprise or mid-sized organizations;
seasonal factors affecting the demand for our solution;
our ability to manage growth, including in terms of new clients, additional users and new geographies;
the timing and success of competitive solutions offered by our competitors;
changes in our pricing policies and those of our competitors; and
general economic and market conditions.

One or more of these factors may cause our operating results to vary widely. As such, we believe that our quarterly results of operations may vary significantly in the future and that period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

At June 30, 2010, our principal sources of liquidity were $7.1 million of cash and cash equivalents, which are invested primarily in money market funds, and our $5 million revolving credit facility. Due to their short maturities, the carrying amounts of cash equivalents reasonably approximate fair value. The primary objective of our investment activities is the preservation of capital, the fulfillment of liquidity needs and the fiduciary control of cash and investments. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes.

To date, our operations and growth have been primarily financed through the sale of preferred stock and short- and long-term borrowings. Since inception, we have raised $37 million of equity capital, and at June 30, 2010, we had $9.6 million of debt outstanding. We have raised cumulative proceeds from preferred stock financings and term loans of approximately $37 million and $14 million, respectively.

During August 2010, we entered into a $15 million credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank, or the SVB Credit Facility, with a maturity of August 2012. Borrowings under the SVB Credit Facility are

61


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

available on both a formula and a non-formula basis. The amount available on the non-formula basis is $5 million through January 1, 2011, $2.5 million through July 1, 2011 and zero thereafter. Interest is payable monthly, and the principal is due upon maturity. The interest rate is prime plus 1.5%, if the outstanding indebtedness under the facility is less than or equal to $5 million, and prime plus $2.5%, if the outstanding indebtedness is greater than $5 million. The SVB Credit Facility requires immediate repayment upon an event of default, as defined in the agreement, which includes events such as a payment default, a covenant default or the occurrence of a material adverse change, as defined in the agreement.

Based on our current level of operations and anticipated growth, we believe the proceeds from this offering, our future cash flows from operating activities, existing cash and cash equivalents, and our ability to borrow on acceptable terms will provide adequate funds for ongoing operations for at least the next 12 months. Actual future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our rate of revenue and billings growth and the level of expenditures in all areas of our business. To the extent that existing capital resources and sales growth are not sufficient to fund future activities, we may need to raise additional funds, which may not be available on favorable terms or at all.

The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated (in thousands):

         
  Year ended
December 31,
  Six months ended
June 30,
     2007   2008   2009   2009   2010
Net cash used in operating activities   $ (3,341 )     $ (5,986 )     $ (1,633 )     $ (588 )     $ (2,728 )  
Net cash used in investing activities     (991 )       (1,282 )       (1,599 )       (762 )       (1,157 )  
Net cash provided (used in) by financing activities     14,893       (551 )       8,003       9,159       2,930  

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

Our net loss and cash flows from operating activities are significantly influenced by our investments in headcount and infrastructure to support anticipated growth. In addition, cash flows from operating activities are affected by the seasonality of our business, which results in variations in the timing of our invoicing of, and our receipt of payments from, our clients. For example, while we have experienced increases in cash flow from operating activities as a result of increases in deferred revenue for each year presented, because of the seasonality of our business, we experienced decreases in cash flow as a result of decreases in deferred revenue in the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010. Conversely, once again due to the seasonality of our business, while we experienced decreases in cash flow from operating activities as a result of increases in accounts receivable for each year presented, we experienced increases in cash flow due to decreases in accounts receivable in the six month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010.

Our use of cash in operating activities in the first six months of 2010 was primarily due to our net loss of $9.3 million, reflecting our continued significant investments in headcount and other expenses to grow our business, adjusted for $5.9 million of non-cash expenses that included a $4.4 million increase in preferred stock warrant liabilities, $1.2 million of depreciation and amortization, and $0.2 million of stock-based compensation. Additional uses of cash included payment of $1.0 million in compensation accrued in 2009, a $0.1 million decrease in accounts payable and a $0.1 million decrease in deferred revenue, offset in part by cash generated from a $2.0 million decrease in accounts receivable.

Our use of cash in operating activities in the first six months of 2009 was primarily due to our net loss of $3.1 million, adjusted for $2.0 million of non-cash expenses that included a $1.2 million increase in preferred stock warrants liabilities, $0.6 million of depreciation and amortization, and $0.2 million of stock-based compensation expense. Additional uses of cash included a $3.8 million increase in accounts receivable and a $2.5 million decrease in deferred revenue, offset in part by cash generated from a $0.5 million decrease in deferred commissions.

62


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our use of cash in operating activities in 2009 was primarily due to our net loss of $8.4 million, as we focused on making additional investments in headcount and infrastructure to service existing growth and in anticipation of future growth, adjusted for $3.9 million in non-cash expenses that included a $2.1 million increase in preferred stock warrant liabilities, $1.3 million of depreciation and amortization and $0.3 million in stock-based compensation. Our growth resulted in other uses of cash that included an increase of $3.3 million in accounts receivable, a $0.9 million increase in deferred commissions and a $0.3 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets. These uses of cash were offset in part by cash generated from a $5.1 million increase in deferred revenue resulting from the growth of our business and our general practice of invoicing clients in advance for the annual portion of their multi-year subscriptions and for any consulting services. We also generated cash from a $1.7 million increase in accrued expenses and a $0.5 million increase in accounts payable.

Our use of cash in operating activities in 2008 was primarily due to our net loss of $10.2 million, adjusted for non-cash expenses that included $1.0 million of depreciation and amortization, a $0.8 million increase in preferred stock warrant liabilities and $0.2 million of stock-based compensation. Uses of cash also included a $3.5 million increase in accounts receivable and a $0.4 million increase in deferred sales commissions, offset in part by cash generated from a $5.2 million increase in deferred revenue and a $0.6 million increase in accrued expenses.

Our use of cash in operating activities in 2007 was primarily due to net loss of $5.7 million, adjusted for non-cash expenses that included $0.7 million of depreciation and amortization and $0.2 million of stock-based compensation, offset by a $1.1 million decrease in preferred stock warrant liabilities. Uses of cash included a $1.9 million increase in accounts receivable and a $0.4 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets, offset in part by cash generated from a $4.0 million increase in deferred revenue, a $0.5 million increase in accounts payable and a $0.4 million increase in accrued expenses.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Our primary investing activities have consisted of capital expenditures to develop our capitalized software as well as to purchase computer equipment and furniture and fixtures in support of expanding our infrastructure and workforce. As our business grows, we expect our capital expenditures and our investment activity to continue to increase.

We used $1.2 million of cash in investing activities during the six months ended June 30, 2010, primarily due to $0.7 million of investments in our capitalized software and $0.4 million of net investments in other fixed assets.

We used $0.8 million of cash in investing activities during the six months ended June 30, 2009, primarily due to $0.7 million of investments in our capitalized software and $34,000 of net investments in other fixed assets and trademark additions.

We used $1.6 million of cash in investing activities in 2009, primarily due to $1.5 million of investments in our capitalized software and $0.1 million of net investments in other fixed assets. The investments in other fixed assets consisted of $1.6 million in purchases of additional equipment for our expanding infrastructure and work force, which were primarily financed through $1.5 million in capital lease financing.

We used $1.3 million of cash in investing activities in 2008, primarily due to $1.1 million of investments in our capitalized software and $0.2 million of net investments in other fixed assets. The investments in other fixed assets consisted of $0.6 million in capital expenditures related to the purchases of additional equipment for our expanding infrastructure and work force which were primarily financed through $0.4 million in capital lease financing.

We used $1.0 million of cash in investing activities in 2007 primarily due to $0.8 million of investments in our capitalized software and $0.2 million of net investments in other fixed assets. The investments in other fixed assets consisted of $0.6 million in capital expenditures related to the

63


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

purchases of additional equipment, which were purchases of equipment, primarily financed through $0.4 million in capital lease financing.

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities

The cash provided by financing activities during the six months ended June 30, 2010 was primarily due to $4.5 million of proceeds of long term debt from our line of credit, partially offset by $1.0 million of payments on our term loan and $0.6 million of payments on our capital lease obligations.

The cash provided by financing activities during the six months ended June 30, 2009 was primarily due to $8.7 million of proceeds from our Series E financing in addition to proceeds of $3.9 million of long term debt from our line of credit, partially offset by $3.3 million of payments on our debt.

The cash provided by financing activities in 2009 was primarily due to approximately $8.7 million of proceeds from our Series E convertible preferred stock financing and $4.0 million borrowed under a senior subordinated promissory note agreement, partially offset by $2.3 million of payments on our line of credit, $2.0 million of payments on our term loan and $0.3 million in payments on our capital lease obligations.

The cash used by financing activities in 2008 was primarily due to $6.2 million of payments on our line of credit, $0.5 million of payments on our term loan and $0.1 million of payments on our capital lease obligations, partially offset by $4.1 million in borrowings on our line of credit and $2.0 million in borrowings on our term loan.

The cash provided by financing activities in 2007 was primarily due to approximately $16 million of proceeds from our Series D convertible preferred stock financing, $4.4 million in borrowings on our line of credit and $3.0 million in borrowings on our term loan. This increase in cash provided by financing activities was partially offset by the repurchase of Series A preferred stock in the amount of $5.4 million, the repurchase of our common stock in the amount of $0.5 million, payments on our line of credit of $1.5 million and payments on our term loan of $0.9 million.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

Our principal commitments consist of obligations under our outstanding debt facilities, leases for our office space, computer equipment, furniture and fixtures, and contractual commitments for hosting and other support services. The following table summarizes our contractual obligations at December 31, 2009 (in thousands):

           
    Year Ending December 31,
     Total   2010   2011   2012   2013   2014
Long-term debt obligations   $ 6,545     $ 2,034     $ 511     $     $     $ 4,000  
Capital lease obligations     1,852       694       671       476        11        
Operating lease obligations     1,351       693       658                    

In March 2009, we entered into an e-learning content reseller agreement with a third-party content provider. License fees of $0.2 million and $0.2 million are due in 2010 and 2011, respectively.

During the first six months of 2010, we entered into an amendment to our operating lease to increase our office space in Santa Monica, California, and entered into an operating lease for a foreign office in India. These operating lease agreements increase our total operating lease commitments by approximately $1.1 million through 2015.

In August 2010, we borrowed $6.4 million under a new credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank with a maturity date of August 2012, and repaid the remaining outstanding balance and accrued interest under our credit facility with Comerica Bank, which was then terminated.

During 2010, we entered into additional capital lease agreements that increase our total capital lease commitments by approximately $2.1 million.

64


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In August 2010, we entered into a patent license agreement, granting us a perpetual license to use a third-party’s e-learning technologies. License fees of $0.2 million, $0.4 million, $0.4 million and $0.2 million are due in 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

At December 31, 2009, liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits of $154,000, which are attributable to foreign income taxes and interest and penalties, are not included in the table above because, due to their nature, there is a high degree of uncertainty regarding the time of future cash outflows and other events that extinguish these liabilities.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As part of our ongoing business, we do not have any relationships with other entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, that have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. We are therefore not exposed to any financing, liquidity, market or credit risk that could arise if we had engaged in those types of relationships.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We have operations both within the United States and internationally, and we are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily include interest rate, foreign exchange and inflation risks, as well as risks relating to changes in the general economic conditions in the countries where we conduct business. To reduce certain of these risks, we monitor the financial condition of our large clients and limit credit exposure by collecting in advance and setting credit limits as we deem appropriate. In addition, our investment strategy currently has been to invest in financial instruments that are highly liquid and readily convertible into cash and that mature within three months from the date of purchase. To date, we have not used derivative instruments to mitigate the impact of our market risk exposures. We have also not used, nor do we intend to use, derivatives for trading or speculative purposes.

Interest rate risk

We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates.

Our investments are considered cash equivalents and primarily consist of money market funds backed by United States Treasury Bills and certificates of deposit. At June 30, 2010, we had cash equivalents of $7.1 million. The carrying amount of our cash equivalents reasonably approximates fair value, due to the short maturities of these instruments. The primary objectives of our investment activities are the preservation of capital, the fulfillment of liquidity needs and the fiduciary control of cash and investments. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Our investments are exposed to market risk due to a fluctuation in interest rates, which may affect our interest income and the fair market value of our investments. Due to the short-term nature of our investment portfolio, however, we do not believe an immediate 10% increase or decrease in interest rates would have a material effect on the fair market value of our portfolio. We therefore do not expect our operating results or cash flows to be materially affected by a sudden change in market interest rates.

We do not believe our cash equivalents have significant risk of default or illiquidity. While we believe our cash equivalents do not contain excessive risk, we cannot provide absolute assurance that in the future our investments will not be subject to adverse changes in market value. In addition, we maintain significant amounts of cash and cash equivalents at one or more financial institutions that are in excess of federally insured limits. We cannot be assured that we will not experience losses on these deposits.

At June 30, 2010, we had borrowings outstanding with carrying amounts of $9.6 million. Our outstanding long-term borrowings consist of variable interest rate financial instruments. Our variable rate borrowings are based on prime plus 0.5% to 3.75%. The carrying amount of these long-term borrowings approximates fair value based on borrowing rates currently available to us. A hypothetical 10% increase or decrease in interest rates relative to interest rates at June 30, 2010 would not have

65


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

a material impact on the fair values of all of our outstanding borrowings. Changes in interest rates would, however, affect operating results and cash flows, because of the variable rate nature of our borrowings. A hypothetical 10% decrease in interest rates relative to interest rates at June 30, 2010 would result in a decrease of approximately $0.1 million in interest expense for the six months ended June 30, 2010.

Foreign Currency Risk

We have foreign currency risks related to our revenue and operating expenses denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar. Our historical revenue has primarily been denominated in U.S. Dollars, and a significant portion of our current revenue continues to be denominated in U.S. Dollars. However, we expect an increasing portion of our future revenue to be denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar, primarily the Euro and British Pound. The effect of an immediate 10% adverse change in foreign exchange rates on foreign-denominated accounts receivable at June 30, 2010 would not be material to our financial condition or results of operations. Our operating expenses are generally denominated in the currencies of the countries in which our operations are located, primarily the United States and, to a much lesser extent, the United Kingdom, other European Union countries, Canada, India and Israel. Increases and decreases in our foreign-denominated revenue from movements in foreign exchange rates are partially offset by the corresponding decreases or increases in our foreign-denominated operating expenses.

As our international operations grow, our risks associated with fluctuation in currency rates will become greater, and we will continue to reassess our approach to managing this risk. In addition, currency fluctuations or a weakening U.S. Dollar can increase the costs of our international expansion. To date, we have not entered into any foreign currency hedging contracts, since exchange rate fluctuations have not had a material impact on our operating results and cash flows. Based on our current international structure, we do not plan on engaging in hedging activities in the near future.

Inflation Risk

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Nonetheless, if our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Counterparty Risk

Our financial statements are subject to counterparty credit risk, which we consider as part of the overall fair value measurement. We attempt to mitigate this risk through credit monitoring procedures.

66


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BUSINESS

Overview

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. is a leading global provider of a comprehensive learning and talent management solution delivered as software-as-a-service. We enable organizations to meet the challenges they face in empowering their people and maximizing the productivity of their human capital. These challenges include developing employees throughout their careers, engaging all employees effectively, improving business execution, cultivating future leaders, and integrating with an organization’s extended enterprise of clients, vendors and distributors by delivering training, certification programs and other content. We currently have over 390 clients who use our solution to empower over 4.25 million users across 164 countries and 16 languages.

We provide a comprehensive and integrated solution that delivers the following benefits:

Comprehensive Functionality.   We offer five integrated platforms that address all stages of the employee lifecycle. These platforms include learning management, enterprise social networking, performance management, succession management, and extended enterprise.
Flexible and Highly Configurable.   Clients can match the use of our software with their specific business processes and workflows. The flexibility of our solution allows our clients to deploy the five platforms of our solution individually or in any combination.
Easy-to-Use, Personalized User Interface.   Our solution employs an intuitive user interface and may be personalized for the end user, typically based on position, division, pay grade, location, manager and particular use of the solution.
Software-as-a-Service Model Lowers the Total Cost of Ownership and Speeds Delivery.   Our solution is accessible through a standard web browser and does not require the large investments in implementation time, personnel, hardware, and consulting services that are typical of legacy software solutions.
Scalable to Meet the Needs of All Organizations.   We have built a highly scalable, multi-tenant, multi-user architecture that supports the complex needs of global corporations yet is capable of supporting deployments of any size. We currently support multiple client deployments of over 150,000 users, including one client with over 700,000 users.
Continued Innovation through Collaborative Product Development.   The vast majority of our thousands of software features were designed with existing and prospective clients based on their specific functional requests.

Our clients include multi-national corporations, large domestic enterprises, mid-market companies, state and local public sector organizations, higher education institutions, and non-profit entities, such as Barclays Bank PLC, BJC HealthCare, Flextronics International USA, Inc., Kelly Services, Inc., Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, Pearson, Inc., Starwood Hotels & Resorts Worldwide, Inc., State of Nebraska, Teach for America and Virgin Media Limited. While most of our deployments encompass all employees at a given client, some also include the employees of the extended enterprise of that client, such as employees of the client’s customers, vendors and distributors.

We sell our solution domestically and internationally through both direct and indirect channels, including direct sales teams throughout North America and Europe and distributor relationships with payroll, consulting and human resource, or HR, services companies. We have a global OEM agreement with ADP, which allows ADP to sell our solution as ADP Talent Management.

We generally sell our solution with three-year, enterprise-wide subscription agreements based on the number of employees. Clients typically are invoiced on signing and pay annually in advance on the anniversary of the agreement.

67


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We have grown our business each of the last 10 years, and since 2002, we have averaged a 95% annual dollar retention rate, as described in “ Management Discussion and Analysis of Financials Condition and Results of Operations — Financial Metrics .” Since 2001, our implied monthly recurring revenue from existing clients has been greater at the end of each year than at the beginning of the year. Our total revenue has grown from $11.0 million in 2007 to $19.6 million in 2008 to $29.3 million in 2009, and from $13.8 million in the first six months of 2009 to $20.3 million in the first six months of 2010.

The Market

Human capital is a major expense for all organizations. Based on the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics data as of June 2010, total compensation paid to the United States civilian workforce of approximately 154 million people is expected to exceed $8.1 trillion in 2010.

Accordingly, organizations have long sought to optimize their investments in human capital. We believe that organizations face five major challenges in maximizing the productivity of their internal and external human capital:

Developing Talent.   Effectively orienting new hires and training employees throughout their careers to achieve their full potential, which has become more difficult with the Millennial generation entering the workforce, increasingly distributed workforces and heightened compliance requirements.
Engaging Employees.   Connecting with employees at all levels and locations of the organization to keep them motivated, which has become increasingly difficult with the rise of globalization and telecommuting.
Improving Business Execution.   Ensuring the effective alignment of employee behavior with the organization’s objectives through goal management and employee assessment and development, as well as by linking compensation to performance.
Building a Leadership Pipeline.   Identifying, grooming and retaining individuals for leadership positions at all levels and across all parts of the organization, which has become an acute challenge with the growing mobility and turnover of employees and the impending retirements of the Baby Boomers.
Integrating with the Extended Enterprise of Customers, Vendors and Distributors.
Delivering training, certification programs and resources to the organization’s network of customers, vendors, distributors and other third parties that constitute the organization’s extended enterprise, which has become more difficult with the rise of outsourcing and increasing globalization.

Until the advent of software technology in the 1970’s, written tracking systems were the only solution available for managing human capital. Software-based solutions such as spreadsheet-based tracking systems, custom-built software applications, third-party human resource information systems and third-party software applications provided by on-premise software vendors gradually became available. We refer to all of these approaches as legacy solutions. International Data Corporation, or IDC, estimates that total spending on software for workforce, e-learning, e-recruiting, intelligent compensation and performance management equaled $3.6 billion in 2009.

Recently, software-as-a-service, or SaaS, vendors dedicated to providing learning and talent management software have emerged. We believe that just as organizations are increasingly choosing SaaS solutions for business applications such as sales force management, they are also increasingly adopting SaaS learning and talent management solutions. According to IDC, the overall SaaS market totaled $13.1 billion in revenue in 2009, representing 5.7% of worldwide software spending across all primary markets, and is expected to grow to $32.4 billion by 2013, representing 13.4% of worldwide software spending across all primary markets.

68


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Many of the existing solutions suffer from one or more of the following shortcomings:

Narrow Functionality.   As they only address specific stages of the employee lifecycle, many solutions lack sufficient breadth of functionality to maximize employee productivity effectively.
Limited Configurability.   Most solutions are rigid and limit the ability of organizations to match their diverse workflows or to adopt their desired talent management practices.
Difficult to Use.   Inputting, updating, analyzing and sharing information is often cumbersome, resulting in low employee adoption and usage.
Costly to Deploy, Maintain and Upgrade.   Legacy solutions require significant expense and time to deploy as well as require ongoing costs associated with IT support, network infrastructure, maintenance and upgrades.
Inability to Scale.   Many solutions are designed to support the needs of smaller organizations and have difficulty meeting the complex functional requirements or the sizeable infrastructure demands of larger enterprises.

Given the limitations of existing offerings, we believe there is a market opportunity for a comprehensive, integrated solution that helps organizations manage all aspects of their internal and external human capital and link talent management to their business strategy.

The Cornerstone OnDemand Answer

We deliver a comprehensive SaaS solution that consists of five integrated platforms for learning management, enterprise social networking, performance management, succession planning and extended enterprise. We offer a number of cross-platform tools for talent management analytics and reporting, employee profile management, employee on-boarding and e-learning content aggregation and delivery. We also provide consulting services for configuration, integration and training for our solution. We believe that our solution delivers the following benefits:

Comprehensive Functionality.   Our solution provides a comprehensive approach to learning and talent management by offering five integrated platforms to address all stages of the employee lifecycle: learning management, enterprise social networking, performance management, succession management, and extended enterprise. Employees use our solution throughout their careers to engage in performance processes such as goal management, performance reviews, competency assessments and compensatory reviews; to complete job-specific and compliance-related training; to evaluate potential career changes, development plans or succession processes; and to connect with co-workers by leveraging enterprise social networking tools.

Our clients can manage processes that span different learning and talent management functions because our five platforms are tightly integrated. For example, our clients can automatically identify skill gaps as part of an employee’s performance review, assign training to address those gaps and monitor the results of that training. Also, clients can identify high potential employees for future leadership positions and place them in executive development programs.

We believe our comprehensive, integrated solution allows our clients to align their learning and talent management processes and practices with their broader strategic goals.

Flexible and Highly Configurable.   Our solution offers substantial configurability that allows clients to match the use of our software with their specific business processes and workflows. Our clients can configure our solution by business unit, division, department, region, location, job position, pay grade, cost center, or self-defined organizational unit. Our clients are able to adjust features to configure specific processes, such as performance review workflows or training approvals, to match their existing or desired practices. This high level of configurability means that custom coding projects generally are not required to meet the diverse needs of our clients.

69


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our clients can deploy the five platforms of our solution individually or in any combination. As a result, our clients have the flexibility to purchase solely those platforms that solve their immediate talent management needs and can incrementally deploy additional platforms in the future as their needs evolve.

Easy-to-Use, Personalized User Interface.    Our solution employs an intuitive user interface and may be personalized for the end user, typically based on position, division, pay grade, location, manager and particular use of the solution. This ease of use limits the need for end-user training, which we believe increases user adoption rates and usage. While we typically train administrators, we have never been asked to conduct end-user training for any of our over 4.25 million users. We believe one of the reasons our solution is easy to use is that our entire solution has been developed by us, rather than being the byproduct of acquired technologies, which allows us to provide a consistent user interface and functionality.
Software-as-a-Service Solution Lowers the Total Cost of Ownership and Speeds Delivery.   Our solution is accessible through a standard web browser and does not require the large investments in implementation time, personnel, hardware, and consulting that are typical of legacy solutions. With a single code base to maintain, we are able to release improved functionality on a quarterly basis. This is a more rapid pace than most legacy solution providers can afford to deliver.
Scalable to Meet the Needs of All Organizations.   Our solution has been in use by Fortune 100 companies since 2001. While the complex needs of these global corporations required us to build a solution that can scale to support large, geographically-distributed employee bases, our solution is capable of supporting deployments of any size. Today we service 8 multi-national corporations with over 150,000 employees each. Our largest deployment is for over 700 , 000 users and our smallest is for 125 users.
Continued Innovation through Collaborative Product Development.   We work collaboratively with our clients on an ongoing basis to develop almost every part of our solution. The vast majority of our thousands of software features were designed with existing and prospective clients based on their specific functional requests.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to empower people, organizations, and communities with our comprehensive learning and talent management solution. Key elements of our strategy include:

Retain and Expand Business with Existing Clients.   We believe our existing installed base of clients offers a substantial opportunity for growth.

Focus on Client Success, Retention and Growth.   We believe focusing on our clients’ success will lead to our own success. We developed a documented and formalized Client Success Framework that governs our operational model. Since 2002, we have averaged a 95% annual dollar retention rate. We strive to maintain our strong retention rates by continuing to provide our clients with high levels of service and support.
Sell Additional Platforms to Existing Clients.   We believe there is a significant growth opportunity in selling additional functionality to our existing clients. Our clients on average implement two of the five platforms of our solution in their initial deployments. Many clients have subsequently deployed additional platforms as they recognize the benefits of our comprehensive solution. We intend to continue to sell additional platforms and services to our existing clients.

70


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Strengthen Current Sales Channels.   We intend to increase our investments in both direct and indirect sales channels to acquire new clients.

Aggressively Invest in Direct Sales in North America.   We believe that the market for learning and talent management is large and remains underpenetrated. As a result, we plan to grow both our enterprise and mid-market direct sales teams.
Expand and Strengthen Our Alliances.   We intend to grow our distribution channels through key alliances, including the continued expansion of our regional relationships with distributors like CDP Group, Limited (China), Ceridian Canada Ltd. (Canada), Enable Education International LLC (Brazil), Kalleo Learning (South Africa), Neoris de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. (Mexico), T2 Optimise PTY Ltd. (Australia) and Xchanging HR Services Limited (UK). We plan to continue to extend our distribution through ADP by further enabling ADP’s global sales force; to date, we have enabled the sales forces of two of ADP’s business units.
Significantly Grow Our EMEA Operation.   We believe a substantial opportunity exists to continue to grow sales of our solution internationally, particularly in Europe. We intend to grow our Europe, Middle-East and Africa, or EMEA, operations, which provide for direct sales, alliances, services and support in the region. We have grown our EMEA client base from 1 client on January 1, 2007 to 53 clients at September 1, 2010.

Target New Markets.   We believe substantial demand for our solution exists in industry sectors and geographic regions that have not been areas of focus to date.

Public Sector.   We recently began selling to the public sector and intend to grow our public sector sales operations to target federal, state, and local government opportunities, as well as higher education and K-12 institutions.
Small- and Medium-Sized Businesses.   We intend to expand our ability to service small businesses by creating Cornerstone Team Edition. We plan to build a small and medium business, or SMB, sales team to target companies with less than 250 employees. We also plan to build alliances to increase our distribution capabilities in the SMB segment.
Asia Pacific.   We expect to build sales and service operations in Asia Pacific that are modeled after our EMEA operations.

Continue to Innovate and Extend Our Technological Leadership.   We believe we have developed over the last decade a deep understanding of the learning and talent management challenges faced by our clients. We continually collaborate with our clients to build extensive functionality that addresses their specific needs and requests. We plan to continue to use our expertise in learning and talent management and client relationships to develop new applications, features and functionality which will enhance our solution and expand our addressable market.

Make Cornerstone Built to Last.   Our growth strategy since inception has been deliberate, disciplined and focused on long-term success. This has allowed us to weather periods of economic turmoil and significant changes in the markets we serve without undergoing layoffs or business contraction. We plan to take the same systematic approach in the future.

We are also committed to empowering our employees and the communities around us, in part demonstrated by our creation of the Cornerstone OnDemand Foundation.

Our Solution

We offer a comprehensive learning and talent management solution that our clients use to develop, connect, evaluate and engage their employees, customers, vendors and distributors. We deliver our solution on-demand to our clients who access it over the Internet using a standard web browser. We built our solution using a single code base and a multi-tenant, multi-user architecture that we host in our data centers. Our solution primarily consists of five platforms for learning management, enterprise social networking, performance management, succession planning and

71


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

extended enterprise. These platforms can be purchased individually, and additional platforms can be added easily. We also offer a number of cross-platform tools for analytics and reporting, employee profile management, employee on-boarding and e-learning content aggregation.

Our Platforms

Cornerstone Learning.   Our learning management platform helps clients deliver and manage enterprise training and development programs. It links employee development to other parts of the talent management lifecycle, including performance management and succession planning. Cornerstone Learning supports all forms of training, including instructor-led training, e-learning and virtual classroom sessions. We have made tens of thousands of online training titles from over 20 global e-learning vendors accessible through Cornerstone Learning to help clients reduce overall training expense and cost-effectively migrate to blended learning curricula of online and instructor-led training. Clients use Cornerstone Learning to:

manage local and global compliance programs, including the tracking of any recurring or non-recurring license, designation, certification, or other compliance-related training and continuing education requirements;
administer on-boarding programs and orientation for new hires;
access thousands of e-learning classes from our existing off-the-shelf content providers;
create, publish and deliver the client’s own proprietary training content with our authoring tools;
automate the administration of instructor-led training sessions, and launch and track virtual classrooms through integrations with third-party tools like Cisco Webex and Microsoft LiveMeeting;
deliver sophisticated curricula that can include multiple sequenced parts, multiple types of training and enforcement of pre-requisites and follow-up assignments; and
report on costs, participation levels and evaluations of development programs through permission-based dashboards, standard reports and custom reports.

Cornerstone Connect.   Cornerstone Connect brings enterprise social networking technologies to talent management to enable workplace collaboration, improve employee performance and drive innovation from client and distributor communities. Clients also use Cornerstone Connect to manage social or informal learning and expand their training and development programs beyond traditional classroom, e-learning or virtual classroom instruction. Cornerstone Connect is a social collaboration toolset that allows organizations and employees to:

build and search rich user profiles;
join and participate in specific communities of practice, as defined by the organization;
locate other employees around the organization who have specific expertise or institutional memory;
participate in discussions, send messages, contribute to corporate wikis, author blogs and download audio and videocasts;
subscribe to RSS and other types of information feeds; and
create online communities to support and engage alumni networks, both to capture organizational memory and knowledge as employees leave the organization and to maintain relations with alumni.

Cornerstone Performance.   Our employee performance management platform allows clients to direct and measure performance at the individual, departmental and organizational level through ongoing competency management, organizational goal setting, performance appraisal, compensation management and development planning. Performance data can also be used by

72


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the Cornerstone Learning platform to set training priorities and by the Cornerstone Succession platform to make informed workforce planning decisions. Clients use of Cornerstone Performance to:

cascade, track and report goals across the organization to improve business execution and proactively manage organizational objectives;
identify competency and skill gaps within an organization through manager and peer assessments, using either the clients’ own proprietary models or third-party competency models;
automate the annual and interim review process, benefit from a configurable workflow engine to design review questions and steps, automatically include the reviewee’s individual goals and competencies, provide managers with a comment assistant and calibrate review scores;
develop a pay-for-performance culture, aligning compensation allocation decisions with actual employee performance and goal achievement;
allow managers to work with employees to develop personalized development plans or dynamically create individualized development plans based on competency gaps; and
view dashboards or generate reports and meaningful data on every phase of the performance management cycle.

Cornerstone Succession.   Our succession and career management platform enables clients to make informed decisions about succession planning, potential organizational changes and retention of high-potential employees. Cornerstone Succession can be used by senior management for traditional succession planning related to high-level managers and executives as well as by employees to provide more input on possible career paths within the organization. Cornerstone Succession benefits from integration with other platforms in the solution, drawing performance data from Cornerstone Performance and enabling leadership development planning with Cornerstone Learning. Clients use Cornerstone Succession to:

develop and model succession plans, not only for the top level of executive leadership, but also deeper into their management hierarchy;
run internal recruiting scenarios to match available job openings with candidate skills, prior job roles, education, diversity, performance, potential and retention risk;
build and track talent pools around specific competencies, skills or job positions;
empower employees to take more active roles in their career development within the organization, allowing them to express career preferences and chart their current capabilities against those required for other jobs in a particular career path;
produce graphical, interactive organizational charts that not only reflect the current hierarchy of the organization or a specific business unit but also allow for modeling potential changes; and
view dashboards or generate reports on talent metrics, succession planning, internal recruiting and career management activities.

Cornerstone Extended Enterprise.   Our extended enterprise platform helps clients extend learning and talent management to their customers, vendors and distributors. Cornerstone Extended Enterprise enables clients to develop new profit centers, increase sales, cut support costs and boost channel productivity. Clients use Cornerstone Extended Enterprise to:

administer for-profit training programs to their own customers more effectively, providing them with a delivery platform, an automated registration system and e-commerce tools;
improve strategic partner enablement with better training, online best practice centers and more readily-available information on products and services;

73


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

increase customer engagement through social collaboration, virtual communities, educational programs and the enablement of customer-driven product innovation initiatives;
manage distributor certification programs; and
deliver training and targeted information to members of trade associations or other member-based organizations.

Cross-Platform Tools

There are a number of capabilities of our solution that cross all five platforms. These include:

Analytics, Reporting, and Dashboards.   Our solution employs a proprietary reporting engine. In addition to over 80 included standard reports, the platform includes a custom reporting tool that allows clients to create highly specific reports. Our solution also includes dashboard technology to present graphical views of complex data.
MyTeam.   MyTeam enables managers to access all employee information, development activities, compliance status, performance data, succession plans, social collaboration updates and action items for team members from a single, highly graphical view. Managers may view information for their direct reporting employees or other employees in their organization.
Talent Profiles.   Managers can access integrated Talent Profiles to review key employee data in several locations across our solution. Talent Profiles function as employee identification cards, detailing user record information, performance ratings, succession management data, Cornerstone Connect activity and informal manager comments. These profiles are available throughout our solution where quick access to information is desired, including in performance reviews, organizational charts, succession plans, compensation plans and user record editing.
On-Boarding.   Our on-boarding solution enables organizations to reduce time-to-productivity for new hires by integrating employees into their new environments more quickly and thoroughly. Organizations are able to assign new hire curricula and compliance training dynamically, inserting new employees into performance management processes, managing routine new hire paperwork, and engaging employees through online social collaboration communities, which can be organized by functional area or business unit.
E-Learning Content Aggregation.   We have entered into distributor relationships with many off-the-shelf e-learning content vendors. This enables us to provide access to tens of thousands of e-learning classes for distribution across our solution. E-learning, like other forms of training, can be delivered in conjunction with development plans, competency assessments, succession planning scenarios, talent pools and career path exploration.

Editions

We currently offer two editions of our solution to meet the needs of different business segments. Cornerstone Enterprise Edition is primarily geared to organizations with over 3,000 employees and is our most fully-featured and configurable offering. Cornerstone Business Edition is primarily aimed at organizations with 250 to 3,000 employees and is substantially pre-configured to meet the needs of mid-sized organizations. Cornerstone Team Edition, now in development, will be targeted to organizations with fewer than 250 employees. All of these editions are built on the same software code base.

Consulting Services

We offer comprehensive services to our clients to assist in the successful implementation of our solution and to optimize our clients’ use of our solution during the terms of their engagements. Most of our consulting services are offered on a time-and-material basis at a blended hourly rate for all services. However, we charge fixed fees for some integration service projects and training classes.

74


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

With our SaaS model, we have eliminated the need for lengthy and complex technology integrations, such as customizing software code, deploying equipment or maintaining unique delivery models or hardware infrastructure for individual clients. As a result, we typically deploy our solution in significantly less time than required for similar deployments of legacy software. Our consulting services include:

Implementation Services.   We deploy our solution to clients through a documented process of discovery, design, and configuration. Most enterprise implementations require services for systems integration, data loading, and software configuration, as well as support with change management. For small and mid-sized clients, our solution can be implemented in a matter of days or weeks. For larger enterprise enterprises, implementation typically takes three to four months.
Integration Services.   We provide a range of services and self-service tools to load data into a client’s portal and to integrate our solution with our client’s existing systems. Integration services include data feeds to and from HR information systems and enterprise resource planning systems, single sign on, historical data loads and integration of proprietary content.
Content Services.   We offer e-learning content consulting services, including training needs analysis, content selection and curriculum design. In addition, we help clients manage their e-learning vendors, and we maintain an aggregated library of third-party online training classes in support of our clients.
Business Consulting Services.   We provide business consulting services for existing and prospective clients, such as business process mapping, guidance on industry best practices and project management services. We expect to add additional business consulting services in the future based on client demand.
Educational Services.   We provide product training to our clients during implementations and on an ongoing basis. We offer multiple forms of training, including custom classroom training, virtual instructor-led training, and asynchronous online training. Our training covers all aspects of administering and managing our solution. In addition, our Educational Services team offers live coaching and custom content development support for clients.

Account Services

We are dedicated to the success of our clients. We have developed a Client Success Framework which governs our operational model, the structure of our Account Services team and the types of services necessary at each stage of a client’s lifecycle.

Within this framework, we have developed the roles with primary responsibility to our clients at various levels of their organization:

Account Managers who interact with executive-level sponsors at a client and are focused on the overall relationship, sales to existing clients and client business concerns;
Client Success Managers who work directly with clients to maximize the value of their investment in our solution; and
Client Care Advisors who interact with client administrators and are focused on features and functions of our solution.

We believe this lifecycle-driven approach to client support and client success has contributed directly to our high client retention rate and high rankings for client satisfaction in independent research studies.

We offer support in multiple languages, at multiple levels, and through multiple channels, including global support coverage available 24 hours a day, seven days a week. We use our own Cornerstone Connect product to provide our clients and distributors with a virtual community to collaborate on product design, release management and best practices.

75


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We monitor client satisfaction internally as part of formalized programs and at regular intervals during the client lifecycle, including during the transition from sales to implementation, at the completion of a consulting project and daily based on interactions with the Account Services team.

Clients

At September 1, 2010, we had 390 clients with over 4.25 million registered users in 164 countries. Some of our significant clients across a variety of different industries include:

Business Services
ADP, Inc.
Kelly Services, Inc.
Pitney Bowes, Inc.

Financial Services
American Bankers Association, Inc.
Barclays Bank PLC
Société Générale

Insurance
Aon Service Corporation
Liberty Mutual Insurance Company
Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

Non-Profits
International Federation of Red Cross
Save the Children
Teach for America

Retail & Travel
Hallmark Cards Incorporated
Starwood Hotels & Resorts Worldwide, Inc.
True Value Company

 

Education & Publishing
Kaplan Higher Education Corporation
Pearson, Inc.
Scholastic, Inc.

Healthcare
BJC HealthCare
Carilion Clinic
Sanford Health

Media & Communications
Suddenlink Communications
Turner Broadcasting System, Inc.
Virgin Media Limited

Public Sector
City of Cleveland
County of San Mateo
State of Nebraska

Technology
Flextronics International USA, Inc.
Invensys, Inc.
Microsoft Corporation

76


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Technology, Operations and Development

Technology

We designed our SaaS solution since inception with an on-demand architecture which our clients access via a standard web browser. Our solution uses a single code base, with all of our clients running on the current version of our solution. Our solution has been specifically built to deliver:

a consistent, intuitive end-user experience to limit the need for product training and to encourage high levels of end-user adoption and engagement;
modularity and flexibility, by allowing our clients to activate and implement virtually any combination of the features we offer;
high levels of configurability to enable our clients to mimic their existing business processes, workflows, and organizational hierarchies within our solution;
web services to facilitate the importing and exporting of data to and from other client systems, such as enterprise resource planning and human resource information system platforms;
scalability to match the needs of the largest global enterprises and to meet future client growth; and
rigorous security standards and high levels of system performance and availability demanded by our clients.

Our solution offers a localized user interface and currency conversion capabilities. It is currently available in the following languages: English (US), English (UK), Spanish (Spain), Spanish (Mexico), Portuguese (Portugal), Portuguese (Brazil), French (France), French (Canada), Italian, German, Dutch, Russian, Chinese Simplified, Thai, Japanese and Turkish.

Our solution is deployed using a multi-tenant and multi-user architecture, which provides our enterprise clients with their own instance of a database. We employ a modularized architecture to balance the load of clients on separate sub-environments, as well as to provide a flexible method for scalability without impacting other parts of the current environment. This architecture allows us to provide the high levels of uptime required by our clients. Our existing infrastructure has been designed with sufficient capacity to meet our current and future needs.

Security is of paramount importance to us due to the sensitive nature of employee data. We designed our solution to meet rigorous industry security standards and to assure clients that their sensitive data is protected across the system. We ensure high levels of security by segregating each client’s data from the data of other clients and by enforcing a consistent approach to roles and rights within the system. These restrictions limit system access to only those individuals authorized by our clients. We also employ multiple standard technologies, protocols and processes to monitor, test and certify the security of our infrastructure continuously, including periodic security audits and penetration tests conducted by our clients and third parties.

We are standardized on Microsoft .NET technologies and write the majority of our software in industry-standard software programming languages, such as C#. We use Web 2.0 technologies, such as AJAX, extensively to enhance the usability, performance, and overall user experience of our solution. Microsoft SQL Server is deployed for our relational database management system. Apart from these and other third-party components, our entire learning and talent management solution has been specifically built and upgraded by our in-house development team. We have not acquired or integrated any other third-party technology as the basis of any of our platforms.

Operations

We physically host our on-demand solution for our clients in two secure data center facilities, one located in El Segundo, California and the other located in London, United Kingdom. Both facilities are leased from Equinix, Inc. These facilities provide both physical security, including manned security 365 days a year, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, biometric access controls and systems security, including firewalls, encryption, redundant power and environmental controls.

77


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our infrastructure includes firewalls, switches, routers, load balancers, IDS/IPS and application firewalls from Cisco Systems to provide the networking infrastructure and high levels of security for the environment. We use IBM Blade Center servers and rack-mounted servers to run our solution and Akamai Technologies’ Global Network of Edge Servers for content caching. We use storage area network (SAN) hardware from EMC at both data center locations. These SAN systems have been architected for high performance and data-loss protection, and we believe these systems have the capacity and scalability to enable us to grow for the foreseeable future.

Research and Development

The responsibilities of our research and development organization include product management, product development, quality assurance and technology operations. Our research and development organization is located primarily in our Santa Monica, California headquarters. We also employ a small, full-time team of quality assurance analysts and engineers in our Mumbai, India office. These employees are primarily responsible for patch and regression testing.

Our development methodology, in combination with our SaaS delivery model, allows us to release new and enhanced software features on a quarterly or more frequent basis. We follow a well-defined communications process to support our clients with release management. We patch our software on a bi-weekly basis. Based on feedback from our clients and prospects, we continuously develop new functionality while enhancing and maintaining our existing solution. We do not need to maintain multiple engineering teams to support different versions of the code because all of our clients are running on the current version of our solution.

Our research and development expenses were $1.8 million in 2007, $2.7 million in 2008, $2.8 million in 2009, and $1.2 million and $2.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and June 30, 2010, respectively.

Sales and Marketing

Sales

We sell our solution and services both directly through our sales force in North America and Europe, and indirectly through our domestic and international network of distributors. We currently service clients in a wide range of industries with specific focus on business services, financial services, healthcare, insurance, manufacturing, retail, and high technology. We have a number of direct sales teams organized by market segment and geography, as follows:

Enterprise.   Our enterprise sales team focuses on the sale of Cornerstone Enterprise Edition to large enterprises with greater than 3,000 employees. This team is composed primarily of experienced solution sales executives, with an average tenure of 17 years in sales. We intend to continue to grow this team.
Mid-Market.   Our mid-market sales team sells Cornerstone Business Edition to organizations with 250 to 3,000 employees. We plan to grow this team with the addition of regional sales people throughout the U.S.
EMEA.   We have both enterprise and mid-market sales professionals based in core European markets, and we intend to add additional sales personnel throughout Europe.
Strategic Accounts.   We have a small strategic account team focused on the sale of Cornerstone Enterprise Edition to large multi-national corporations.
Public Sector.   Our public sector sales team targets federal, state & local government, as well as K-12 and higher education institutions. We recently formed this team, and we plan to grow it in the near term.
SMB.   While we do not have an SMB team today, we plan to form a telesales team to sell Cornerstone Team Edition to organizations with fewer than 250 employees.

78


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our direct sales team is supported by product specialists who provide technical and product expertise to facilitate the sales process. Our sales enablement professionals provide ongoing professional development for the sales professionals to increase their effectiveness at selling in the field. We also maintain a separate team of account managers responsible for renewals and up-sales to existing clients, as described above.

Marketing

We manage demand generation programs, develop sales pipelines and enhance brand awareness through our marketing initiatives. Our marketing programs target HR executives, technology professionals and senior business leaders. Our principal marketing initiatives include:

Demand Generation.   Our demand generation activities include lead generation through email and direct mail campaigns, participation in industry events, securing event speaking opportunities, online marketing and search marketing.
Client and Distributor Marketing.   We market to our clients, including demand generation for additional sales opportunities, hosting of regional client user group meetings, and hosting of our annual Cornerstone Convergence global user conference. We also co-market with our strategic distributors, with programs including joint press announcements and demand generation activities.
Marketing Communications.   We undertake product marketing, media relations, corporate communications and analyst relations activities.
Regional Account Development.   We telemarket to, and prospect for, target accounts.

Strategic Relationships

We have entered into alliance agreements in order to expand our capabilities and geographic presence and provide our clients with access to specific types of content.

Outsourcing and Distribution Relationships

Following a highly competitive evaluation process, ADP selected us in 2009 as the provider of their learning and talent management solution. ADP resells our solution globally as ADP Talent Management through a five year OEM agreement. We view this strategic selection by ADP as validation by one of the world’s largest HR services companies of our approach to integrated talent management.

We also have developed a network of relationships with outsourcing, distribution, and referral partners to expand our reach and provide product and services sales through indirect channels. These include resale agreements with global vendors, as well as regional distributors such as CDP Group, Limited in China, Ceridian Canada Ltd. in Canada, Enable Education International LLC in Brazil, Kalleo Learning in South Africa, Neoris de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. in Mexico, T2 Optimise PTY Ltd. in Australia and Xchanging HR Services Limited in the UK. We expect to continue to add distributors to build our sales presence in certain geographic and vertical markets.

Consulting and Services Relationships

We have entered into alliance relationships with HR consulting firms to deliver consulting services, such as implementation and content development services, to clients. These include relationships with firms such as Intelladon Corporation and Logica Management Consulting (France).

Content and Product Relationships

We have developed distributor agreements with a wide range of vendors which provide off-the-shelf e-learning content and custom learning content development services. Through this network, we are able to offer an extensive library of online training content to our clients through our solution. Our content distributors for e-learning content include industry leaders such as Cegos SA, Corpedia, Inc., Element K Corporation, MindLeaders.com, Inc. and SkillSoft Corporation, as well as regional and vertically-focused online training providers. In addition, we have agreements with providers of specific competency models for use by our clients directly in our solution.

79


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Competition

The market for learning and talent management software specifically, and for human resource technology generally, is highly competitive, rapidly evolving and fragmented. This market is subject to changing technology, shifting client needs and frequent introductions of new products and services.

Most of our sales efforts are competitive, often involving requests for proposals, or RFPs. We compete primarily on the basis of providing a comprehensive, fully integrated solution for learning and talent management as opposed to specific service offerings.

In the learning management systems segment, our competitors include Plateau Systems, Saba Software and SumTotal Systems. Most of our competitors in this segment have multiple versions of legacy software, whereas we offer a single version of our SaaS solution. In this segment, we compete primarily based on:

total cost of ownership and implementation times;
our comprehensive approach to client service and focus on client success;
the ease of use of our solution and overall user experience;
the breadth of our solution to meet our clients’ current and evolving needs;
our ability to provide scalability and flexibility for large and complex global deployments;
our integration with third-party e-learning providers domestically and internationally; and
our ability to serve the extended enterprise of our clients’ partners, distributors, contractors, alumni, members, volunteers and customers.

In the employee performance management systems segment, our competitors include Halogen Software, Softscape, Stepstone and SuccessFactors. These vendors are, like us, largely SaaS providers. We compete in this segment primarily on the basis of:

the criticality of learning and development to an effective performance management program, relying on our strengths in both learning and performance management;
the quality of our service and focus on client success;
the breadth and depth of our product functionality;
the flexibility and configurability of our software to meet the changing content and workflow requirements of our clients’ business units;
the level of integration, configurability, security, scalability and reliability of our solution;
our vision of integrated learning and talent management, combined with our ability to innovate and respond to client needs rapidly; and
the demonstrable benefits and positive business impact our clients have experienced.

In addition, we compete with talent management solutions like Jive Software and Taleo that focus on specific aspects of talent management, such as social networking or applicant tracking. Most of our clients are seeking a broader talent management solution, but may combine our solution with a niche solution, such as one for applicant tracking.

We also compete with Oracle and SAP, though most of our enterprise clients have us integrate with their implementations of those enterprise resource planning, or ERP, systems. Relative to these ERP vendors, we compete on the basis of the breadth and depth of our solution in the area of learning and talent management and the ease of use of our solution.

Many of our competitors and potential competitors have greater name recognition, longer operating histories and larger marketing budgets. For additional information, see “ Risk

80


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — The market in which we participate is intensely competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our operating results could be harmed .”

The Cornerstone OnDemand Foundation

To demonstrate our commitment to empowering people and communities, we formed the Cornerstone OnDemand Foundation, or the Foundation, in 2010. The Foundation seeks to empower communities in the United States and internationally by increasing the impact of the non-profit sector through the utilization of our learning and talent management solution and strategies.

The Foundation focuses its efforts on the areas of education, workforce development and disaster relief. We have enlisted the help of our employees, clients and distributors to support the Foundation in its efforts. The Foundation is designed to be self-sustaining over time through a variety of ongoing funding streams, such as donations, sponsorships and distribution fees. The Foundation will offer a number of programs to support non-profit initiatives, including:

Non-Profit Program.   The Foundation will offer non-profit clients our solution and services at a discount, in certain cases of up to 100%. We currently have direct agreements providing similar pricing with non-profit clients that we intend to transfer to the Foundation, including:

   
Education   Workforce Development   Disaster Relief
KIPP
New Teacher Project
Teach for America
  Goodwill
United Way
City Year
  Feeding America
Oxfam
Save the Children
HR Pro Bono Corps.   In our experience, non-profits often lack the capacity or HR resources to maximize the productivity of their employees and volunteers. In response, the Foundation is forming an HR Pro Bono Corps in partnership with the Taproot Foundation and our clients in order to match non-profits in need with HR professionals willing to consult on a voluntary basis.
Community Empowerment Initiatives.   To expand the Foundation’s reach, we have enabled our clients to support their own charitable initiatives by utilizing our solution at no cost for approved programs.
Strategic Initiatives.   One of the tenets of the Foundation is to match our expertise with community needs. The Foundation is creating strategic initiatives around the areas of volunteer management and teacher empowerment. The Foundation is working with our non-profit clients and other clients to develop a volunteer management system to meet the needs of both the non-profits using volunteers and the organizations supplying them. The Foundation will also work with its K-12 partners to build a teacher empowerment platform that disseminates best practices in teacher professional development across school districts.

We are currently finalizing the terms for our relationship with the Foundation.

Proprietary Rights

To safeguard our proprietary and intellectual property rights, we rely upon a combination of patent, copyright, trade secret and trademark laws in the United States and in other jurisdictions, and on contractual restrictions. Our key assets include our software code and associated proprietary and intellectual property rights, in particular the trade secrets and know-how associated with our learning and talent management solution which we developed internally over the years. We were issued a patent for our software in 2003 which expires in 2021, we own registered trademarks and we will continue to evaluate the need for additional patents and trademarks. We have confidentiality and license agreements with employees, contractors, clients, distributors and other third parties, which limit access to and use of our proprietary information and software.

81


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Though we rely in part upon these legal and contractual protections, we believe that factors such as the skills and ingenuity of our employees, creation of new modules, features, and functionality, collaboration with our clients, and frequent enhancements to our solution are larger contributors to our success in the marketplace.

Despite our efforts to preserve and protect our proprietary and intellectual property rights, unauthorized third parties may attempt to copy, reverse engineer, or otherwise obtain portions of our product. Competitors may attempt to develop similar products that could compete in the same market as our products. Unauthorized disclosure of our confidential information by our employees or third parties could occur. Laws of other jurisdictions may not protect our proprietary and intellectual property rights from unauthorized use or disclosure in the same manner as the United States. The risk of unauthorized uses of our proprietary and intellectual property rights may increase as our company continues to expand outside of the United States.

Third-party infringement claims are also possible in our industry, especially as software functionality and features expand, evolve, and overlap with other industry segments. Current and future competitors, as well as non-practicing patent holders, could claim at any time that some or all of our software infringes on patents they now hold or might obtain or be issued in the future.

Seasonality

Our sales are seasonal in nature. We sign a significantly higher percentage of agreements with new clients, as well as renewal agreements with existing clients, in the fourth quarter of each year. In addition, we sign a significant portion of these agreements during the last month, and often the last two weeks, of each quarter.

Business Segment and Geographical Information

We operate in a single operating segment. For geographic financial information, see Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements.

Litigation

From time to time, we are subject to various legal proceedings that arise in the normal course of our business activities. In addition, from time to time, third parties may assert intellectual property infringement claims against us in the form of letters and other forms of communication. As of the date of this prospectus, we are not a party to any litigation the outcome of which, if determined adversely to us, would individually or in the aggregate be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, prospects, cash flows, financial position or brand.

Employees

At September 1, 2010 we had approximately 280 employees, which is a 51% increase from approximately 185 employees at September 1, 2009. None of our employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement, and we have never experienced a strike or similar work stoppage. We consider our relations with our employees to be good. Internally, we strive to empower our people by using our solution to on-board, develop, connect, align, assess, retain and promote our own employees.

Facilities

Our principal offices are located Santa Monica, California where we occupy approximately 30,000 square feet of space under two subleases that expire in November 2011. We have additional facilities in London, Paris, Munich and Mumbai and we are currently in the process of renegotiating an agreement for existing facilities in Tel Aviv. We believe that our facilities are adequate for our current needs and that suitable additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate planned expansion of our operations.

82


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT

The following table provides information regarding our executive officers, key employees and directors at August 31, 2010:

   
Name   Age   Position
Executive Officers and Directors:
                 
Adam L. Miller     41       President and Chief Executive Officer, Director  
Perry A. Wallack     41       Chief Financial Officer  
Steven D. Seymour     41       Executive Vice President of Strategic Accounts  
Vincent Belliveau     34       General Manager of Europe, Middle East and Africa  
David J. Carter     47       Vice President of Sales  
Mark Goldin     49       Chief Technology Officer  
R. C. Mark Baker (1) (2)     64       Director  
Harold W. Burlingame (1) (2)     70       Director  
Byron B. Deeter (3)     36       Director  
James McGeever (1) (2)     43       Director  
Neil G. Sadaranganey (3)     41       Director  
Robert D. Ward (3)     43       Director  
Key Employees:
                 
Kirsten Maas Helvey     40       Vice President of Consulting Services  
Frank A. Ricciardi     39       Vice President of Global Account Services  
Julie Norquist Roy     43       Vice President of Marketing  
David L. Somers     38       Vice President of Alliances and Strategy  

(1) Member of the audit committee
(2) Member of the compensation committee
(3) Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee

Executive Officers and Directors

Adam L. Miller founded the company and has been our President and Chief Executive Officer since May 1999 and a member of our board of directors since May 1999. In addition to strategy, sales and operations, Mr. Miller has led our product development efforts since our inception. Prior to founding Cornerstone, Mr. Miller was an investment banker with Schroders plc, a financial services firm. Since its formation, Mr. Miller has served as the Chairman of the Cornerstone OnDemand Foundation, which leverages Cornerstone’s expertise, solutions and partner ecosystem to help empower communities. Mr. Miller also writes and speaks extensively about talent management and on-demand software. Mr. Miller holds a J.D. from the School of Law of the University of California, Los Angeles (UCLA), an M.B.A. from UCLA’s Anderson School of Business, a B.A. from the University of Pennsylvania (Penn) and a B.S. from Penn’s Wharton School of Business. He also earned C.P.A. and Series 7 certifications. We believe that Mr. Miller possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his operational expertise and the historical knowledge and perspective he has gained as our Chief Executive Officer and one of our founders.

Perry A. Wallack co-founded the company and has served as our Vice President of Finance, and later as our Chief Financial Officer, since August 1999. Prior to co-founding the company, from 1998 to 1999, Mr. Wallack was a Business Manager with Grant, Tani, Barish and Altman, Inc., a business management firm. From 1992 to 1998, Mr. Wallack held several roles including, Staff Accountant (in both Audit and Tax), Senior Accountant (in both Audit and Tax) and Manager in Business Management at Ernst & Young LLP, an auditing firm. Mr. Wallack holds a B.A. in Economics from the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor.

83


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Steven D. Seymour co-founded the company and has served as our Vice President of Strategic Accounts, and later as our Executive Vice President of Strategic Accounts, since January 2001. Prior to co-founding the company, Mr. Seymour was a Vice President in the High Net Worth group of Schroder plc, a financial services firm. Mr. Seymour holds a B.S. in Economics and a B.A. in English from the University of Southern California.

Vincent Belliveau has served as our General Manager of Europe, Middle East and Africa, or EMEA, since June 2007. Prior to joining us, Mr. Belliveau served as the North East Europe Director of the Master Data Management and Information Integration Solutions division of International Business Machines Corporation, a technology systems and services company, from July 2005 to May 2007, and its EMEA Sales Director for its WebSphere Product Center Software from September 2004 to July 2005. In addition, from May 2002 until September 2004, Mr. Belliveau served as the European Sales Director at Trigo Technologies, Inc. Mr. Belliveau received his Commerce Baccalaureate (B.Com) from McGill University, where he majored in Accounting and Finance.

David J. Carter has served as our Vice President of Sales since June 2008. Prior to joining us, Mr. Carter served as Vice President of Sales at Accenture BPO Services, a wholly owned subsidiary of Accenture LLC, from June 2006 to June 2008, and Savista Corporation, which was acquired by Accenture LLC, from October 2004 to June 2006, both of which were human resource outsourcing services providers. Previously, Mr. Carter served as Vice President of Sales at Ceridian Corporation, a human resource services company, from July 2000 to October 2004. Prior to Ceridian, Mr. Carter was Vice President of Sales at ProBusiness Services, Inc., a provider of payroll and benefits administration solutions. Mr. Carter holds a B.A. in Economics from Clark University.

Mark Goldin has served as our Chief Technology Officer since June 2010. Prior to joining us, Mr. Goldin served as Chief Technology Officer at DestinationRx, Inc., a healthcare data management company, from September 2009 to June 2010. From August 2005 to September 2008, Mr. Goldin was Chief Operations and Technology Officer at Green Dot Corporation, a financial services company. Prior to Green Dot, from December 1992 to August 2005, Mr. Goldin served as Senior Vice President and Chief Technology Officer at Thomson Elite, a provider of technology solutions for professional services firms and currently part of Thomson Reuters Corporation.

R.C. Mark Baker has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2003. Mr. Baker is the founder of Touchstone Systems, Inc., a company that supplies voice over internet protocol, or VoIP, international voice termination services and hosted OSS services, and has served as its Chief Executive Officer since September 2003. Mr. Baker has a long history of working in the telecommunications industry, serving as an officer or director of various companies including Ionex Telecommunications, Inc., Birch Telecommunications, USA Global Link GmbH and British Telecom, and held various senior positions with AT&T Corp., including Executive Vice President International, Vice President and General Manager-International Services, Vice President Strategy, as well serving as a member of AT&T’s senior management team. Mr. Baker has also served as a director of British Telecom Satellite Services, British Telecom Marine, NIS (Japan), McCaw Cellular USA, British Telecom Syncordia, AT&T Submarine Systems, Alestra (Mexico) and Telecom Italia. We believe that Mr. Baker possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his experience leading and managing technology companies and his past service as a director of other technology companies.

Harold W. Burlingame has been a member of our board of directors since March 2006. From December 2004 to July 2010, Mr. Burlingame served as Chairman of ORC Worldwide, Inc., a provider of human resource knowledge and solutions. In addition, since June 1998, Mr. Burlingame has served as a director of UniSource Energy Corporation, an owner of electric and gas service providers. Previously, Mr. Burlingame served as Executive Vice President of Human Resources for AT&T Corp., and as Senior Executive Advisor for AT&T Wireless. Mr. Burlingame received his B.A. in Communications from Muskingum College. We believe that Mr. Burlingame’s extensive experience in human resources and management qualifies him to serve as a member of our board of directors.

84


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Byron B. Deeter has been a member of our board of directors since May 2007. Since April 2005, Mr. Deeter has been employed by Bessemer Venture Partners, a venture capital firm, where he currently serves as a Partner. Prior to joining Bessemer Venture Partners, Mr. Deeter served as a director at International Business Machines Corporation from April 2004 to April 2005. Before that, Mr. Deeter co-founded in Trigo Technologies, Inc. and held various positions there, including President and Chief Executive Officer, from January 2000 to November 2000, and Vice President, Business Development, from November 2000 to April 2004. Mr. Deeter holds a B.A. with honors from the University of California, Berkeley in political economies of industrial societies. Mr. Deeter currently serves on our board as a designee of Bessemer Venture Partners pursuant to a contractual agreement among our stockholders that will terminate upon the completion of this offering. We believe that Mr. Deeter possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his experience in the venture capital industry and his years of business and leadership experience.

James McGeever has been a member of our board of directors since June 2010. Mr. McGeever has served as the Chief Operating Officer of NetSuite Inc., a provider of business management applications, since July 2010. Prior to this role, Mr. McGeever served as Netsuite’s Chief Financial Officer from June 2000 to June 2010 and as its Director of Finance from January 2000 to June 2000. Prior to joining Netsuite, Mr. McGeever was the Controller of Clontech Laboratories, Inc., a biotechnology company, from 1998 to 2000 and the Corporate Controller at Photon Dynamics, Inc., a capital equipment maker, from 1994 to 1998. Mr. McGeever holds a B.Sc. from the London School of Economics. We believe that Mr. McGeever possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his experience in the management of technology companies and his experience in the software industry and with SaaS.

Neil G. Sadaranganey has been a member of our board of directors since November 2007. Since July 2006, Mr. Sadaranganey has been a General Partner at Bay Partners, a venture capital firm, where he has led the firm’s software-as-a-service and Internet practice. Before joining Bay Partners, Mr. Sadaranganey held senior product management roles at Good Technology, Inc., a mobile device management products company, Sun Microsystems, Inc. and RealNetworks, Inc., where he ran the Enterprise group. Mr. Sadaranganey was part of the founding team of Afara Websystems Inc., which was acquired by Sun Microsystems in 2002. Mr. Sadaranganey holds a Bachelor of Applied Science in Systems Design Engineering from the University of Waterloo and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Business School. Mr. Sadaranganey currently serves on our board as a designee of Bay Partners pursuant to a contractual agreement among our stockholders that will terminate upon the completion of this offering. We believe that Mr. Sadaranganey possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his experience with enterprise software and Internet companies, as well as his software product management and systems integration experience.

Robert D. Ward has been a member of our board of directors since January 2009. Since 1999, Mr. Ward has been a Managing Director of Meritech Capital, a venture capital firm. Mr. Ward received a B.A. in political economy from Williams College and a M.S. in management from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Mr. Ward currently serves on our board as a designee of Meritech Capital pursuant to a contractual agreement among our stockholders that will terminate upon the completion of this offering. We believe that Mr. Ward possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his experience in the venture capital industry.

Key Employees

Kirsten Maas Helvey has served as our Vice President of Consulting Services since April 2006. From March 2003 to October 2004, Ms. Helvey served as a Senior Account Manager. Prior to joining the company, from September 2002 to February 2003, Ms. Helvey served as a supply chain operations strategy consultant in the Business Consulting Services group of International Business Machines Corporation, a technology systems and services company. Prior to that, from February

85


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1999 to September 2002, Ms. Helvey was a supply chain operations strategy consultant at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. Ms. Helvey holds a B.A. in English Literature from Skidmore College.

Frank Ricciardi has served as our Vice President of Global Account Services since June 2007. From March 2005 to June 2007, Mr. Ricciardi was our Director of Account Management. Prior to joining us, from January 2004 to November 2004, Mr. Ricciardi was a Senior Principal at Convergys Corporation, a management services company. Beginning in September 2000, Mr. Ricciardi held several positions at DigitalThink, Inc., including Alliance Manager, Strategic Account Manager, Strategic Account Director and Regional Vice President of Services before it was acquired by Convergys Corporation. Mr. Ricciardi holds a B.S. in Finance and Economics from Drexel University.

Julie Norquist Roy has served as our Vice President of Marketing since March 2008. Before assuming that position, from January 2007 to March 2008, Ms. Norquist Roy served as our Director of Marketing. Prior to joining us, from November 1999 to January 2006, Ms. Norquist Roy held the role of Vice President of Marketing, EMEA for InStranet, Inc., a knowledge management software company. Ms. Norquist Roy holds a B.A. in Social Sciences and International Relations from the University of California, Berkeley and an M.B.A. from the Thunderbird School of Global Management.

David L. Somers has served as our Vice President of Alliances and Strategy since July 2009. Before assuming that position, Mr. Somers served as our Senior Director of Strategy and Research from January 2008 to July 2009 and as our Senior Director, Consulting Services from January 2006 to January 2008. Prior to joining us, from November 2004 to January 2006, Mr. Somers served as Manager, Strategy Consulting at Ariba Inc., a business commerce solutions company. In addition, from May 2003 to November 2004, Mr. Somers served as Manager, Technology at the Walt Disney Company, a media and entertainment company. Mr. Somers holds an M.B.A. from the Anderson School of Management of the University of California, Los Angeles, as well as a B.S. in Kinesiology from Indiana University.

There are no family relationships among any of our directors, executive officers or key employees.

Board Composition and Risk Oversight

Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will consist of seven members, six of whom will qualify as “independent” according to the rules and regulations of       .

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, immediately after this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual general meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

The Class I directors will be Messrs.       ,       and       and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2011;
The Class II directors will be Messrs.     and       and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2012; and
The Class III directors will be Messrs.     and       and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2013.

Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

Our board of directors is responsible for, among other things, overseeing the conduct of our business; reviewing and, where appropriate, approving our long-term strategic, financial and organizational goals and plans; and reviewing the performance of our chief executive officer and

86


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

other members of senior management. Following the completion of this offering, our board of directors intends to conduct an annual self-evaluation at the end of each fiscal year, which will include a review of any areas in which the board of directors or management believes the board of directors can make a better contribution to our corporate governance, as well as a review of the committee structure and an assessment of the board of directors’ compliance with corporate governance principles. In fulfilling the board of directors’ responsibilities, directors will have full access to our management and independent advisors.

Our board of directors, as a whole and, following the completion of this offering, through its committees, has responsibility for the oversight of risk management. Our senior management is responsible for assessing and managing the Company's risks on a day-to-day basis. Our audit committee will discuss with management our policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management and our significant financial risk exposures and the actions management has taken to limit, monitor or control such exposures, and our compensation committee will oversee risk related to compensation policies. Both our audit and compensation committees will report to the full board of directors with respect to these matters, among others.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established the following committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Each committee will have the composition and primary responsibilities described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process. Among other matters, the audit committee evaluates the independent auditors’ qualifications, independence and performance and approves the audit and non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditors; discusses with management and the independent auditors the scope and the results of the annual audit and the review of our quarterly consolidated financial statements; reviews our critical accounting policies and practices; monitors the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to financial statements or accounting matters; reviews the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control policies and procedures and annually reviews the audit committee charter and the committee’s performance. The current members of our audit committee are Messrs. Baker, Burlingame and McGeever, with Mr. McGeever serving as the chairman of the committee. All members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under applicable SEC and      rules and regulations. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. McGeever is an audit committee financial expert as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC and has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under applicable      rules and regulations. All members of our audit committee are independent under applicable SEC and      rules and regulations. The audit committee will operate under a written charter that will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and       .

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee reviews and recommends policies relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and employees. Among other matters, the compensation committee reviews and approves corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our chief executive officer and other executive officers, evaluates the performance of these officers in light of those goals and objectives, and sets the compensation of these officers based on such evaluations. The compensation committee also administers our equity compensation plans and annually reviews the compensation committee charter and the committee’s performance. The current members of our compensation committee are Messrs. Baker, Burlingame and McGeever, with Mr. Burlingame serving as the chairman of the committee. All of the members of our compensation committee are independent under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and      and meet the definition of outside directors under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

87


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for making recommendations regarding candidates for directorships and the size and composition of our board of directors, overseeing our corporate governance guidelines and reporting and making recommendations to our board concerning governance matters and overseeing the board evaluation process. The current members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are Messrs. Deeter, Sadaranganey and Ward, with Mr. Deeter serving as the chairman of the committee. All of the members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are independent under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and     . The nominating and corporate governance committee does not have a formal diversity policy in place but will consider diversity of relevant experience, expertise and background, among other factors, in identifying nominees for directors.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee is or has at any time during the past year been an officer or employee of ours. None of our executive officers currently serves or in the past year has served as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We intend to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and other principal executive and senior officers responsible for financial reporting. The code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website at www.csod.com . We expect that any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website.

Director Compensation

Directors who are employees or affiliated with significant stockholders do not receive any compensation for their service on our board of directors. Each non-employee director who is not affiliated with a significant stockholder receives $1,000 per meeting of the board of directors attended in person and $500 per meeting attended telephonically. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2009, each non-employee director who was not affiliated with a significant stockholder was granted an option to purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price per share of $1.26, the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant as determined by our board. Each option will vest in full on the first anniversary of the date of grant.

Beginning on   , each non-employee director who is not affiliated with a significant stockholder will be entitled to receive $   per meeting of the board of directors attended in person and $   per meeting attended telephonically. In addition, each such non-employee director serving on our audit committee, compensation committee or nominating and corporate governance committee will be entitled to an additional $  , $  , and $  , respectively, for each committee meeting attended in person and an additional $  , $  , and $  , respectively, for each committee meeting attended telephonically.

88


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In addition to compensation described above, each new non-employee director who joins our board after the completion of this offering will be granted an initial stock option award to purchase      shares of our common stock upon election to our board. All non-employee directors will receive, on the date of each of our annual stockholder meetings after the completion of this offering, an annual stock option award to purchase    shares of our common stock . The exercise price of each such option will be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Each initial stock option award will vest in equal increments on the              anniversary of the date the director joined the board, and each annual stock option award will similarly vest in equal increments on the              anniversary of the date of grant.

The following table sets forth information regarding compensation earned by our non-employee directors during the year ended December 31, 2009.

     
  Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash
  Option
Awards (1)
  Total
Harold W. Burlingame   $ 5,500     $ 17,860     $ 23,360  
Mark Baker   $ 5,500     $ 17,860     $ 23,360  
Robert Ward                  
Byron Deeter                  
Neil Sadaranganey                  

(1) Amount reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of options granted during fiscal year 2009 computed in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard Board Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 718, Stock Compensation. The valuation assumptions used in determining such amounts are described in Note 2 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

At December 31, 2009, each of our non-employee directors held the following options:

 
Name   Shares
Subject to
Outstanding
Options
Harold W. Burlingame     100,000  
Mark Baker     125,000  
Robert Ward      
Byron Deeter      
Neil Sadaranganey      

On September 20, 2010, our board granted non-employee director James McGeever an option to purchase 60,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.76, the fair market value of our common stock on that date as determined by our board. The option was granted pursuant to our standard form of early exercise stock option agreement under the terms of our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan. On September 23, 2010, Mr. McGeever exercised his stock option in full and currently holds 60,000 shares of our common stock. If Mr. McGeever’s service as a member of our board terminates for any reason, we have a right to repurchase his shares within 90 days of his termination. Our right to repurchase Mr. McGeever’s shares lapses as to 1/3 of such shares on the first anniversary of vesting commencement date and as to 1/36 of such shares each month thereafter, on the same day of the month as the vesting commencement date, such that the repurchase right will have lapsed as to all of his shares on the third anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to Mr. McGeever’s continued service on our board on each such date. Upon the occurrence of a change of control (as defined in the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan), our right to repurchase Mr. McGeever’s shares will lapse as to all shares that remain subject to our repurchase right at the time the change of control occurs. For a description of our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, see “ Employee Benefit and Stock Plans — 2009 Equity Incentive Plan.

89


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis provides information about the material components of our compensation program for our named executive officers, or NEOs. Our NEOs for 2009 were Adam Miller, President and Chief Executive Officer; Perry Wallack, Chief Financial Officer; Steven Seymour, Executive Vice President of Strategic Accounts; David Carter, Vice President of Sales; and Vincent Belliveau, General Manager of Europe, Middle East and Africa.

General Compensation Philosophy

Our general compensation philosophy is to provide programs that attract, retain and motivate key employees who are critical to our long-term success. We strive to provide a compensation package to our executives that is competitive, rewards the achievement of our business objectives, and aligns executive and stockholder interests by enabling our executives to acquire equity ownership in our business.

Compensation Decision Process

From May 2007 to July 2010, our compensation programs were administered by Messrs. Deeter, Burlingame and Miller who were serving on our Compensation Committee. While the Compensation Committee is responsible for the administration of our compensation programs and makes compensation recommendations and determinations for all executives, our entire board has continued to play an active role in making compensation decisions, and many aspects of our compensation programs have been decided by both the Compensation Committee and the other members of our board. Historically, at the outset of the annual compensation decision process, our Chief Executive Officer, or CEO, reviewed the compensation of our executive management team (including the NEOs) and made recommendations to the other members of the Compensation Committee with respect to base salary and bonus and commission targets for the executives. With respect to his own compensation, the CEO discussed the matter with the other members of the Compensation Committee and made recommendations based on the factors described below. The board and the other members of the Compensation Committee retained the authority to accept or reject the CEO’s compensation recommendations for all executive officers, including the CEO, and often made adjustments to the recommendations when determining appropriate compensation levels. Decisions regarding the CEO’s compensation were made by the board outside the CEO’s presence. To control expenditures and effectively allocate our limited resources, we did not historically engage compensation consultants or establish formal benchmark processes against any set of peer-group companies. Rather, the Compensation Committee and the board based their compensation decisions on a number of factors, including the recommendations of the CEO, which often took into account: relative compensation levels within our company; then-current market conditions; and compensation paid to executives with similar responsibilities at comparable companies based on information provided by executive recruiters familiar with the industries in which we compete for talent and certain compensation studies prepared by Bessemer Venture Partners and Bay Partners, each of which is represented on our board and one of whom is on our Compensation Committee, comparing compensation levels among their respective portfolio companies. In determining compensation for 2009 and 2010, the Compensation Committee and the board relied on the factors discussed above.

In August 2010, the board reconstituted our Compensation Committee to include only directors who satisfy the independence criteria applicable to public companies. We are also commencing discussions with compensation consultants from whom we may obtain relevant compensation data and analysis in the future. Upon the completion of this offering, our Compensation Committee will operate under a written charter adopted by our board, which establishes the duties and authority of the Compensation Committee. The fundamental responsibilities of the Compensation Committee as set forth in the charter will be, among other things:

to provide oversight of our executive compensation policies, plans and benefit programs, including recommending improvements or changes to such policies, plans and programs to our board;

90


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to review and approve, for each of our executive officers including our CEO: annual base salary; annual incentive bonus, including specific goals and payouts; equity compensation; employment agreements, if any; severance arrangements and change in control arrangements; and any other benefits, compensations or arrangements;
to oversee and administer our equity compensation plans; and
to review and discuss with management any risks arising from our compensation policies and practices.

Components of NEO Compensation

The compensation program for our NEOs consists of:

base salary;
short-term incentives, specifically sales commissions and quarterly bonuses for commissioned NEOs (Messrs. Carter and Belliveau) and annual bonuses for non-commissioned NEOs (Messrs. Miller, Seymour and Wallack);
long-term incentives (equity awards);
broad-based employee benefits; and
severance and change of control benefits.

We believe the combination of these elements provide a compensation package that attracts and retains qualified individuals, links individual performance to our performance, focuses the NEOs’ efforts on the achievement of both our short-term and long-term objectives as a company, and aligns the NEOs’ interests with those of our stockholders. The Compensation Committee and the board determine the appropriate use and weight of each component of NEO compensation based on their views of the relative importance of each component in achieving our overall objectives and position-specific objectives relevant to each NEO.

Base Salary

We provide a base salary to our NEOs to compensate them for services rendered on a day-to-day basis. The following table provides the base salaries of our NEOs for 2009 and 2010:

   
Named Executive Officer   2009 Base Salary (1)   2010 Base Salary (2)
Adam Miller   $ 275,000     $ 310,000  
Vincent Belliveau   $ 225,007 (3)     $ 258,584 (4)  
Dave Carter   $ 225,000     $ 230,000  
Steven Seymour   $ 275,000     $ 285,000  
Perry Wallack   $ 225,000     $ 240,000  

(1) Each NEO had the same base salary in 2008 and 2009.
(2) The amounts reflect the NEO salary increases effective in March 2010 and, in the case of Mr. Belliveau, in July 2010. See below for more details.
(3) This amount reflects a base salary of €160,000, which has been converted into U.S. Dollars at the exchange rates in effect when payments were made.
(4) This amount reflects a base salary of €180,000, which has been converted into U.S. Dollars at a rate of $1.43658 per Euro, the exchange rate in effect on January 1, 2010.

The 2009 base salaries were set by the Compensation Committee and the board in the manner discussed above and reflect our status as a private company. The non-employee members of our board determined our CEO’s base salary, and the Compensation Committee and board determined the salaries of the other NEOs. These decisions were based on the compensation factors described above under the heading “ — Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Compensation Decision Process .”

91


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In March 2010, our Compensation Committee and board decided to increase the salary of Messrs. Miller, Carter, Seymour and Wallack. In making this decision, the Compensation Committee and board considered the contributions that would be necessary from each NEO to prepare us to operate as a public company, and determined that salary increases for certain NEOs would be appropriate in order to provide them with additional incentives and further align their interests with our stockholders. In addition, effective July 1, 2010, our Compensation Committee and board decided to increase Mr. Belliveau’s base salary to reflect his additional responsibilities in connection with the creation of our United Kingdom subsidiary. For some NEOs, it is likely that an additional increase will be necessary to bring their salary levels more in line with salary levels of executives at publicly held corporations in our industry.

Short-Term Incentives (Cash Bonuses and Sales Commissions)

Our short-term incentive program seeks to balance our NEOs’ focus on our company goals as well as reward their individual performance through the use of an executive compensation plan and separate sales commission plans, as appropriate for each NEO’s position. Each of Messrs. Miller, Seymour and Wallack participate in an executive compensation plan, under which bonuses may be earned upon our achievement of specified performance goals. Considering their sales positions within our organization, Mr. Belliveau and Mr. Carter participate in individualized sales commission plans that are similar to the plans used for all of our sales employees as described below. Both our executive compensation plan and our executive sales commission plans are treated as “non-equity incentive plan compensation” for purposes of the Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table below.

Executive Compensation Plan

For 2009, the Compensation Committee and the board established an executive compensation plan for Messrs. Miller, Seymour and Wallack. Under the terms of the executive compensation plan, each NEO was entitled to receive a bonus that would vary in size depending on our success in meeting certain performance thresholds and targets with respect to a number of different performance metrics. No bonus payout for a particular performance metric would be earned unless the performance threshold for that metric was met and bonus payouts would be calculated linearly for achievement between threshold and target. Target bonus amounts represented the amounts that would have been payable to Messrs. Miller, Seymour and Wallack if we had met our full performance target with respect to each performance metric. However, to the extent that our actual performance exceeded the full performance target with respect to a particular performance metric, our board retained the discretion to increase the bonus amount attributable to that metric. The Compensation Committee and the board determined these target bonus amounts based on the compensation factors described above under the heading “ — Compensation Discussion and Analysis —  Compensation Decision Process .” The Compensation Committee and the board deliberately set the 2009 performance targets for the target bonus amounts at levels that would be difficult to achieve even if 2009 performance results significantly exceeded 2008 performance results and also established performance thresholds to ensure that no bonuses would be paid unless we achieved a significant level of performance. The following table shows the 2009 target bonus amounts as a percentage of base salary for each of Messrs. Miller, Seymour and Wallack.

 
Named Executive Officer   Target Bonus
Amount (as a
percentage of
base salary)
Adam Miller     50 %  
Steven Seymour     50 %  
Perry Wallack     50 %  

92


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The performance metrics to which these targets and thresholds related include:

Contracted monthly recurring revenue, or CMRR (defined as the sum of the total amount of minimum recurring revenue contractually committed under each of our client agreements over the entire term of the agreement, but excluding nonrecurring support, consulting and maintenance fees under those agreements, divided by the number of months in the term), with a 50% weighting;
Operating yield (calculated as invoices issued to clients during the year less all expenses paid during the year, including capital expenditures but excluding debt-related expenses), with a 30% weighting; and
Churn (determined based on the reductions, if any, to CMRR during the year), with a 20% weighting.

The Compensation Committee and board determined that these performance metrics and changes in the mix of recurring and non-recurring revenue were appropriate measurements of our performance, as CMRR measures sales performance, operating yield measures operating efficiency and cash management, and churn measures client retention.

In early 2010, the board and Compensation Committee reviewed the 2009 performance metrics to determine the level of achievement in relation to each performance target and threshold amount. Achievement percentages for results between the threshold and target amounts were calculated linearly. The 2009 achievement percentage, weighting, and weighted achievement percentages (based both on the plan and as adjusted by the board based on its discretion) were as follows:

     
  CMRR   Operating Yield   Churn
Achievement percentage     60.3 %       83.0 % (1)       100.0 %  
Weighting     50.0 %       30.0 %       20.0 %  
Weighted achievement percentage (plan)     30.2 %       15 %       20.0 %  
Weighted achievement percentage – (as adjusted by board)     30.2 %       24.9 % (1)       20.0 %  

(1) The board and Compensation Committee selected performance targets at the beginning of 2009 that it determined would be difficult to achieve even if 2009 performance results exceeded 2008 performance results. During the course of the year, the board made a strategic decision to invest more money in direct sales and other activities in anticipation of future growth. As a result of this additional investment, the 2009 operating yield result was lower than it would have been had the board not made this decision. When the board reviewed actual achievement of operating yield at the end of 2009, the board, following extensive discussion and based on recommendations from the CEO and the other members of the Compensation Committee, exercised its discretion to recognize an achievement percentage of 83.0% for its operating yield target. As a result, the actual bonus payments paid to all of the NEOs were, in the aggregate, $38,122 higher in the aggregate than they would have been had the board not exercised its discretion.

As a result of this review, the board and Compensation Committee determined a total weighted achievement percentage for 2009 of 75.1%. Thus, the 2009 actual bonus payments were as follows:

   
Named Executive Officer   Target 2009
Bonus
Amount
  2009
Bonus Paid
Adam Miller   $ 137,500     $ 103,125  
Steven Seymour   $ 137,500     $ 103,125  
Perry Wallack   $ 112,500     $ 84,375  

For 2010, the executive compensation plan for Messrs. Miller, Seymour and Wallack is structurally similar to the 2009 plan (including the weightings of the performance metrics), except that the operating yield metric has been replaced by an unlevered operating cash flow metric. Unlevered operating cash flow is defined as free cash flow that does not take into account interest paid on the

93


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

company’s outstanding debt. The Compensation Committee and the board made this change to utilize a performance metric that is more commonly used by public companies. At the time the 2010 performance targets were set, the Compensation Committee and the board believed that the performance targets would be difficult to achieve and would not be achieved even if our 2010 performance results significantly exceeded our 2009 performance results. The 2010 target bonus amounts as a percentage of base salary were not changed from the 2009 amounts.

Sales Commission Plans

Because much of Mr. Belliveau’s and Mr. Carter’s responsibilities are focused on sales of our solution, the Compensation Committee and board determined that it would be more appropriate for Mr. Belliveau and Mr. Carter to participate in sales commission plans with terms that correspond to the results achieved by their respective direct sales teams, rather than in the executive compensation plan described above. Mr. Belliveau and Mr. Carter therefore earn commissions based on the total sales of their respective direct sales teams, with Mr. Belliveau’s commissions based on direct sales in Europe, and Mr. Carter’s commissions based on all direct sales in North America. The commission targets were determined by the Compensation Committee and board based in part on the recommendations of the CEO, which took into account the compensation factors described above under the heading “ — Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Compensation Decision Process .” The Compensation Committee and board designed Mr. Belliveau’s and Mr. Carter’s commission structure both to reward them for their past success and to support our retention efforts.

For 2009, the board and Compensation Committee established a sales quota for each of its sales executives, Mr. Belliveau and Mr. Carter, a portion of which was allocated to subscription revenue and a portion of which was allocated to consulting services revenue. Mr. Belliveau’s commissions are based on revenues attributable to sales in EMEA, and Mr. Carter’s commissions are based on revenues attributable to sales in North America. Depending on the term of the particular client agreement, each sales executive is eligible to earn commissions over a period of up to three years based on revenue invoiced and actually received by us in each year. The rate at which commissions are earned by each sales executive is highest in the first year of each client agreement and decreases each year thereafter. Revenue due in the first, second or third year of a client agreement is referred to below as first-year revenue, second-year revenue or third-year revenue, respectively. With respect to any client agreement entered into in 2009, no commissions will be paid with respect to revenue invoiced and received by us in the fourth-year or beyond, and no commissions will be paid with respect to consulting services revenue invoiced and received by us in the second-year or beyond. To the extent a client agreement has a term of less than three years and is renewed, the agreement is treated as a multi-year contract, except that the commission for subscription revenue declines in the second and third years. To the extent that the sales executive exceeded his quota for both subscription revenue and consulting services revenue in 2009, his commissions for the amount above quota was increased. In addition, each sales executive was also eligible for a quarterly bonus if he met certain quarterly sales targets and Mr. Belliveau was eligible to receive a year-end bonus based upon the European sales team’s achievement of certain levels of operating profit measured on a stand-alone basis for the entire year. These bonus targets were determined by the Compensation Committee and board based in part on the recommendations of the CEO, which took into account the compensation factors described above under the heading “ — Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Compensation Decision Process .”

For 2009, the following table shows the targets and amounts earned by our sales executive under such executive’s 2009 sales commission plan:

       
Sales Executive   Target 2009 Commission   Target 2009 Bonus   2009 Commission Paid   Target 2009 Bonus Paid
Vincent Belliveau   $ 107,850 (1) (2)     $ 18,958 (1)     $ 77,993 (3) (4)        
Dave Carter   $ 174,000 (2)     $ 20,000     $ 97,830 (3)        
(1) Amounts have been converted into U.S. Dollars at a rate of $1.4043 Dollars per Euro, the exchange rate in effect on January 1, 2009.

94


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(2) This amount represents the total performance-based commissions that would have been earned under the 2009 commission plan assuming that (i) the sales executive achieved the sales quotas established under his 2009 commission plan and (ii) all first-year revenue relating to client agreements entered into in 2009 was invoiced and received by us in 2009.
(3) This amount represents the total performance-based commissions earned by the sales executive under the 2009 commission plan. Each executive also earned additional commissions for second-year revenue and third-year revenue received by us in 2009 with respect to client agreements entered into in prior years under sales commission plans established in such years for each such executive, which commission amounts are not reflected in this amount. For the commissions earned in 2009 under the 2009 sales commission plan and under plans established for prior years, see the non-equity incentive plan compensation column of the Summary Compensation Table below.
(4) Amount represents the sum of payments made to Mr. Belliveau converted from Euros into U.S. Dollars at the exchange rates in effect when the payments were made.

For 2010, the commission programs for Mr. Belliveau and Mr. Carter are structurally similar to the 2009 programs, except that Mr. Belliveau’s and Mr. Carter’s 2010 sales targets have substantially increased and the board and Compensation Committee selected sales targets that would be difficult to reach.

Long-Term Incentives (Equity Awards)

We grant equity awards to motivate and reward our NEOs for achieving long-term performance goals as reflected in the value of our common stock, which we believe aligns the interests of our NEOs with those of our stockholders. Historically, the equity awards we have granted pursuant to our equity incentive plans have been limited to stock options with exercise prices equal to or greater than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant as determined by the board. In determining the size of these awards, we have not applied a rigid formula. Instead, the board and Compensation Committee have determined the size of equity awards based on the range of prior awards granted to the executive team, with consideration given to the nature of each NEO’s position and experience and to then-current market conditions.

Other than with respect to Mr. Miller, who acquired his common stock in connection with the formation of our company and has not received any equity awards to date, and Messrs. Seymour and Wallack, who each received additional equity awards prior to 2009, the equity awards that our NEOs currently hold were received at the start of their employment with us. None of our NEOs received any equity awards during 2009. To date when considering granting equity awards generally, our board determined that additional equity awards for the NEOs other than the foregoing were not necessary, as the board believed each NEO’s then-current equity holdings were sufficient to incentivize the NEO and appropriately aligned his interests with those of our stockholders. In connection with the offering, the board and Compensation Committee may approve additional equity grants to some NEOs to ensure that they are properly incentivized. We expect that our Compensation Committee will review periodically our NEOs’ compensation, including the retention and incentive value of their equity awards, in order to determine whether to grant any additional equity awards in the future.

Broad-Based Employee Benefits

Our compensation program for our NEOs also includes employee benefits that are generally available to our other employees. These benefits include medical, dental, vision, long-term disability and life insurance benefits, as well as flexible spending accounts. We also periodically provide meals on premise to employees in our offices. Our NEOs receive these benefits on the same basis as our other full-time U.S. employees. Offering these benefits serves to attract and retain employees, including our NEOs. We anticipate that we will periodically review our employee benefits programs in order to ensure that they continue to serve these purposes and remain competitive.

95


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We have established a tax-qualified Section 401(k) retirement savings plan for our employees generally, subject to standard eligibility requirements. Under this plan, participants may elect to make pre-tax contributions to the plan of up to a certain portion of their current compensation, not to exceed the applicable statutory income tax limitation. Currently, we do not match contributions made by participants. The plan currently qualifies under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, such that contributions to the plan, and income earned on those contributions, are not taxable to participants until withdrawn from the plan.

Employment Agreements, Change in Control and Severance Benefits

Our board believes that maintaining a stable and effective management team is essential to our long-term success and achievement of our corporate strategies, and is therefore in the best interests of our stockholders. We have entered into employment agreements with each of our NEOs (other than Mr. Miller) which provide for base salary, bonuses and/or sales commissions, employee benefit plan participation, and in certain instances, severance or other payments upon a qualifying termination of employment or change of control. In connection with this offering, we plan to revise these employment agreements and/or enter into new employment agreements with certain of our NEOs, which may include change-in-control and severance arrangements that provide them with assurances of specified severance benefits in the event that their employment is terminated and such termination is a qualifying termination under their respective agreements.

We recognize that these severance benefits may be triggered at any time. Nonetheless, we believe that it is imperative to provide these individuals with these benefits to secure their continued dedication to their work, notwithstanding the possibility of a termination by us, and to provide them with additional incentives to continue employment with us. We believe that these severance benefits are competitive with severance benefits provided to similarly situated individuals at companies with which we compete for talent, and that they are appropriate given that generally their actual payment is contingent upon the individual releasing us from claims relating to the termination.

We also recognize that the possibility that we may in the future undergo a change in control, and that this possibility, and the uncertainty it may cause among our NEOs may result in their departure or distraction to the detriment of our company and our stockholders. Accordingly, our board and Compensation Committee decided to take appropriate steps to encourage the continued attention, dedication and continuity of certain key executive to their assigned duties without the distraction that may arise from the possibility or occurrence of a change in control. As a result, we have entered into agreements with certain of our NEOs that provide additional benefits in the event of a change in control. For more detail, see “ Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control .”

We do not currently have stock ownership guidelines for our NEOs.

Tax Considerations

Based on the limitations imposed by Section 162(m) of Internal Revenue Code, we generally cannot deduct compensation paid to our Chief Executive Officer and to certain other highly compensated officers that exceeds $1,000,000 per person in any fiscal year for federal income tax purposes, unless it “performance-based,” as defined under Section 162(m). Salary and bonus compensation is subject to these limits, as is the excess of the current market price over the option exercise price, or option spread, at the time of exercise of any stock option, unless it is treated as an incentive stock option or it meets certain other requirements. We believe all options we have granted to date have met these requirements. Additionally, under an exception to Section 162(m), any compensation paid at any time pursuant to a compensation plan that was in existence before the effective date of this offering will not be subject to the $1,000,000 limitation until the earliest of: (i) the expiration of the compensation plan, (ii) a material modification of the compensation plan (as determined under Section 162(m)), (iii) the issuance of all the employer stock and other compensation allocated under the compensation plan, or (iv) the first meeting of stockholders at which directors are elected after the ending of the third calendar year following the year in which this offering occurs. While we cannot predict how the Section 162(m) deductibility limit may affect our compensation program in future years, we intend to maintain an approach to executive compensation

96


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

that strongly links pay to performance. In addition, although we have not adopted a formal policy regarding tax deductibility of compensation paid to our NEOs, we intend to consider tax deductibility under Section 162(m) as one factor in our compensation decisions.

We have not provided our executives or directors with any gross-up or other reimbursement for tax amounts that these individuals might pay pursuant to Section 280G or Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. Section 280G and related Internal Revenue Code sections provide that executive officers, directors who hold significant stockholder interests, and certain other service providers, could be subject to significant additional taxes if they receive payments or benefits in connection with a change in control that exceeds certain limits, and also that we or our successor could lose the ability to deduct on our corporate taxes the amounts subject to the additional tax. In addition, Section 409A imposes significant taxes on an executive officer, director or other service provider who receives “deferred compensation” that does not meet the requirements of Section 409A.

Summary Compensation Table for 2009

The following table summarizes the compensation that we paid to our named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2009.

             
Name and Principal
Position
  Year   Salary
($)
  Bonus
($)
  Option Awards ($)   Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)   All Other Compensation ($)   Total
($)
Adam Miller, President and Chief Executive Officer     2009     $ 275,000                 $ 103,125 (1)           $ 378,125  
Perry Wallack, Chief Financial Officer     2009     $ 225,000                 $ 84,375 (1)           $ 309,375  
Steven Seymour, Executive Vice President of Strategic Accounts     2009     $ 275,000                 $ 103,125 (1)           $ 378,125  
David J. Carter, Vice President of Sales     2009     $ 225,000                 $ 100,205 (2)           $ 325,205  
Vincent Belliveau, General Manager of Europe, Middle East and Africa (3)     2009     $ 225,007                 $ 125,260 (2)           $ 350,267  

(1) The amounts represent the total performance-based bonuses earned for services rendered in 2009 under our 2009 Executive Bonus Plan.
(2) The amounts represent the total performance-based commissions earned for subscription revenue and consulting services revenue under our sales commission plans, including subscription and consulting services revenue invoiced and received by us under contracts entered into in 2009 in accordance with the sales executive’s 2009 sales commission plan, and subscription revenue invoiced and received by us under contracts entered into in prior years in accordance with sales commission plans established for the sales executive in such years. For more information, please see “ — Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Sales Commission Plans .”
(3) Amounts represent the sum of payments made to Mr. Belliveau converted from Euros into U.S. Dollars at the exchange rates in effect when the payments were made.

97


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table for 2009

The following table lists the grants of plan-based awards or awards re-priced during the year ended December 31, 2009, to each of our named executive officers.

             
   
  
  
Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards
($)
  All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
(#)
  Exercise
of Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($/Sh)
  Grant Date
Fair Value
of Stock
and Option
Awards
($)
Name   Grant
Date
  Threshold
($)
  Target
($)
  Maximum
($)
Adam Miller (1)               $ 137,500                          
Perry Wallack (1)               $ 112,500                          
Steven Seymour (1)               $ 137,500                          
David J. Carter (2)               $ 194,000                          
Vincent Belliveau (2) (3)               $ 126,808                          

(1) Although there is no minimum bonus payout, our 2009 executive compensation plan established certain performance thresholds and targets with respect to a number of performance metrics. More specifically, the executive compensation plan provided that there would be no bonus payout unless at least one performance threshold was met and bonus payouts would be calculated linearly for achievement between threshold and target. Target bonus amounts, which were set at 50% of base salary, represent the amounts that would have been payable to the NEOs if we had met our full performance target with respect to each of the performance metrics. Please see “ — Compensation Discussion and Analysis ” for more details.
(2) The non-equity incentive plan compensation earned by Messrs. Carter and Belliveau was paid under their respective sales commission plans, not under our 2009 executive compensation plan. In each case, the sales commission plan established a sales quota, of which a portion was allocated to subscription revenue and a portion was allocated to consulting services revenue. In addition, each sales commission plan established certain quarterly sales targets and, in the case of Mr. Belliveau only, an annual sales target. The target amount represents the amount to be earned in 2009 assuming the satisfaction of the full sales quota and all quarterly and, if applicable, annual sales targets. For more information, see “ — Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Sales Commission Plans .”
(3) Amount has been converted from Euros into U.S. Dollars at a rate of $1.4043 per Euro, the exchange rate in effect on January 1, 2009.

98


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2009 Fiscal Year-End

The following table shows all outstanding stock options held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2009, the last day of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009. Mr. Miller did not hold any stock options as of December 31, 2009.

         
  Option Awards
Name of Executive Officer   Vesting
Commencement
Date
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
  Option
Exercise
Price
($)
  Option
Expiration Date
Perry Wallack           180,000 (1)           $ 0.34       2/24/2012  
       2/25/2006       239,583 (2)       10,417     $ 0.34       9/5/2016  
       10/24/2007       40,625 (2)       34,375     $ 0.34       12/5/2017  
       12/5/2008       18,750 (2)       56,250     $ 0.53       12/30/2018  
Steven Seymour           247,500 (1)           $ 0.34       2/24/2012  
             100,000 (1)           $ 0.34       10/15/2013  
             100,000 (1)           $ 0.34       8/16/2014  
       9/6/2006       203,125 (2)       46,875     $ 0.34       9/5/2016  
       10/24/2007       40,625 (2)       34,375     $ 0.34       12/5/2017  
       12/5/2008       18,750 (2)       56,250     $ 0.53       12/30/2018  
David J. Carter     8/1/2008       91,666 (2)       183,334     $ 0.53       12/30/2018  
Vincent Belliveau     6/4/2007       259,375 (2)       155,625     $ 0.34       12/5/2017  

(1) The option was fully vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2009.
(2) One-fourth of the total shares subject to the option vested on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and  1/48 of the total shares subject to the option vest each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the vesting commencement date such that all shares subject to the option will be vested on the fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement date, in each case subject to the optionee’s continued service to the company on each such date.

Pension benefits and Nonqualified Deferred

We do not provide a pension plan for our employees and none of our NEOs participated in a nonqualified deferred compensation plan during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009.

Offer Letters and Employment Agreements; Potential Payments Upon Termination, Change in Control or Upon Termination Following Change in Control

Prior to the completion of the offering, we intend to enter into new employment agreements containing change of control and/or severance benefits with Messrs. Miller, Wallack and Seymour. The descriptions below reflect employment agreements currently in effect. We are not currently party to an employment agreement with Mr. Miller.

Perry Wallack

On May 10, 2007, Mr. Wallack, our Chief Financial Officer, entered into an employment agreement with us. The employment agreement specifies that Mr. Wallack’s employment with us is “at will” and provides for an initial annual base salary of $205,000, which has subsequently been raised to $240,000. Under the terms of the employment agreement, Mr. Wallack is eligible to receive annual performance bonuses pursuant to our executive bonus plan and is generally entitled to participate in executive benefit plans and programs, if any, on the same terms as other similarly situated employees.

99


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In addition, if we undergo a change of control, Mr. Wallack is terminated without cause, Mr. Wallack terminates his employment for good reason, or Mr. Wallack is terminated or terminates his employment due to death or disability, then under his employment agreement (i) all of Mr. Wallack’s then unvested equity awards will immediately vest and become exercisable, and (ii) the exercise period of the options will be extended for five years from the date of termination but not to exceed the maximum term of the option.

In addition to the benefits described above, if Mr. Wallack is terminated without cause or elects to terminate his employment for good reason, Mr. Wallack will receive 6 months of base salary and all accrued and unpaid non-equity incentive plan payments that he would have been paid if he were still employed during such 6 month period.

The following table shows the pre-tax payments that Mr. Wallack would have received under the terms of his employment agreement if a trigger event had occurred on December 31, 2009:

       
Benefits and Payments upon Trigger Event   Change of
Control
  Terminated
without Cause
  Terminates for
Good Reason
  Terminated or
Terminates Due
to Death or
Disability
Accelerated vesting of options (1)   $ 82,271     $ 82,271     $ 82,271     $ 82,271  
Payment of 6 months of base salary (2)         $ 112,500     $ 112,500        
Accrued but unpaid non-equity incentive plan compensation (i.e. bonus payments) (1)         $ 84,375     $ 84,375        
Total   $ 82,271     $ 279,146     $ 279,146     $ 82,271  

(1) The value of the accelerated options was calculated by multiplying (x) the number of shares subject to acceleration by (y) the difference between $1.26, the estimated fair market value of our common stock on December 31, 2009, and the per share exercise price of the accelerated options.
(2) Amounts to be prorated and paid on a monthly basis unless Mr. Wallack dies during the severance period, in which case the payments must be paid in a lump sum to Mr. Wallack’s designated beneficiary or estate.

As used in Mr. Wallack’s employment agreement, the terms below have the following meanings:

The term “cause” means (i) an act of dishonesty by Mr. Wallack in connection with the performance of his job responsibilities, (ii) his conviction of, or plea of nolo contendre to, a felony that our board believes had or will have a material detrimental effect on our reputation or business, (iii) his gross misconduct, (iv) his continued substantial violations of his duties as an executive officer and failure to cure such violations within a reasonable time for cure, subject to certain conditions.
The term “change of control” means (i) any merger or combination with or into a third party pursuant to which our stockholders immediately prior to such event do not have, as a result of their ownership of our securities before such event, immediately thereafter, less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the surviving entity, or (ii) the sale to a third party of all or substantially all of the assets of our company.
The term “disability” means that Mr. Wallack has been unable to perform his duties as a result of physical or mental illness, and such inability, at least twenty-six (26) weeks after its commencement, is determined to be total and permanent by a physician selected by us or our insurers and acceptable to Mr. Wallack or his legal representative.
The term “good reason” means, without Mr. Wallack’s express written consent, (i) a significant reduction of his duties, position or responsibilities, or the removal of Mr. Wallack from such position and responsibilities, or a change in his reporting relationship to a person other than our Chief Executive Officer, unless Mr. Wallack is provided with a

100


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

comparable position; (ii) a substantial reduction of the facilities and perquisites (including office space and location) available to Mr. Wallack immediately prior to such reduction; (iii) a material reduction by us in Mr. Wallack’s base compensation as in effect immediately prior to such reduction but not generally applicable to other members of senior management; (iv) a material reduction by us in the kind or levels of benefits to which Mr. Wallack was entitled immediately prior to such reduction with the result that Mr. Wallack’s overall benefits package is significantly reduced disproportionally to other members of senior management; or (v) the relocation of Mr. Wallack to a facility or a location more than twenty (20) miles from his then-present employment location.

Steven Seymour

On May 10, 2007, Mr. Seymour our Executive Vice President of Strategic Accounts entered into an employment agreement with us. The employment agreement specifies that Mr. Seymour’s employment with us is “at will” and provides for an initial annual base salary of $250,000, which has subsequently been raised to $285,000. Under the terms of the employment agreement, Mr. Seymour is eligible to receive annual performance bonuses pursuant to our executive bonus plan and is generally entitled to participate in executive benefit plans and programs, if any, on the same terms as other similarly situated employees.

If there is a “change of control” of the Company, Mr. Seymour is terminated without cause, Mr. Seymour terminates his employment for good reason, or Mr. Seymour is terminated or terminates his employment due to death or disability, then under his employment agreement (i) all of Mr. Seymour’s then unvested equity awards will immediately vest and become exercisable, and (ii) the exercise period of the options will be extended for five years from the date of termination but not to exceed the maximum term of the option.

In addition to the benefits described above, if Mr. Seymour is terminated without cause or elects to terminate his employment for good reason, Mr. Seymour will receive 6 months of base salary and all accrued and unpaid non-equity incentive plan payments he would have been paid if he were still employed by us during such 6 month period.

The following table shows the pre-tax payments that Mr. Seymour would have received under the terms of his employment agreement if a trigger event had occurred on December 31, 2009:

       
Benefits and Payments upon
Trigger Event
  Change of
Control
  Terminated
without Cause
  Terminates for
Good Reason
  Terminated or
Terminates Due
to Death or
Disability
Accelerated vesting of options (1)   $ 115,812     $ 115,812     $ 115,812     $ 115,812  
Payment of 6 months of base salary (2)         $ 137,500     $ 137,500        
Accrued but unpaid non-equity incentive plan compensation (i.e. bonus payments) (1)         $ 103,125     $ 103,125        
Total   $ 115,812     $ 356,437     $ 356,437     $ 115,812  

(1) The value of the accelerated options was calculated by multiplying (x) the number of shares subject to acceleration by (y) the difference between $1.26, the estimated fair market value of our common stock on December 31, 2009, and the per share exercise price of the accelerated options.
(2) Amounts to be prorated and paid on a monthly basis unless Mr. Seymour dies during the severance period, in which case the payments must be paid in a lump sum to Mr. Seymour’s designated beneficiary or estate.

As used in Mr. Seymour’s employment agreement, the terms below have the following meanings:

The term “cause” means (i) an act of dishonesty by Mr. Seymour in connection with the performance of his job responsibilities, (ii) his conviction of, or plea of nolo contendre to, a

101


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

felony which the Board reasonably believes had or will have a material detrimental effect on our reputation or business, (iii) his gross misconduct, (iv) his continued substantial violations of his duties as an executive officer and failure to cure same within a reasonable time for cure after he has received a written demand for performance from us which specifically sets forth the factual basis for our belief that he has not substantially performed his duties.
The term “change of control” means (i) any merger or combination with or into a third party pursuant to which our stockholders immediately prior to such event do not have, as a result of their ownership of our securities before such event, immediately thereafter, less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the surviving entity, or (ii) the sale to a third party of all or substantially all of the assets of our company.
The term “disability” means that Mr. Seymour has been unable to perform his duties as a result of physical or mental illness, and such inability, at least twenty-six (26) weeks after its commencement, is determined to be total and permanent by a physician selected by us or our insurers and acceptable to Mr. Seymour or his legal representative.
The term “good reason” means, without Mr. Seymour’s express written consent, (i) a significant reduction of his duties, sales territories, position or responsibilities, or the removal of Mr. Seymour from such position and responsibilities, or a change in his reporting relationship to a person other than our Chief Executive Officer, unless Mr. Seymour is provided with a comparable position (i.e., a position of similar or greater duties, authority, compensation and status); (ii) a substantial reduction of the facilities and perquisites (including office space and location) available to Mr. Seymour immediately prior to such reduction; (iii) a material reduction by us in the base compensation of Mr. Seymour as in effect immediately prior to such reduction but not generally applicable to other members of senior management; (iv) a material reduction by us in the kind or levels of benefits to which Mr. Seymour was entitled immediately prior to such reduction with the result that Mr. Seymour’s overall benefits package is significantly reduced disproportionally to other members of senior management; or (v) the relocation of Mr. Seymour to a facility or a location more than twenty (20) miles from his then present employment location.

David J. Carter

On May 1, 2008, Mr. Carter entered into an employment agreement with us to serve as our Vice President of Sales. The employment agreement specifies that Mr. Carter’s employment with us is “at will” and provides for an initial annual base salary of $225,000, which has subsequently been raised to $230,000. Under the terms of the employment agreement, Mr. Carter is eligible to participate in our commission plan on such terms as our board of directors may determine in its sole discretion and is also entitled to participate in any employee benefit plans that we provide for the benefit of our other senior executives. The employment agreement also entitled Mr. Carter to receive an option to purchase 275,000 shares of our common stock, subject to the approval of our board of directors. The option was granted to Mr. Carter by our board of directors on December 31, 2008 and appears on the option table above under the heading “ — Outstanding Equity Awards at 2009 Fiscal Year End .”

In addition, if the Company terminates Mr. Carter’s employment other than for cause, death or disability, Mr. Carter is entitled to receive 4 months severance pay at his base salary rate, as then in effect, and Company-paid coverage for Mr. Carter and his dependents under the Company’s benefit plans for 3 months following termination. Furthermore, if the Company is acquired and Mr. Carter is terminated or his position is materially diminished within 6 months after such acquisition, all unvested options shall vest and become immediately exercisable.

102


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table shows the payments that Mr. Carter would have received under the terms of his employment agreement if a trigger event had occurred on December 31, 2009:

     
Benefits and Payments upon Trigger Event   Terminated
within
6 Months of
Change of
Control
  Position
Materially
Diminished
within
6 Months of
Change of
Control
  Terminated
without Cause
and Not Due to
Death or
Disability
(Regardless of
Change of
Control)
Accelerated vesting of options (1)   $ 133,833     $ 133,833        
Payment of 4 months of base salary               $ 75,000  
Payment of 3 months of coverage under existing benefit plans for Mr. Carter and dependents               $ 5,000  
Total   $ 133,833     $ 133,833     $ 80,000  

(1) The value of the accelerated options was calculated by multiplying (x) the number of shares subject to acceleration by (y) the difference between $1.26, the estimated fair market value of our common stock on December 31, 2009, and the per share exercise price of the accelerated options.

As used in Mr. Carter's employment agreement, the term “cause” means a termination by us because of any one of the following events: (i) Mr. Carter’s breach of his employment agreement that results in material injury to us which, if capable of cure, has not been cured by Mr. Carter within ten (10) days after his receipt of written notice from our Chief Executive Officer of such breach; (ii) Mr. Carter’s misconduct, fraud, dishonesty, or malfeasance that results in material injury to the us; (iii) Mr. Carter’s willful or intentional failure to (a) perform his duties under his employment agreement, (b) follow the reasonable and legal direction of our board or Chief Executive Officer, or (c) follow our policies, procedures, and rules, or (iv) Mr. Carter’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendre to, a felony. For purposes of this definition, Mr. Carter’s failure to achieve certain results will not be deemed to constitute cause unless it is the result of his willful and deliberate dereliction of duty.

Vincent Belliveau

On April 3, 2007, Mr. Belliveau entered into an employment agreement with us to serve initially as our General Manager Europe, and he has subsequently been promoted to the position of General Manager of Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA). The employment agreement specifies that Mr.Belliveau’s employment with us is “at will” and provides for an annual base salary of €160,000. Under the terms of the employment agreement, Mr. Belliveau is eligible to participate in our bonus and commission plan and is also entitled to receive a monthly car allowance of €350 per month.

If Mr. Belliveau is terminated for any reason, he is entitled to receive up to 40% of his average monthly fixed gross salary during the 12 months prior to termination for the duration of the restricted period (as defined below) (this amount is reduced to 20% if Mr. Belliveau resigns or is dismissed for gross misconduct). Furthermore, if Mr. Belliveau is terminated for any reason, Mr. Belliveau agrees that he will not enter into the service of any competitive company, in any manner, directly or indirectly or take any direct or indirect interest, in any form, in the manufacture, commerce, service or other activity, which might compete directly or indirectly with the activities of the Company. This non-competition obligation is limited to European countries and to a 1 year term, which is measured from the date of termination and is referred to as the restricted period.

103


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table shows the payments that Mr. Belliveau would have received under the terms of his employment agreement if a trigger event had occurred on December 31, 2009:

 
Benefits and Payments upon Trigger Event   Termination for Any Reason
Payment of 40% of average monthly gross salary during 12 months prior to termination for a period of 1 year (1) (2)   $ 91,725  
Total   $ 91,725  

(1) Amount to be reduced to 20% if Mr. Belliveau resigns or is dismissed due to gross misconduct.
(2) Based on an annual salary of Euro 160,000 converted into dollars on December 31, 2009 at an exchange rate of $1.4332.

To the extent awards are not assumed or substituted for in connection with a merger or change in control, our equity plans provide that such awards will accelerate and become fully exercisable. See “ Employee Benefit and Stock Plans ” below.

Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreements

Each of our named executive officers has entered into a standard form agreement with respect to proprietary information and inventions. Among other things, this agreement obligates each named executive officer to refrain from disclosing any of our proprietary information received during the course of employment and, with some exceptions, to assign to us any inventions conceived or developed during the course of employment.

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

2010 Equity Incentive Plan

We anticipate that prior to the completion of this offering, our board will adopt, and our stockholders will approve, our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2010 Plan, with terms substantially similar to those described below. The 2010 Plan will be effective upon the later of its adoption by our board or the completion of this offering. Our 2010 Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code Section 422, to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

Authorized Shares.

The maximum aggregate number of shares issuable under the 2010 Plan is            shares of our common stock, plus (i) any shares that as of the completion of this offering, have been reserved but not issued pursuant to any awards granted under our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan and are not subject to any awards granted thereunder, and (ii) any shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan that expire or terminate without having been exercised in full and unvested shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by us, with the maximum number of shares to be added to the 2010 Plan from the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan equal to            shares. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under the 2010 Plan will be annually increased on the first day of each of our fiscal years beginning with the        fiscal year, by an amount equal to the least of:

           shares;
    % of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or
such other amount as our board may determine.

104


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Shares issued pursuant to awards under the 2010 Plan that we repurchase or that expire or are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award, will become available for future grant or sale under the 2010 Plan. In addition, to the extent that an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2010 Plan.

Plan Administration.

The 2010 Plan will be administered by our board which, at its discretion or as legally required, may delegate such administration to our compensation committee and/or one or more additional committees. The board or committees administering the 2010 Plan are referred to below as the “Administrator.” In the case of awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m), the committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m).

Subject to the provisions of our 2010 Plan, the Administrator has the power to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the exercise price, if any, the number of shares covering each award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise of the award, and the terms of the award agreement for use under the 2010 Plan. The Administrator also has the authority, subject to the terms of the 2010 Plan, to amend existing awards to reduce or increase their exercise price, to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards that may have different exercise prices and terms, to prescribe rules and to construe and interpret the 2010 Plan and awards granted under the 2010 Plan.

Stock Options.

The Administrator may grant incentive and/or nonstatutory stock options under our 2010 Plan, provided that incentive stock options are only granted to employees. The exercise price of such options must equal at least the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten years; provided, however, that an incentive stock option held by a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or of certain of our parent or subsidiary corporations, may not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The Administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other property acceptable to the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of our 2010 Plan, the Administrator determines the remaining terms of the options. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, the participant may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Restricted Stock.

Restricted stock may be granted under our 2010 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions. Shares of restricted stock will vest and the restrictions on such shares will lapse, in accordance with terms and conditions established by the Administrator. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest for any reason will be forfeited by the recipient and will revert to us. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

105


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Restricted Stock Units.

Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2010 Plan. Each restricted stock unit granted is a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. The Administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units including the vesting criteria, which may include achievement of specified performance criteria or continued service to us, and the form and timing of payment. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout. The Administrator determines in its sole discretion whether an award will be settled in stock, cash or a combination of both. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Stock Appreciation Rights.

Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2010 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Subject to the provisions of our 2010 Plan, the Administrator determines the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights vest and become exercisable and whether to settle such awards in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Performance Units/Performance Shares.

Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2010 Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the Administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The Administrator determines the terms and conditions of performance units and performance shares including the vesting criteria, which may include achievement of specified performance criteria or continued service to us, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such performance units or performance shares. Performance units shall have an initial dollar value established by the Administrator prior to the grant date. Performance shares will have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination thereof. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Transferability of Awards.

Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, our 2010 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an option or stock appreciation right may exercise such an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments.

In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2010 Plan, the Administrator will make adjustments to one or more of the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the 2010 Plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award. In the event of our proposed dissolution or liquidation, the Administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction and all awards, to the extent not previously exercised, will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Merger or Change in Control.

Our 2010 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the 2010 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the Administrator determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award

106


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time. If the service of an outside director is terminated on or following a merger or change in control, other than pursuant to a voluntary resignation, his or her awards will become fully vested and exercisable, and all performance goals or other vesting requirements will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels.

Plan Amendment, Termination.

Our board has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2010 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2010 Plan will automatically terminate in 2020, unless we terminate it sooner.

2009 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board adopted, and our stockholders approved our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2009 Plan, in January 2009. Our 2009 Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code Section 422, to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and the grant of nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, and restricted stock units to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants. We will not grant any additional awards under our 2009 Plan following this offering and will instead grant awards under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. However, the 2009 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards previously granted thereunder.

Authorized Shares.

The maximum aggregate number of shares issuable under the 2009 Plan, as amended through July 15, 2010, is 3,000,000 shares of our common stock, plus (i) any shares that as of the date of stockholder approval of the 2009 Plan, have been reserved but not issued pursuant to any awards granted under our 1999 Stock Plan and are not subject to any awards granted thereunder, and (ii) any shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the 1999 Stock Plan that expire or terminate without having been exercised in full and unvested shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 1999 Stock Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by us, with the maximum number of shares to be added to the 2009 Plan from the 1999 Stock Plan equal to 4,976,126 shares.

Shares issued pursuant to awards under the 2009 Plan that we repurchase or that expire or are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award, will become available for future grant under the 2009 Plan. In addition, to the extent that an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2009 Plan.

Plan Administration.

The 2009 Plan will be administered by our board which, at its discretion or as legally required, may delegate such administration to our compensation committee and/or one or more additional committees. The board or committees who administer the 2009 Plan are referred to below as the “Administrator.”

Subject to the provisions of our 2009 Plan, the Administrator has the power to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the exercise price, if any, the number of shares covering each award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise of the award, and the terms of the award agreement for use under the 2009 Plan. The Administrator also has the authority, subject to the terms of the 2009 Plan, to amend existing awards to reduce or increase their exercise price, to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, to institute an

107


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards that may have different exercise prices and terms, to prescribe rules and to construe and interpret the 2009 Plan and awards granted under the 2009 Plan.

Stock Options.

The administrator may grant incentive and/or nonstatutory stock options under our 2009 Plan, provided that incentive stock options are only granted to employees. The exercise price of such options must equal at least the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of a stock option may not exceed ten years; provided, however, that an incentive stock option held by a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or of certain of our parent or subsidiary corporations, may not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The Administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other property acceptable to the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of our 2009 Plan, the Administrator determines the remaining terms of the options. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, the participant may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Stock Appreciation Rights.

Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2009 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Subject to the provisions of our 2009 Plan, the Administrator determines the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights vest and become exercisable and whether to settle such awards in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Restricted Stock.

Restricted stock may be granted under our 2009 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions. Shares of restricted stock will vest and the restrictions on such shares will lapse, in accordance with terms and conditions established by the Administrator. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest for any reason will be forfeited by the recipient and will revert to us. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Restricted Stock Units.

Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2009 Plan. Each restricted stock unit granted is a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. The Administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units including the vesting criteria, which may include achievement of specified performance criteria or continued service to us, and the form and timing of payment. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout. The Administrator determines in its sole discretion whether an award will be settled in stock, cash or a combination of both. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Transferability of Awards.

Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, our 2009 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an option or stock appreciation right may exercise such an award during his or her lifetime.

108


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Certain Adjustments.

In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2009 Plan, the Administrator will make adjustments to one or more of the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the Administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Merger or Change in Control.

Our 2009 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the 2009 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the Administrator determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time.

Plan Amendment, Termination.

Our board has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2009 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2009 Plan will automatically terminate in 2019, unless we terminate it sooner.

1999 Stock Plan

Our board adopted, and our stockholders approved our 1999 Stock Plan, or 1999 Plan, in November 1999. Following the adoption of our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, we did not grant any additional awards under the 1999 Plan, but the 1999 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards previously granted thereunder.

Our 1999 Plan permitted the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code Section 422, to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and the grant of nonstatutory stock options and stock purchase rights to our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

Authorized Shares.

The maximum aggregate number of shares issuable under the 1999 Plan was 5,831,651 shares of our common stock.

If an option or stock purchase right expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an option exchange program, or if the shares are repurchased at their original purchase price, such shares will become available for future grant or sale.

Plan Administration.

The 1999 Plan will be administered by our board which, at its discretion or as legally required, may delegate such administration to our compensation committee and/or one or more additional committees. The board or committees administering the 1999 Plan are referred to below as the “Administrator.”

Subject to the provisions of our 1999 Plan, the Administrator had the power to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the exercise price, if any, the number of shares covering each award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise of the award, and the terms of the award agreement for use under the 1999 Plan. The Administrator also had the authority, subject to the terms of the 1999 Plan, to amend existing awards

109


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to reduce their exercise price, to institute an exchange program by which outstanding options may be surrendered in exchange for options with a lower exercise price, to prescribe rules and to construe and interpret the 1999 Plan and awards granted under the 1999 Plan.

Stock Options.

The Administrator could grant incentive and/or nonstatutory stock options under our 1999 Plan, provided that incentive stock options could only be granted to employees. The exercise price of incentive stock options must have been equal to at least the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of nonstatutory stock options must have been equal to at least 85% of the fair market value on the date of grant unless the holder of such option owned stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our stock, in which case the fair market value must have been at least 110% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option could not exceed ten years; provided, however, that an incentive stock option held by a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or of certain of our parent or subsidiary corporations, could not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The Administrator determined the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other property acceptable to the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of our 1999 Plan, the Administrator determined the remaining terms of the options. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, the participant may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. The specific terms were set forth in an award agreement.

Stock Purchase Rights.

Stock purchase rights could be granted either alone, in addition to or in tandem with, other awards granted under the 1999 Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the 1999 Plan. Stock purchase rights are grants of rights to purchase our common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions. After the Administrator determined that it would offer stock purchase rights, it advised the purchaser of the terms, conditions, and restrictions relating to the offer, including the number of shares that the purchaser was entitled to purchase, the price to be paid and the time within which the purchaser must accept such offer. Once the stock purchase right was exercised, the purchaser will have rights equivalent to a stockholder. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Transferability of Awards.

Unless the Administrator provided otherwise, our 1999 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an option or stock purchase right may exercise such an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments.

In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 1999 Plan, the Administrator will make adjustments to one or more of the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the Administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Merger or Change in Control.

Our 1999 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, each outstanding option and stock purchase right will be assumed or substituted for. If a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then the Administrator will notify the holder of such award that it will fully vest and be exercisable for a period of 15 days from the date of such notice and will terminate upon the expiration of the notice period.

110


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Plan Amendment, Termination.

Our board has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 1999 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. In connection with the adoption of the 2009 Plan, no further awards may be granted under the 1999 Plan.

Retirement Plans

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified 401(k) retirement plan for all employees who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. Under our 401(k) plan, employees may elect to defer a portion of their eligible compensation, subject to applicable annual Internal Revenue Code limits. We currently do not match any contributions made by our employees, including executives. We intend for the 401(k) plan to qualify under Section 401(a) and 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code so that contributions by employees to the 401(k) plan, and income earned on those contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from the 401(k) plan.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each to be effective upon the completion of this offering, will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, and may indemnify our employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits our amended and restated certificate of incorporation from limiting the liability of our directors for the following:

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or to our stockholders;
acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; and
any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

If Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not eliminate a director’s duty of care and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies, such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief, remain available under Delaware law. This provision also does not affect a director’s responsibilities under any other laws, such as the federal securities laws or other state or federal laws. Under our amended and restated bylaws, we will also be empowered to purchase insurance on behalf of any person whom we are required or permitted to indemnify.

In addition to the indemnification required in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, we plan to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors, officers and some employees before the completion of this offering. These agreements will provide for the indemnification of our directors, officers and some employees for certain expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, or hearing, inquiry or investigation that may lead to the foregoing, to which they are a party, or are threatened to be made a party, by reason of the fact that they are or were a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of our company, or any of our subsidiaries, by reason of any action or inaction by them while serving as an officer, director, agent or fiduciary, or by reason of the fact that they were serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another entity. Under the indemnification agreements, indemnification will only be provided in situations where the indemnified parties acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to our best interest, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to situations where they had no reasonable cause to believe the conduct was unlawful. In the case of an action or proceeding by or in the right of our company or any

111


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of our subsidiaries, no indemnification will be provided for any claim where a court determines that the indemnified party is prohibited from receiving indemnification. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans

Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from them. The director or officer may amend or terminate the plan in some circumstances. Our directors and executive officers may also buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material, nonpublic information.

112


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the director and executive officer compensation arrangements discussed above under the heading “ Management — Director Compensation ” and “ Executive Compensation ,” respectively, the following is a description of transactions, or series of related transactions, since January 1, 2007 to which we were or will be a party, in which:

the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and
any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities or any member of their immediate families had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Equity Financings

Series D Preferred Stock Financing

In May 2007, we sold an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of our Series D preferred stock at a purchase price per share of $1.60, for an aggregate purchase price of $16,000,000, and, in connection therewith, issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 3,333,333 shares of our Series D preferred stock at an exercise price per share of $2.40. In conjunction with the Series D preferred stock financing, in September 2007, $1,000,000 in promissory notes were converted into 625,000 shares of our Series D preferred stock at a purchase price per share of $1.60 and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 208,332 shares of our Series D preferred stock at an exercise price per share of $2.40 were issued to such purchasers. Purchasers of our Series D preferred stock included entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners and Bay Partners, each of which, as a result of the transaction, became a holder of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock and whose representatives, Byron Deeter and Neil Sadaranganey, respectively, are members of our board. The following table summarizes purchases of Series D preferred stock and warrants to purchase Series D preferred stock by the above-listed investors:

       
Name of Stockholder   Number of
Series D
Shares
  Series D
Warrants
  Exercise
Price per
Share
  Dollar
Amount
Entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners (1)     6,250,000       2,083,333     $ 2.40     $ 10,000,000  
Entities affiliated with Bay Partners (2)     3,750,000       1,250,000     $ 2.40     $ 6,000,000  

(1) Affiliates of Bessemer Venture Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Bessemer Venture Partners VI L.P., Bessemer Venture Partners Co-Investment L.P. and Bessemer Venture Partners VI Institutional L.P.
(2) Affiliates of Bay Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Bay Partners XI, L.P. and Bay Partners XI Parallel Fund, L.P.

113


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Series E Preferred Stock Financing

In January 2009, we sold an aggregate of 5,272,727 shares of Series E preferred stock at purchase price per share of $1.65, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $8,700,000, and, in connection therewith, issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,054,543 shares of Series E preferred stock at an exercise price per share of $2.40. Purchasers of the Series E preferred stock include entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners, Bay Partners and Meritech Capital, each of which holds more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock and whose representatives, Byron Deeter, Neil Sadaranganey and Robert Ward, respectively, are members of our board. The following table summarizes purchases of Series E preferred stock and warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock by the above-listed investors:

       
Name of Stockholder   Number of
Series E
Shares
  Series E
Warrants
  Exercise
Price per
Share
  Dollar
Amount
Entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners (1)     90,909       18,182     $ 2.40     $ 150,000  
Entities affiliated with Bay Partners (2)     151,515       30,303     $ 2.40     $ 250,000  
Entities affiliated with Meritech Capital (3)     4,848,485       969,696     $ 2.40     $ 8,000,000  

(1) Affiliates of Bessemer Venture Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Bessemer Venture Partners VI L.P., Bessemer Venture Partners Co-Investment L.P. and Bessemer Venture Partners VI Institutional L.P.
(2) Affiliates of Bay Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Bay Partners XI, L.P. and Bay Partners XI Parallel Fund, L.P.
(3) Affiliates of Meritech Capital holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Meritech Capital Partners III, L.P. and Meritech Capital Affiliates III, L.P.

Repurchase Agreements

On May 10, 2007 in connection with the sale of our Series D preferred stock, we repurchased 650,000 shares of our common stock from Adam Miller, our President and Chief Executive Officer, at a purchase price per share of $1.10, for aggregate consideration of $715,000. See Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements.

On May 10, 2007, in connection with the sale of our Series D preferred stock, we repurchased 4,500,000 shares of Series A preferred stock from Aon Corporation at a purchase price per share of $1.20, for aggregate consideration of $5,400,000. See Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements.

Loans to Executive Officers

We entered into employment agreements in May 2007 with each of Perry Wallack, our Chief Financial Officer, and Steven Seymour, our Executive Vice President of Strategic Accounts, which provided for a loan to each of Messrs. Wallack and Seymour in an aggregate principal amount of $300,000 at an interest rate of 5% annually, upon their satisfaction of certain performance requirements. The outstanding principal and accrued interest due under each loan was charged to compensation expense in 2007 and 2008.

114


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Stock Option Repricing

On December 5, 2007, in accordance with the terms of the 1999 Plan, the board approved a reduction in the exercise prices of certain options held by our directors and then current full-time employees, including certain of our executive officers. The exercise prices of the options held by the directors and executive officers below were reduced in connection with the repricing as follows:

       
    Repriced Options
Name of Optionee   Title   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Repriced
Options
  Original
Exercise Price
($)
  Exercise Price
After Repricing
($)
Mark Baker     Director       50,000       0.85       0.34  
Harold Burlingame     Director       25,000       0.85       0.34  
Steven Seymour     Executive Vice President of
Strategic Accounts
      350,000       0.85       0.34  
             247,500       0.55       0.34  
          100,000       0.80       0.34  
Perry Wallack     Chief Financial Officer       250,000       0.85       0.34  
                180,000       0.55       0.34  

Investors’ Rights Agreement

We have entered into an investors’ rights agreement with certain holders of our common stock and preferred stock, including Adam Miller, our Chief Executive Officer, and entities affiliated with each of Bessemer Venture Partners, Bay Partners and Meritech Capital, each of which is a holder of more than 5% of our capital stock, that provides for certain rights relating to the registration of their shares of common stock, including shares issued upon conversion of their preferred stock. See “ Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights ” below for additional information.

Employment Agreement with Chief Technology Officer

On May 24, 2010, we entered into an employment agreement with Mark Goldin, our Chief Technology Officer. The employment agreement specifies that Mr. Goldin is an “at will” employee and provides for an initial base salary of $250,000. Under the terms of the employment agreement, Mr. Goldin is entitled to participate in our executive compensation plan or other applicable bonus plans adopted by the board as well as in any other employee benefit plans that are maintained by us for the benefit of our executive officers. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the employment agreement and our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, on September 20, 2010, we granted Mr. Goldin an option to purchase 215,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.76, which the board determined to be the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. One-fourth of the shares subject to the option will vest on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and  1/48 th of the shares subject to the option will vest each month thereafter, on the same date of the month as the vesting commencement date, such that all of the shares subject to the option will be vested and exercisable on the fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to Mr. Goldin's continuing service with us on such dates. If we are acquired and Mr. Goldin is terminated or his position is materially diminished within six months of such acquisition, the unvested portion of his option will immediately vest. If we terminate Mr. Goldin for any reason other than for cause, death or disability, Mr. Goldin will be entitled to receive continuing severance pay at a rate equal to his base salary and the continuation of coverage under our employee benefit plans, in each case for a period of three months after termination.

Subscription Services Agreement

James McGeever, a member of our board of directors since June 2010, is the Chief Operating Officer of NetSuite Inc. In December 2009, we entered into a subscription services agreement with NetSuite, under which we licensed the use of NetSuite’s enterprise resource planning software to manage portions of our financial systems. In 2009, we incurred obligations to pay approximately

115


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

$40,000 to NetSuite in license, maintenance and support fees under the terms of the agreement. We expect to incur obligations to pay approximately $90,000 in such fees in 2010 and a similar amount in such fees in future years for so long as the agreement remains in effect.

Indemnification Agreements

We have also entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. The indemnification agreements and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. See “ Executive Compensation — Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters .”

Transactions with Cornerstone OnDemand Foundation

We formed the Cornerstone OnDemand Foundation in 2010. The Foundation’s board of directors has three members. Adam Miller, our Chief Executive Officer, serves as the chairman of the Foundation's board. Neither of the two other directors is an officer or employee of our company. We intend to enter into a distribution agreement with the Foundation pursuant to which we will allow the Foundation to distribute our solution to non-profit organizations at significantly reduced rates on terms generally similar to terms in our other distribution agreements. This agreement will be negotiated on an arms-length basis, and Mr. Miller will recuse himself from the negotiations with respect thereto.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

We intend to adopt a formal written policy that our executive officers, directors, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, and any member of the immediate family of and any entity affiliated with any of the foregoing persons, are not permitted to enter into a related party transaction with us, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000, without the prior consent of our audit committee. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our audit committee will take into account the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to our audit committee, including, but not limited to, the risks, costs and benefits to us, the terms of the transaction, the availability of other sources for comparable services or products, and whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third-party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described above were entered into prior to the adoption of this policy.

116


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth, as of August 31, 2010, information regarding beneficial ownership of our capital stock by:

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our voting securities;
each of our named executive officers;
each of our directors;
all of our executive officers and directors as a group; and
each of the selling stockholders.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Under such rules, a person is generally deemed to beneficially own a security if such person has sole or shared voting or investment power with respect to that security, including with respect to options and warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. Except as indicated in the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they are deemed to beneficially own, subject to community property laws where applicable.

Shares of common stock subject to stock options and warrants currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2010 are deemed to be outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of the person holding these options and warrants and the percentage ownership of any group of which the holder is a member but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person.

We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership prior to the offering on 38,890,143 shares of our common stock outstanding on August 31, 2010, assuming the conversion of all shares of our outstanding preferred stock into 23,752,616 shares of our common stock and the issuance of 5,081,057 shares of our common stock upon the assumed exercise of warrants that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering. We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership after the offering on        shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares).

Unless otherwise noted below, the address for each of the stockholders in the table below is c/o Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc., 1601 Cloverfield Blvd., Suite 620 South, Santa Monica, California 90404.

         
  Beneficial Ownership
Prior to the Offering (1)
    Beneficial Ownership
After the Offering (1)
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner   Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
  Percent   Shares
Being
Offered
  Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
  Percent
5% Stockholders:
                                            
Entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners (2)     8,442,424       21.7                             
Entities affiliated with Meritech Capital (3)     5,818,181       15.0                             
Entities affiliated with Bay Partners (4)     5,553,900       14.3                          

117


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

         
  Beneficial Ownership
Prior to the Offering (1)
    Beneficial Ownership
After the Offering (1)
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner   Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
  Percent   Shares
Being
Offered
  Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
  Percent
Executive officers and directors:
                                            
Adam L. Miller (5)     7,000,000       18.0                             
Perry A. Wallack (6)     700,625       1.8                             
Steven D. Seymour (7)     900,625       2.3                             
David J. Carter (8)     148,958       *                             
Vincent Belliveau (9)     345,833       *                             
R.C. Mark Baker (10)     300,098       *                             
Harold W. Burlingame (11)     106,250       *                             
Byron B. Deeter (12)           *                             
James McGeever (13)           *                             
Neil G. Sadaranganey (14)     5,553,900       14.3                             
Robert D. Ward (15)     5,818,181       15.0                             
All executive officers and directors as a group (12 persons) (16)     20,874,470       52.7                             
Other selling stockholders                                             

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent (1%).
(1) Shares shown in the table above include shares held in the beneficial owner’s name or jointly with others, or in the name of a bank, nominee or trustee for the beneficial owner’s account.
(2) Consists of: (i) 4,685,370 shares held of record by Bessemer Venture Partners VI L.P.; (ii) 1,577,414 shares held of record by Bessemer Venture Partners Co-Investment L.P.; (iii) 78,125 shares held of record by Bessemer Venture Partners VI Institutional L.P.; (iv) 1,552,699 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Bessemer Venture Partners VI, L.P. that are immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $2.40 per share; (v) 522,774 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Bessemer Venture Partners Co-Investment L.P. that are immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $2.40 per share; and (vi) 26,042 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Bessemer Venture Partners VI Institutional L.P that are immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $2.40 per share. Deer VI & Co. LLC is the general partner of each of Bessemer Venture Partners VI, L.P., Bessemer Venture Partners Co-Investment L.P. and Bessemer Venture Partners VI Institutional L.P. (collectively referred to as the “Bessemer Venture Partners Entities”). David J. Cowan, J. Edmund Colloton, Robert M. Stavis, Robin S. Chandra and Robert P. Goodman are the executive managers of Deer VI & Co. LLC and share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the Bessemer Venture Partners Entities. Mr. Deeter, one of our directors, has no voting or dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the Bessemer Venture Partners Entities. The address for these entities is 1865 Palmer Avenue, Suite 104, Larchmont, New York 10538.
(3) Consists of (i) 4,761,697 shares held of record by Meritech Capital Partners III L.P.; (ii) 86,788 shares held of record by Meritech Capital Affiliates III L.P.; (iii) 952,339 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Meritech Capital Partners III L.P. that are immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $2.40 per share; and (iv) 17,357 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Meritech Capital Affiliates III L.P. that are immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $2.40 per share. Meritech Capital Associates III L.L.C., the general partner of Meritech Capital Partners III L.P. and Meritech Capital Affiliates III L.P., has sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Meritech Capital Partners III L.P. and Meritech Capital Affiliates III L.P. The managing member of Meritech Capital Associates III L.L.C. is Meritech Management Associates III L.L.C. The managing members of Meritech Management Associates III L.L.C. are Paul S. Madera, Michael B. Gordon, Robert D. Ward and George H. Bischof, who disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by these entities, except to the extent of their respective individual pecuniary interest therein. The address for each of these entities is 245 Lytton Avenue, Suite 350, Palo Alto, California 94301.

118


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(4) Consists of (i) 4,252,228 shares held of record by Bay Partners XI, L.P.; (ii) 21,369 shares held of record by Bay Partners XI Parallel Fund, L.P.; (iii) 1,273,901 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Bay Partners XI, L.P. that are immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $2.40 per share; and (iv) 6,402 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Bay Partners XI Parallel Fund, L.P. that are immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $2.40 per share. Bay Management Company XI, LLC the General Partner of Bay Partners XI L.P. and Bay Partners XI Parallel Fund has sole voting and dispositive powers with respect to the shares held by Bay Partners XI L.P. and Bay Partners XI Parallel Fund. The Managers of Bay Management Company XI, LLC are Atul Kapadia, Neal Dempsey and Neil G. Sadaranganey, who disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by these entities except to the extent of their respective pecuniary interest therein. The address of each of these entities is 490 S California Suite 200, Palo Alto, CA, 94306.
(5) Consists of (i) 5,250,000 shares held of record by Adam Miller; (ii) 250,000 shares held of record by the Miller Family Education GRAT dated June 25, 2010 for which Mr. Miller serves as trustee; and (iii) 1,500,000 shares held of record by the Miller 2010 Family GRAT for which Mr. Miller's spouse serves as investment advisor.
(6) Consists of (i) 691,251 shares held of record by Perry Wallack and (ii) options to purchase 9,374 shares exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2010. Does not include 27,000 shares transferred to Mr. Wallack on September 23, 2010 as part of a liquidating distribution from CyberU Investment Alliance, LLC, of which Mr. Wallack was a non-managing member.
(7) Consists of (i) 887,605 shares held of record by Steven Seymour and (ii) options to purchase 13,020 shares exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2010. Does not include 12,361 shares transferred to Mr. Seymour on September 23, 2010 as part of a liquidating distribution from CyberU Investment Alliance, LLC, of which Mr. Seymour was a non-managing member.
(8) Consists of options to purchase 148,958 shares exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2010.
(9) Consists of options to purchase 345,833 shares exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2010.
(10) Consists of (i) 200,098 shares held of record by Mr. Baker and (ii) options to purchase 100,000 shares exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2010.
(11) Consists of (i) 31,250 shares held of record by Harold W. Burlingame and (ii) options to purchase 75,000 shares exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2010.
(12) Mr. Deeter serves as an employee of Bessemer Venture Partners, the management company affiliate of the Bessemer Venture Partners Entities that hold an aggregate of 8,442,424 shares of our common stock as disclosed in footnote 2 to this table. Mr. Deeter has a passive economic interest in (i) a limited partner of Bessemer Venture Partners Co-Investment L.P. and (ii) Deer VI & Co. LLC, the general partner of the Bessemer Venture Partners Entities. Mr. Deeter disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Bessemer Venture Partners Entities, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
(13) Does not reflect 60,000 shares issued to Mr. McGeever after August 31, 2010. For additional details, see “ Management — Director Compensation .”
(14) Consists of the shares listed in footnote 4 above, which are held by entities affiliated with Bay Partners. Mr. Sadaranganey is a manager of Bay Management Company XI LLC, the general partner of Bay Partners XI, L.P. and Bay Partners XI Parallel Fund, L.P. Mr. Sadaranganey disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by these entities affiliated with Bay Partners, except to the extent of his individual pecuniary interest therein.
(15) Consists of the shares listed in footnote 3 above, which are held by entities affiliated with Meritech Capital. Mr. Ward is a managing member of Meritech Management Associates III L.L.C. and holds shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by these entities affiliated with Meritech Capital. Mr. Ward disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by these entities affiliated with Meritech Capital, except to the extent of his individual pecuniary interest therein.
(16) Consists of (i) 17,932,286 shares held of record by the current directors and executive officers; (ii) options to purchase 692,185 shares exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2010; and (iii) 2,249,999 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants that are immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $2.40 per share.

119


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

Upon the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue up to         shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and         shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share. The following information reflects (i) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, (ii) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of common stock and (iii) the issuance of 5,081,057 shares of common stock upon the exercise of warrants outstanding that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering, in each case immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

As of August 31, 2010, there were outstanding:

38,890,143 shares of common stock held by approximately 118 stockholders; and
4,329,940 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options.

All of our issued and outstanding shares of capital stock are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. Our shares of common stock are not redeemable and, following the closing of this offering, will not have preemptive rights.

As of August 31, 2010, there were warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,090,000 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $1.77 per share that will remain outstanding after this offering.

The following description of our capital stock and provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering. Copies of these documents will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The descriptions of our common stock and preferred stock reflect changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering.

Common Stock

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds. We have never declared or paid dividends on any of our common stock and currently do not anticipate paying any cash dividends after the offering or in the foreseeable future.

Voting Rights

Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights with respect to the election of directors. Accordingly, holders of a majority of our voting shares are able to elect all of the members of our board of directors.

Liquidation

In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Rights and Preferences

Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion, subscription or other rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate in the future.

120


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Warrants

Immediately following the closing of this offering, there will be outstanding warrants to purchase an aggregate of 569,375 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $1.92 per share. Of such warrants, warrants to purchase 125,000 shares of common stock will expire in 2012, warrants to purchase 150,000 shares of common stock will expire in 2013, warrants to purchase 199,375 shares of common stock will expire in 2014 and warrants to purchase 95,000 shares of common stock will expire in 2020. All of the warrants may be exercised on a net basis whereby, in lieu of paying the exercise price in cash, the holder may instruct us to withhold a number of shares that has a fair market value at the time of exercise equal to the aggregate exercise price. Included in the 95,000 warrants to purchase shares of common stock above, in connection with a loan and security agreement we entered into with Silicon Valley Bank in August 2010, we issued a warrant, or the SVB Warrant, to purchase up to 90,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $3.50 per share. If not exercised, this warrant will expire after August 20, 2020. Also included in warrants to purchase 95,000 shares of common stock above, in connection with the refinancing of our senior debt under a securities purchase agreement entered into with Ironwood Equity Fund LP, in August 2010, we issued a warrant, or the Ironwood Warrant, to purchase up to 5,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $3.50 per share. If not exercised, this warrant will expire after August 20, 2020. Both the SVB Warrant and the Ironwood Warrant contain provisions for the adjustment of the warrant’s exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of a stock dividend, reclassification, stock split, consolidation or similar event.

In addition to the above common stock warrants, immediately following the closing of this offering, warrants to purchase 380,000 shares of Series C preferred stock at a weighted average exercise price of $1.60 will become warrants to purchase common stock. Included in these warrants, in connection with a loan and security agreement we entered into with ORIX Venture Finance LLC in June 2004, we issued a warrant to purchase 225,000 shares of our common stock, assuming the automatic conversion of our convertible preferred stock into common stock in connection with the offering, at an exercise price of $1.60 per share. If not exercised, this warrant will expire after June 29, 2011, provided that, subject to certain exceptions, immediately prior to the expiration date, the warrant will automatically net exercise. The warrant contains provisions for the adjustment of the warrant’s exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of a stock dividend, reclassification, stock split, consolidation or similar event. The remaining warrants to purchase 155,000 shares will also expire in June 2011.

Further to the above, immediately following the closing of this offering, a warrant to purchase 140,625 of Series D preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.60 will become a warrant to purchase common stock. This warrant was issued in connection with a loan and security agreement we entered into with Comerica Bank in September 2007. If not exercised, this warrant will expire after September 12, 2014, provided that if this offering closes between September 12, 2011 and September 12, 2014, the warrant will expire after September 12, 2017. The warrant contains provisions for the adjustment of the warrant’s exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of a stock dividend, reclassification, stock split, consolidation or similar event.

Preferred Stock

After the completion of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding. Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue from time to time up to            shares of preferred stock in one or more series. Our board of directors may designate the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of any series. The issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of restricting dividends on our common stock, diluting the voting power of our common stock, impairing the liquidation rights of our common stock or delaying,

121


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

deterring or preventing a change in control. Such issuance could also have the effect of decreasing the market price of the common stock. We currently have no plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Registration Rights

Demand Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of approximately    shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time following the 180th day after the effective date of this registration statement on Form S-1, the holders of at least 50% of these shares can, on not more than one occasion, request that we register all or a portion of their shares. Such request for registration must cover at least that number of shares with reasonably expected aggregate offering proceeds, which (after deduction of underwriters’ discounts and expenses related to the offering) equal or exceed $5.0 million. If our board of directors determines in good faith that it would be materially detrimental to us and not in our best interest for a registration statement to be filed, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12 month period, for a period of up to 180 days.

Piggyback Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, in the event that we propose to register the offer and sale of any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of approximately    shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing the holder to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to a demand registration, registration related to employee benefit plans, debt securities, corporate reorganizations or other transactions to be registered on Form S-4, a registration on Form S-3 of securities to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act, or any registration that does not permit secondary re-sales, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the registration, to include their shares in the registration.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of approximately    shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. The holders of these shares can make a written request that we register the offer and sale of their shares on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and if the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered is at least $2.0 million. We will not be required to effect a registration on Form S-3 if we have effected two such registrations in a given 12 month period. If our board of directors determines in good faith that it would be materially detrimental to us and not in our best interest for a registration statement to be filed, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12 month period, for a period of up to 180 days.

We will pay the registration expenses, subject to certain specified exceptions, of the holders of the shares registered pursuant to the demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registrations described above. In an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include.

The demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights described above will expire, with respect to any particular stockholder, three years following the completion of this offering or when that stockholder is able to sell all of its shares under Rule 144 of the Securities Act during any 90-day period.

Pursuant to our investors’ rights agreement, each stockholder that has registration rights has agreed that to the extent requested by us and the underwriters, such stockholder will not sell or otherwise dispose of any securities for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain terms and conditions. See “ Underwriting .”

122


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws to be in Effect Upon the Completion of this Offering

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the completion of this offering will provide for our board of directors to be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, our stockholders holding a majority of the shares of common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon the completion of this offering will provide that all stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders and not by a consent in writing, and that only our board of directors, chairman of the board, chief executive officer or president (in the absence of a chief executive officer) may call a special meeting of stockholders.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will require a 70% stockholder vote for the amendment, repeal or modification of certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws relating to the classification of our board of directors, the requirement that stockholder actions be effected at a duly called meeting and the designated parties entitled to call a special meeting of the stockholders. The combination of the classification of our board of directors, the lack of cumulative voting and the 70% stockholder voting requirements will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our control.

These provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in our control or management. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of us and are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions also are intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit increases in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

before such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

123


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66-2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

In general, Section 203 defines business combination to include the following:

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;
any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;
subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;
any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or
the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loss, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

Acceleration of Options Upon Change of Control

Generally, under our 1999 Stock Plan, 2009 Equity Incentive Plan and 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, in the event of certain mergers, a reorganization or consolidation of our company with or into another corporation or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets or all of our capital stock wherein the successor corporation does not assume outstanding options or issue equivalent options, outstanding options under such plans will accelerate pursuant to the terms of such plans.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification

See “ Management — Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters .”

Listing

We intend to apply to have our common stock approved for quotation on            under the symbol “        .”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is                   .

124


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and although we expect that our common stock will be approved for listing on           , we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock following this offering. We cannot predict what effect, if any, sales of our shares in the public market or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price of our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options or warrants, or the perception that such sales may occur, however, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our common stock or other equity-related securities at times and prices we believe appropriate.

Upon the completion of this offering, a total of       shares of our common stock will be outstanding, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock upon the completion of the offering and the issuance of       shares of common stock upon the assumed net exercise of warrants that would otherwise expire upon the completion of the offering. All of the shares of common stock expected to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act unless held by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as that term is defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered under the Securities Act or if those securities qualify for an exemption from registration, including exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

As a result of the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, and assuming no extension of the lock-up period and no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, the shares of our common stock that will be deemed “restricted securities” will be available for sale in the public market following the completion of this offering as follows:

   shares will be eligible for sale on the date of this prospectus; and
   shares will be eligible for sale upon expiration of the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described below 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

In addition, of the       shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of      , options to purchase       shares of common stock were vested as of such date and will be eligible for sale for 180 days following the date of this prospectus, subject to extensions as described under the heading “ Underwriting .''

We may issue shares of our common stock from time to time for a variety of corporate purposes, including in capital-raising activities through future public offerings or private placements, in connection with exercise of stock options or warrants, vesting of restricted stock units and other issuances relating to our employee benefit plans and as consideration for future acquisitions, investments or other purposes. The number of shares of our common stock that we may issue may be significant, depending on the events surrounding such issuances. In some cases, the shares we issue may be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act; in other cases, we may grant registration rights covering the shares issued in connection with these issuances, in which case the holders of the shares will have the right, under certain circumstances, to cause us to register any such shares for resale to the public.

Lock-Up and Market Stand-Off Agreements

We and our officers, directors and substantially all of the holders of our equity securities, including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock, other than the shares which the selling stockholders may sell in this offering, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Barclays Capital Inc., subject to specified exceptions and a possible

125


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

extension under certain circumstances beyond the end of such 180-day period, after the date of this prospectus. These agreements are described below under the section captioned “ Underwriting .”

In addition to the restrictions contained in the lock-up agreements described above, we have entered into agreements with certain securityholders, including our investors' rights agreement, that contain market stand-off provisions imposing restrictions on the ability of such securityholders to offer, sell or transfer our equity securities for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus.

Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Barclays Capital Inc. have advised us that they have no present intent or arrangement to release any shares subject to a lock-up and will consider the release of any shares subject to a lock-up on a case-by-case basis. Upon a request to release any shares subject to a lock-up, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Barclays Capital Inc. will consider the particular circumstances surrounding the request, including, but not limited to, the length of time before the lock-up expires, the number of shares requested to be released, the reasons for the request, the possible impact on the market for our common stock and whether the holder of our shares requesting the release is an officer, director or other affiliate of ours.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any shares of our common stock that such person has beneficially owned for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, without regard to the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Sales of our common stock by any such person will be subject to the availability of certain current public information about us if the shares to be sold have been beneficially owned by such person for less than one year.

In addition, under Rule 144, a person may sell shares of our common stock acquired from us immediately upon the completion of this offering, without regard to the registration requirements of the Securities Act or the availability of public information about us, if:

the person is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months; and
the person has beneficially owned the shares to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates.

Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, will be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately         shares immediately after this offering; and
the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on            during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. To the extent that shares were acquired from one of our affiliates, a person’s holding period for the purpose of effecting a sale under Rule 144 commences on the date of transfer from the affiliate.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, a person who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates during the immediately preceding 90 days may sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with public information and holding-period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are

126


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such Rule 701 shares pursuant to Rule 144. However, as discussed above, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements or market stand-off provisions, and, as a result, these shares will only become eligible for sale at the earlier of the expiration of the lock-up period or upon obtaining the consent of the underwriters to release all or any portion of these shares from the lock-up agreements.

Registration Rights

Upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described above, the holders of approximately    shares of our common stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of those shares under the Securities Act. For a description of these registration rights, please see “ Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights .” After these shares are registered, they will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act.

Stock Options

As soon as practicable after the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock subject to options outstanding or reserved for issuance under our 1999 Plan, 2009 Plan and 2010 Plan. This registration statement will become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by the Form S-8 registration statement will thereupon be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described above and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates. For a more complete discussion of our stock plans, see “ Management — Employee Benefit and Stock Plans .”

Warrants

Upon completion of this offering, warrants entitling the holders to purchase an aggregate of 1,090,000 shares of our common stock at exercise prices ranging from $1.60 to $3.50 per share (subject to adjustment as provided in the warrants) will remain outstanding. See “ Description of Capital Stock — Warrants ” for additional information. The shares issued upon exercise of the warrants may be sold after the expiration of the lock-up period described above, subject the requirements of Rule 144 described above.

127


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX
CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering. This discussion is not a complete analysis of all the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences relating thereto, nor does it address any tax consequences arising under any state, local or non-U.S. tax laws, the U.S. federal estate tax or gift tax rules or any other U.S. federal tax laws. This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (referred to herein as the “Code”), Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, all as in effect as of the date of this offering. These authorities may change, possibly retroactively, resulting in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. No ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS with respect to the matters discussed below, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a contrary position regarding the tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership or disposition of our common stock, or that any such contrary position would not be sustained by a court.

This discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders who purchase our common stock issued pursuant to this offering and who hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular holder in light of that holder’s particular circumstances. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may be relevant to holders subject to special rules under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including, without limitation, persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than 5% of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below), certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States, an integral part or controlled entity of a foreign sovereign, partnerships and other pass-through entities, real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, banks, financial institutions, insurance companies, brokers, dealers or traders in securities, commodities or currencies, tax-exempt organizations, tax-qualified retirement plans, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation, persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment or persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.

If a partnership (or other entity taxed as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock and partners in such partnerships are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the specific U.S. federal income tax consequences to them of acquiring, owning or disposing of our common stock.

THIS DISCUSSION OF MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF ACQUIRING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK WITH RESPECT TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAX LAWS, THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES, ANY OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS AND ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

128


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Definition of Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is not a “U.S. person” or a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any of the following:

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;
a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
a trust (i) if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of such trust or (ii) that has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Distributions on Our Common Stock

As described in the section titled “ Dividend Policy ,” we do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock. If, however, we make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and will first be applied against and reduce a non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as gain from the sale of stock and will be treated as described under the section titled “ Gain on Sale or Disposition of Our Common Stock ” below.

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock that are not effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by such holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends, or such lower rate specified by an applicable tax treaty. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must timely furnish to us or our paying agent a valid IRS Form W-8BEN (or applicable successor form) certifying such holder’s qualification for the reduced rate. This certification must be provided to us or our paying agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, who then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. Non-U.S. holders that do not timely provide us or our paying agent with the required certification, but that qualify for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding possible entitlement to benefits under a tax treaty.

If a non-U.S. holder holds our common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and dividends paid on the common stock are effectively connected with such holder’s U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable tax treaty, attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States), dividends paid to the non-U.S. holder will be exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax. To claim the exemption, the non-U.S. holder must furnish to us or our paying agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form), certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States.

129


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Any dividends paid on our common stock that are effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable tax treaty, attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States) generally will be subject to graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, net of deductions and credits, in the same manner as if such holder were a U.S. person. Dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business and paid to a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable tax treaty). Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

A non-U.S. holder that claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty generally will be required to satisfy applicable certification and other requirements prior to the distribution date. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.

Gain on Sale or Disposition of Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or disposition of our common stock unless:

the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States and, if required by an applicable tax treaty, attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States;
the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for a period or periods of 183 days or more in the aggregate during the taxable year of the sale or disposition and certain other requirements are met; or
our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation, or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes during the relevant statutory period.

Unless an applicable tax treaty provides otherwise, the gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at graduated tax rates on a net income basis in the same manner as if such holder were a U.S. person. A non-U.S. holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable tax treaty). Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Gain described in the second bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such a lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), but may be offset by U.S. source capital losses of the non-U.S. holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe that we currently are not, and we do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our non-U.S. real property interests and other trade or business assets, however, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. In the event we do become a USRPHC, as long as our common stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market, our common stock will be treated as a U.S. real property interest only with respect to a non-U.S. holder that actually or constructively holds more than 5 percent of our common stock at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding the date of disposition or the holder’s holding period. We expect our common stock to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market, although we cannot guarantee that it will be so traded. If gain on the sale or other taxable disposition of our stock were

130


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

subject to taxation under the third bullet point above, the non-U.S. holder would be subject to regular U.S. federal income tax with respect to such gain in generally the same manner as a U.S. person.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to such holder, the name and address of the non-U.S. holder, and the amount of any tax withheld with respect to those dividends. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. Under certain circumstances, the Code imposes an information reporting and a backup withholding obligation (currently at a rate of 28%) on certain reportable payments such as dividends paid on or the gross proceeds from disposition of our common stock. Backup withholding generally will not, however, apply to payments of dividends to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock provided the non-U.S. holder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person that is not an exempt recipient.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

New Legislation Relating to Foreign Accounts

Newly enacted legislation may impose withholding taxes on certain types of payments made to “foreign financial institutions” (as specially defined under these rules) and certain other non-U.S. entities. Under this legislation, the failure to comply with additional certification, information reporting and other specified requirements could result in withholding tax being imposed on payments of dividends and sales proceeds to foreign intermediaries and certain non-U.S. holders. The legislation imposes a 30% withholding tax on dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a foreign financial institution or to a foreign non-financial entity, unless (i) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations or (ii) the foreign non-financial entity either certifies it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial U.S. owner. If the payee is a foreign financial institution, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain U.S. persons or U.S.-owned foreign entities, annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on payments to account holders whose actions prevent it from complying with these reporting and other requirements. The legislation would apply to payments made after December 31, 2012. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding this legislation.

131


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNDERWRITING

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Barclays Capital Inc. are joint bookrunning managers and the representatives of the underwriters.

 
  Number of
Shares
Goldman, Sachs & Co.           
Barclays Capital Inc.               
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.           
Piper Jaffray & Co.           
Pacific Crest Securities LLC         
JMP Securities LLC         
Total               

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional          shares from the selling stockholders. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholders. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase          additional shares.

Paid by Us

   
  No Exercise   Full Exercise
Per Share   $          $       
Total   $          $       

Paid by the Selling Stockholders

   
  No Exercise   Full Exercise
Per Share   $          $       
Total   $          $       

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $       per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We, our officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of the company’s common stock, including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives. See “ Shares Eligible for Future Sale ” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

132


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We intend to apply to have our common stock approved for quotation on            under the symbol “        ”.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Shorts sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on           , in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the

133


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

(a) to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;
(c) to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or
(d) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

(e) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and
(f) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore,

134


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

or SFA, (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

We and the selling stockholders estimate that the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $       . We will pay all such expenses.

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act arising out of, or based upon, certain material misstatements or omissions as well as to reimburse each underwriter for any expenses reasonably incurred by such underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. We and the selling stockholders have also agreed to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of such liabilities.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. In addition, an affiliate of Barclays Capital Inc. entered into a subscription agreement with us for our solution on September 21, 2007, as amended and supplemented, and is currently one of our largest clients.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the company. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

135


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters with respect to the legality of the issuance of the shares of common stock offered by us and offered by the selling stockholders in this prospectus will be passed upon for us and for the selling stockholders by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., Palo Alto, California. The underwriters are being represented by Latham & Watkins LLP, Menlo Park, California, in connection with the offering.

EXPERTS

The financial statements as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits and the financial statements and notes filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract (or other document) are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement is this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit.

You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov. We also maintain a website at www.csod.com , at which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above.

136


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  PAGE
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm     F-2  
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2008, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited)     F-3  
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2009 (unaudited) and 2010 (unaudited)     F-4  
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010 (unaudited)     F-5  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2009 (unaudited) and 2010 (unaudited)     F-6  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements     F-7  

F-1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheets and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ deficit and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. (the “Company”) at December 31, 2009 and 2008 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, in 2009, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements on a retrospective basis and uncertainty in income taxes with an adoption date of January 1, 2007.

  

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  
Los Angeles, California
September 27, 2010

F-2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except per share data)

       
       
  December 31,
2008
  December 31,
2009
  June 30,
2010
  Pro Forma
June 30,
2010
               (unaudited)
Assets
                                   
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 3,290     $ 8,061     $ 7,106           
Accounts receivable     8,803       12,075       10,103           
Deferred commissions     564       1,445       1,754           
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     488       723       1,234           
Total current assets     13,145       22,304       20,197           
Capitalized software development costs, net     1,385       1,980       2,132           
Property and equipment, net     1,018       2,229       3,975           
Other assets, net     386       504       554               
Total Assets   $ 15,934     $ 27,017     $ 26,858               
Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit
                                   
Liabilities:
                                   
Accounts payable   $ 1,037     $ 1,505     $ 1,588           
Accrued expenses     1,945       3,619       3,086           
Deferred revenue, current portion     13,632       18,726       19,186           
Capital lease obligations, current portion     266       694       1,303           
Debt, current portion     4,300       2,014       5,723           
Other liabilities     57       73       85           
Total current liabilities     21,237       26,631       30,971           
Other liabilities, non-current     236       243       257           
Deferred revenue, net of current portion     729       781       246           
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion     338       1,158       1,878           
Long-term debt, net of current portion     2,552       4,045       3,906           
Preferred stock warrant liabilities     2,282       5,683       10,125           
Total Liabilities     27,374       38,541       47,383           
Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)
                                   
Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 7,724, 3,224 and 3,224 shares authorized at December 31, 2008, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited), 3,224 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited), and          shares outstanding pro forma (unaudited); liquidation preference of $3,224 at December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited)     2,144       2,144       2,144           
Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 2,600 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited), and          shares outstanding pro forma (unaudited); liquidation preference of $3,250 at December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited)     3,250       3,250       3,250           
Series C convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 2,456 shares authorized and 2,031 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited), and          shares outstanding pro forma (unaudited); liquidation preference of $3,250 at December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited)     3,250       3,250       3,250           
Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 14,417 shares authorized and 10,625 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited), and          shares outstanding pro forma (unaudited); liquidation preference of $17,000 at December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited)     15,186       16,628       17,973           
Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 7,030 shares authorized, 5,273 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited), and          shares outstanding pro forma (unaudited); liquidation preference of $8,700 at December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited)           8,582       9,242           
Stockholders’ Deficit:
                                   
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 41,502, 50,000 and 50,000 shares authorized, 9,105, 9,153 and 9,204 shares issued, and 8,455, 8,503 and 8,554 shares outstanding at December 31, 2008, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited),          shares issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)     1       1       1           
Treasury stock, at cost, 650 shares at December 31, 2008 and 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited)     (462 )       (462 )       (462 )           
Accumulated other comprehensive income                 1           
Additional paid-in capital     65                       
Accumulated deficit     (34,874 )       (44,917 )       (55,924 )               
Total stockholders’ deficit     (35,270 )       (45,378 )       (56,384 )               
Total Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit   $ 15,934     $ 27,017     $ 26,858               

 
 
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except per share data)

         
  Years Ended December 31,   Six Months Ended June 30,
     2007   2008   2009   2009   2010
                    (unaudited)
Revenue   $ 10,976     $ 19,626     $ 29,322     $ 13,804     $ 20,283  
Cost of revenue     3,911       6,116       8,676       3,961       6,227  
Gross profit     7,065       13,510       20,646       9,843       14,056  
Operating expenses:
                                            
Selling and marketing     9,343       16,914       18,886       8,316       12,946  
Research and development     1,754       2,724       2,791       1,247       2,145  
General and administrative     2,653       2,564       4,329       1,934       3,116  
Total operating expenses     13,750       22,202       26,006       11,497       18,207  
Loss from operations     (6,685 )       (8,692 )       (5,360 )       (1,654 )       (4,151 )  
Other income (expense):
                                            
Interest income     195       66       32       23       2  
Interest expense     (351 )       (371 )       (691 )       (274 )       (429 )  
Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities     1,147       (790 )       (2,147 )       (1,175 )       (4,442 )  
Other, net     12       (334 )       (154 )       (28 )       (174 )  
Other income (expense), net     1,003       (1,429 )       (2,960 )       (1,454 )       (5,043 )  
Loss before provision for income taxes     (5,682 )       (10,121 )       (8,320 )       (3,108 )       (9,194 )  
Provision for income taxes     (20 )       (62 )       (72 )       (36 )       (59 )  
Net loss   $ (5,702 )     $ (10,183 )     $ (8,392 )     $ (3,144 )     $ (9,253 )  
Excess of fair value of consideration transferred over carrying value on redemption of Series A preferred stock     (2,425 )                          
Accretion of redeemable preferred stock     (211 )       (337 )       (2,072 )       (986 )       (2,005 )  
Net loss attributable to common stockholders   $ (8,338 )     $ (10,520 )     $ (10,464 )     $ (4,130 )     $ (11,258 )  
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted   $ (0.97 )     $ (1.25 )     $ (1.24 )     $ (0.49 )     $ (1.32 )  
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted     8,562       8,387       8,467       8,458       8,538  
Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders – basic and diluted (unaudited)               $                $       
Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding – basic and diluted (unaudited)                                    

 
 
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
(In thousands)

               
               
  Common Stock   Treasury Stock   Additional Paid-In Capital (Deficit)   Accumulated Deficit   Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
     Shares   Par
Value
  Shares   At
Cost
  Total
Balance as of December 31, 2006, as previously reported     8,969     $ 1           $     $ 480     $ (18,361)     $     $ (17,880)  
Retrospective adoption of accounting principle and other adjustments                                   1,345             1,345  
Balance as of December 31, 2006, as adjusted     8,969       1                   480       (17,016)             (16,535)  
Accretion of preferred stock                             (158 )       (53 )             (211 )  
Repurchase of common stock from related party                 (650 )       (462 )                         (462 )  
Redemption of Series A preferred stock                             (563 )       (1,862 )             (2,425 )  
Exercise of options and warrants to purchase common stock     16                         12                   12  
Stock-based compensation                             229                   229  
Net loss                                   (5,702 )             (5,702 )  
Balance as of December 31, 2007     8,985       1       (650)       (462)             (24,633)             (25,094)  
Accretion of preferred stock                             (279 )       (58 )             (337 )  
Exercise of options and warrants to purchase common stock     120                         92                   92  
Stock-based compensation                             252                   252  
Net loss                                   (10,183 )             (10,183 )  
Balance as of December 31, 2008     9,105       1       (650)       (462)       65       (34,874)             (35,270)  
Accretion of preferred stock                             (421 )       (1,651 )             (2,072 )  
Exercise of options and warrants to purchase common stock     48                         10                   10  
Stock-based compensation                             346                   346  
Net loss                                   (8,392 )             (8,392 )  
Balance as of December 31, 2009     9,153       1       (650)       (462)             (44,917)             (45,378)  
Accretion of preferred stock (unaudited)                             (251 )       (1,754 )             (2,005 )  
Exercise of options and warrants to purchase common stock (unaudited)     51                         13                   13  
Stock-based compensation (unaudited)                             238                   238  
Comprehensive loss:
        
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax (unaudited)                                         1       1  
Net loss (unaudited)                                   (9,253 )             (9,253 )  
Comprehensive loss (unaudited)                                                                    (9,252 )  
Balance as of June 30, 2010 (unaudited)     9,204     $ 1       (650)     $ (462)     $     $ (55,924)     $ 1     $ (56,384)  

 
 
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

         
         
  Years Ended
December 31,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
     2007   2008   2009   2009   2010
                    (unaudited)
Cash flows from operating activities:
                                            
Net loss   $ (5,702 )     $ (10,183 )     $ (8,392 )     $ (3,144 )     $ (9,253 )  
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
                                            
Depreciation and amortization     734       955       1,286       582       1,178  
Non-cash interest expense     11       65       118       54       91  
Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities     (1,147 )       790       2,147       1,175       4,442  
Stock-based compensation expense     220       242       331       150       229  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                                            
Accounts receivable     (1,925 )       (3,514 )       (3,272 )       3,840       1,972  
Deferred commissions     (47 )       (388 )       (881 )       (537 )       (309 )  
Prepaid expenses and other assets     (413 )       98       (282 )       (340 )       (579 )  
Accounts payable     488       76       468       (148 )       83  
Accrued expenses     379       580       1,674       282       (533 )  
Deferred revenue     4,043       5,231       5,146       (2,517 )       (75 )  
Other liabilities     18       62       24       15       26  
Net cash used in operating activities     (3,341 )       (5,986 )       (1,633 )       (588 )       (2,728 )  
Cash flows from investing activities:
                                            
Purchases of property and equipment     (202 )       (221 )       (76 )       (13 )       (417 )  
Capitalized software costs     (773 )       (1,045 )       (1,495 )       (728 )       (729 )  
Purchases of trademarks     (16 )       (16 )       (28 )       (21 )       (11 )  
Net cash used in investing activities     (991 )       (1,282 )       (1,599 )       (762 )       (1,157 )  
Cash flows from financing activities:
                                            
Proceeds from the issuance of debt     7,310       6,154       3,947       3,947       4,516  
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock     16,000             8,700       8,700        
Issuance costs for preferred stock     (131 )             (32 )       (32 )        
Repurchase of Series A preferred stock     (5,400 )                          
Repurchase of common stock     (462 )                          
Repayment of debt     (2,375 )       (6,650 )       (4,300 )       (3,300 )       (1,014 )  
Principal payments under capital lease obligations     (61 )       (146 )       (322 )       (157 )       (585 )  
Proceeds from stock option and warrant exercises     12       91       10       1       13  
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     14,893       (551 )       8,003       9,159       2,930  
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents     10,561       (7,819 )       4,771       7,809       (955 )  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year     548       11,109       3,290       3,290       8,061  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year   $ 11,109     $ 3,290     $ 8,061     $ 11,099     $ 7,106  
Supplemental cash flow information:
                                            
Cash paid for interest   $ 256     $ 287     $ 573     $ 267     $ 367  
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
                                            
Conversion of notes payable to preferred stock   $ 1,000     $     $     $     $  
Assets acquired under capital leases   $ 373     $ 372     $ 1,496     $ 255     $ 1,915  
Capitalized stock-based compensation   $ 9     $ 10     $ 15     $ 5     $ 9  

 
 
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.  ORGANIZATION

Company Overview

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. (“Cornerstone” or the “Company”) was incorporated on May 24, 1999 in the state of Delaware and began principal operations in November 1999.

The Company is a global provider of a comprehensive learning and talent management solution delivered as Software-as-a-Service (“SaaS”). The Company’s solution is designed to enable organizations to meet the challenges they face in empowering their people and maximizing the productivity of their human capital. These challenges include developing employees throughout their careers, engaging all employees effectively, improving business execution, cultivating future leaders, and integrating with an organization’s extended enterprise of clients, vendors and distributors by delivering training, certification programs and other content.

The Company is headquartered in Santa Monica, California and has offices in Paris, London, Munich, Mumbai and Tel Aviv.

Capital Resources and Liquidity

To date, the Company’s operations and growth have been primarily financed through the sale of preferred stock and short-term and long-term borrowings. In January 2009, the Company completed its Series E round of preferred stock financing, raising gross proceeds of approximately $8.7 million (Note 7). In March 2009, the Company entered into a senior subordinated promissory note agreement, under which it borrowed a total of $4.0 million (Note 6). In August 2010, the Company entered into a new $15.0 million credit facility (Note 6).

The Company is subject to certain business risks, including dependence on key employees, competition from alternative technologies, market acceptance of its solutions and related services, and dependence on growth to achieve its business plan. Although the Company is dependent on its ability to raise capital or generate sufficient cash flow from operations to achieve its business objectives, the Company believes its existing cash and cash equivalents and available borrowings under its credit facility will be sufficient to meet its working capital and capital expenditure needs through at least June 30, 2011. Future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including the Company’s rate of revenue and billings growth and its level of expenditures in all areas of the Company. To the extent that existing capital resources and revenue growth and cash flow from operations are not sufficient to fund future activities, the Company may need to raise additional funds through equity or debt financing. Additional funds may not be available on terms favorable to the Company or at all. Failure to raise additional capital, if and when needed, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Consolidation

The accompanying financial statements through December 31, 2009 reflect the stand-alone operations of the Company. During the six months ended June 30, 2010, the Company established wholly owned subsidiaries in the United Kingdom and India. Accordingly, for the six months ended June 30, 2010, the financial statements reflect the consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company. All significant inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent

F-7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

On an on-going basis, management evaluates its estimates, including those related to: (i) the realization of tax assets and estimates of tax liabilities, (ii) the valuation of common and preferred stock and preferred stock warrants, (iii) the recognition and disclosure of contingent liabilities, (iv) the collectability of accounts receivable, (v) the evaluation of revenue recognition criteria, including the determination of standalone value and estimates of the selling price of multiple-deliverables in the Company’s revenue arrangements and (vi) assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. These estimates are based on historical data and experience, as well as various other factors that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The Company has engaged, and may in the future, engage third-party valuation specialists to assist with estimates related to the valuation of its preferred and common stock. Such estimates often require the selection of appropriate valuation methodologies and models, and significant judgment in evaluating ranges of assumptions and financial inputs. Actual results may differ from those estimates under different assumptions or circumstances.

Unaudited Interim Financial Statements

The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2010, the interim consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 and the interim consolidated statement of stockholders’ deficit for the six months ended June 30, 2010 are unaudited. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the Company's financial position as of June 30, 2010 and the results of operations and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010. The financial data and the other financial information disclosed in these notes to the consolidated financial statements related to the six month periods are unaudited. The results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2010 or for any other future year or interim period.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

The unaudited pro forma balance sheet data as of June 30, 2010 reflects (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Company’s convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 23,752,616 shares of common stock on a 1:1 basis upon the completion of an initial public offering at a share price equal to at least $6.40 with aggregate gross proceeds of at least $40 million (“qualified offering”), or upon the written election of the holders, and (ii) the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liabilities to additional paid-in capital for certain preferred stock warrants that convert to common stock warrants upon the completion of an initial public offering.

The pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share calculations for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010 reflect the conversion upon a qualified offering of all outstanding convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock using the as-if-converted method, as of January 1, 2009 or the date of issuance, if later.

F-8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

The following table sets forth the computation of our pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock (in thousands, except for per share amounts):

   
  Year Ended
December
2009
  Six Months
Ended June
2010
     (unaudited)
Net loss attributable to common stockholders:                  
Pro forma adjustment to reverse mark-to-market adjustment of preferred stock warrant liabilities                  
Pro forma adjustment to reverse accretion of redeemable preferred stock                  
Net loss used in computing pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders                          
Weighted average common shares outstanding                  
Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock to common stock                  
Weighted average common shares outstanding for pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share                  
Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders – basic and diluted                  

Segments

Management has determined that it operates in one segment as it only reports financial information on an aggregate and consolidated basis to its chief executive officer, who is the Company’s chief operating decision maker.

Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

Basic net loss per share of common stock is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for a period. Because the holders of the Company’s convertible preferred stock are entitled to participate in dividends and earnings of the Company, the Company applies the two-class method in calculating our earnings per share for periods when the Company generates net income. The two-class method requires net income to be allocated between the common and preferred stockholders based on their respective rights to receive dividends, whether or not declared. Because the convertible preferred stock is not contractually obligated to share in the Company’s losses, no such allocation was made for any period presented given the Company’s net losses. Diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders adjusts the basic weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the potential dilution that could occur if stock options, warrants and convertible preferred stock were exercised or converted into common stock. Diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same as basic loss per share attributable to common stockholders for all periods presented because the effects of potentially dilutive items were anti-dilutive.

F-9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

Revenue Recognition

The Company derives its revenue from the following sources:

Subscriptions to the Company’s solution  — Clients pay subscription fees for access to the Company’s comprehensive learning and talent management software solution (referred to as the “solution”) for a specified period of time, typically three years. Fees are based primarily on the number of platforms the client can access and the number of users having access to those platforms. The Company generally recognizes revenue from subscriptions ratably over the term of the agreement.
Consulting services  — The Company offers the clients assistance in implementing its solution and optimizing its use. Consulting services include application configuration, system integration, business process re-engineering, change management, and education and training services. Consulting services are billed either on a time-and-material or a fixed-fee basis. These services are generally purchased as part of a subscription arrangement and are typically performed within the first several months from the inception of the arrangement. Clients may also purchase consulting services at any other time. Consulting services are performed by the Company directly or by third-party professional service providers the Company hires. Clients may also choose to perform these services themselves or hire their own third-party service providers. Consulting services fees are based on the type of service being performed.
E-learning content  — The Company resells third-party on-line training content, referred to as e-learning content, to its clients. In addition, the Company also hosts other e-learning content provided by its clients.

The Company recognizes revenue when: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement for the sale of the solution or consulting services exists, (ii) the solution has been made available or delivered, or services have been performed, (iii) the sales price is fixed or determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured. The timing and amount the Company recognizes as revenue is determined based on the facts and circumstances of each client arrangement. Evidence of an arrangement consists of a signed client agreement. The Company considers that delivery of the solution has commenced once it provides the client with log-in information to access and use the solution. If non-standard acceptance periods or non-standard performance criteria exist, revenue recognition commences upon the satisfaction of the non-standard acceptance or performance criteria, as applicable. Standard acceptance or performance clauses relate to the Company's solution meeting certain perfunctory operating thresholds. Fees are fixed based on stated rates specified in the client agreement. If collectability is not considered reasonably assured, revenue is deferred until the fees are collected. The majority of client arrangements include multiple deliverables, such as subscriptions to our software solution and consulting services. The Company therefore recognizes revenue in accordance with the guidance for arrangements with multiple deliverables under Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2009-13 “ Revenue Recognition (Topic 605) — Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements — a Consensus of the Emerging Issues Task Force ,” or ASU 2009-13. As clients do not have the right to the underlying software code for the solution, the Company’s revenue arrangements are outside the scope of software revenue recognition guidance. The Company’s agreements generally do not contain any cancellation or refund provisions other than in the event of the Company’s default.

For multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements, the Company first assesses whether each deliverable has value to the client on a standalone basis. The Company has determined that the solution has standalone value, because, once access is given to a client, the solution is fully

F-10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

functional and does not require any additional development, modification or customization. Consulting services have standalone value because third-party service providers, distributors or clients themselves can perform these services without the Company’s involvement. The consulting services assist clients with the configuration and integration of the Company’s solution. The performance of these services generally does not require highly specialized or skilled individuals and are not essential to the functionality of the solution.

Based on the standalone value of the deliverables, and since clients do not have a general right of return relative to the included consulting services, the Company allocates revenue among the separate deliverables in an arrangement under the relative selling price method using the selling price hierarchy established in ASU 2009-13. This hierarchy requires the selling price of each deliverable in a multiple deliverable arrangement to be based on, in declining order: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value (“VSOE”), (ii) third-party evidence of fair value (“TPE”) or (iii) management’s best estimate of the selling price (“BESP”).

The Company is not able to determine VSOE or TPE for its deliverables because the deliverables are sold separately and within a sufficiently narrow price range only infrequently and management has determined that there are no third-party offerings reasonably comparable to the solution. Accordingly, the selling price of subscriptions to the solution and consulting services is determined based on BESP. The determination of BESP requires the Company to make significant estimates and judgments. The Company considers numerous factors, including the nature of the deliverables themselves; the geographies, market conditions and competitive landscape for the sale; internal costs; and pricing and discounting practices. The determination of BESP is made through consultation with, and formal approval by senior management. The Company updates its estimates of BESP on an ongoing basis as events and as circumstances may require.

After the fair value of revenue allocable to each deliverable in a multiple deliverable arrangement based on the relative selling price method is determined, revenue is recognized for each deliverable based on the type of deliverable. For subscriptions to the solution, revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the subscription term, which is typically three years. For consulting services, revenue is recognized using the proportional performance method over the period the services are performed.

In a limited number of cases, multiple deliverable arrangements include consulting services that do not have value on a standalone basis separate from the solution, such as when the client’s intended use of the solution requires enhancements to its underlying features and functionality. In these cases, revenue is recognized for the arrangement as one unit of accounting on a straight-line basis over the solution subscription period once the consulting services that do not have value on a standalone basis have been completed and accepted by the client.

For arrangements in which the Company resells third-party e-learning training content to clients or hosts client or third-party e-learning training content provided by the client, revenue is recognized in accordance with accounting guidance as to when to report gross revenue as a principal or report net revenue as an agent. The Company recognizes third-party content revenues at the gross amount invoiced to clients when (i) the Company is the primary obligor, (ii) the Company has latitude to establish the price charged, and (iii) the Company bears the credit risk in the transaction. For arrangements involving the sale of third-party content, clients are charged for the content based on pay-per-use or a fixed rate for a specified number of users, and revenue is recognized at the gross amount invoiced as the content is delivered. For arrangements where clients purchase third-party content directly from a third-party vendor, or provide it themselves, and the Company integrates the

F-11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

content into the solution, the Company charges a hosting fee. In such cases, hosting fees are recognized at the net amount charged by the Company for hosting services as the content is delivered.

Revenue generated from sales arrangements through distributors is recognized in accordance with the Company’s revenue recognition policies as described above at the amount invoiced to the distributor. In these arrangements, the Company recognizes revenues in accordance with accounting guidance as to when to report gross revenue as a principal and when to report net revenue as an agent. The Company recognizes revenue at the net amount invoiced to the distributor, as opposed to the gross amount the distributor invoices their end customer, as the Company has determined that (i) the Company in not the primary obligor in these arrangements, (ii) the Company does not have latitude to establish the price charged to the end-customer and (iii) the Company does not bear the credit risk in the transaction.

In connection with a five-year global distributor arrangement with a distributor entered in May 2009, the Company entered into a warrant agreement to provide additional incentives to the distributor (Note 8). As a result, the Company may issue the distributor, on an annual basis, fully vested and immediately exercisable ten-year warrants to purchase between zero and 886,096 shares of common stock at a price of $0.53 per share based on sales targets achieved each contract year. The Company records the estimated fair value of the warrants as a reduction of revenue over the period in which the warrants are expected to be earned based on the most probable sales target this distributor is expected to achieve. Through June 30, 2010, no reductions of revenue have been recorded as the defined targets have not been met by the distributor for the contract year ended June 30, 2010. As the warrants expected to be issued under the distributor arrangement are measured at fair value, revenues could fluctuate from period to period.

The Company records amounts that have been invoiced to its clients in accounts receivable and in either deferred revenues or revenues depending on whether the revenue recognition criteria described above have been met. Deferred revenue that will be recognized during the succeeding twelve month period from the respective balance sheet date is recorded as current deferred revenue and the remaining portion is recorded as noncurrent.

Retrospective Adoption of New Accounting Principles

In October 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2009-13 that amends Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Subtopic 605-25 to

provide updated guidance on whether multiple deliverables exist, how the elements in an arrangement should be separated, and how the consideration should be allocated;
require an entity to allocate revenue in an arrangement using management’s BESP of each element if a vendor does not have VSOE or TPE; and
eliminate the use of the residual method and require a vendor to allocate revenue using the relative selling price method.

The revised guidance establishes a hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable, which is based on: (a) VSOE; (b) TPE; or (c) BESP. The revised guidance also requires expanded disclosures about revenue from arrangements with multiple deliverables. The revised guidance is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Full retrospective adoption of the revised guidance to prior fiscal years is optional and companies may elect early adoption of the revised guidance. The Company believes prospective adoption would have resulted in financial information that was not comparable between periods and, therefore, the Company elected retrospective adoption. Retrospective adoption

F-12


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

requires the Company to revise information included in its previously issued financial statements as if the new accounting principles had been consistently applied for all prior periods. Management believes that retrospective adoption provides the most comparable and useful information for financial statement users and is more consistent with the information the Company’s management uses to evaluate its business, and better reflects the underlying economic performance of the Company. In 2009, the Company adopted the revised guidance and the financial statements and notes presented herein have been adjusted to reflect retrospective adoption of the new accounting principle for all prior periods. The adoption of this guidance has a material impact on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

Prior to the adoption of ASU 2009-13, the Company was not able to establish VSOE or TPE for all of the undelivered elements. As a result, for multiple deliverable arrangements, the Company recognized software subscription, related consulting services and the sale and delivery of third party content revenue ratably over the contract period.

The revised guidance requires the Company to account for subscriptions to the solution, consulting services and the sale and delivery of third party content as separate units of accounting when they are sold in a single sales arrangement if the deliverables have value to the client on a standalone basis. Refer to the revenue recognition accounting policy within this note for further information.

As a result of the adoption of the revised guidance in 2009, the Company retrospectively adjusted its revenue recognition practices for all prior periods. Further, the adoption of the revised guidance resulted in a change in the accounting for deferred commission expenses to align with the recognition of revenue. The impact of the adoption of the revised revenue guidance resulted in an increase to revenue of $0.7 million, $1.6 million, $2.0 million and $1.1 million (unaudited) for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and for the six months ended June 30, 2009, an increase in commission expense of $0.2 million, $0.1 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, a decrease in commission expense of $39,000 (unaudited) for the six months ended June 30, 2009, an increase in unbilled accounts receivable of $45,000, $10,000, $76,000 and $0.1 million (unaudited), a decrease in deferred revenue of $1.4 million, $3.0 million, $5.0 million and $4.1 million (unaudited), and a decrease in deferred commissions of $0.3 million, $0.3 million, $0.6 million and $0.2 million (unaudited) at December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and a decrease in accumulated deficit of $1.3 million as of December 31, 2006.

In addition to adjustments recorded in the 2009 financial statements to reflect the adoption of the revised revenue recognition guidance discussed above, in contemplation of inclusion of its financial statements in a public offering, the Company retrospectively adopted the provisions for accounting for uncertainty in income taxes (Note 10) effective January 1, 2007. As a result of the retrospective adoption of accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, the Company increased the provision for income taxes related to income tax expense for sales in foreign countries of $20,000 and $62,000 for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively, and increased other non-current liabilities by $20,000 and $82,000 as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

In connection with the completion of the 2009 financial statements, the Company also identified an immaterial error related to accrued bonus expense for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008. The Company has revised the previously issued 2007 and 2008 financial statements to correct for this error by recording adjustments to increase accrued expenses, cost of revenue and operating expenses, by $0.4 million, $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively, as of and for the year ended December 31, 2007 and by $0.4 million, $35,000 and $30,000, respectively, as of and for the year ended December 31, 2008.

F-13


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

The impact of adopting the revised revenue guidance, the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes and the correction of the immaterial error on the 2008 previously issued balance sheet and 2008 and 2007 statements of operations is summarized below. These adjustments had no net impact on cash flows from operating, investing or financing activities for any of the periods presented.

Balance sheet as of December 31, 2008 (in thousands):

     
  December 31, 2008
     As Previously Reported
2008
  Adjustments   As Adjusted
2008
Assets
                          
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 3,290     $     $ 3,290  
Accounts receivable     8,813       (10 )       8,803  
Deferred commissions     658       (94 )       564  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     488             488  
Total current assets     13,249       (104 )       13,145  
Capitalized software development costs, net     1,385             1,385  
Property and equipment, net     1,018             1,018  
Other assets, net     636       (250 )       386  
Total Assets   $ 16,288     $ (354 )     $ 15,934  
Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit
                          
Liabilities:
                          
Accounts payable   $ 1,037     $     $ 1,037  
Accrued expenses     1,521       424       1,945  
Deferred revenue, current portion     15,666       (2,034 )       13,632  
Capital lease obligations, current portion     266             266  
Debt, current portion     4,300             4,300  
Other liabilities     57             57  
Total current liabilities     22,847       (1,610 )       21,237  
Other liabilities, non-current     154       82       236  
Deferred revenue, net of current portion     1,733       (1,004 )       729  
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion     338             338  
Long-term debt, net of current portion     2,552             2,552  
Preferred stock warrant liabilities     2,282             2,282  
Total Liabilities     29,906       (2,532 )       27,374  
Convertible preferred stock     23,830             23,830  
Stockholders’ Deficit:
 
Common stock     1             1  
Treasury stock     (462 )             (462 )  
Additional paid-in capital     65             65  
Accumulated deficit     (37,052 )       2,178       (34,874 )  
Total stockholders’ deficit     (37,448 )       2,178       (35,270 )  
Total Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit   $ 16,288     $ (354)     $ 15,934  

F-14


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

Statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 (in thousands):

     
  December 31, 2007
     As Previously Reported 2007   Adjustments   As Adjusted 2007
Revenue   $ 10,295     $ 681     $ 10,976  
Costs of revenue     3,815       96       3,911  
Gross profit     6,480       585       7,065  
Operating expenses:
                          
Selling and marketing     9,017       326       9,343  
Research and development     1,718       36       1,754  
General and administrative     2,628       25       2,653  
Total operating expenses     13,363       387       13,750  
Loss from operations     (6,883 )       198       (6,685 )  
Other income (expense), net     1,003             1,003  
Loss before provision for income taxes     (5,880 )       198       (5,682 )  
Provision for income taxes           (20 )       (20 )  
Net loss   $ (5,880)     $ 178     $ (5,702)  

  

     
  December 31, 2008
     As Previously Reported 2008   Adjustments   As Adjusted 2008
Revenue   $ 18,075     $ 1,551     $ 19,626  
Costs of revenue     6,081       35       6,116  
Gross profit     11,994       1,516       13,510  
Operating expenses:
                          
Selling and marketing     16,855       59       16,914  
Research and development     2,674       50       2,724  
General and administrative     2,549       15       2,564  
Total operating expenses     22,078       124       22,202  
Loss from operations     (10,084 )       1,392       (8,692 )  
Other income (expense), net     (1,429 )                (1,429 )  
Loss before provision for income taxes     (11,513 )       1,392       (10,121 )  
Provision for income taxes           (62 )       (62 )  
Net loss   $ (11,513)     $ 1,330     $ (10,183)  

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists primarily of costs related to hosting the Company’s solution; personnel and related expenses, including stock-based compensation, and related expenses for network infrastructure, IT support, consulting services and on-going client support staff; payments to external service providers; amortization of capitalized software costs and trademarks; licensing fees; and referral fees. In addition, the Company allocates a portion of overhead, such as rent, IT costs, depreciation and amortization and employee benefits costs, to cost of revenue based on headcount. Costs associated with providing consulting services are recognized as incurred when the services are

F-15


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

performed. Out-of-pocket travel costs related to the delivery of professional services are typically reimbursed by the client and are accounted for as both revenue and expense in the period in which the cost is incurred.

Accounting for Commission Payments

The Company defers commissions paid to its sales force because these amounts are recoverable from the future revenue from the non-cancelable client agreements that gave rise to the commissions. Commissions are deferred on the balance sheet and are amortized to sales and marketing expense over the term of the client agreement in proportion to the revenue that is recognized. Commissions are considered direct and incremental costs to client agreements and are generally paid in the periods the Company receives payment from the client under the associated client agreement.

During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010, the Company deferred $0.5 million, $1.3 million, $2.7 million and $1.8 million (unaudited), respectively, of commissions on the balance sheet. During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010, the Company amortized $0.4 million, $0.9 million, $1.9 million and $1.5 million (unaudited) to sales and marketing expense, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, 2009 and June 30, 2010, deferred commissions on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets totaled $0.6 million, $1.4 million and $1.7 million (unaudited), respectively.

Research & Development

Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for the Company’s research and development staff, including salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation; the cost of certain third-party service providers; and allocated overhead. Research and development expenses, other than software development costs qualifying for capitalization, are expensed as incurred.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation awards granted to employees and directors by recording compensation expense based on the awards’ estimated fair value.

The Company estimates the fair value of its stock-based compensation awards as of the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Determining the fair value of stock-based compensation awards under this model requires judgment, including estimating the value per share of the Company’s common stock, estimated volatility, risk-free rate, expected term and estimated dividend yield. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-based compensation awards represents the Company’s best estimates, based on management judgment. The Company uses the average volatility of similar publicly traded companies as an estimate for estimated volatility. For purposes of determining the expected term in the absence of sufficient historical data relating to stock-option exercises, the Company applies the simplified approach, in which the expected term of an award is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the expiration date of the award. The risk-free interest rate for periods within the expected or contractual life of the option, as applicable, is based on the United States Treasury yield curve in effect during the period the options were granted. The estimated dividend yield is zero, as the Company has not declared, and does not currently intend to declare, dividends in the foreseeable future.

Once the Company has determined the estimated fair value of its stock-based compensation awards, it recognizes the portion of that value that corresponds to the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest, taking estimated forfeitures into account. This amount is recognized as an expense over the vesting period of the award using the straight-line method. Estimated forfeitures

F-16


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

are based upon the Company’s historical experience and the Company revises its estimates, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from initial estimates.

Information related to the Black-Scholes option-pricing model assumptions is as follows:

       
  For the Years Ended December 31,   Six Months Ended
June 30, 2010
     2007   2008   2009
                    (unaudited)
Risk-free interest rate     3.5%       1.7%       2.9%       2.9%  
Expected term (in years)     5.9       5.8       5.8       6.0  
Estimated dividend yield     0%       0%       0%       0%  
Estimated volatility     64.5%       71.0%       61.6%       60.1%  

Due to the full valuation allowance provided on its net deferred tax assets, the Company has not recorded any tax benefit attributable to stock-based compensation expense as of December 31, 2008, 2009 and June 30, 2010.

Capitalized Software Costs

The Company capitalizes the costs associated with software developed or obtained for internal use, including costs incurred in connection with the development of the solution, when the preliminary project stage is completed, management has decided to make the project a part of its future solution offering, and the software will be used to perform the function intended. These capitalized costs include external direct costs of materials and services consumed in developing or obtaining internal-use software, personnel and related expenses for employees who are directly associated with and who devote time to internal-use software projects and, when material, interest costs incurred during the development. Capitalization of these costs ceases once the project is substantially complete and the software is ready for its intended purpose. Costs incurred for upgrades and enhancements to the solution are also capitalized. Post-configuration training and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. Capitalized software costs are amortized to cost of revenue using the straight-line method over an estimated useful life of the software of three years, commencing when the software is ready for its intended use. The Company does not transfer ownership of, or lease its software to its clients.

At December 31, 2008 and 2009 and June 30, 2010, capitalized software development costs totaled $4.9 million, $6.4 million, and $7.1 million (unaudited), respectively. Accumulated amortization as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and June 30, 2010 was $3.5 million, $4.4 million, and $5.0 million (unaudited), respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010, $0.8 million, $1.1 million, $1.5 million, $0.7 million (unaudited) and $0.7 million (unaudited), respectively, of software development costs was capitalized and $0.5 million, $0.6 million, $0.9 million, $0.4 million (unaudited) and $0.6 million (unaudited), respectively, was amortized.

Warrants to Purchase Common and Preferred Stock

Warrants to Purchase Common Stock

The Company has issued warrants to purchase common stock in connection with debt arrangements and the purchase of certain domain names and has accounted for these warrants in stockholders’ equity at fair value upon issuance, based on the specific terms of such warrant arrangements.

In connection with a five-year global distributor arrangement with a distributor entered in May 2009, the Company entered into a warrant agreement to provide additional incentives to the distributor (Note 8). As a result, the Company may issue the distributor, on an annual basis, fully

F-17


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

vested and immediately exercisable ten-year warrants to purchase between zero and 886,096 shares of common stock at a price of $0.53 per share based on sales targets achieved each contract year. As of each reporting date, the Company records the estimated fair value of the warrants as a reduction of revenue based on the most probable sales target this distributor is expected to achieve. Through June 30, 2010, no reductions of revenue have been recorded as the defined targets were not met by the distributor for the first contract year. The Company estimates the fair value of these warrants, using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

Warrants to Purchase Preferred Stock

The Company has issued warrants to purchase preferred stock in connection with debt arrangements and preferred stock financings and has accounted for these warrants as liabilities at fair value at the time of issuance, because the underlying shares of convertible preferred stock are redeemable or contingently redeemable, including in the case of a deemed liquidation, which may obligate the Company to transfer assets to the warrant holders at some point in the future. The preferred stock warrants are recorded at fair value at the time of issuance. Changes in the fair value of the preferred stock warrants each reporting period are recorded as part of other income (expense) in the Company’s statement of operations until the earlier of: (i) the exercise or expiration of the warrants; or (ii) the completion of an initial public offering. Upon the completion of a merger, change in control or an initial public offering, all the warrants to purchase preferred stock will expire, with the exception of warrants to purchase 140,625 shares of Series D preferred stock and warrants to purchase 380,000 shares of Series C preferred stock. These remaining warrants will automatically become warrants to purchase common stock. Subsequent to a merger, change in control or an initial public offering, the converted common stock warrants will be classified as equity. The fair value of the preferred stock warrants is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

Comprehensive Income or Loss

Comprehensive income encompasses all changes in equity other than those arising from transactions with stockholders, and consists of net loss and currency translation adjustments. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 there were no other comprehensive income (loss) items and accordingly, net loss equaled comprehensive loss. For the six months ended June 30, 2010, accumulated other comprehensive income included a cumulative translation adjustment, which was insignificant.

Income Taxes

The Company uses the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under the liability method, deferred taxes are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using tax rates expected to be in effect during the years in which the bases differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than not that some of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In determining the need for valuation allowances, the Company considers projected future taxable income and the availability of tax planning strategies. To date, the Company has recorded a full valuation allowance to reduce its net deferred tax assets to zero, as it has determined that it is not more likely than not that any of the Company’s deferred tax assets will be realized.

The Company has assessed its income tax positions and recorded tax benefits for all years subject to examination, based upon its evaluation of the facts, circumstances and information available at each period end. For those tax positions where the Company has determined there is a greater than 50% likelihood that a tax benefit will be sustained, the Company has recorded the largest amount of tax benefit that may potentially be realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing

F-18


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. For those income tax positions where it is determined there is less than 50% likelihood that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit has been recognized.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers cash and cash equivalents to include short-term, highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and so near their maturity that they present insignificant risk of changes in the value, including investments with original or remaining maturities from the date of purchase of three months or less. At December 31, 2008, 2009 and June 30, 2010, cash and cash equivalents consisted of cash balances of $0.7 million, $4.8 million and $5.9 million (unaudited), respectively, and money market funds backed by United States Treasury Bills and/or certificates of deposit of $2.6 million, $3.2 million and $1.2 million (unaudited), respectively, with maturities within three months from the date of their respective purchase dates. As of December 31, 2008, 2009 and June 30, 2010, cash equivalents included certificates of deposits in the amount of $0, $1.2 million and $0.5 million (unaudited), respectively. Cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates fair value.

Restricted Cash

Included in non-current Other Assets at December 31, 2008, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited) is restricted cash of $0.2 million for an irrevocable standby letter of credit held at Silicon Valley Bank. In accordance with the Company’s office lease agreement, the Company has secured a letter of credit from Silicon Valley Bank naming the lessor as the beneficiary. The letter of credit is required to fulfill lease requirements in the event the Company should default on its office lease obligation.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company has not historically established an allowance for doubtful accounts, based on its historical collection experience and a review in each period of the status of the then-outstanding accounts receivable. To date, write-offs of accounts receivable have been insignificant.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment are recorded at historical cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method based upon the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally two to seven years (Note 4).

The Company leases equipment under capital lease arrangements. The assets and liabilities under capital lease are recorded at the lesser of the present value of aggregate future minimum lease payments, including estimated bargain purchase options, or the fair value of the asset under lease. Assets under capital lease are depreciated using the straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated useful life of the asset or the term of the lease.

Leasehold improvements are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or lease terms. Repair and maintenance costs are charged to expense as incurred, while renewals and improvements are capitalized.

Intangibles Assets, Net

Included in Other Assets are intangible assets comprised of trademarks which are recorded at cost, less accumulated amortization. At December 31, 2008, 2009 and June 30, 2010, intangible assets were $0.1 million, net of accumulated amortization of $10,000, $0.1 million, net of accumulated amortization of $20,000, and $0.1 million (unaudited), net of accumulated amortization of $30,000 (unaudited), respectively. Useful lives of trademarks are estimated at ten years.

F-19


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

Impairment of Long Lived Assets including Capitalized Software Costs

The Company assesses the recoverability of its long-lived assets when events or changes in circumstances indicate their carrying value may not be recoverable. Such events or changes in circumstances may include: a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which a long-lived asset is being used, significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate that could affect the value of a long-lived asset, an accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected for the acquisition or development of a long-lived asset, current or future operating or cash flow losses that demonstrates continuing losses associated with the use of a long-lived asset, or a current expectation that, more likely than not, a long-lived asset will be sold or otherwise disposed of significantly before the end of its previously estimated useful life. The Company assesses recoverability of a long-lived asset by determining whether the carrying value of these assets can be recovered through projected undiscounted cash flows over their remaining lives. If the carrying value of the assets exceeds the forecasted undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss is recognized, measured as the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds estimated fair value. An impairment loss is charged to operations in the period in which management determines such impairment. To date, there have been no impairments of long-lived assets identified.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value represents the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value which are the following:

Level 1 – Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that we have the ability to access at the measurement date.
Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.
Level 3 – Unobservable inputs.

Observable inputs are based on market data obtained from independent sources. As of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and June 30, 2010, the Company's warrants to purchase preferred stock are measured using unobservable inputs that require a high level of judgment to determine fair value, and thus classified as level 3 (Note 5).

Concentration of Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and accounts receivable. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are deposited with two financial institutions which, at times, may exceed federally insured limits.

Accounts receivable include amounts due from clients with principal operations primarily in the United States. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its clients.

For the year ended December 31, 2007, no single client comprised more than 10% of the Company’s revenues. For the year ended December 31, 2008, one client comprised 13% of the Company’s revenues. For the year ended December 31, 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010 (unaudited), no single client comprised more than 10% of the Company’s revenues. No single

F-20


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

client had an accounts receivable balance greater than 10% of total accounts receivable at December 31, 2008, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited).

Foreign Currency Transactions and Translation

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. Dollars at the rates of exchange in effect at the date of the transaction. Transaction gains and losses were insignificant and are included in other income (expense), net, in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

In 2010 the Company established international subsidiaries and effective January 2010, for international subsidiaries, local currencies have been determined to be the functional currencies. Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries with a functional currency other than U.S. Dollar are translated into U.S. Dollars using period-end exchange rates, while results of operations are translated at average exchange rates during the period. Foreign currency translation gains and losses are included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income in the consolidated balance sheets. Foreign subsidiaries using the U.S. Dollar as the functional currency have been remeasured from the local currency to the U.S. Dollar with exchange differences on remeasurement included in other income (loss).

Reclassifications

Certain amounts in the prior years’ consolidated financial statements and notes have been revised to conform to the current-year presentation.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-13 that amend ASC Subtopic 605-25. The amendments in ASU 2009-13 modify the ability of vendors, upon meeting certain criteria, to account separately for products or services provided in multiple deliverables arrangements rather than as a combined unit and establishes a hierarchy for determining the selling price of each deliverable. Under ASU 2009-13, a vendor can determine a best estimate of the deliverable’s selling price in a manner that is consistent with that used to determine the price to sell the deliverable on a standalone basis, even if the vendor does not have vendor-specific objective evidence or third-party evidence of selling price otherwise previously required under ASC Subtopic 605-25. ASU 2009-13 also amends ASC 605-25 to eliminate the use of the residual method in determining selling prices and requires a vendor to allocate revenue using the relative selling price method for each deliverable.

The amendments in ASU 2009-13 are effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010, with early adoption permitted at the beginning of an entity's fiscal year and an option for retrospective adoption. The Company adopted the amendments in ASU 2009-13 retrospectively as of January 1, 2009. Retrospective adoption required the revision of previously issued financial statements as if the amendments in ASU 2009-13 had always been in effect, and the financial statements and notes reflect retrospective adoption for all prior periods. The adoption of the amendments had a material impact on the Company’s financial position and results of operations, as described above in this Note.

In July 2006, the FASB issued guidance for the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. This interpretation clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an entity’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement principles for financial statement disclosure of tax positions taken or expected to be taken. This interpretation was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company adopted the guidance on January 1, 2007 and the adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

F-21


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

Effective January 2010, the Company adopted ASU No. 2010-06, “ Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures ,” which requires previous fair value hierarchy disclosures to be further disaggregated by class of assets and liabilities. A class is often a subset of assets or liabilities within a line item in the balance sheet. In addition, significant reclassifications between Levels 1 and 2 of the fair value hierarchy are required to be disclosed. These additional requirements became effective January 1, 2010 for quarterly and annual reporting. Their adoption did not have any impact on the Company’s financial statements. In addition, ASU 2010-06 requires more detailed disclosures regarding changes in Level 3 instruments. This disclosure change will be effective January 1, 2011 and is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s financial statements.

3.  NET LOSS PER SHARE ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS

The following table presents our basic and diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders (in thousands, except per share amounts):

         
  For the Years Ended
December 31,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
     2007   2008   2009   2009   2010
                    (unaudited)
Net loss attributable to common stockholders   $ (8,338 )     $ (10,520 )     $ (10,464 )     $ (4,130 )     $ (11,258 )  
Weighted average common shares outstanding     8,562       8,387       8,467       8,458       8,538  
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders – basic and diluted   $ (0.97 )     $ (1.25 )     $ (1.24 )     $ (0.49 )     $ (1.32 )  

The following table presents the weighted average number of anti-dilutive shares excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for each period presented (in thousands):

         
  For the Years Ended
December 31,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
     2007   2008   2009   2009   2010
                    (unaudited)
Stock options to purchase common stock     2,937       4,140       4,693       4,803       5,401  
Common stock warrants     470       520       517       519       477  
Preferred stock warrants     2,622       4,062       5,393       5,180       5,601  
Conversion of convertible preferred stock     16,298       18,480       23,319       22,879       23,753  
Total shares excluded from net loss per share attributable to common stockholders     22,327       27,202       33,922       33,381       35,232  

F-22


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

4.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

The balance of property and equipment, net is as follows (in thousands):

       
    December 31,   June 30,
     Useful Life   2008   2009   2010
                    (unaudited)
Computer equipment and software     2 – 5 years     $ 1,621     $ 3,015     $ 5,259  
Furniture and fixtures     7 years       188       227       238  
Leasehold improvements     2 – 6 years       210       217       217  
             2,019       3,459       5,714  
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization           (1,001 )       (1,230 )       (1,739 )  
Total property and equipment, net         $ 1,018     $ 2,229     $ 3,975  

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 was $0.2 million, $0.3 million, $0.4 million, $0.2 million (unaudited) and $0.6 million (unaudited), respectively. At December 31, 2008 and 2009 and June 30, 2010, property and equipment includes computer equipment and software under capital leases with a cost basis of $0.8 million, $2.3 million and $4.2 million (unaudited), respectively, and accumulated depreciation of $0.3 million, $0.5 million, and $0.9 million (unaudited), respectively. Depreciation of computer equipment and software under capital leases was $0.1 million, $0.2 million, $0.2 million, $0.1 million (unaudited) and $0.5 million (unaudited) for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

5.  FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Account balances measured at fair value on a recurring basis include the following as of December 31, 2008, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (in thousands):

       
  December 31, 2008
     Fair Value   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3
Cash equivalents (including restricted cash)   $ 2,796     $ 2,796     $     $  
Preferred stock warrant liabilities   $ (2,282 )     $     $     $ (2,282 )  

               
  December 31, 2009   June 30, 2010
       (unaudited)
     Fair Value   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Fair Value   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3
Cash equivalents (including
restricted cash)
  $ 3,407     $ 3,407     $     $     $ 1,211     $ 1,211     $     $  
Preferred stock warrant liabilities   $ (5,683 )     $     $     $ (5,683 )     $ (10,125 )     $     $     $ (10,125 )  

Our cash equivalents as of December 31, 2008 consisted of money market funds with original maturity dates of three months or less backed by U.S. Treasury bills. Our cash equivalents as of December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010 consisted of money market funds with original maturity dates of three months or less backed by U.S. Treasury bills and certificates of deposit with maturities within three months from the date of their respective purchase. Cash equivalents are classified as Level 1.

F-23


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

5.  FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS  – (continued)

The Company’s preferred stock warrants are recorded at fair value and were determined to be Level 3 fair value items. The changes in the fair value of preferred stock warrants are summarized below based on assumptions summarized in Note 8 as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and June 30, 2009 and 2010 (in thousands):

         
  December 31, 2009   Six Months Ended
June 30,
     2007   2008   2009   2009   2010
                    (unaudited)
Fair value beginning of period   $ 338     $ 1,492     $ 2,282     $ 2,282     $ 5,683  
Changes in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities recorded in the statement of operations     (1,147 )       790       2,147       1,175       4,442  
Issuance of Series D Preferred Stock warrants     2,301                          
Issuance of Series E Preferred Stock warrants                 1,254       1,254        
Fair value end of period   $ 1,492     $ 2,282     $ 5,683     $ 4,711     $ 10,125  

6.  DEBT

Comerica Bank

In September 2007, the Company entered into a $15.0 million credit facility with Comerica Bank (“Comerica Bank Credit Facility”) consisting of a $2.5 million working capital line of credit, a $5.0 million growth capital term loan, and a $7.5 million acquisition financing term loan. The working capital line of credit has an interest rate of prime plus 0.5%, payable monthly, and a term of 18 months. The borrowing base for the line includes up to 80% of eligible accounts receivable, as defined in the agreement. The growth capital term loan had an interest rate of prime plus 1.0%, a 1 year interest only period, and expired on September 12, 2008. Advances under the growth capital term loan in increments of $0.3 million up to a total of $5.0 million, were available through September 2008. Any advances under the growth capital loan outstanding in September 2008 were payable in 30 equal installments of principal only, plus all accrued interest. The Company is required to maintain a minimum liquidity ratio of 1 to 1. The liquidity ratio is defined as the sum of all cash and accounts receivable divided by the indebtedness owed to Comerica Bank. There is no prepayment penalty on the growth capital term loan. The acquisition financing term loan had an interest rate of prime plus 1.3% and a one-year interest only period. Advances under the facility in aggregate up to $7.5 million were available at the sole discretion of the bank and were available until September 12, 2008. The Company did not borrow under this part of the facility. All other terms of the acquisition facility are the same as the growth capital facility. The acquisition facility was strictly for the purpose of financing acquisitions. Comerica Bank has perfected a first priority security interest in all of the assets of the Company except its intellectual property, as defined in the agreements.

In connection with entering into the Comerica Bank Credit Facility, the Company issued Comerica Bank a warrant to purchase 140,625 shares of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $1.60 per share (Note 8). The fair value of the warrants of $0.1 million at issuance is being amortized to interest expense over the term of the related facility. The fair value of the warrants of $0.1 million was computed using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: estimated volatility of 53%, risk-free rate of 4.3%, expected term of 7 years and zero estimated dividend yield.

F-24


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

6.  DEBT  – (continued)

In December 2007, the Company and the lenders amended (the First Amendment) the amount available under the line of credit such that the $2.0 million remaining funds under the term loan was transferred to the line of credit facility for a working capital line of credit totaling $4.5 million. The amount available under the line of credit reverted back to the $2.5 million on April 15, 2008. On April 22, 2009, the Company extended the term of the Comerica Line of Credit through June 7, 2009.

On July 2, 2009, the Company amended the line of credit (the Second Amendment) so that the amount available was increased to $5.0 million and the term was extended through September 5, 2010. In addition, the amendment required that the Company maintain deposits of $4.0 million at Comerica Bank for so long as the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) provided an unlimited guarantee of “noninterest-bearing transaction accounts” pursuant to the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program and for so long as the account in which the Company maintains its deposits is an Eligible Deposit Account subject to the FDIC Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company is required to maintain unrestricted deposits of $2.0 million. At December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010, Comerica Bank was a participant of the program.

On October 1, 2009, the amount available under the line of credit was reduced by $0.3 million due to the issuance of an irrevocable standby letter of credit in relation to a sales arrangement with a State agency. The amount available under the line of credit was $4.7 million as of December 31, 2009.

On February 5, 2010, the Company formally amended the line of credit (the Third Amendment) to allow the Company to request commercial or standby letters of credit against the revolving line of credit. The maximum amount of the letter of credit may not exceed $0.3 million and any letter of credit reduces the amount of availability under the revolving line of credit.

On April 6, 2010, the Company further amended the Comerica Bank Credit Facility (the Fourth Amendment). The Fourth Amendment allows for term loan advances in addition to the line of credit from April 6, 2010 through April 6, 2011 for up to $1.0 million in total for the purchase of equipment with a maturity date of October 6, 2013. Advances under the equipment credit facility have an interest rate of prime rate plus 3.8%, payable monthly. Any advances under the equipment credit facility outstanding are to be amortized over the remaining term and payable in equal monthly installments of principal plus accrued interest. All terms of the credit facility, including reporting and other requirements, with Comerica Bank remained the same. As of June 30, 2010, the Company had outstanding borrowings of $0.4 million (unaudited) under the equipment loan, which is classified as long term debt.

At December 31, 2008, the Company had outstanding borrowings of $2.3 million under the working capital line of credit which were fully repaid as of December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2009, the Company had no outstanding balance under this line of credit. At June 30, 2010, the Company had outstanding borrowings of $4.1 million (unaudited) under this line of credit, which is classified as current debt.

At December 31, 2008, the Company had outstanding borrowings of $4.5 million under the growth capital term loan facility, of which $2.0 million and $2.5 million were classified as current debt and long term debt, respectively. At December 31, 2009, the Company had outstanding borrowings of $2.5 million under the growth capital term loan facility, of which $2.0 million and $0.5 million were classified as current debt and long term debt, respectively. At June 30, 2010, the Company had outstanding borrowings of $1.5 million (unaudited) under the growth capital term loan facility, which is classified as current debt.

F-25


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

6.  DEBT  – (continued)

The Comerica Bank Credit Facility was collateralized by substantially all of the assets of the Company. The Company was in compliance with all financial covenants at December 31, 2008 and 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited).

In August 2010, the Company terminated the Comerica Bank Credit Facility and repaid all outstanding amounts from proceeds from a new credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank as discussed below.

Ironwood Equity Fund LLP

In March 2009, the Company entered into a senior subordinated promissory note agreement with Ironwood Equity Fund LP for a total borrowing of $4.0 million, with a maturity date of March 31, 2014. The senior subordinated promissory note calls for interest to be paid at an annual rate of 11.3% on a monthly basis in arrears beginning on April 30, 2009. In connection with the borrowing, the Company issued warrants to purchase 484,849 shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $1.65 per share. The fair value of the warrants of $0.5 million was computed using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: estimated volatility of 66.9%, risk-free rate of 2.2%, expected term of 6.8 years and zero estimated dividend yield. The warrants are exercisable immediately upon issuance and expire on the earlier of March 31, 2019, an initial public offering or, under certain circumstances, a change in control. The agreement also allows for mandatory redemption of the senior subordinated promissory notes at the noteholder’s option upon the consummation of an initial public offering or the occurrence of a change of control. In accordance with the agreement, if such event takes place between March 31, 2009 and March 30, 2010 or between March 31, 2010 and March 30, 2011, at the option of the noteholder, the Company is required to redeem the outstanding principal amount at 105% or 103%, respectively, together with accrued interest. This contingent interest payment feature represents an embedded derivative. However, based on the insignificant value associated with this feature, no value has been assigned at issuance or as December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited).

Silicon Valley Bank

In August 2010, the Company entered into a $15.0 million credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank (“SVB Credit Facility”) with a maturity of August 2012 (Note 15). Borrowings available under the SVB Credit Facility are determined based on a formula-basis and a non-formula basis. The amount available under the formula-basis is determined based on a multiple of contracted monthly recurring revenues. The contracted monthly recurring revenues is defined as the aggregate total contract value pursuant to eligible recurring contracts less non-recurring contracts related to consulting services allocated for billing purposes on a monthly basis over the duration of the aggregate contract(s) less solution subscription client agreements that expired during the period. Through January 1, 2011 up to $5.0 million is available on a non-formula basis. On January 1, 2011, the non-formula availability will decrease from $5.0 million to $2.5 million and on July 1, 2011, the non-formula availability will decrease to zero. Interest is payable monthly and the principal is due upon maturity. The interest rate is prime plus 1.5% if the debt outstanding is less than or equal to $5.0 million and prime plus $2.5% if the debt outstanding is greater than $5.0 million. The SVB Credit Facility carries certain financial covenants, including maintenance of a minimum unrestricted cash balance, a liquidity coverage ratio and achievement of defined performance criteria. The SVB Credit Facility requires immediate repayment upon an event of default, as defined in the agreement, which includes events such as a payment default, a covenant default or the occurrence of a material adverse change, as defined in the agreement. The Company believes that an event of default as a result of a material adverse change is remote. In connection with the SVB Credit Facility, the Company issued Silicon Valley Bank a warrant to purchase 90,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.50 per share. In August 2010, the Company borrowed $6.4 million against the SVB

F-26


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

6.  DEBT  – (continued)

Credit Facility. In connection with entering into the SVB Credit Facility, the Company repaid all outstanding balances under the Comerica facility and the Comerica facility was terminated.

Maturities of outstanding borrowings as of December 31, 2009 are as follows for each year ending December (in thousands):

 
2010   $ 2,034  
2011     511  
2012      
2013      
2014     4,000  
Total maturities   $ 6,545  
Less: unamortized debt discount     (486 )  
Total, net of debt discount   $ 6,059  

The weighted average interest rate on short-term borrowings for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010 was 4.3%, 4.4% and 5.3% (unaudited), respectively.

The estimated fair value of the Company’s debt was $6.7 million and $6.0 million at December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively. The fair value was estimated based on discounted cash flow analyses using appropriate current discount rates, taking into consideration the particular terms of the borrowing agreements, at the end of the respective periods. The carrying value of the Company’s line of credit is considered to approximate fair market value, as the interest rates of these instruments are based predominantly on variable reference rates. These estimates involved considerable judgment and changes in those assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

Although we have determined the estimated fair value amounts using commonly accepted valuation methodologies, judgment is required in interpreting market data to develop the estimates of fair value. Accordingly, our estimates are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company, or holders of the instruments, could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different assumptions and/or estimation methodologies could have a material effect on the estimated fair values. The fair value estimates are based on information available as of December 31, 2008 and 2009. These amounts have not been revalued since those dates, and current estimates of fair value could differ significantly from the amounts presented.

7.  CAPITALIZATION

In January 2009, the Company filed its Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which was subsequently amended in May 2009. Upon this amendment, the authorized capital stock of the Company consisted of 50,000,000 shares of common stock, 3,223,640 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock (“Series A Preferred Stock”), 2,600,000 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock (“Series B Preferred Stock”), 2,456,249 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock (“Series C Preferred Stock”), 14,416,666 shares of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Series D Preferred Stock”) and 7,030,204 shares of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Series E Preferred Stock”).

F-27


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

7.  CAPITALIZATION  – (continued)

The following table summarizes preferred stock share activity for 2007, 2008, 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010 (unaudited) (in thousands):

         
  Series A   Series B   Series C   Series D   Series E
Balance as of December 31, 2006     7,724       2,600       2,031              
Issuance of preferred stock                       10,625        
Redemption of Series A Preferred Stock     (4,500 )                          
Balance as of December 31, 2007     3,224       2,600       2,031       10,625        
Issuance of preferred stock                              
Balance as of December 31, 2008     3,224       2,600       2,031       10,625        
Issuance of preferred stock                             5,273  
Balance as of December 31, 2009     3,224       2,600       2,031       10,625       5,273  
Issuance of preferred stock (unaudited)                              
Balance as of June 30, 2010 (unaudited)     3,224       2,600       2,031       10,625       5,273  

The following table summarizes preferred stock amounts for 2007, 2008, 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010 (unaudited) (in thousands):

         
  Series A   Series B   Series C   Series D   Series E
Balance as of December 31, 2006   $ 5,119     $ 3,250     $ 3,250     $     $  
Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs and amounts allocated to preferred stock warrant liabilities                       14,638        
Accretion of preferred stock                       211        
Redemption of Series A Preferred Stock     (2,975 )                          
Balance as of December 31, 2007   $ 2,144     $ 3,250     $ 3,250     $ 14,849     $  
Accretion of preferred stock                       337        
Balance as of December 31, 2008   $ 2,144     $ 3,250     $ 3,250     $ 15,186     $  
Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs, and amounts allocated to preferred stock warrant liabilities                           $ 7,952  
Accretion of preferred stock                       1,442       630  
Balance as of December 31, 2009   $ 2,144     $ 3,250     $ 3,250     $ 16,628     $ 8,582  
Accretion of preferred stock (unaudited)                       1,345       660  
Balance as of June 30, 2010 (unaudited)   $ 2,144     $ 3,250     $ 3,250     $ 17,973     $ 9,242  

F-28


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

7.  CAPITALIZATION  – (continued)

Convertible Preferred Stock Issuances

During May 2007, the Company issued 10,000,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase 3,333,333 shares of Series D Preferred Stock (Note 8), for gross proceeds of $16.0 million. The gross proceeds from the issuance of the preferred stock with warrants were allocated to the fair value of the warrants of $2.1 million and the remaining residual value of $13.9 million was allocated to the Series D Preferred Stock. The fair value of the warrants of $2.1 million was computed using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: estimated volatility of 53%, risk-free rate of 4.6%, expected term of 7 years and zero estimated dividend yield. Subsequently in September 2007, convertible promissory notes issued in September 2006, with an aggregate outstanding principal amount of $1.0 million, were converted into 625,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase 208,332 shares of Series D Preferred Stock were issued to the shareholders at an estimated fair value of $0.1 million. After allocating the value to the preferred stock warrants, the remaining residual value of $0.9 million was allocated to the Series D Preferred Stock. Since the Series D Preferred Stock is redeemable, the Company is accreting the carrying value to its redemption value over the period of issuance to the earliest redemption date using the interest method.

As part of the Series D Preferred Stock issuance in May 2007, the Company redeemed all of Aon Corporation’s 4,500,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock for an aggregate of $5.4 million in cash. The excess of consideration transferred to Aon Corporation over the carrying value of the Series A Preferred Stock of $2.4 million is presented in the consolidated income statement as a deduction from net loss to arrive at net loss attributable to common stockholder for the year ended December 31, 2007.

In January 2009, the Company issued 5,272,727 shares of Series E Preferred Stock at $1.65 per share for gross proceeds of approximately $8.7 million. The investors also received warrants to purchase 1,054,543 shares of Series E Preferred Stock (Note 8). The gross proceeds from the issuance of the preferred stock with warrants were allocated to the fair value of the warrants of $0.7 million and the remaining residual value of $8.0 million was allocated to the Series E Preferred Stock. The warrants were fully vested upon issuance and are immediately exercisable and non-forfeitable. The fair value of the warrants at issuance of $0.7 million was computed using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: estimated volatility of 67.2%, risk-free rate of 2.2%, expected term of 5.17 years and zero estimated dividend yield. Since the Series E Preferred Stock is redeemable, the Company is accreting the carrying value of the Series E Preferred Stock to its redemption value over the period from issuance to the earliest redemption date using the interest method.

Terms of Common and Preferred Stock

The significant terms of the Company’s common stock and preferred stock authorized and outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited) are as follows:

Voting

The holders of preferred stock and the holders of common stock vote together and not as separate classes and there is no series voting other than for the election of directors as described below.

Each holder of preferred stock is entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of preferred stock held by such holder could be converted, not including fractional shares, as of the record date. The holders of shares of the preferred stock are entitled to vote on all matters on which the common stock is entitled to vote.

F-29


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

7.  CAPITALIZATION  – (continued)

The holders of Series E Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, are entitled to elect one member of the Corporation’s Board of Directors. The holders of Series D Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, are entitled to elect two members of the Board of Directors. The holders of Series A, Series B, and Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, are entitled to elect one member of the Board of Directors. The holders of common stock, voting as a separate class, are entitled to elect one member of the Board of the Directors. Any additional members of the Board of Directors are elected by the mutual agreement of (i) the holders of a majority of the common stock and (ii) the holders of a majority of the preferred stock, each voting as a separate class.

Dividends

The holders of preferred stock are entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends in preference to dividends declared or paid to common stock, when, as and if, declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available. The payment of any dividends to the holders of the Preferred Stock is in proportion to the number of shares of common stock into which the preferred stock is convertible; however, any dividends will first be paid to the Series D and Series E Preferred Stock. No dividends may be paid on common stock unless an equivalent dividend is also paid to the Series D and Series E Preferred Stock on an as-converted to common stock basis.

No dividends have been declared or paid since inception.

Liquidation

A “Liquidity Event” includes (i) a sale, acquisition or merger of the Company (in which a change of voting control occurs), (ii) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or (iii) a dissolution or winding up of the Company.

Upon any Liquidity Event, each holder of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock is entitled to receive, prior and in preference to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and common stock, an amount per share equal to the sum of (i) $1.60 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock and $1.65 per share for the Series E Preferred Stock and (ii) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on each of the respective shares of preferred stock. The holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock may approve some lesser amount per share of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, respectively. If upon the Liquidity Event, the assets of the Company legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series D and Series E Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of their full preferential amounts, then the entire assets of the Company legally available for distribution will be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would originally be entitled to receive.

After the liquidation preference of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock has been paid, each holder of Series A Preferred Stock is entitled to receive, before any payments are made to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and common stock, an amount equal to $1.00 for each share held, plus any declared but unpaid dividends on such shares, or such lesser amount as may be approved by the holders of the majority of outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock. If the amounts available for distribution by the Company to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock upon a Liquidity Event are insufficient to permit the payment to those holders of their full preferential amounts, then such holders will share ratably in any distribution in connection with such Liquidity Event in proportion to the full preferential amounts they are owed.

F-30


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

7.  CAPITALIZATION  – (continued)

After the liquidation preference of Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, and Series A Preferred Stock has been paid, each holder of Series B Preferred Stock is entitled to receive, before any payments are made to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock and common stock, an amount equal to $1.25 for each share held, plus any declared but unpaid dividends on such shares, or such lesser amount as may be approved by the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock. If the amounts available for distribution by the Company to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock upon a Liquidity Event are insufficient to permit the payment to those holders of their full preferential amounts, then such holders will share ratably in any distribution in connection with such Liquidity Event in proportion to the full preferential amounts they are owed.

After the liquidation preferences of the Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, and Series B Preferred Stock have been paid, each holder of Series C Preferred Stock is entitled to receive, before any payments are made to the holders of common stock, an amount equal to $1.60 for each share held, plus any declared but unpaid dividends, or such lesser amount as may be approved by the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock. If the amounts available for distribution by the Company to the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock upon a Liquidity Event are insufficient to permit the payment to those holders of their full preferential amounts, then such holders will share ratably in any distribution in connection with such Liquidity Event in proportion to the full preferential amounts they are owed.

For a Liquidity Event with aggregate consideration at or below $150.0 million in total consideration, after full payment is made to the holders of preferred stock as set forth above, the remaining proceeds will be allocated among the holders of common stock, Series D Preferred Stock, and Series E Preferred Stock on a pro-rata as-converted basis.

For a Liquidity Event with aggregate consideration above $150.0 million, each holder of Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock will receive the greater of (i) the amount of consideration that such holder would be entitled to receive pursuant to a total distribution of $150.0 million as set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph or (ii) the amount such holder would receive if such holder had converted such shares of Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock into shares of common stock immediately prior to such distribution.

The preferred stock has been presented as mezzanine equity and therefore separately from stockholders’ deficit in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets since redemption and, under certain circumstances, payment of the liquidation preferences to the preferred stock holders is beyond the control of the Company’s management.

Redemption of Series D and Series E Preferred Stock

At any time after May 10, 2014, at the election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D or Series E Preferred Stock, in each case, voting separately, may require the Company to redeem the outstanding shares of Series D or Series E Preferred Stock, as applicable, for a cash amount per share equal to the greater of (i) original issue price of the Series D Preferred Stock and the Series E Preferred Stock of $1.60 and $1.65, respectively, plus an amount equal to all declared and unpaid dividends thereon, or (ii) the then fair market value of such series of preferred stock as determined by the Board of Directors. The carrying value of the respective Series D and Series E Preferred Stock is being accreted to its redemption value over the period to its earliest redemption date of May 10, 2014 using the interest rate method. The aggregate redemption value of the Series D and Series E Preferred Stock as of December 31, 2009 was $36.9 million.

F-31


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

7.  CAPITALIZATION  – (continued)

Conversion

Each share of preferred stock is convertible at the holder’s option at any time into a single share of common stock. The conversion ratio for each respective series of preferred stock is subject to adjustments for stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reorganization, reclassification or other similar event.

All of the outstanding shares of preferred stock will automatically convert into common stock at the then-applicable conversion rate, which is currently 1:1 for each series of preferred stock, immediately prior to the closing of an underwritten public offering at a share price equal to at least $6.40 with aggregate gross proceeds of at least $40.0 million, or upon the written election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D and Series E Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting together on an as-converted basis.

At December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited), the Company was required to keep available, out of its authorized but unissued shares of common stock, the following shares for conversion of the preferred stock (in thousands):

 
Series A     3,224  
Series B     2,600  
Series C     2,031  
Series D     10,625  
Series E     5,273  
Total required availability     23,753  

8.  WARRANTS

Warrants to Purchase Common Stock

The Company has issued warrants to purchase the Company’s common stock in connection with debt arrangements and the purchase of certain domain names. All warrants were fully vested, non-forfeitable and immediately exercisable upon issuance and are classified as equity. At December 31, 2008, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited), the following warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock were outstanding (in thousands, except per share data):

           
  Year of
Issuance
  Exercise
Price
per Share
  December 31,   June 30,   Expiration Date
     2008   2009   2010
                         (unaudited)
       1999     $ 0.01       22                   December 2009  
       2000     $ 0.01       22       22             January 2010  
       2005     $ 1.60       125       125       125       June 2012  
       2006     $ 1.60       150       150       150       September 2013  
       2007     $ 1.60       53       53       53       April 2014  
       2007     $ 1.60       146       146       146       May 2014  

On May 6, 2009, the Company entered into a five year license agreement that provides a distributor the right to distribute the Company’s software solution to the distributor’s customers under the distributor’s name. In connection with the license agreement, the Company also entered into a warrant agreement to provide additional incentives to the distributor. The Company may issue the distributor fully vested and immediately exercisable ten-year warrants to purchase between zero and 886,096 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.53 per share based on the distributor meeting specified sales targets for each contract year until the earlier of the five-year term of our

F-32


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

8.  WARRANTS  – (continued)

distributor agreement with the distributor or the completion of an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock. The warrants must be exercised immediately prior to an acquisition of the Company through a reorganization, merger or consolidation; immediately prior to a sale, lease or other disposition of all of our assets; or within three years after an initial public offering. The distributor will no longer be entitled to earn warrants after the completion of an initial public offering. Through June 30, 2010, no warrants had been issued as the defined targets had not been met by the distributor for the contract year ended June 30, 2010.

Warrants to Purchase Preferred Stock

The Company has issued warrants to purchase preferred stock in connection with debt arrangements and preferred stock financings. The warrants to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock are accounted for as liabilities at fair value upon issuance with changes in fair value recorded in other income (expense) in our statement of operations each reporting period. All warrants are fully vested, non-forfeitable and were immediately exercisable on issuance.

The warrants issued to purchase Series D and Series E Preferred Stock, with the exception of the warrants to purchase 140,625 shares of Series D Preferred Stock issued during 2007, expire on the earliest of their respective expiration dates (as summarized in the table below), an initial public offering or, under certain circumstances, a change in control. The warrants to purchase 140,625 shares of Series D Preferred Stock issued during 2007 expire in September 2014. At December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010, the following warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s preferred stock were outstanding (in thousands, except per share amounts):

             
  Warrant of
Preferred
Stock Issued
  Year of
Issuance
  Exercise
Price
Per Share
    
December 31,
  June 30,   Expiration Date
     2008   2009   2010
                              (unaudited)
       Series C       2004     $ 1.60       130       130       130       June 2011  
       Series C       2004     $ 1.60       25       25       25       June 2011  
       Series C       2004     $ 1.60       225       225       225       June 2011  
       Series D       2007     $ 2.40       3,333       3,333       3,333       May 2014  
       Series D       2007     $ 2.40       208       208       208       September 2014  
       Series D       2007     $ 1.60       141       141       141       September 2014  
       Series E       2009     $ 2.40             1,054       1,054       January 2016  
       Series E       2009     $ 1.65             485       485       March 2019  

The fair value of the warrants to purchase the Company’s preferred stock was determined using a Black-Scholes option pricing model.

F-33


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

8.  WARRANTS  – (continued)

The following weighted average assumptions were used to assess the fair value and the resulting fair value of the Series C, Series D, and Series E Preferred Stock warrants:

               
  Series C   Series D   Series E
     December 31,
2008
  December 31,
2009
  June 30,
2010
  December 31,
2008
  December 31,
2009
  June 30,
2010
  December 31,
2009
  June 30,
2010
         (unaudited)       (unaudited)     (unaudited)
Risk-free interest rate     0.6 %       0.5 %       0.1 %       2.1 %       1.6 %       0.7 %       2.0 %       1.1 %  
Expected term (in years)     3.0       1.4       0.9       5.5       3.1       2.3       4.1       3.4  
Estimated dividend yield     %       %       %       %       %       %       %       %  
Weighted average estimated volatility     51.0 %       65.0 %       65.7 %       51.0 %       65.0 %       65.7 %       65.0 %       65.7 %  
Fair Value (in thousands)   $ 56     $ 167     $ 594     $ 2,226     $ 3,685     $ 6,446     $ 1,831     $ 3,085  

At December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited), the Company had reserved 496,875 and 474,375 shares of common stock, respectively, issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase common stock. At December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited), the Company had reserved 380,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, 3,682,290 shares of Series D Preferred Stock and 1,539,392 shares of Series E Preferred Stock for issuance upon the exercise of warrants to purchase preferred stock.

9.  STOCK OPTION PLAN

In November 1999, the Company adopted the 1999 Stock Plan (“1999 Plan”) as amended. In January 2009, the Company created the 2009 Plan (“2009 Plan”). The maximum aggregate number of shares issuable under the 2009 Plan is 1,000,000 shares, plus (i) any shares that have been reserved but not issued under the 1999 Plan and (ii) any shares subject to stock options granted under the 1999 Plan that expire, are forfeited or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full. The shares issued upon exercise may be authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of common stock. The total shares of common stock available for issuance under the 1999 and 2009 Plans is 5,976,126. As of December 31, 2009, 816,265 shares remained available for the issuance.

In July 2010, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized an additional 2,000,000 shares of common stock to be issued under the 2009 Plan (Note 15).

Stock options granted under the 1999 and 2009 Plans may be incentive stock options or non-statutory stock options. Stock purchase rights may also be granted under the 1999 and 2009 Plans. Incentive stock options may only be granted to employees. The Board of Directors determines the period over which stock options become exercisable. However, except in specific cases of stock options granted to officers, directors and consultants, stock options become exercisable at a rate of not less than 20% per year over 5 years from the date the stock options are granted. Options granted under the 1999 and 2009 Plans expire ten years after the grant date and generally vest one-fourth on the first anniversary of the grant and ratably thereafter for the following 36 months. The exercise price of incentive stock options and non-statutory stock options cannot be less than 100% and 85%, respectively, of the fair market value per share of the Company's common stock on the grant date as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. If an individual owns stock representing more than 10% of the outstanding shares, the price of each incentive stock option or non-statutory stock option share must be at least 110% of fair market value, as determined by the Board of Directors. The term of the stock options is 10 years except for incentive stock options

F-34


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

9.  STOCK OPTION PLAN  – (continued)

granted to an individual who owns stock representing more than 10% of the outstanding shares, in which case the term of the stock options is 5 years.

The following table summarizes the activity of the Company's 1999 and 2009 Plans (in thousands, except per share and term information):

       
  Shares   Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
Outstanding, December 31, 2008     4,872     $ 0.38                    
Granted     581     $ 1.26                    
Exercised     (26 )     $ 0.39                    
Forfeited     (293 )     $ 0.40              
Outstanding, December 31, 2009     5,134     $ 0.48       7.1     $ 3,996  
Granted (unaudited)     782     $ 1.65                    
Exercised (unaudited)     (28 )     $ 0.47                    
Forfeited (unaudited)     (49 )     $ 1.11              
Outstanding, June 30, 2010 (unaudited)     5,839     $ 0.63       7.0     $ 12,420  
Exercisable at December 31, 2009     3,337     $ 0.37       6.2     $ 2,976  
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2009     4,955     $ 0.47       7.1     $ 3,909  
Exercisable at June 30, 2010 (unaudited)     3,729     $ 0.38       5.9     $ 8,856  
Vested and expected to vest at June 30, 2010 (unaudited)     5,622     $ 0.61       7.0     $ 12,064  

Stock-based compensation expense is included in the following line items in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 (in thousands):

         
  Years ended
December 31,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
     2007   2008   2009   2009   2010
                    (unaudited)
Cost of sales   $ 24     $ 30     $ 27     $ 13     $ 30  
Selling and marketing expense     91       143       221       105       128  
Research and development     16       24       22       6       19  
General and administrative expense     89       45       61       26       52  
Total   $ 220     $ 242     $ 331     $ 150     $ 229  

F-35


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

9.  STOCK OPTION PLAN  – (continued)

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited) (in thousands):

           
  Options Outstanding at
December 31, 2009
  Options Exercisable at
December 31, 2009
Exercise price   Number   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
(in years)
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Number   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
(in years)
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
$0.34     3,569       6.2     $ 0.34       2,922       5.9     $ 0.34  
$0.50     6       1.5     $ 0.50       6       1.5     $ 0.50  
$0.53     958       9.0     $ 0.53       377       9.0     $ 0.53  
$0.85     20       6.7     $ 0.85       20       6.7     $ 0.85  
$1.26     581       10.0     $ 1.26       12       10.0     $ 1.26  
       5,134       7.1     $ 0.48       3,337       6.2     $ 0.37  

           
  Options Outstanding at
June 30, 2010
  Options Exercisable at
June 30, 2010
     (unaudited)   (unaudited)
Exercise price   Number   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
(in years)
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Number   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
(in years)
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
$0.34     3,545       5.7     $ 0.34       3,158       5.5     $ 0.34  
$0.50     6       1.0     $ 0.50       6       1.0     $ 0.50  
$0.53     943       8.5     $ 0.53       481       8.5     $ 0.53  
$0.85     20       6.2     $ 0.85       20       6.2     $ 0.85  
$1.26     553       9.5     $ 1.26       48       9.5     $ 1.26  
$1.65     772       9.8     $ 1.65       16       9.8     $ 1.65  
       5,839       7.0     $ 0.63       3,729       5.9     $ 0.38  

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 was $1,000, $0, $3,000, and $2,000 (unaudited) and $24,000 (unaudited) respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, and for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010, the total fair value of shares vested was $0.2 million, $0.2 million, $0.3 million, and $0.1 million (unaudited) and $0.1 million (unaudited), respectively.

Unrecognized compensation cost was $0.7 million and $1.1 million (unaudited) as of December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010, respectively, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.4 years and 2.6 years, respectively.

The aggregate grant date fair value of stock options granted for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010 was $0.4 million, $0.3 million, $0.4 million and $0.7 million (unaudited), respectively.

F-36


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

9.  STOCK OPTION PLAN  – (continued)

In December 2007, the Company modified the terms of outstanding stock options held by certain full time employees and existing directors, such that the original related exercise prices of $0.40 to $0.85 per share were reduced to $0.34 per share. As a result, the Company recorded incremental stock-based compensation in 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, of $95,000, $26,000 and $24,000, and $12,000 (unaudited) and $9,000 (unaudited) for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010.

The table below sets forth information regarding stock options granted from January 1, 2009 to June 30, 2010 (shares in thousands):

     
Date of Grant   Number of
shares
  Exercise
price
  Estimated
fair value of
common stock
December 31, 2009     581     $ 1.26     $ 1.26  
April 21, 2010     782     $ 1.65     $ 1.65  

10.  INCOME TAXES

The components of the Company’s loss before provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

     
  Years Ended
December 31,
     2007   2008   2009
                 
United States   $ (5,682 )     $ (10,121 )     $ (8,320 )  
Foreign                  
Income before income taxes   $ (5,682 )     $ (10,121 )     $ (8,320 )  

The components of the provision for income taxes attributable to continuing operations are as follows (in thousands):

     
  Years Ended
December 31,
     2007   2008   2009
              
Current income tax provision:
                          
Federal   $     $     $  
State                  
Foreign     20       62       72  
Total current income tax provision     20       62       72  
Deferred income tax (benefit) provision:
                          
Federal                  
State                  
Foreign                  
Total deferred income tax provision                  
Total income tax provision   $ 20     $ 62     $ 72  

The Company has incurred operating losses and has recorded a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets for all periods to date and, accordingly, has not recorded a provision for income taxes for any of the periods presented other than provisions for foreign income taxes.

F-37


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

10.  INCOME TAXES  – (continued)

The differences in the total provision for income taxes that would result from applying the 34% federal statutory rate to income before provision for income taxes and the reported provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

     
  Years Ended
December 31,
     2007   2008   2009
                 
U.S. Federal tax expense at statutory rates   $ (1,932 )     $ (3,441 )     $ (2,829 )  
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit     (366 )       (533 )       (335 )  
Permanent differences     (202 )       398       898  
Uncertain tax positions     20       62       72  
Other                 18  
Valuation allowance     2,500       3,576       2,248  
Total income tax provision   $ 20     $ 62     $ 72  

Major components of the Company’s deferred tax assets (liabilities) at December 31, 2008 and 2009 are as follows (in thousands):

   
  December 31,
     2008   2009
Accrued expenses     197       365  
Long-lived assets — basis difference     1,734       1,966  
Net operating loss carryforwards     12,140       13,762  
Other     227       271  
Total deferred tax assets     14,298       16,364  
Deferred revenue and accounting method change     (1,641 )       (978 )  
Prepaid expenses and deferred commissions     (49 )       (530 )  
Total deferred tax liabilities     (1,690 )       (1,508 )  
Total net deferred tax assets     12,608       14,856  
Valuation allowance     (12,608 )       (14,856 )  
Total net deferred tax asset, net of valuation allowance   $     $  

The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, imposes substantial restrictions on the utilization of net operating losses in the event of an “ownership change” of a corporation. Accordingly, a company’s ability to use net operating losses may be limited as prescribed under Internal Revenue Code Section 382 (“IRC Section 382”). Events which may cause limitations in the amount of the net operating losses that the Company may use in any one-year include, but are not limited to, a cumulative ownership change of more than 50% over a three-year period.

Due to the effects of historical equity issuances, the Company has determined that the future utilization on a portion of its net operating losses is limited annually pursuant to IRC Section 382. The Company believes that none of its net operating losses will expire because of the annual limitation.

At December 31, 2009, the Company had federal and state net operating losses of approximately $34.8 million and $32.7 million, respectively. The federal net operating loss carryforward will begin expiring in 2019 and the state net operating loss carryforward will begin expiring in 2010.

F-38


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

10.  INCOME TAXES  – (continued)

The Company has recorded a full valuation allowance against its otherwise recognizable deferred income tax assets as of December 31, 2009. Management has determined, after evaluating all positive and negative historical and prospective evidence, that it is more likely than not that these assets will not be realized. The net increase to the valuation allowance of $2.5 million, $3.6 million and $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, was primarily due to additional net operating losses generated by the Company.

In contemplation of inclusion of its financial statements in a public offering, the Company retrospectively adopted the provisions for accounting for uncertainty in income taxes effective January 1, 2007.

The following is a rollforward of the Company’s total gross unrecognized tax benefits during 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010 (in thousands):

 
  Gross
Unrealized
Tax Benefits
Balance at January 1, 2007   $  
Additions for tax positions related to the current year     20  
Balance at December 31, 2007     20  
Additions for tax positions related to the current year     62  
Balance at December 31, 2008     82  
Additions for tax positions related to the current year     72  
Balance at December 31, 2009     154  
Additions for tax positions related to the current six months (unaudited)     59  
Balance at June 30, 2010 (unaudited)   $ 213  

The Company’s policy is to classify interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions as a component of tax expense. Interest and penalties of $7,000, $ 3,000 and $4,000 (unaudited) on unrecognized tax benefits were accrued as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and June 30, 2010, respectively. It is not expected that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will be recognized in the next twelve months. In addition, the Company does not expect the change to have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or liquidity. If the unrecognized tax benefits are recognized, tax expense will reduce by $0.2 million through June 30, 2010 (unaudited).

The Company is subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as to income tax in multiple state jurisdictions. Federal income tax returns of the Company are subject to IRS examination for the 2006 through 2009 tax years. State income tax returns are subject to examination for the 2005 through 2009 tax years.

F-39


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

11.  GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

Revenue by geographic region, as determined based on the location of the Company’s clients is set forth below (in thousands):

         
  Years Ended
December 31,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
     2007   2008   2009   2009   2010
                    (unaudited)
Revenue
                                            
United States   $ 9,444     $ 16,019     $ 22,415     $ 10,884     $ 14,497  
United Kingdom     903       2,678       4,279       2,025       3,414  
All other countries     629       929       2,628       895       2,372  
Total revenue   $ 10,976     $ 19,626     $ 29,322     $ 13,804     $ 20,283  

Property and equipment by region is set forth below (in thousands):

     
  December 31,   June 30, 2010
     2008   2009   (unaudited)
Property and equipment, net
                          
United States   $ 999     $ 2,198     $ 3,665  
All other countries     19       31       310  
Total property and equipment, net   $ 1,018     $ 2,229     $ 3,975  

12.  401(K) SAVINGS PLAN

The Company has a defined contribution savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. This plan covers substantially all employees who meet minimum age and service requirements and allows participants to defer a portion of their annual compensation on a pre-tax basis. Company contributions to the plan may be made at the discretion of the Board of Directors. To date, there have been no contributions made to the plan by the Company.

13.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company leases its offices under noncancelable operating leases and its managed hosting facility and services under month-to-month operating leases. Total rent expense under operating leases was approximately $0.8 million, $0.9 million, $0.8 million, $0.4 million (unaudited), and $0.5 million (unaudited) for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010, respectively. The Company leases equipment under capital lease arrangements for the majority of its property and equipment (Note 4).

Future minimum lease payments under operating and capital leases at December 31, 2009 are as follows (in thousands):

   
  Operating Leases   Capital Leases
2010   $ 693     $ 767  
2011     658       706  
2012           484  
2013           11  
2014            
Thereafter            
Total minimum lease payments     1,351       1,968  
Less: Amounts representing interest           (116 )  
Present value of capital lease obligations              1,852  
Less: Current portion           (694 )  
Long-term portion of capital lease obligations         $ 1,158  

F-40


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

13.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES  – (continued)

In March 2009, the Company entered into an e-learning content reseller agreement with a third-party content provider. The Company is obligated to pay license fees of $0.2 million and $0.2 million in 2010 and 2011, respectively.

During the first six months of 2010, the Company entered into an amendment to its operating lease to increase its office space in Santa Monica, California, and entered into an operating lease for a foreign office in India. These operating lease agreements increase the Company’s total operating lease commitments by approximately $1.1 million through 2015.

During 2010, the Company entered into additional capital lease agreements. The new capital leases increase the Company’s total capital lease commitments by approximately $2.1 million.

In August 2010, the Company entered into a patent license agreement, granting the Company a perpetual license to use a third-party’s e-learning technologies. License fees of $0.2 million, $0.4 million, $0.4 million and $0.2 million are due in 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

Guarantees and Indemnifications

The Company has made guarantees and indemnities under which it may be required to make payments to a guaranteed or indemnified party, in relation to certain transactions, including revenue transactions in the ordinary course of business. In connection with certain facility leases, the Company has indemnified its lessors for certain claims arising from the facility or the lease. The Company indemnifies its directors and officers to the maximum extent permitted under the laws of the State of Delaware. However, the Company has a directors and officers insurance policy that may reduce its exposure in certain circumstances and may enable it to recover a portion of future amounts that may be payable, if any. The duration of the guarantees and indemnities varies and, in many cases, are indefinite but subject to statute of limitations. To date, the Company has made no payments related to these guarantees and indemnities. The Company estimates the fair value of its indemnification obligations as insignificant based on this history and insurance coverage and has therefore, has not recorded any liability for these guarantees and indemnities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Litigation

The Company is subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. If the Company determines that it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount is reasonable estimable, the Company will record a liability. The Company has determined that it does not have a potential liability related to any legal proceedings or claims that would individually or in the aggregate materially adversely affect its financial conditions or operating results.

14.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In May 2006, the Company entered into loan agreements with four existing shareholders. The loans, totaling $1.5 million, were repaid on May 10, 2007.

During September 2006, the Company entered into short-term borrowing arrangements with four shareholders for debt totaling $1.0 million. In September 2007, the debt was converted into 625,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock. In addition, the note holders were issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 208,332 shares of preferred stock.

During 2007, in connection with Series D Preferred Stock issuance, the Company repurchased 650,000 shares of common stock from an executive officer for a total purchase price of $0.7 million. The $0.3 million excess of the purchase price over the fair market value of the common stock on the date of repurchase, was recorded as compensation expense. As part of the Series D Preferred Stock

F-41


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

14.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS  – (continued)

issuance in May 2007, the Company redeemed all of Aon Corporation’s (one of the Company’s clients) 4,500,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock for an aggregate of $5.4 million in cash. Revenues related to Aon Corporation for the period from January 2007 through the redemption of the preferred stock were approximately $0.1 million.

During May 2007, the Company entered into employment agreements with two executive officers in which each received a loan from the Company in an aggregate principal amount of $0.3 million at an interest rate of 5% annually. The outstanding principal and accrued interest due under each loan was charged to compensation expense in 2007 and 2008.

15.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through September 27, 2010, the date of issuance of the financial statements.

In August 2010, the Company entered into a new $15 million credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank (Note 6).

In July 2010, the Company increased the authorized shares to be issued under the 2009 Plan by 2,000,000 shares (Note 9).

In September 2010, the Company’s Board of Directors granted 604,618 options to purchase common stock at an exercise price per share of $2.76.

F-42


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

  

  

 

  
  

          Shares

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

Common Stock

  
  



 

  
  

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

  
  
  



 

  
  

PROSPECTUS

  
  



 

  
  
  
  

 
Goldman, Sachs & Co.   Barclays Capital

 
William Blair & Company
  Piper Jaffray
Pacific Crest Securities   JMP Securities

  
  
  
  

 

 


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART II

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being registered. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee. All the expenses below will be paid by Cornerstone OnDemand.

 
Item   Amount
SEC registration fee   $ 8,200  
FINRA filing fee     12,000  
Initial                listing fee     *  
Legal fees and expenses     *  
Accounting fees and expenses     *  
Printing and engraving expenses     *  
Transfer agent and registrar fees     *  
Blue sky fees and expenses     *  
Director and Officer Insurance     *  
Miscellaneous fees and expenses        *     
Total   $    

* To be provided by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each to be in effect upon the completion of this offering, will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, and may indemnify our employees and other agents, to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. In addition, we will enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers and some employees containing provisions which are in some respects broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. The indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors and to advance their expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. Reference is also made to the underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto, which, under certain conditions, provides for indemnification by the underwriters of our officers and directors against certain liabilities.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Since August 31, 2007, we have sold unregistered securities to a limited number of persons, as described below.

Sale of Preferred Stock

In September 2006, we sold and issued convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 to four accredited investors. In September 2007, these notes were converted into an aggregate of 625,000 shares of our Series D preferred stock.

In January 2009, we sold an aggregate of 5,272,727 shares of our Series E preferred stock to a total of nine accredited investors at purchase price per share of $1.65, for an aggregate purchase price of $8,700,000.

II-1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Warrant Issuances

In September 2007, we issued a warrant to purchase 140,625 shares of our Series D preferred stock to an accredited investor at an exercise price of $1.60 per share and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 208,332 shares of our Series D preferred stock to a total of four accredited investors at an exercise price of $2.40 per share.

In January 2009, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,054,543 shares of our Series E preferred stock to a total of nine accredited investors at an exercise price of $2.40 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $2,618,182.

In March 2009, we issued a warrant to purchase 484,849 shares of our Series E preferred stock to an accredited investor at an exercise price of $1.65 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $800,000.

In August 2010, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 95,000 shares of our common stock to two accredited investors at an exercise price of $3.50 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $332,500.

Option and Common Stock Issuances

From August 31, 2007 through August 31, 2010, we granted to our employees, consultants and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 6,388,150 shares of common stock under our 1999 Stock Plan and our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan at exercise prices ranging from $0.34 to $1.65 per share.

From August 31, 2007 through August 31, 2010, we sold an aggregate of 1,680,496 shares of our common stock upon the exercise of options under our 1999 Stock Plan and our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan at exercise prices ranging from $0.34 to $1.26 per share, for an aggregate exercise price of $642,346.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering, and the registrant believes that (i) the transactions described under the headings “ Sale of Preferred Stock ” and “ Warrant Issuances ” were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 in reliance on Section 4(2) thereof, or Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering, and (ii) the transactions described under the heading “ Option and Common Stock Issuances ” were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 in reliance on Section 3(b) thereof, and Rule 701 promulgated thereunder, as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of securities in such transactions represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates and instruments issued in connection with such transactions. All recipients of securities under the headings “ Sale of Preferred Stock ” and “ Warrant Issuances ” were accredited or sophisticated investors and either received adequate information about the registrant or had access, through their relationships with the registrant, to such information.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statements

Exhibits

 
Exhibit No.   Description of Exhibit
 1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
 3.1   Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended and currently in effect.
 3.2*   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be in effect upon completion of the offering.

II-2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Exhibit No.   Description of Exhibit
 3.3   Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended and currently in effect.
 3.4*   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant, to be in effect upon completion of the offering.
 4.1*   Form of the Registrant’s common stock certificate.
 4.2   Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2009, by and among the Registrant, Adam Miller and the investors listed on Exhibit A and Exhibit B attached thereto.
 4.3   Warrant to purchase shares of common stock issued to Silicon Valley Bank, dated as of August 20, 2010.
 4.4   Warrant to purchase shares of common stock issued to Ironwood Equity Fund LP, dated as of August 20, 2010.
 4.5   Warrant to purchase shares of Series C convertible preferred stock issued to Orix Venture Finance LLC, dated as of June 29, 2004.
 4.6   Warrant to purchase shares of Series D convertible preferred stock issued to Comerica Bank, dated as of September 12, 2007.
 5.1*   Form of Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
10.1†*   Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.2†   The Registrant’s 1999 Stock Plan, including the form of stock option agreement, as amended and currently in effect.
10.3†   The Registrant’s 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, including form of stock option agreement, as currently in effect.
10.4†*   The Registrant’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, including form of stock option agreement, to be in effect upon completion of the offering.
10.5†*   The Registrant’s 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, including form agreements, to be in effect upon the completion of the offering.
10.6†*   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Adam Miller, to be in effect upon the completion of the offering.
10.7†*   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Perry Wallack, to be in effect upon the completion of the offering.
10.8†*   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Steven Seymour, to be in effect upon the completion of the offering.
10.9†*   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Registrant and David J. Carter, to be in effect upon the completion of the offering.
10.10†*   Amended and Restated Unlimited Term Employment Contract between the Registrant and Vincent Belliveau, to be in effect upon the completion of the offering.
10.11†   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Mark Goldin, dated as of May 24, 2010.
10.12   Loan and Security Agreement between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, dated as of August 20, 2010.
10.13   Securities Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and Ironwood Equity Fund LP, dated as of March 31, 2009.
10.14*   Consent to Sublease among Water Garden Realty Holding LLC, Sapient Corporation, and the Registrant, dated as of February 14, 2006 and Sublease Agreement between Sapient Corporation and Registrant, dated as of January 31, 2006.

II-3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Exhibit No.   Description of Exhibit
10.15*   Consent to Sublease Amendment between Water Garden Realty Holding LLC, Sapient Corporation, and the Registrant, dated as of May 27, 2010 and First Amendment to Sublease between Sapient Corporation and Registrant, dated as of May 25, 2010.
10.16*   Sublease II between Accruent, Inc., and the Registrant, dated as of January 25, 2008 and Assignment Agreement between Sapient Corporation and Accruent, Inc.
10.17   Master Service Agreement (United States) between the Registrant and Equinix Operating Co., Inc., dated as of November 6, 2009.
10.18   Master Service Agreement (United Kingdom) between the Registrant and Equinix (UK) Limited, dated as of November 4, 2009.
21.1   List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1*   Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C. (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.2   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
24.1   Power of Attorney (see page II-5).

* To be filed by Amendment. All other exhibits are filed herewith.
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

Financial Statement Schedules

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted as to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 14, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus as filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

II-4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Santa Monica, State of California, on the 28 th day of September, 2010.

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.

By: /s/ Adam L. Miller
Adam L. Miller
President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Adam L. Miller and Perry A. Wallack, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by the Registration Statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

   
Signature   Title   Date
/s/ Adam L. Miller

Adam L. Miller
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (principal executive officer)   September 28, 2010
/s/ Perry A. Wallack

Perry A. Wallack
  Chief Financial Officer (principal financial and accounting officer)   September 28, 2010
/s/ R. C. Mark Baker

R. C. Mark Baker
  Director   September 28, 2010
/s/ Harold W. Burlingame

Harold W. Burlingame
  Director   September 28, 2010
/s/ Byron B. Deeter

Byron B. Deeter
  Director   September 28, 2010
/s/ James McGeever

James McGeever
  Director   September 28, 2010
/s/ Neil Sadaranganey

Neil Sadaranganey
  Director   September 28, 2010
/s/ Robert D. Ward

Robert D. Ward
  Director   September 28, 2010

II-5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXHIBIT INDEX

 
Exhibit No.   Description of Exhibit
 1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
 3.1   Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended and currently in effect.
 3.2*   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be in effect upon completion of the offering.
 3.3   Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended and currently in effect.
 3.4*   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant, to be in effect upon completion of the offering.
 4.1*   Form of the Registrant’s common stock certificate.
 4.2   Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2009, by and among the Registrant, Adam Miller and the investors listed on Exhibit A and Exhibit B attached thereto.
 4.3   Warrant to purchase shares of common stock issued to Silicon Valley Bank, dated as of August 20, 2010.
 4.4   Warrant to purchase shares of common stock issued to Ironwood Equity Fund LP, dated as of August 20, 2010.
 4.5   Warrant to purchase shares of Series C convertible preferred stock issued to Orix Venture Finance LLC, dated as of June 29, 2004.
 4.6   Warrant to purchase shares of Series D convertible preferred stock issued to Comerica Bank, dated as of September 12, 2007.
 5.1*   Form of Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
10.1†*   Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.2†   The Registrant’s 1999 Stock Plan, including the form of stock option agreement, as amended and currently in effect.
10.3†   The Registrant’s 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, including form of stock option agreement, as currently in effect.
10.4†*   The Registrant’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, including form of stock option agreement, to be in effect upon completion of the offering.
10.5†*   The Registrant’s 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, including form agreements, to be in effect upon the completion of the offering.
10.6†*   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Adam Miller, to be in effect upon the completion of the offering.
10.7†*   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Perry Wallack, to be in effect upon the completion of the offering.
10.8†*   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Steven Seymour, to be in effect upon the completion of the offering.
10.9†*   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Registrant and David J. Carter, to be in effect upon the completion of the offering.
10.10†*   Amended and Restated Unlimited Term Employment Contract between the Registrant and Vincent Belliveau, to be in effect upon the completion of the offering.
10.11†   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Mark Goldin, dated as of May 24, 2010.

II-6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Exhibit No.   Description of Exhibit
10.12   Loan and Security Agreement between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, dated as of August 20, 2010.
10.13   Securities Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and Ironwood Equity Fund LP, dated as of March 31, 2009.
10.14*   Consent to Sublease among Water Garden Realty Holding LLC, Sapient Corporation, and the Registrant, dated as of February 14, 2006 and Sublease Agreement between Sapient Corporation and Registrant, dated as of January 31, 2006.
10.15*   Consent to Sublease Amendment between Water Garden Realty Holding LLC, Sapient Corporation, and the Registrant, dated as of May 27, 2010 and First Amendment to Sublease between Sapient Corporation and Registrant, dated as of May 25, 2010.
10.16*   Sublease II between Accruent, Inc., and the Registrant, dated as of January 25, 2008 and Assignment Agreement between Sapient Corporation and Accruent, Inc.
10.17   Master Service Agreement (United States) between the Registrant and Equinix Operating Co., Inc., dated as of November 6, 2009.
10.18   Master Service Agreement (United Kingdom) between the Registrant and Equinix (UK) Limited, dated as of November 4, 2009.
21.1   List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1*   Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C. (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.2   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
24.1   Power of Attorney (see page II-5).

* To be filed by Amendment. All other exhibits are filed herewith.
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

II-7


Exhibit 3.1
 
EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
 
OF CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
 
(as amended and currently in effect)
 
ARTICLE I
 
The name of the Corporation is Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.
 
ARTICLE II

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
 
ARTICLE III

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is the Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801.  The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.
 
ARTICLE IV
 
The total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is seventy nine million, seven hundred twenty six thousand eight hundred fifty nine (79,726,859), of which (i) twenty-nine million seven hundred twenty six thousand eight hundred fifty nine (29,726,859) shares shall be preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”), and (ii) fifty million (50,000,000) shares shall be common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”).
 
A total of three million two hundred twenty-three thousand six hundred forty (3,223,640) shares of the Corporation’s Preferred Stock shall be designated as a series known as Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”).  A total of two million six hundred thousand (2,600,000) shares of the Corporation’s Preferred Stock shall be designated as a series known as Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Series B Preferred Stock ”).  A total of two million four hundred fifty-six thousand two hundred forty-nine (2,456,249) shares of the Corporation’s Preferred Stock shall be designated as a series known as Series C Preferred Stock, par value, $0.0001 per share (the “ Series C Preferred Stock ”).  A total of fourteen million four hundred sixteen thousand six hundred sixty-six (14,416,666) shares of the Corporation’s Preferred Stock shall be designated as a series known as Series D Preferred Stock, par value, $0.0001 per share (the “ Series D Preferred Stock ”).  A total of seven million thirty thousand three hundred four (7,030,304) shares of the Corporation’s Preferred Stock shall be designated as a series known as Series E Preferred Stock, par value, $0.0001 per share (the “ Series E Preferred Stock ”).
 
- 2 -

 
ARTICLE V

The terms and provisions of the Common Stock and Preferred Stock are as follows:

1.  Definitions .  For purposes of this ARTICLE V, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “ Conversion Price ” shall mean $0.66 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, $1.25 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock, $1.60 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock, $1.60 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock and $1.65 per share for the Series E Preferred Stock (in each case, subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein).

(b) “ Convertible Securities ” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock.

(c) “ Corporation ” shall mean Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.

(d) “ Distribution ” shall mean the transfer of cash or other property without consideration whether by way of dividend or otherwise, other than dividends on Common Stock payable in Common Stock, or the purchase or redemption of shares of the Corporation by the Corporation for cash or property other than: (i) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase, (ii) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal contained in agreements providing for such right, (iii) repurchase of capital stock of the Corporation in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder, (iv) any other repurchase or redemption of capital stock of the Corporation approved by the holders of the Common and Preferred Stock of the Corporation voting as separate classes and (v) the repurchase of up to $1,000,000.00 worth of shares of capital stock of the Corporation from certain stockholders of the Corporation as approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
 
(e) “ Liquidation Preference ” shall mean $1.00 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, $1.25 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock, $1.60 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock, $1.60 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock and $1.65 per share for the Series E Preferred Stock (in each case, subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein).

(f) “ Options ” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(g) “ Original Issue Price ” shall mean $0.66 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, $1.25 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock, $1.60 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock, $1.60 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock and $1.65 per share for the Series E Preferred Stock (in each case, subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein).
 
- 3 -

 
(h) “ Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock.

(i) “ Recapitalization ” shall mean any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event.

2.  Dividends .  

(a)  Preferred Stock .  In any calendar year, the holders of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets at the time legally available therefor, payable in preference and priority to any declaration or payment of any Distribution on Common Stock of the Corporation in such calendar year.  The right to receive dividends on shares of Preferred Stock shall not be cumulative, and no right to dividends shall accrue to holders of Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared or paid.  Payment of any dividends to the holders of Preferred Stock shall be made in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them on an as-converted basis; provided, however that any dividends shall be first paid on a pari passu as-converted basis to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock.  No Distributions shall be made with respect to the Common Stock unless an equivalent Distribution is declared and paid upon each share of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock in an amount equal to the amount that would be declared and paid with respect to the shares of Common Stock then issuable upon conversion of such shares of Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock, as the case may be.

(b)  Common Stock .  Dividends may be paid on the Common Stock when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, subject to the prior dividend rights of the Preferred Stock and to paragraph (a) above and Section 7 below.

(c)  Non-Cash Distributions .  Whenever a Distribution provided for in this Section 2 shall be payable in property other than cash, the value of such Distribution shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(d)  Consent to Certain Distributions .  As authorized by Section 402.5(c) of the California Corporations Code, if Section 502 or Section 503 of the California Corporations Code is applicable to a payment made by the Corporation then such applicable section or sections shall not apply if such payment is a payment made by the Corporation in connection with (i) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase, (ii) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal contained in agreements providing for such right, (iii) repurchases of Common Stock or Preferred Stock in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder, (iv) any other repurchase or redemption of Common Stock or Preferred Stock approved by the holders of Preferred Stock of the Corporation.
 
- 4 -

 
(e)  Waiver of Dividends .  Any dividend preference any series of Preferred Stock may be waived, in whole or in part, by the consent or vote of the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of such series.

3.            Liquidation Rights .

(a)  Liquidation Preference of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock .  In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, on a pari passu and as-converted basis, and prior and in preference to any Distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Common Stock or any other holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, or Series C Preferred Stock, by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Preferred Stock and (ii) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Preferred Stock.  The holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock may approve some lesser amount per share for each share of Series D Preferred Stock held by them.  The holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock may approve some lesser amount per share for each share of Series E Preferred Stock held by them.  If upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts specified in this Section 3(a), then the entire assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3(a).

(b)  Liquidation Preference of Series A Preferred Stock .  After the payment or setting aside for payment to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock of the full amounts specified in Section 3(a) above, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any Distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Common Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock, by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Preferred Stock and (ii) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Preferred Stock, or such lesser amount as may be approved by the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock. If, upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts specified in this Section 3(b), then the entire remaining assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of such series of Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3(b).

(c)  Liquidation Preference of Series B Preferred Stock .  After the payment or setting aside for payment to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock of the full amounts specified in Sections 3(a) and 3(b) above, respectively, the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any Distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Common Stock or Series C Preferred Stock, by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Preferred Stock and (ii) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Preferred Stock, or such lesser amount as may be approved by the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock. If, upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts specified in this Section 3(c), then the entire remaining assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of such series of Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3(c).
 
- 5 -

 
(d)  Liquidation Preference of Series C Preferred Stock .  After the payment or setting aside for payment to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock of the full amounts specified in Sections 3(a), 3(b) and 3(c) above, respectively, the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any Distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Common Stock, by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Preferred Stock and (ii) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Preferred Stock, or such lesser amount as may be approved by the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock. If, upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts specified in this Section 3(d), then the entire remaining assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of such series of Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3(d).

(e)  Remaining Proceeds .

(i)  Aggregate consideration up to $150 million .  After the payment to the holders of Preferred Stock of the full amounts specified in Sections 3(a), 3(b), 3(c) and 3(d) above, the remaining assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed pro rata to holders of the Common Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock of the Corporation in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them on an as-converted basis; provided that the total amount distributed pursuant to Sections 3(a), 3(b), 3(c) and 3(d) above and this Section 3(e) shall not exceed $150 million.

(ii)  Aggregate consideration greater than $150 million .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the total amount distributed pursuant to   Sections 3(a), 3(b), 3(c), 3(d) and this Section 3(e) is greater than $150 million, each holder of shares of Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock, as the case may be, shall receive the greater of (A) the amount such holder would be entitled to receive pursuant to a total distribution of $150 million under Section 3(e)(i) above and (B) the amount such holder would receive if such holder had converted such shares of Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock, as the case may be, into shares of Common Stock immediately prior to such distribution.
 
- 6 -

 
(f)  Shares not Treated as Both Preferred Stock and Common Stock in any Distribution .  Shares of Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to be converted into shares of Common Stock in order to participate in any Distribution, or series of Distributions, as shares of Common Stock, without first foregoing participation in the Distribution, or series of Distributions, as shares of Preferred Stock.

(g)  Reorganization .  For purposes of this Section  3 , a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation shall be deemed to be occasioned by, or to include, (i) the acquisition of the Corporation by another entity by means of a reorganization, merger or consolidation to which the Corporation is party other than a transaction in which the holders of the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such transaction retain, immediately after such transaction or series of transactions, as a result of shares in the Corporation held by such holders prior to such transaction, at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Corporation or such other surviving or resulting entity (or if the Corporation or such other surviving or resulting entity is a wholly-owned subsidiary immediately following such acquisition, its parent); (ii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole by means of any transaction or series of related transactions, except where such sale, lease or other disposition is to a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation; or (iii) any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary (any such event, a “ Liquidity Event ”).  Subject to Section 7 below, the treatment of any transaction or series of related transactions as a liquidation, dissolution or winding up pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) of the preceding sentence may be waived by the consent or vote of a majority of the outstanding Preferred Stock (voting as a single class and on an as-converted basis).

(h)  Valuation of Non-Cash Consideration .  If any assets of the Corporation distributed to stockholders in connection with any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation are other than cash, then the value of such assets shall be their fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors (as defined below), except that any publicly-traded securities to be distributed to stockholders in a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation shall be valued as follows:

(i) If the securities are then traded on a national securities exchange or a national quotation system, then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or system over the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the Distribution;

(ii) if the securities are actively traded over-the-counter, then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices of the securities over the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the Distribution; or

(iii) if there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.
 
- 7 -

 
In the event of a merger or other acquisition of the Corporation by another entity, the Distribution date shall be deemed to be the date such transaction closes.

For the purposes of this subsection 3(h), “ trading day ” shall mean any day which the exchange or system on which the securities to be distributed are traded is open and “ closing prices ” or “ closing bid prices ” shall be deemed to be: (i) for securities traded primarily on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or Nasdaq, the last reported trade price or sale price, as the case may be, at 4:00 p.m., New York time, on that day and (ii) for securities listed or traded on other exchanges, markets and systems, the market price as of the end of the regular hours trading period that is generally accepted as such for such exchange, market or system.  If, after the date hereof, the benchmark times generally accepted in the securities industry for determining the market price of a stock as of a given trading day shall change from those set forth above, the fair market value shall be determined as of such other generally accepted benchmark times.

4.  Conversion .  The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows:

(a)  Right to Convert .  Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, into that number of fully-paid, nonassessable shares of Common Stock determined by dividing the Original Issue Price for the relevant series by the Conversion Price for such series.  (The number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock of a series may be converted is hereinafter referred to as the “ Conversion Rate ” for each such series.)  Upon any decrease or increase in the Conversion Price for any series of Preferred Stock, as described in this Section  4 , the Conversion Rate for such series shall be appropriately increased or decreased.

(b)  Automatic Conversion .  Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully-paid, non-assessable shares of Common Stock at the then effective Conversion Rate for such share (i) immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), covering the offer and sale of the Corporation’s Common Stock, provided that the per share price of such public offering is not less than $6.40 and the aggregate gross proceeds to the Corporation are not less than $40 million (before deduction of any underwriters’ commissions and expenses) (a “Qualified IPO” ), or (ii) upon the receipt by the Corporation of a written request for such conversion from the holders of a majority of the Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock then outstanding (voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis), or, if later, the effective date for conversion specified in such requests (each of the events referred to in (i) and (ii) are referred to herein as an “ Automatic Conversion Event ”).

(c)  Mechanics of Conversion .  No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock.  In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors.  For such purpose, all shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder of Preferred Stock shall be aggregated, and any resulting fractional share of Common Stock shall be paid in cash.  Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into full shares of Common Stock, and to receive certificates therefor, he shall either (A) surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock or (B) notify the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and execute an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that he elects to convert the same; provided, however, that on the date of an Automatic Conversion Event, the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent; provided further , however, that the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such Automatic Conversion Event unless either the certificates evidencing such shares of Preferred Stock are delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent as provided above, or the holder notifies the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates.  On the date of the occurrence of an Automatic Conversion Event, each holder of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion, notwithstanding that the certificates representing such shares of Preferred Stock shall not have been surrendered at the office of the Corporation, that notice from the Corporation shall not have been received by any holder of record of shares of Preferred Stock, or that the certificates evidencing such shares of Common Stock shall not then be actually delivered to such holder.
 
- 8 -

 
The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after such delivery, or after such agreement and indemnification, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which the holder shall be entitled as aforesaid and a check payable to the holder in the amount of any cash amounts payable as the result of a conversion into fractional shares of Common Stock, plus any declared and unpaid dividends on the converted Preferred Stock.  Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date; provided, however, that if the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offer of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act or a merger, sale, financing, or liquidation of the Corporation or other event, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing of such transaction or upon the occurrence of such event, in which case the person(s) entitled to receive the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion of the Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such transaction or the occurrence of such event.

(d)  Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues .

(i)  Special Definition .  For purposes of this paragraph 4(d), “ Additional Shares of Common ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(iii), deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation,   other than issuances or deemed issuances of:
 
- 9 -

 
(1) an aggregate amount of up to 5,976,126 shares of Common Stock (or such greater amount as approved by the Board of Directors and, until one year from the date hereof, the Series E Director (as defined below)) issued or issuable to officers, directors and employees of, or consultants to, the Corporation pursuant to stock grants, option plans, purchase plans or other employee stock incentive programs or arrangements approved by the Board of Directors, or upon exercise of options or warrants granted to such parties pursuant to any such plan or arrangement;

(2) shares of Common Stock issued upon the exercise or conversion of Options or Convertible Securities outstanding as of the date of the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation;

(3) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock or pursuant to any event for which adjustment is made pursuant to paragraph 4(e), 4(f) or 4(g) hereof;

(4) shares of Common Stock issued in a registered public offering under the Securities Act pursuant to which all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock are automatically converted into Common Stock pursuant to an Automatic Conversion Event;

(5) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation by the Corporation by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement, provided , that such issuances are approved by the Board of Directors;

(6) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions pursuant to a debt financing or commercial leasing transaction approved by the Board of Directors;

(7) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in connection with any settlement of any action, suit, proceeding or litigation approved by the Board of Directors;

(8) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships approved by the Board of Directors; and

(9) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to suppliers or third party service providers in connection with the provision of goods or services pursuant to transactions approved by the Board of Directors.

(ii)  No Adjustment of Conversion Price .  No adjustment in the Conversion Price of Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock shall be made in respect of the issuance of Additional Shares of Common unless the consideration per share (as determined pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(v)) for an Additional Share of Common issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation is less than the Conversion Price in effect on the date of, and immediately prior to such issue, for such series of Preferred Stock.
 
- 10 -

 
(iii)  Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common .  In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the date of the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto without regard to any provisions contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities or, in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options and the conversion or exchange of the underlying securities, shall be deemed to have been issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, provided that in any such case in which shares are deemed to be issued:

(1) no further adjustment in the Conversion Price of Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock shall be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible Securities or shares of Common Stock in connection with the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;

(2) if such Options or Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any change in the consideration payable to the Corporation or in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof (other than a change pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions of such Options or Convertible Securities such as this Section 4(d) or pursuant to Recapitalization provisions of such Options or Convertible Securities such as Sections 49e), 4(f) and 4(g) hereof), the respective Conversion Prices of the Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock and any subsequent adjustments based thereon shall be recomputed to reflect such change as if such change had been in effect as of the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of the record date with respect thereto);

(3) no readjustment pursuant to clause (2) above shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price of the Series D Preferred Stock or of the Series E Preferred Stock to an amount above the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock that would have resulted from any other issuances of Additional Shares of Common and any other adjustments provided for herein between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date;

(4) upon the expiration of any such Options or any rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities which shall not have been exercised, the respective Conversion Prices of the Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) and any subsequent adjustments based thereon shall, upon such expiration, be recomputed as if:

(a) in the case of Convertible Securities or Options for Common Stock, the only Additional Shares of Common issued were the shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities and the consideration received therefor was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of such exercised Options plus the consideration actually received by the Corporation upon such exercise or for the issue of all such Convertible Securities which were actually converted or exchanged, plus the additional consideration, if any, actually received by the Corporation upon such conversion or exchange, and
 
- 11 -

 
(b) in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, only the Convertible Securities, if any, actually issued upon the exercise thereof were issued at the time of issue of such Options, and the consideration received by the Corporation for the Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been then issued was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of such exercised Options, plus the consideration deemed to have been received by the Corporation (determined pursuant to Section 4(d)(v)) upon the issue of the Convertible Securities with respect to which such Options were actually exercised; and

(5) if such record date shall have been fixed and such Options or Convertible Securities are not issued on the date fixed therefor, the adjustment previously made in the Conversion Price which became effective on such record date shall be canceled as of the close of business on such record date, and thereafter the Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this paragraph 4(d)(iii) as of the actual date of their issuance.

(iv) Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common .  In the event this Corporation shall issue Additional Shares of Common (including Additional Shares of Common deemed to be issued pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(iii)) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the applicable Conversion Price of the Series D Preferred Stock in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, then, the Conversion Price of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of shares which the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common so issued would purchase at such Conversion Price, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of such Additional Shares of Common so issued.  In the event this Corporation shall issue Additional Shares of Common (including Additional Shares of Common deemed to be issued pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(iii)) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the applicable Conversion Price of the Series E Preferred Stock in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, then, the Conversion Price of the Series E Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of shares which the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common so issued would purchase at such Conversion Price, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of such Additional Shares of Common so issued.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Conversion Price shall not be reduced at such time if the amount of such reduction would be less than $0.01, but any such amount shall be carried forward, and a reduction will be made with respect to such amount at the time of, and together with, any subsequent reduction which, together with such amount and any other amounts so carried forward, equal $0.01 or more in the aggregate. For the purposes of this subsection 4(d)(iv), all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and the exercise and/or conversion of any other outstanding Convertible Securities and all outstanding Options shall be deemed to be outstanding.
 
- 12 -

 
(v)  Determination of Consideration .  For purposes of this subsection 4(d), the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue (or deemed issue) of any Additional Shares of Common shall be computed as follows:

(1)  Cash and Property .  Such consideration shall:

(a) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with such issuance;

(b) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and

(c) in the event Additional Shares of Common are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (a) and (b) above, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(2)  Options and Convertible Securities .  The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been issued pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(iii) shall be determined by dividing

(x) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities by

(y) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

(e)  Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Common Stock .  In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise), into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased.  In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Prices in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased.
 
- 13 -

 
(f)  Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Preferred Stock .  In the event the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or a series of Preferred Stock shall be subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise), into a greater number of shares of Preferred Stock, Original Issue Price and Liquidation Preference of the affected series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased.  In the event the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or a series of Preferred Stock shall be combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of Preferred Stock, Original Issue Price and Liquidation Preference of the affected series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased.

(g)  Adjustments for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution .  Subject to Section 3 above (“ Liquidation Rights ”), if the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock shall be changed into the same or a different number of shares of any other class or classes of stock, whether by capital reorganization, reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares provided for above), then, in any such event, in lieu of the number of shares of Common Stock which the holders would otherwise have been entitled to receive each holder of such Preferred Stock shall have the right thereafter to convert such shares of Preferred Stock into a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of such series of Preferred Stock immediately before that change would have been entitled to receive in such reorganization or reclassification, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein with respect to such other shares.

(h)  Certificate as to Adjustments .  Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.  The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments and readjustments, (ii) the Conversion Price at the time in effect and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of Preferred Stock.

(i)  Waiver of Adjustment of Conversion Price .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock may be waived by the consent or vote of the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of such series either before or after the issuance causing the adjustment.  Any such waiver shall bind all future holders of shares of such series of Preferred Stock.
 
- 14 -

 
(j)  Notices of Record Date .  In the event that this Corporation shall propose at any time:

(i) to declare any Distribution upon its Common Stock, whether in cash, property, stock or other securities, whether or not a regular cash dividend and whether or not out of earnings or earned surplus;

(ii) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of its Common Stock outstanding involving a change in the Common Stock; or

(iii) to voluntarily liquidate or dissolve or to enter into any transaction deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation pursuant to Section 3(g);

then, in connection with each such event, this Corporation shall send to the holders of the Preferred Stock at least 10 days’ prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for such Distribution (and specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled thereto and, if applicable, the amount and character of such Distribution) or for determining rights to vote in respect of the matters referred to in (ii) and (iii) above.

Such written notice shall be given by first class mail (or express courier), postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of Preferred Stock at the address for each such holder as shown on the books of the Corporation and shall be deemed given on the date such notice is mailed.

The notice provisions set forth in this section may be shortened or waived prospectively or retrospectively by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the Preferred Stock, voting as a single class and on an as-converted basis.

(k)  Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion .  The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

5.  Voting .

(a)  Restricted Class Voting .  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, the holders of Preferred Stock and the holders of Common Stock shall vote together and not as separate classes.

(b)  No Series Voting .  Other than as provided herein or required by law, there shall be no series voting.
 
- 15 -

 
(c)  Preferred Stock .  Each holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder could be converted as of the record date.  The holders of shares of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to vote on all matters on which the Common Stock shall be entitled to vote.  Holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation.  Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights resulting from the above formula (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted), shall be disregarded.

(d)  Election of Directors .  The authorized number of the Corporation’s Board of Directors shall set at seven (7).  The holders of the Series E Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one member of the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “ Series E Director ”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors.   The holders of Series D Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two members of the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “ Series D Directors ,” and together with the Series E Director, the “ Preferred Directors ”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors. The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect one member of the Corporation’s Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent for the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of Directors.  The holders of Common Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one member of the Corporation’s Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors. Any additional members of the Corporation’s Board of Directors shall be elected by the mutual agreement of (i) the holders of a majority of the Common Stock and (ii) the holders of a majority of the Preferred Stock, each voting as a separate class.  If a vacancy on the Board of Directors is to be filled by the Board of Directors, only directors elected by the same class or classes of stockholders as those who would be entitled to vote to fill such vacancy shall vote to fill such vacancy.

(e)  Adjustment in Authorized Common Stock .  The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding) by an affirmative vote of the holders of shares of stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

(f)  Common Stock .  Each holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share thereof held.

6.  Redemption of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock .

(a) Subject to Section 6(c), at any time after May 10, 2014, (i) at the election of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, the Corporation shall redeem, out of funds legally available therefor, all (but not less than all) outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock which have not been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 hereof on a date determined by the Corporation, which shall no later than forty five (45) days from the date the Corporation receives such election (the “ Series D Redemption Date ”) and (ii) at the election of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, the Corporation shall redeem, out of funds legally available therefor, all (but not less than all) outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock which have not been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 hereof, which shall no later than forty five (45) days from the date the Corporation receives such election (the “ Series E Redemption Date ”).
 
- 16 -

 
(b) The Corporation shall redeem the shares of Series D Preferred Stock and/or Series E Preferred Stock by paying in cash an amount per share equal to, as applicable, (i) for each share of Series D Preferred Stock, the greater of (A) the then fair market value of the Series D Preferred Stock as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors and (B) the Original Issue Price for such Series D Preferred Stock, plus an amount equal to all declared and unpaid dividends thereon, whether or not earned (the “ Series D Redemption Price ”) and (ii) for each share of Series E Preferred Stock, the greater of (A) the then fair market value of the Series E Preferred Stock as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors and (B) the Original Issue Price for such Series E Preferred Stock, plus an amount equal to all declared and unpaid dividends thereon, whether or not earned (the “ Series E Redemption Price ”).  If the funds legally available for redemption of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full respective Series D Redemption Prices, the Corporation shall effect such redemption pro rata among the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock so that each holder of Series D Preferred Stock shall receive a redemption payment equal to a fraction of the aggregate amount available for redemption, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock held by such holder multiplied by the Series D Redemption Price of each share of Series D Preferred Stock held by such holder, and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock outstanding multiplied by the Series D Redemption Price of each such outstanding share of Series D Preferred Stock.  If the funds legally available for redemption of the Series E Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full respective Series E Redemption Prices, the Corporation shall effect such redemption pro rata among the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock so that each holder of Series E Preferred Stock shall receive a redemption payment equal to a fraction of the aggregate amount available for redemption, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Series E Preferred Stock held by such holder multiplied by the Series E Redemption Price of each share of Series E Preferred Stock held by such holder, and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Series E Preferred Stock outstanding multiplied by the Series E Redemption Price of each such outstanding share of Series E Preferred Stock.  If the Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock are being redeemed on the same day and the funds legally available for redemption of the Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full respective Series D Redemption Prices and Series E Redemption Prices, the Corporation shall effect such redemption pro rata among the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock so that each holder of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock shall receive a redemption payment equal to a fraction of the aggregate amount available for redemption, the numerator of which is (i) the number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock held by such holder multiplied by the Series D Redemption Price of each share of Series D Preferred Stock plus (ii) the number of shares of Series E Preferred Stock held by such holder multiplied by the Series E Redemption Price of each share of Series E Preferred held by such holder, and the denominator of which is the sum of (i) number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock outstanding multiplied by the Series D Redemption Price of each such outstanding share of Series D Preferred Stock plus (ii) number of shares of Series E Preferred Stock outstanding multiplied by the Series E Redemption Price of each such outstanding share of Series E Preferred Stock.
 
- 17 -

 
(c) At least twenty (20), but no more than thirty five (35), days prior to the Series D Redemption Date or Series E Redemption Date, written notice shall be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each holder of record (at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given) of the Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, at the address last shown on the records of the Corporation for such holder, notifying such holder of the redemption to be effected, specifying the number of shares to be redeemed from such holder, the applicable Series D Redemption Date and/or Series E Redemption Date, the Series D Redemption Price and/or Series E Redemption Price, the place at which payment may be obtained and calling upon such holder to surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, the holder’s certificate or certificates representing the shares to be redeemed (the “ Redemption Notice ”).  If at the time of the Redemption Notice the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock or the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock have not elected to redeem such holders’ Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock, respectively, then, with in fifteen (15) days following the delivery of the Redemption Notice, such holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock, as applicable, may elect to redeem the Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock, as applicable, pursuant to Section 6(a) (a “ Follow-on Election ”), and (i) in the case of the holders of at least a majority of the Series D Preferred Stock making a Follow-on Election, the Series D Redemption Date shall be the Series E Redemption Date, or (ii) in the case of the holders of at least a majority of the Series E Preferred Stock making a Follow-on Election, the Series E Redemption Date shall be the Series D Redemption Date, such that both classes of Preferred Stock shall be redeemed pursuant to Section 6 at the same time by the Corporation, and the Corporation shall send a Redemption Notice to all of the holders of the class of Preferred Stock making a Follow-on Election within three (3) days following the Follow-on Election.  Except as provided herein, on or after the Series D Redemption Date or Series E Redemption Date each holder of Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock to be redeemed shall surrender to this Corporation the certificate or certificates representing such shares, in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Series D Redemption Price or Series E Redemption Price of such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof and each surrendered certificate shall be cancelled.  In the event less than all the shares represented by any such certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares.

(d) From and after the Series D Redemption Date or Series E Redemption Date, unless there shall have been a default in payment of the applicable Series D Redemption Price or Series E Redemption Price, as applicable,, all rights of the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock designated for redemption in the Redemption Notice as holders of Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock (except the right to receive the Series D Redemption Price or Series E Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates) shall cease with respect to the shares designated for redemption on such date, and such shares shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of the Corporation or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever  The shares of Preferred Stock which are not redeemed shall remain outstanding and entitled to all the rights and preferences provided herein.  At any time thereafter when additional funds of the Corporation are legally available for the redemption of shares of Preferred Stock, such funds will immediately be used to redeem the balance of the shares which the Corporation has become obliged to redeem on any Series D Redemption Date or Series E Redemption Date, but which it has not redeemed.
 
- 18 -

 
(e) On or prior to the Redemption Date and/or Series E Redemption Date, the Corporation may deposit the Redemption Price and/or Series E Redemption Price of all shares of Series D Preferred Stock and/or Series E Preferred Stock designated for redemption in the Redemption Notice and not yet redeemed with a bank or trust corporation having aggregate capital and surplus in excess of $100,000,000, as a trust fund for the benefit of the respective holders of the shares designated for redemption and not yet redeemed, with irrevocable instructions and authority to the bank or trust corporation to pay the Series D Redemption Price and/or Series E Redemption Price for such shares to their respective holders on the Series D Redemption Date and/or Series E Redemption Date upon receipt of notification from the Corporation that such holder has surrendered a share certificate to the Corporation pursuant to Section 6(c) above.  As of the Series D Redemption Date and/or Series E Redemption Date, the deposit shall constitute full payment of the shares to their holders, and from and after the Series D Redemption Date and/or Series E Redemption Date the shares so called for redemption shall be redeemed and shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding, and the holders thereof shall cease to be stockholders with respect to such shares and shall have no rights with respect thereto except the right to receive from the bank or trust corporation payment of the Series D Redemption Price and/or Series E Redemption Price of the shares, without interest, upon surrender of their certificates therefor.  Such instructions shall also provide that any moneys deposited by the Corporation pursuant to this Section 6(e) for the redemption of shares of Series D Preferred Stock and/or Series E Preferred Stock, thereafter converted into shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 hereof prior to the Series D Redemption Date and/or Series E Redemption Date shall be returned to the Corporation forthwith upon such conversion.

7.  Amendments and Changes .

(a) As long as more than 4,000,000 shares of the Series D Preferred Stock and/or Series E Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding (in each case as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like), the Corporation shall not (by amendment, consolidation, merger or otherwise), without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis:

(i) take any action that amends, alters or changes the rights, preferences, privileges or powers of, or restrictions provided for the benefit of any of the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock;

(ii) increase or decrease (other than for decreases resulting from conversion of the Preferred Stock) the authorized number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock or any series thereof;
 
- 19 -

 
(iii) enter into any transaction or series of related transactions deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation pursuant to Section 3(g) above;

(iv) authorize a merger, acquisition or sale of substantially all of the assets of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (other than a merger exclusively to effect a change of domicile of the Corporation);

(v) voluntarily liquidate or dissolve;

(vi) increase or decrease the size of the Board of Directors;

(vii) within a 12-month period, acquire assets through a merger or purchase of all or substantially all of the assets or capital stock of one or more entities for aggregate consideration in excess of $3.0 million;

(viii) declare or pay any Distribution with respect to the Preferred Stock (other than as set forth in Section 6 hereof) or Common Stock of the Corporation;

(ix) increase the number of shares authorized for issuance under any existing stock or option plan or create any new stock or option plan;

(x) amend this Section 7.

(b) As long as any shares of the Series D Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like), the Corporation shall not (by amendment, consolidation, merger or otherwise), without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Series D Preferred Stock:

(i) take any action that amends, alters or changes the rights, preferences, privileges or powers of, or restrictions provided for the benefit of the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock in a manner that that does not similarly affect the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock;

(ii) increase or decrease (other than for decreases resulting from conversion of the Preferred Stock) the authorized number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock.

(c) As long as any shares of the Series E Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like), the Corporation shall not (by amendment, consolidation, merger or otherwise), without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Series E Preferred Stock:

(i) take any action that amends, alters or changes the rights, preferences, privileges or powers of, or restrictions provided for the benefit of the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock in a manner that that does not similarly affect the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock;
 
- 20 -

 
(ii) increase or decrease (other than for decreases resulting from conversion of the Preferred Stock) the authorized number of shares of Series E Preferred Stock.

8.  Reissuance of Preferred Stock .  In the event that any shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted pursuant to Section 4, redeemed pursuant to Section 6 or otherwise repurchased by the Corporation, the shares so converted, redeemed or repurchased shall be cancelled and shall not be issuable by this Corporation.

9.  Notices .  Any notice required by the provisions of this ARTICLE V to be given to the holders of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at such holder’s address appearing on the books of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VI

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

ARTICLE VII

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

ARTICLE VIII

Unless otherwise set forth herein, the number of directors which constitute the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be designated in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE IX

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE X

1. To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

2. The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.
 
- 21 -

 
3. Neither any amendment nor repeal of this ARTICLE X, nor the adoption of any provision of this Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this ARTICLE X, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this ARTICLE X, in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this ARTICLE X, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE XI

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide.  The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE XII

In the event that any member of the Corporation’s Board of Directors who is not an employee of the Corporation, including any member of the Board of Directors who is also a partner or employee of an entity that is a holder of Preferred Stock (or Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) and that is in the business of investing and reinvesting in other entities, or an employee of an entity that manages such an entity (each, a “ Fund ”), acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other matter other than directly in connection with such individual’s service as a member of the Board of Directors (including, if applicable, in such individual’s capacity as a partner or employee of the Fund or the manager or general partner of a Fund) that may be an opportunity of interest for both the Corporation and such individual or Fund (a “ Corporate Opportunity ”), then, provided, that such director has acted in good faith, the Corporation: (i) renounces any interest or expectancy that such director or Fund offer an opportunity to participate in such Corporate Opportunity to the Corporation, and (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by law, waives any claim that such opportunity constituted a Corporate Opportunity that should have been presented by such director or Fund to the Corporation or any of its affiliates.
 
 
- 22 -

 

Exhibit 3.3







BYLAWS

OF

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
(a Delaware corporation)
 
(as amended and currently in effect)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
     
     
ARTICLE I CORPORATE OFFICES
1
1.1
Registered Office
1
1.2
Other Offices
1
ARTICLE II MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
1
2.1
Place of Meetings
1
2.2
Annual Meeting
1
2.3
Special Meeting
1
2.4
Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings
2
2.5
Advance Notice of Stockholder Nominees and Stockholder Business
2
2.6
Manner of Giving Notice; Affidavit of Notice
2
2.7
Quorum
2
2.8
Adjourned Meeting; Notice
3
2.9
Voting
3
2.10
Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting
3
2.11
Record Date for Stockholder Notice; Voting
3
2.12
Proxies
4
2.13
Organization
4
2.14
List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote
4
ARTICLE III DIRECTORS
4
3.1
Powers
4
3.2
Number of Directors
4
3.3
Election and Term of Office of Directors
5
3.4
Resignation and Vacancies
5
3.5
Removal of Directors
6
3.6
Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone
6
3.7
First Meetings
6
3.8
Regular Meetings
6
3.9
Special Meetings; Notice
6
3.10
Quorum
6
3.11
Waiver of Notice
7
3.12
Adjournment
7
3.13
Notice of Adjournment
7
3.14
Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting
7
 
- i -

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
 
Page
3.15
Fees and Compensation of Directors
7
3.16
Approval of Loans to Officers
7
3.17
Sole Director Provided by Certificate of Incorporation
7
3.18
Nomination of Directors; Stockholder Business at Annual Meetings
8
ARTICLE IV COMMITTEES
9
4.1
Committees of Directors
9
4.2
Meetings and Action of Committees
9
4.3
Committee Minutes
10
ARTICLE V OFFICERS 10
 
5.1
Officers
10
5.2
Election of Officers
10
5.3
Subordinate Officers
10
5.4
Removal and Resignation of Officers
10
5.5
Vacancies in Offices
11
5.6
Chairman of the Board
11
5.7
Vice Chairman of the Board
11
5.8
President
11
5.9
Vice Presidents
11
5.10
Secretary
11
5.11
Chief Financial Officer
12
5.12
Assistant Secretary
12
5.13
Administrative Officers
12
5.14
Authority and Duties of Officers
12
ARTICLE VI INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES
12
6.1
Indemnification of Directors and Officers
12
6.2
Indemnification of Others
13
6.3
Insurance
13
6.4
Savings Clause
14
6.5
Continuation of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses
14
ARTICLE VII RECORDS AND REPORTS
14
7.1
Maintenance and Inspection of Share Register
14
7.2
Inspection by Directors
14
7.3
Annual Report to Stockholders
14
7.4
Representation of Shares of Other Corporations
14
 
- ii -

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
 
Page
 
7.5
Certification and Inspection of Bylaws
15
ARTICLE VIII GENERAL MATTERS
15
8.1
Record Date for Purposes Other Than Notice and Voting
15
8.2
Checks; Drafts; Evidences of Indebtedness
15
8.3
Corporate Contracts and Instruments:  How Executed
15
8.4
Stock Certificates; Transfer; Partly Paid Shares
15
8.5
Special Designation on Certificates
16
8.6
Lost Certificates
16
8.7
Transfer Agents and Registrars
17
8.8
Construction; Definitions
17
ARTICLE IX AMENDMENTS
17
   


- iii -

 
BYLAWS
 
OF
 
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
 
(a Delaware corporation)


ARTICLE I
 
CORPORATE OFFICES
 
1.1            Registered Office .  The registered office of the corporation shall be fixed in the certificate of incorporation of the corporation.

1.2            Other Offices .  The board of directors may at any time establish branch or subordinate offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II
 
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
 
2.1            Place of Meetings .  Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware designated by the board of directors.  In the absence of any such designation, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.

2.2            Annual Meeting .  The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the board of directors.  In the absence of such designation, the annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on the first Thursday in July in each year at 10:00 a.m.  However, if such day falls on a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held at the same time and place on the next succeeding full business day.  At the meeting, directors shall be elected, and any other proper business may be transacted.

2.3            Special Meeting .  A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the board of directors, the chairman of the board, the vice chairman of the board, or by the president, or by one or more stockholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than ten percent (10%) of the votes of all shares of stock owned by stockholders entitled to vote at that meeting.

If a special meeting is called by any person or persons other than the board of directors, the chairman of the board, the vice chairman of the board or the president, then the request shall be in writing, specifying the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the chairman of the board, the vice chairman of the board, the president, any vice president or the secretary of the corporation.  The officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.4 and 2.6 of these bylaws, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting, so long as that time is not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request.  If the notice is not given within twenty (20) days after receipt of the request, then the person or persons requesting the meeting may give the notice.  Nothing contained in this paragraph of this Section 2.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the board of directors may be held.
 


 
2.4            Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings .  All notices of meetings of stockholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 2.6 of these bylaws not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting.  The notice shall specify the place, date and hour of the meeting and (i) in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called (no business other than that specified in the notice may be transacted) or (ii) in the case of the annual meeting, those matters which the board of directors, at the time of giving the notice, intends to present for action by the stockholders (but any proper matter may be presented at the meeting for such action).  The notice of any meeting at which directors are to be elected shall include the name of any nominee or nominees who, at the time of the notice, the board intends to present for election.

2.5            Advance Notice of Stockholder Nominees and Stockholder Business .  To be properly brought before an annual meeting or special meeting, nominations for the election of directors or other business must be (i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the board of directors, (ii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors or (iii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder.  For such nominations or other business to be considered properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice and in proper form of his or her intent to bring such business before such meeting in accordance with Section 3.18 of these bylaws.

2.6            Manner of Giving Notice; Affidavit of Notice .  Written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given either (i) personally or (ii) by private courier service or (iii) by United States class mail or (iv) by telegraphic or other written communication.  Notices not personally delivered shall be sent postage prepaid and shall be addressed to the stockholder at the address of that stockholder appearing on the books of the corpo­ration or given by the stockholder to the corporation for the purpose of notice.  Notice shall be deemed to have been given at such time as it is delivered personally or deposited in the mail or sent by telegram or other means of written communication.

An affidavit of the mailing or other means of giving any notice of any stockholders’ meeting, executed by the secretary, assistant secretary or any transfer agent of the corporation giving the notice, shall be prima facie evidence of the giving of such notice.

2.7            Quorum .  The holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders, except as otherwise pro­vided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation.  If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairman of the meeting or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting in accordance with Section 2.8 of these bylaws.

When a quorum is present at any meeting, the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of the laws of the State of Delaware or of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of the question.
 
- 2 -

 
The stockholders present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is initially present may con­tinue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken is approved by a majority of the shares required to constitute a quorum.

2.8            Adjourned Meeting; Notice .  When any meeting of stockholders, either annual or special, is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.  At any adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.  If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

2.9            Voting .  The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stock­holders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to the provisions of Sections 217 and 218 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgor and joint owners, and to voting trusts and other voting arrangements).

Except as otherwise provided in the certificate of incorpora­tion or these bylaws, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

2.10          Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting .  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing setting forth the action so taken shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.  Such consents shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to it registered office in the state of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.  Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

2.11          Record Date for Stockholder Notice; Voting .  For purposes of determining the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting or to vote thereat or entitled to give consent to a corporate action without a meeting, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors and which shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of any such meeting, and in such event only stockholders of record on the date so fixed are entitled to notice and to vote, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the books of the corporation after the record date.

If the board of directors does not so fix a record date, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting unless the board of directors fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting, but the board of directors shall fix a new record date if the meeting is adjourned for more than thirty (30) days from the date set for the original meeting.
 
- 3 -

 
The record date for any other purpose shall be as provided in Section 8.1 of these bylaws.

2.12          Proxies .  Every person entitled to vote for directors, or on any other matter, shall have the right to do so either in person or by one or more agents authorized by a written proxy signed by the person and filed with the secretary of the corporation, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.  A proxy shall be deemed signed if the stockholder’s name is placed on the proxy (whether by manual signature, typewriting, telegraphic transmission, telefacsimile or otherwise) by the stockholder or the stockholder’s attorney-in-fact.  The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212(e) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

2.13          Organization .  The president, or in the absence of the president, the chairman of the board, or in the absence of the chairman of the board, the vice chairman of the board, or in the absence of the vice chairman of the board, any vice president of the corporation, shall call the meeting of the stockholders to order, and shall act as chairman of the meeting.  In the absence of the president, the chairman of the board, the vice chairman of the board, and all of the vice presidents, the stockholders shall appoint a chairman for such meeting.  The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall deter­mine the order of business and the procedures at the meeting, including such matters as the regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business.  The secretary of the corporation shall act as secretary of all meetings of the stockholders, but in the absence of the secretary at any meeting of the stockholders, the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

2.14          List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote .  The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held.  The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

ARTICLE III
 
DIRECTORS
 
3.1            Powers .  Subject to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware and to any limitations in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws relating to action required to be approved by the stockholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the board of directors.

3.2            Number of Directors .  The number of directors of the corporation shall not be less than 1 nor more than 3.  The number of directors may be changed by an amendment to this bylaw, duly adopted by the board of directors or by the stockholders, or by a duly adopted amendment to the certificate of incorporation.
 
- 4 -


 
3.3            Election and Term of Office of Directors .  Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting. Each director, including a director elected or appointed to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until a successor has been elected and qualified.

3.4            Resignation and Vacancies .  Any director may resign effective on giving written notice to the chairman of the board, the vice chairman of the board, the president, the secretary or the board of directors, unless the notice specifies a later time for that resignation to become effective.  If the resignation of a director is effective at a future time, the board of directors may elect a successor to take office when the resignation becomes effective.

Vacancies in the board of directors may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director; however, a vacancy created by the removal of a director by the vote of the stockholders or by court order may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares represented and voting at a duly held meet­ing at which a quorum is present (which shares voting affirmatively also constitute a majority of the required quorum).  Each director so elected shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the stockholders and until a successor has been elected and qualified.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws:

(i)            Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

(ii)            Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected.

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), then the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten (10) percent of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware as far as applicable.
 
- 5 -

 
3.5            Removal of Directors .  Unless otherwise restricted by statute, by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws, any director or the entire board of directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

3.6            Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone .  Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware that has been designated from time to time by resolution of the board.  In the absence of such a designation, regular meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.  Special meetings of the board may be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware that has been designated in the notice of the meeting or, if not stated in the notice or if there is no notice, at the principal executive office of the corporation.

Any meeting of the board, regular or special, may be held by conference telephone or similar communication equipment, so long as all directors participating in the meeting can hear one another; and all such directors shall be deemed to be present in person at the meeting.

3.7            First Meetings .  The first meeting of each newly elected board of directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting.  In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected board of directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as herein­after provided for special meetings of the board of directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

3.8            Regular Meetings .  Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice if the times of such meetings are fixed by the board of directors.  If any regular meeting day shall fall on a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held at the same time and place on the next succeeding full business day.

3.9            Special Meetings; Notice .  Special meetings of the board of directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairman of the board, the vice chairman of the board, the president, any vice president, the secretary or any two directors.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be delivered personally or by telephone to each director or sent by first-class mail, telecopy or telegram, charges prepaid, addressed to each director at that director’s address as it is shown on the records of the corporation.  If the notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four (4) days before the time of the holding of the meeting.  If the notice is delivered personally or by telephone, telecopy or telegram, it shall be delivered personally or by telephone or to the telegraph company at least forty-eight (48) hours before the time of the holding of the meeting.  Any oral notice given personally or by telephone may be communicated either to the director or to a person at the office of the director who the person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the director.  The notice need not specify the purpose or the place of the meeting, if the meeting is to be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.

3.10          Quorum .  Except to adjourn a meeting of the board as provided in Section 3.12 of these bylaws, a majority of the directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, unless such number of directors is one (1) in which event a quorum shall consist of one (1) director.  Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the board of directors, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation and applicable law.
 
- 6 -

 
A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the quorum for that meeting.

3.11          Waiver of Notice .  Notice of a meeting need not be given to any director (i) who signs a waiver of notice, whether before or after the meeting, or (ii) who attends the meeting other than for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting of the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  All such waivers, consents and approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made part of the minutes of the meeting. A waiver of notice need not specify the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the board.

3.12          Adjournment .  A majority of the directors present, whether or not con­stituting a quorum, may adjourn any meeting of the board to another time and place.

3.13          Notice of Adjournment .  Notice of the time and place of holding an adjourned meeting of the board need not be given unless the meeting is adjourned for more than twenty-four (24) hours.  If the meeting is adjourned for more than twenty-four (24) hours, then notice of the time and place of the adjourned meeting shall be given before the adjourned meeting takes place, in the manner specified in Section 3.9 of these bylaws, to the directors who were not present at the time of the adjournment.

3.14          Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting .  Any action required or permitted to be taken by the board of directors may be taken without a meeting, provided that all members of the board individually or collectively consent in writing to that action.  Such action by written consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the board of directors. Such written consent and any counterparts thereof shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the board of directors.

3.15          Fees and Compensation of Directors .  Directors and members of committees may receive such compensation, if any, for their services and such reimbursement of expenses as may be fixed or determined by resolution of the board of directors.  This Section 3.15 shall not be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee or otherwise and receiving compensation for those services.

3.16          Approval of Loans to Officers .  The corporation may lend money or property to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or its parent or any subsidiary, whether or not a director of the corporation or its parent or any subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation.  The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the board of direc­tors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation.  Nothing contained in this section shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

3.17          Sole Director Provided by Certificate of Incorporation .  In the event only one director is required by these bylaws or the certificate of incorporation, then any reference herein to notices, waivers, consents, meetings or other actions by a majority or quorum of the directors shall be deemed to refer to such notice, waiver, etc., by such sole director, who shall have all the rights and duties and shall be entitled to exercise all of the powers and shall assume all the responsibilities otherwise herein described as given to the board of directors.
 
- 7 -

 
3.18          Nomination of Directors; Stockholder Business at Annual Meetings .  Subject to the rights of holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the common stock as to dividends or upon liquidation, nominations for the election of directors may be made by the board of directors or any nominating committee appointed by the board of directors or by any stockholder entitled to vote in the election of directors generally.  However, a stockholder generally entitled to vote in the election of directors may nominate one or more persons for election as directors at a meeting only if written notice of such stockholder’s intent to make such nomination or nominations has been given, either by personal delivery or by United States mail, postage prepaid, to the secretary of the corporation not later than (i) with respect to an election to be held at an annual meeting of stockholders, sixty (60) days in advance of such meeting and (ii) with respect to an election to be held at a special meeting of stockholders for the election of directors, the close of business on the seventh day following the date on which notice of such meeting is first given to stockholders.  Each such notice shall set forth the following information:  (a) the name and address of the stockholder who intends to make the nomination and of the person or persons to be nominated; (b) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice; (c) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder, each nominee or any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by the stockholder; (d) such other information regarding each nominee proposed by such stockholder as would be required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, had the nominee been nominated, or intended to be nominated, by the board of directors of the corporation; and (e) the consent of each nominee to serve as a director of the corporation if so elected.   At the request of the board of directors any person nominated by the board of directors for election as a director shall furnish to the secretary of the corporation that information required to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice of nomination which pertains to the nominee.   No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth herein.  A majority of the board of directors may reject any nomination by a stockholder not timely made or otherwise not in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.18.  If a majority of the board of directors reasonably determines that the information provided in a stockholder’s notice does not satisfy the informational requirements of this Section 3.18 in any material respect, the secretary of the corporation shall promptly notify such stockholder of the deficiency in writing.  The stockholder shall have an opportunity to cure the deficiency by providing additional information to the secretary within such period of time, not to exceed ten (10) days from the date such deficiency notice is given to the stockholder, as a majority of the board of directors shall reasonably determine.  If the deficiency is not cured within such period, or if a majority of the board of directors reasonably determines that the additional information provided by the stockholder, together with the information previously provided, does not satisfy the requirements of this Section 3.18 in any material respect, then a majority of the board of directors may reject such stockholder’s nomination.  The secretary of the corporation shall notify a stockholder in writing whether the stockholder’s nomination has been made in accordance with the time and information requirements of this Section 3.18.

At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting (i) by or at the direction of the chairman of the meeting or (ii) by any stockholder of the corporation who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 3.18.  For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the corporation.  To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the corporation not less than sixty (60) days prior to the meeting; provided, however, that in the event that less than seventy (70) days notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given or made to stockholders, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be received not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the earlier of the day on which such notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or such public disclosure was made.  A stockholder’s notice to the secretary shall set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting the following information: (a) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (b) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation’s books, of the stockholder proposing such business, (c) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are beneficially owned by the stockholder and (d) any material direct or indirect interest, financial or otherwise of the stockholder or its affiliates or associates in such business.  The board of directors may reject any stockholder proposal not timely made in accordance with this Section 3.18.  If the board of directors determines that the information provided in a stockholder’s notice does not satisfy the informational requirements hereof, the secretary of the corporation shall promptly notify such stockholder of the deficiency in the notice.  The stockholder shall then have an opportunity to cure the deficiency by providing additional information to the secretary within such period of time, not to exceed ten (10) days from the date such deficiency notice is given to the stockholder, as the board of directors shall determine.  If the deficiency is not cured within such period, or if the board of directors determines that the additional information provided by the stockholder, together with the information previously provided, does not satisfy the requirements of this Section 3.18, then the board of directors may reject such stockholder’s proposal.  The secretary of the corporation shall notify a stockholder in writing whether the stockholder’s proposal has been made in accordance with the time and information requirements hereof.
 
- 8 -

 
This provision shall not prevent the consideration and approval or disapproval at an annual meeting of reports of officers, directors and committees of the board of directors, but in connection therewith no new business shall be acted upon at any such meeting unless stated, filed and received as herein provided.  Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with procedures set forth in this Section 3.18.

ARTICLE IV
 
COMMITTEES
 
4.1            Committees of Directors .  The board of directors may designate one (1) or more committees, each consisting of one or more directors, to serve at the pleasure of the board.  The board may designate one (1) or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.  The appointment of members or alternate members of a committee requires the vote of a majority of the authorized number of directors.  Any committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board, but no such committee shall have the power and authority to (i) approve or adopt or recommend to the stockholders any action or matter that requires the approval of the stockholders or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the corporation.

4.2            Meetings and Action of Committees .  Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the following provisions of Article III of these bylaws: Section 3.6 (place of meetings; meetings by tele­phone), Section 3.8 (regular meetings), Section 3.9 (special meetings; notice), Section 3.10 (quorum), Section 3.11 (waiver of notice), Section 3.12 (adjourn­ment), Section 3.13 (notice of adjournment) and Section 3.14 (board action by written consent without meeting), with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the commit­tee and its members for the board of directors and its members; provided, however, that the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the board of directors or by resolution of the committee, that special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the board of directors, and that notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate mem­bers, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the com­mittee.  The board of directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.
 
- 9 -


 
4.3            Committee Minutes .  Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

ARTICLE V
 
OFFICERS
 
5.1            Officers .  The corporate officers of the corporation shall be a presi­dent, a secretary and a chief financial officer.  The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, a chairman of the board, a vice chairman of the board, one or more vice presidents (however denominated), one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers, and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

In addition to the Corporate Officers of the Company described above, there may also be such Administrative Officers of the corporation as may be designated and appointed from time to time by the president of the corporation in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.13 of these bylaws.

5.2            Election of Officers .  The Corporate Officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 or Section 5.5 of these bylaws, shall be chosen by the board of directors, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, and shall hold their respective offices for such terms as the board of directors may from time to time determine.

5.3            Subordinate Officers .  The board of directors may appoint, or may empower the president to appoint, such other Corporate Officers as the business of the corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such power and authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the board of directors may from time to time determine.

The president may from time to time designate and appoint Administrative Officers of the corporation in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.13 of these bylaws.

5.4            Removal and Resignation of Officers .  Subject to the rights, if any, of a Corporate Officer under any con­tract of employment, any Corporate Officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board or, except in case of a Corporate Officer chosen by the board of directors, by any Corpo­rate Officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the board of directors.

Any Corporate Officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation.  Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time speci­fied in that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effec­tive.  Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the Corporate Officer is a party.
 
- 10 -

 
5.5            Vacancies in Offices .  A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in these bylaws for regular appointments to that office.

5.6            Chairman of the Board .  The chairman of the board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at meetings of the board of directors and exercise such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the board of directors or as may be prescribed by these bylaws.  If there is no president, then the chairman of the board shall also be the chief vice president of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 5.8 of these bylaws.

5.7            Vice Chairman of the Board .  The vice chairman of the board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at meetings of the board of directors if the chairman of the board is not present to so preside, and shall exercise such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the board of directors or as may be prescribed by these bylaws.

5.8            President .  Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the board of directors to the chairman of the board and the vice chairman of the board, if there be such officers, the president shall be the chief vice president of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the board of directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and the officers of the corporation. The president shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence or non­existence of a chairman of the board or vice chairman of the board, at all meetings of the board of directors.  The president shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of president of a corpo­ration, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or these bylaws.

5.9            Vice Presidents .  In the absence or disability of the president, and if there is no chairman of the board, the vice presi­dents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the board of directors or, if not ranked, a vice president designated by the board of directors, shall perform all the duties of the president and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the president.  The vice presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the board of directors, these bylaws, the president, the chairman of the board or the vice chairman of the board.

5.10          Secretary .  The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or such other place as the board of directors may direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of the board of directors, committees of directors and stockholders.  The minutes shall show the time and place of each meeting, whether regular or special (and, if special, how authorized and the notice given), the names of those present at directors’ meetings or committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at stockholders’ meetings and the proceedings thereof.

The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or at the office of the corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by resolution of the board of directors, a share register or a duplicate share register, showing the names of all stockholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates evidencing such shares and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.
 
- 11 -

 
The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the board of directors required to be given by law or by these bylaws. The secretary shall keep the seal of the corporation, if one be adopted, in safe custody and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or by these bylaws.

5.11          Chief Financial Officer .  The chief financial officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital, retained earnings and shares.  The books of account shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by any director for a purpose reasonably related to his position as a director.

The chief financial officer shall deposit all money and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation with such depositaries as may be designated by the board of directors. He or she shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors, shall render to the president and directors, whenever they request it, an account of all of his or her transactions as chief financial officer and of the financial condition of the corporation, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or these bylaws.

5.12          Assistant Secretary .  The assistant secretary, if any, or, if there is more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

5.13          Administrative Officers .  In addition to the Corporate Officers of the corporation as provided in Section 5.1 of these bylaws and such subordinate Corporate Officers as may be appointed in accordance with Section 5.3 of these bylaws, there may also be such Administrative Officers of the corporation as may be designated and appointed from time to time by the president of the corporation.  Administrative Officers shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be determined by the president or the board of directors in order to assist the Corporate Officers in the furtherance of their duties.  In the performance of such duties and the exercise of such powers, however, such Administrative Officers shall have limited authority to act on behalf of the corporation as the board of directors shall establish, including but not limited to limitations on the dollar amount and on the scope of agreements or commitments that may be made by such Administrative Officers on behalf of the corporation, which limitations may not be exceeded by such individuals or altered by the president without further approval by the board of directors.

5.14          Authority and Duties of Officers .  In addition to the foregoing powers, authority and duties, all officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and powers and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors.

ARTICLE VI

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES
AND OTHER AGENTS

6.1            Indemnification of Directors and Officers .  The corporation shall, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware as the same now exists or may hereafter be amended, indemnify any person against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, or proceeding in which such person was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation.  For purposes of this Section 6.1, a “director” or “officer” of the corporation shall mean any person (i) who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, (ii) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (iii) who was a director or officer of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.
 
- 12 -

 
The corporation shall be required to indemnify a director or officer in connection with an action, suit, or proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such director or officer only if the initiation of such action, suit, or proceeding (or part thereof) by the director or officer was authorized by the board of directors of the corporation.

The corporation shall pay the expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred by a director or officer of the corporation entitled to indemnification hereunder in defending any action, suit or proceeding referred to in this Section 6.1 in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that payment of expenses incurred by a director or officer of the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the director or officer to repay all amounts advanced if it should ultimately be determined that the director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section 6.1 or otherwise.

The rights conferred on any person by this Article shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, these bylaws, agreement, vote of the stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

6.2            Indemnification of Others .  The corporation shall have the power, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware as the same now exists or may hereafter be amended, to indemnify any person (other than directors and officers) against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judg­ments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, or proceeding, in which such person was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party by reason of the fact that such person is or was an employee or agent of the corporation.  For purposes of this Section 6.2, an “employee” or “agent” of the corporation (other than a director or officer) shall mean any person (i) who is or was an employee or agent of the corporation, (ii) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (iii) who was an employee or agent of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

6.3            Insurance .  The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
 
- 13 -

 
6.4            Savings Clause .  If this Article VI or any portion thereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director, officer, employee or agent against expenses (including attorney’s fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit, proceeding or investigation, whether civil, criminal or administrative, and whether internal or external, including a grand jury proceeding and an action or suit brought by or in the right of the corporation, to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law.

6.5            Continuation of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses

.  The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VI shall, unless otherwise prided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

ARTICLE VII
 
RECORDS AND REPORTS
 
7.1            Maintenance and Inspection of Share Register .  The corporation shall keep, either at its principal executive office or the office of its transfer agent or registrar (if either be appointed), as determined by resolution of the board of directors, a record of its stockholders listing the names and addresses of each stockholder and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these bylaws as amended to date, accounting books and other records of its business and properties.

Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records and to make copies or extracts therefrom.  A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder.  In every instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the corporation at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal place of business.

7.2            Inspection by Directors .  Any director shall have the right to examine the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his or her position as a director.

7.3            Annual Report to Stockholders .  The board of directors shall present at each annual meeting a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the corporation.

7.4            Representation of Shares of Other Corporations .  The chairman of the board, the vice chairman of the board, the president, any vice president, the chief financial officer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the board of directors or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of stock of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The authority herein granted may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.
 
- 14 -

 
7.5            Certification and Inspection of Bylaws .  The original or a copy of these bylaws, as amended or otherwise altered to date, certified by the secretary, shall be kept at the corporation’s principal executive office and shall be open to inspection by the stockholders of the corporation, at all reasonable times during office hours.

ARTICLE VIII
 
GENERAL MATTERS
 
8.1            Record Date for Purposes Other Than Notice and Voting .  For purposes of determining the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days before any such action.  In that case, only stockholders of record at the close of business on the date so fixed are entitled to receive the dividend, distribution or allotment of rights, or to exercise such rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the books of the corporation after the record date so fixed, except as otherwise provided by law.

If the board of directors does not so fix a record date, then the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the applicable resolution.

8.2            Checks; Drafts; Evidences of Indebtedness .  From time to time, the board of directors shall determine by resolution which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness that are issued in the name of or payable to the corporation, and only the persons so authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments.

8.3            Corporate Contracts and Instruments:  How Executed .  The board of directors, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.  Unless so authorized or ratified by the board of directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

8.4            Stock Certificates; Transfer; Partly Paid Shares .  The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the board of directors of the corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares.  Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certifi­cate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation.  Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the board of directors, every holder of stock represented by certificates and, upon request, every holder of uncertificated shares, shall be enti­tled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corpo­ration by, the chairman or vice-chairman of the board of directors, or the president or vice-president, and by the chief financial officer, or by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of such corpo­ration representing the number of shares registered in certificate form.  Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
 
- 15 -

 
Certificates for shares shall be of such form and device as the board of directors may designate and shall state the name of the record holder of the shares represented thereby; its number; date of issuance; the number of shares for which it is issued; a summary statement or reference to the powers, designations, preferences or other special rights of such stock and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights, if any; a statement or summary of liens, if any; a conspicuous notice of restrictions upon transfer or registration of transfer, if any; a statement as to any applicable voting trust agreement; and if the shares be assessable, or, if assessments are collectible by personal action, a plain statement of such facts.

Upon surrender to the secretary or transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor.  Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, or upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated.  Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

8.5            Special Designation on Certificates .  If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

8.6            Lost Certificates .  Except as provided in this Section 8.6, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and canceled at the same time.  The board of directors may, in case any share certificate or certificate for any other security is lost, stolen or destroyed, authorize the issuance of replacement certificates on such terms and conditions as the board may require; the board may require indemnification of the corporation secured by a bond or other adequate security sufficient to protect the corporation against any claim that may be made against it, including any expense or liability, on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of the certificate or the issuance of the replacement certificate.
 
- 16 -

 
8.7            Transfer Agents and Registrars .  The board of directors may appoint one or more transfer agents or transfer clerks, and one or more registrars, each of which shall be an incorporated bank or trust company, either domestic or foreign, who shall be appointed at such times and places as the requirements of the corporation may necessitate and the board of directors may designate.

8.8            Construction; Definitions .  Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction and definitions in the General Corporation Law of Delaware shall govern the construction of these bylaws.  Without limiting the generality of this provision, as used in these bylaws, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporate entity and a natural person.

ARTICLE IX
 
AMENDMENTS
 
The original or other bylaws of the corporation may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that the corporation may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors.  The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

Whenever an amendment or new bylaw is adopted, it shall be copied in the book of bylaws with the original bylaws, in the appropriate place.  If any bylaw is repealed, the fact of repeal with the date of the meeting at which the repeal was enacted or the filing of the operative written consent(s) shall be stated in said book.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
 
- 17 -

 
CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY


The undersigned, being the duly elected Secretary of Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), does hereby certify that an amendment to Article III, Section 3.2 of the Bylaws of the Company was approved by Unanimous Written Consent of the Board of Directors on May 9, 2007, effective upon the Initial Closing as defined in the Series D Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2007, between the Company and the Investors named therein, and in accordance with Article V of the Company’s Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Article IX of the Bylaws, and Section 109 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.  Article III, Section 3.2 of the Bylaws of the Company has been amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“The number of directors of the corporation shall not be less than 1 nor more than 7.”


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto subscribed his name this 10th day of May, 2007.


       
 
 
/s/ Perry Wallack  
    Perry Wallack, Secretary  
       



CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO THE BYLAWS OF

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.


The undersigned, Perry Wallack, hereby certifies that he is the duly appointed, qualified, and acting Secretary of Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”),  and that on January 28, 2009, pursuant to Article IX of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors of the Company amended such Bylaws as set forth below:

Sections 3.9, 3.11 and 3.14 of Article III shall be amended and restated in their entirety to read as follows :

“3.9            Special Meetings; Notice .   Special meetings of the board of directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairman of the board, the vice chairman of the board, the president, any vice president, the secretary or any two directors.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be delivered personally or by telephone to each director or sent by first-class mail, telegram, charges prepaid, facsimile, electronic mail or other form of electronic transmission addressed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as it is shown on the records of the corporation.  If the notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four (4) days before the time of the holding of the meeting.  If the notice is delivered personally or by telephone, telegram, facsimile, electronic mail or other form of electronic transmission it shall be delivered personally or by telephone or to the telegraph company at least forty-eight (48) hours before the time of the holding of the meeting.  Any oral notice given personally or by telephone may be communicated either to the director or to a person at the office of the director who the person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the director.  The notice need not specify the purpose or the place of the meeting, if the meeting is to be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.”
 

 
“3.11           Waiver of Notice .   Notice of a meeting need not be given to any director (i) who signs a waiver of notice or submits a waiver by electronic transmission, whether before or after the meeting, or (ii) who attends the meeting other than for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting of the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  All such waivers, consents, electronic transmissions and approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made part of the minutes of the meeting.  A waiver of notice need not specify the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the board.”

 “3.14          Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting .  Any action required or permitted to be taken by the board of directors may be taken without a meeting, provided that all members of the board individually or collectively consent in writing or by electronic transmission to that action.  Such action by written consent or electronic transmission shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the board of directors.  Such written consent or electronic transmission and any counterparts thereof shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the board of directors”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 21st day of August, 2010.
 

       
 
 
/s/ Perry Wallack  
   
Perry Wallack
Secretary
 
       
 
 


 
Exhibit 4.2
 
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of January 30, 2009 by and among Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the persons and entities (each, an “ Investor ” and collectively, the “ Investors ”) listed on Exhibit A hereto, the persons and entities listed on Exhibit B attached hereto (each an “ Existing Investor ,” and collectively the “ Existing Investors ”), and Adam Miller (the “ Founder ”).  Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings ascribed to them in Section 1 .

RECITALS

WHEREAS , the Company, the Existing Investors, and the Founder entered into an Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement on May 10, 2007, as amended on September 12, 2007 (the “ Prior Agreement ”), providing for, among other things, certain registration rights, and such parties now, desire to amend and restate such Prior Agreement in its entirety.

WHEREAS , pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Prior Agreement, such agreement may be amended, and any provision therein waived, with the consent of the Company and the holders of at least a majority in interest of the outstanding Registrable Securities (as such term is defined in the Prior Agreement).

WHEREAS , the Existing Investors and the Founder are holders of at least a majority in interest of the Registrable Securities (as such term is defined in the Prior Agreement), and desire to terminate the Prior Agreement and to accept the rights created pursuant hereto in lieu of the rights granted to them under the Prior Agreement.

WHEREAS , the Company and the Investors are parties to the Series E Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), and as a condition to the closing of the sale of the Series E Preferred Stock and Warrants to purchase shares of Series E Preferred Stock and accompanying Warrants to the Investors, the Company, the Investors, the Existing Investors and the Founder shall execute and deliver this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein, and other consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree to amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety and hereby agree as follows:
 
 
 

 
 
Section 1
General

1.1 Amendment and Restatement of Prior Agreement .  The Prior Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety and restated herein.  Such amendment and restatement is effective upon the execution of this Agreement by the Company and the holders of at least a majority in interest of the Registrable Securities (as such term is defined in the Prior Agreement).  Upon such execution, all provisions of, rights granted and covenants made in the Prior Agreement are hereby waived, released and superseded in their entirety and shall have no further force or effect, including, without limitation, all rights of first refusal and any notice period associated therewith otherwise applicable to the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement.

1.2 Certain Definitions .  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

(a) “ Auditors ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a)(i) hereof.

(b) “ Commission ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

(c) “ Common Stock ” means the Common Stock of the Company.

(d) “ Conversion Stock ” shall mean shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and the Series E Preferred Stock.

(e) “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

(f) “ Existing Investors ” shall mean the persons and entities listed on Exhibit B hereto.

(g) “ Founder Shares ” shall mean shares of Common Stock held by the Founder.

(h) “ Founder ” shall mean Adam Miller.

(i) “ Holder ” shall mean any Investor, Existing Investor or Founder who holds Registrable Securities and any holder of Registrable Securities to whom the registration rights conferred by this Agreement have been duly and validly transferred in accordance with Section 2.12 of this Agreement; provided that Comerica Ventures Incorporated shall be deemed a Holder only with respect to Sections 2.2, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 2.10, 2.11, 2.12, 2.13 and 2.14 of this Agreement.

(j) “ Indemnified Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c) hereto.
 
 
2

 
 
(k) “ Indemnifying Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c) hereto.

(l) “ Initial Closing ” shall mean the date of the initial sale of shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock and accompanying Warrants pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

(m) “ Initial Public Offering ” shall mean the closing of the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Company’s Common Stock registered under the Securities Act.

(n) “ Initiating Holders ” shall mean any Holder or Holders who in the aggregate hold not less than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding Registrable Securities.

(o) “ Investors ” shall mean the persons and entities listed on Exhibit A hereto.

(p) “ New Securities ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a) hereto.

(q) “ Prior Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereto.

(r) “ Purchase Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereto.

(s) “ Registrable Securities ” shall mean (i) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the conversion of the Shares or the conversion of the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, (ii) the Founder Shares, and (iii) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to or in exchange for or in replacement of the shares referenced in (i) or (ii) above; provided , however , that (x) for purposes of Section 2.1 (Requested Registration), Section 2.3 (Registration on Form S-3), Section 4 (Right of First Refusal) and Section 5.1 (Amendment), the Founder Shares shall not be deemed “Registrable Securities” and the Founder shall not be deemed a “Holder,” (y) Registrable Securities shall not include any shares of Common Stock described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above which have previously been registered or which have been sold to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144, or which have been sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under this Agreement are not validly assigned in accordance with this Agreement, and (z) for the purposes of only Sections 2.2, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 2.10, 2.11, 2.12, 2.13 and 2.14 any shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrant held by Comerica Ventures Incorporated shall be deemed “Registrable Securities” and Comerica Ventures Incorporated shall be deemed a “Holder.”

(t) The terms “ register ,” “ registered ” and “ registration ” shall refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act and applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such registration statement.
 
 
3

 
 
(u) “ Registration Expenses ” shall mean all expenses incurred in effecting any registration pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, all registration, qualification, and filing fees, printing expenses, escrow fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and one special counsel for the Holders, selected by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered, blue sky fees and expenses, and expenses of any regular or special audits incident to or required by any such registration, but shall not include Selling Expenses, fees and disbursements of  other counsel for the Holders and the compensation of regular employees of the Company, which shall be paid in any event by the Company.

(v) “ Restricted Securities ” shall mean any Registrable Securities required to bear the first legend set forth in Section 2.8(c) hereof.

(w) “ Rule 144 ” shall mean Rule 144 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

(x) “ Rule 145 ” shall mean Rule 145 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

(y) “ Rule 415 ” shall mean Rule 415 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

(z) “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

(aa) “ Selling Expenses ” shall mean all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder other than the fees and disbursements of one special counsel to the Holders included in Registration Expenses.

(bb) “ Series A Preferred Stock ” shall mean the shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock.

(cc) “ Series B Preferred Stock ” shall mean the shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock.

(dd) “ Series C Preferred Stock ” shall mean the shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock.

(ee) “ Series D Preferred Stock ” shall mean the shares of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock.

(ff) “ Series E Preferred Stock ” shall mean the shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.
 
 
4

 
 
(gg) “ Shares ” shall mean the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock.

(hh) “ Significant Holders ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a) hereof.

(ii) “ Warrants ” shall mean (i) the warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, and (ii) any outstanding warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock.

(jj) “ Withdrawn Registration ” shall mean a forfeited demand registration under Section 2.1 in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 2.4 .

Section 2
Registration Rights

2.1 Requested Registration .
 
(a) Request for Registration .  Subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 2.1 , if the Company shall receive from Initiating Holders a written request signed by such Initiating Holders that the Company effect any registration with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities (such request shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of and the intended methods of disposition of such shares by such Initiating Holders), the Company will:

(i) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration to all other Holders; and

(ii) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.1(c) hereof, as soon as practicable, file and use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration (including, without limitation, filing post-effective amendments, appropriate qualifications under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws, and appropriate compliance with the Securities Act) and to permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request received by the Company within twenty (20) days after such written notice from the Company is mailed or delivered.

(b) Limitations on Requested Registration .  The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any such registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 :

(i) Prior to the earlier of (A) the five (5) year anniversary of the date of this Agreement or (B) one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company covering an underwritten offering of any of its securities to the general public;
 
 
5

 
 
(ii) If the Initiating Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration statement, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) the aggregate proceeds of which (after deduction for underwriter’s discounts and expenses related to the issuance) are less than $5,000,000;

(iii) In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification, or compliance, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

(iv) After the Company has initiated one (1) such registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 (counting for these purposes only (x) a registration which has been declared or ordered effective and pursuant to which securities have been sold, and (y) a Withdrawn Registration);

(v) During the period starting with the date sixty (60) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration (or ending on the subsequent date on which all market stand-off agreements applicable to the offering have terminated); provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or

(vi) If the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of Registrable Securities which may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made under Section 2.3 hereof.

(c) Deferral .  If (i) in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, the filing of a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities would be materially detrimental to the Company and the Board of Directors of the Company concludes, as a result, that it is in the best interests of the Company to defer the filing of such registration statement at such time, and (ii) the Company shall furnish to such Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be materially detrimental to the Company for such registration statement to be filed in the near future and that it is, therefore, in the best interests of the Company to defer the filing of such registration statement, then (in addition to the limitations set forth in Section 2.1(b)(v) above) the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than one hundred eighty (180) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders, and, provided further , that the Company shall not defer its obligation in this manner more than once in any twelve-month period; provided , further , that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other shareholder during such one hundred eighty (180) day period (other than a registration relating solely to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act, a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of Registrable Securities, or a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered).
 
 
6

 
 
(d) Underwriting .  If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 2.1 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice given pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(i) .  In such event, the right of any Holder to include all or any portion of its Registrable Securities in such registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such an underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities to the extent provided herein.  If the Company shall request inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1 of securities being sold for its own account, or if other persons shall request inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1 , the Initiating Holders shall, on behalf of all Holders, offer to include such securities in the underwriting and such offer shall be conditioned upon the participation of the Company or such other persons in such underwriting and the inclusion of the Company’s and such person’s other securities of the Company and their acceptance of the further applicable provisions of this Section 2 (including Section 2.10 ).  The Company shall (together with all Holders and other persons proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form, with the representative of the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders, which underwriters are reasonably acceptable to the Company.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.1 , if the underwriters advise the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, the number of Registrable Securities that may be so included shall be allocated as follows: (i) first, among all Holders requesting to include Registrable Securities in such registration statement based on the pro rata percentage of Registrable Securities held by such Holders, assuming conversion and (ii) second, to the Company, which the Company may allocate, at its discretion, for its own account, or for the account of other holders or employees of the Company.

If a person who has requested inclusion in such registration as provided above does not agree to the terms of any such underwriting, such person shall be excluded therefrom by written notice from the Company, the underwriter or the Initiating Holders.  The securities so excluded shall also be withdrawn from registration.  Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall also be withdrawn from such registration.  If shares are so withdrawn from the registration and if the number of shares to be included in such registration was previously reduced as a result of marketing factors pursuant to this Section 2.1(d) , then the Company shall then offer to all Holders who have retained rights to include securities in the registration the right to include additional Registrable Securities in the registration in an aggregate amount equal to the number of shares so withdrawn, with such shares to be allocated among such Holders requesting additional inclusion, as set forth above.

For any Holder that is a venture capital fund, partnership, or corporation or limited liability company, the partners, retired partners, members, retired members, stockholders and affiliated funds and shareholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners, and retired partners, members and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single “Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “Holder,” as defined in this sentence.
 
 
7

 
 
2.2 Company Registration .
 
(a) Company Registration .  If the Company shall determine to register any of its securities either for its own account or the account of a security holder or holders, other than (i) a registration pursuant to Sections 2.1 or 2.3 , (ii) a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans; (iii) a registration relating to the offer and sale of debt securities; (iv) a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or other transaction on Form S-4; (v) a registration on Form S-3 of securities to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act; (vi) a registration relating to an Initial Public Offering; or (vii) any registration form that does not permit secondary sales, the Company will:

(i) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration to all Holders; and

(ii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to include in such registration (and any related qualification under blue sky laws or other compliance), except as set forth in Section 2.2(b) below, and in any underwriting involved therein, all of such Registrable Securities as are specified in a written request or requests made by any Holder or Holders received by the Company within ten (10) days after such written notice from the Company is mailed or delivered.  Such written request may specify all or a part of a Holder’s Registrable Securities.

(b) Underwriting .  If the registration of which the Company gives notice is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(i) .  In such event, the right of any Holder to registration pursuant to this Section 2.2 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein.  All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company and the other holders of securities of the Company with registration rights to participate therein distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative of the underwriter or underwriters selected by the Company.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2 , if the underwriters advise the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, the underwriters may (subject to the limitations set forth below) limit the number of Registrable Securities to be included in, the registration and underwriting.  The Company shall so advise all holders of securities requesting registration, and the number of shares of securities that are entitled to be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated, as follows: (i) first, to the Company for securities being sold for its own account and (ii) second, to the Holders requesting to include Registrable Securities in such registration statement based on the pro rata percentage of Registrable Securities held by such Holders, assuming conversion; provided, however, that in no event shall the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the offering be reduced below 35% of the total amount of securities included in such offering, except in the event of an Initial Public Offering, in which case all such securities may be excluded; provided, further, that in the event the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the offering are reduced, the amount of securities held by the Founder included in the offering shall be reduced on a pro-rata basis, except in the event of an Initial Public Offering, in which case before the number of securities to be included by the selling Holders is reduced, all of the securities held by the Founder shall be excluded from such offering.
 
 
8

 
 
If a person who has requested inclusion in such registration as provided above does not agree to the terms of any such underwriting, such person shall also be excluded therefrom by written notice from the Company or the underwriter.  The Registrable Securities or other securities so excluded shall also be withdrawn from such registration.  Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such registration.  If shares are so withdrawn from the registration and if the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration was previously reduced as a result of marketing factors pursuant to Section 2.2(b) , the Company shall then offer to all persons who have retained the right to include securities in the registration the right to include additional securities in the registration in an aggregate amount equal to the number of shares so withdrawn, with such shares to be allocated among the persons requesting additional inclusion, in the manner set forth above.

(c) Right to Terminate Registration .  The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.2 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration, and shall notify any Holder that has elected to include shares in such registration of such termination or withdrawal.

2.3 Registration on Form S-3 .
 
(a)  Request for Form S-3 Registration .  After its initial public offering, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to qualify for registration on Form S-3 or any comparable or successor form or forms.  After the Company has qualified for the use of Form S-3, in addition to the rights contained in the foregoing provisions of this Section 2 and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 2.3 , if the Company shall receive from a Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities a written request that the Company effect any registration on Form S-3 or any similar short form registration statement with respect to all or part of the Registrable Securities (such request shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of and the intended methods of disposition of such shares by such Holder or Holders), the Company will take all such action with respect to such Registrable Securities as required by Section 2.1(a)(i) and (ii) .

(b) Limitations on Form S-3 Registration .  The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or take any action to effect, any such registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 :

(i) In the circumstances described in either Sections 2.1(b)(i) , 2.1(b)(iii) or 2.1(b)(v) ;

(ii) If the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) on Form S-3 at an aggregate price to the public of less than $2,000,000; or
 
 
9

 
 
(iii) If, in a given twelve-month period, the Company has effected two (2) such registrations in such period.

(c) Deferral .  The provisions of Section 2.1(c) shall apply to any registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 .

(d) Underwriting .  If the Holders of Registrable Securities requesting registration under this Section 2.3 intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, the provisions of Sections 2.1(e) shall apply to such registration.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall not be counted as requests for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Section 2.1 .

2.4 Expenses of Registration .  All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with registrations pursuant to Sections 2.1 , 2.2 and 2.3 hereof shall be borne by the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.3 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered or because a sufficient number of Holders shall have withdrawn so that the minimum offering conditions set forth in Sections 2.1 and 2.3 are no longer satisfied (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata among each other based on the number of Registrable Securities requested to be so registered), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to a demand registration pursuant to Section 2.1 ; provided , however , in the event that a withdrawal by the Holders is based upon material adverse information relating to the Company that is different from the information known or available (upon request from the Company or otherwise) to the Holders requesting registration at the time of their request for registration under Section 2.1 , such registration shall not be treated as a counted registration for purposes of Section 2.1 hereof, even though the Holders do not bear the Registration Expenses for such registration.  All Selling Expenses relating to securities registered on behalf of the Holders shall be borne by the holders of securities included in such registration pro rata among each other on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities so registered.

2.5 Registration Procedures .  In the case of each registration effected by the Company pursuant to Section 2 , the Company will keep each Holder advised in writing as to the initiation of each registration and as to the completion thereof.  At its expense, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to:

(a) Keep such registration effective for a period ending on the earlier of the date which is sixty (60) days from the effective date of the registration statement or such time as the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution described in the registration statement relating thereto;
 
 
10

 
 
(b) To the extent the Company is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (a “ WKSI ”) at the time any request for registration is submitted to the Company in accordance with Section 2.3 , (i) if so requested, file an automatic shelf registration statement (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (an “ automatic shelf registration statement ”) to effect such registration, and (ii) remain a WKSI (and not become an ineligible issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act)) during the period during which such automatic shelf registration statement is required to remain effective in accordance with this Agreement;

(c) Prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for the period set forth in subsection (a) above;

(d) Furnish such number of prospectuses, including any preliminary prospectuses,  and other documents incident thereto, including any amendment of or supplement to the prospectus, as a Holder from time to time may reasonably request;

(e) Use its reasonable best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdiction as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided , that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions;

(f) Notify each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in light of the circumstances then existing, and following such notification promptly prepare and furnish to such seller a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such shares, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in light of the circumstances then existing;

(g) If at any time when the Company is required to re-evaluate its WKSI status for purposes of an automatic shelf registration statement used to effect a request for registration in accordance with Section 2.3 (i) the Company determines that it is not a WKSI, (ii) the registration statement is required to be kept effective in accordance with this Agreement, and (iii) the registration rights of the applicable Holders have not terminated, promptly amend the registration statement onto a form the Company is then eligible to use or file a new registration statement on such form, and keep such registration statement effective in accordance with the requirements otherwise applicable under this Agreement;
 
 
11

 
 
(h) If (i) a registration made pursuant to a shelf registration statement is required to be kept effective in accordance with this Agreement after the third anniversary of the initial effective date of the shelf registration statement and (ii) the registration rights of the applicable Holders have not terminated, file a new registration statement with respect to any unsold Registrable Securities subject to the original request for registration prior to the end of the three year period after the initial effective date of the shelf registration statement, and keep such registration statement effective in accordance with the requirements otherwise applicable under this Agreement;

(i) Use its commercially reasonable efforts to furnish, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and reasonably satisfactory to a majority in interest of the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities and (ii) a “comfort” letter dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters;

(j) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to such registration statement and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

(k) Otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve months, but not more than eighteen months, beginning with the first month after the effective date of the Registration Statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act;

(l) Cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed; and

(m) In connection with any underwritten offering pursuant to a registration statement filed pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof, enter into an underwriting agreement in form reasonably necessary to effect the offer and sale of Common Stock, provided such underwriting agreement contains reasonable and customary provisions, and provided , further , that each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.
 
 
12

 
 
2.6 Indemnification To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, each of its officers, directors and partners, legal counsel and accountants and each person controlling such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, with respect to which registration, qualification or compliance has been effected pursuant to this Section 2 , and each underwriter, if any, and each person who controls within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act any underwriter, against all expenses, claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions, proceedings or settlements in respect thereof) arising out of or based on: (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any prospectus, offering circular or other document (including any related registration statement, notification or the like) incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance any registration statement, any prospectus included in the registration statement, any issuer free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act), any issuer information (as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act) filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or any other document incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance prepared by or on behalf of the Company or used or referred to by the Company, (ii) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation (or alleged violation) by the Company of the Securities Act, any state securities laws or any rule or regulation thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any offering covered by such registration, qualification or compliance, and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, each of its officers, directors, partners, legal counsel and accountants and each person controlling such Holder, each such underwriter and each person who controls any such underwriter, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating and defending or settling any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action; provided that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or action arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission based upon written information furnished to the Company by such Holder, any of such Holder’s officers, directors, partners, legal counsel or accountants, any person controlling such Holder, such underwriter or any person who controls any such underwriter, and stated to be specifically for use therein; and provided , further that, the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.6(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each Holder will, severally and not jointly, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration, qualification or compliance is being effected, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, officers, partners, legal counsel and accountants and each underwriter, if any, of the Company’s securities covered by such a registration statement, each person who controls the Company or such underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, each other such Holder, and each of their officers, directors and partners, and each person controlling each other such Holder, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based on: (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any prospectus, offering circular or other document (including any related registration statement, notification, or the like) incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance, or (ii) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse the Company and such Holders, directors, officers, partners, legal counsel and accountants, persons, underwriters, or control persons for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use therein; provided , however , that the obligations of such Holder hereunder shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claims, losses, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) if such settlement is effected without the consent of such Holder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld); and provided that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 2.6 exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.
 
 
13

 

 
(c) Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 2.6 (the “ Indemnified Party ”) shall give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom; provided that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such party’s expense; and provided further that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 2.6 , to the extent such failure is not prejudicial.  No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.  Each Indemnified Party shall furnish such information regarding itself or the claim in question as an Indemnifying Party may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with defense of such claim and litigation resulting therefrom.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.6 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense referred to herein, then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and of the Indemnified Party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.  No person or entity will be required under this Section 2.6(d) to contribute any amount in excess of the net proceeds from the offering received by such person or entity, except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such person or entity.  No person or entity guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any person or entity who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
 
 
14

 
 
2.7 Information by Holder .  Each Holder of Registrable Securities shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder and the distribution proposed by such Holder as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with any registration, qualification, or compliance referred to in this Section 2 .

2.8  Restrictions on Transfer .
 
(a) The holder of each certificate representing Registrable Securities by acceptance thereof agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 2.8 .  Each Holder agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of all or any portion of the Restricted Securities, or any beneficial interest therein, unless and until (x) the transferee thereof has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold such Restricted Securities subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, including, without limitation, this Section 2.8 and Section 2.10 , except for transfers permitted under Section 2.8(b) , and (y):

(i) There is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

(ii) Such Holder shall have given prior written notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to make such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition, and, if requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company, at its expense, with (i) an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such disposition will not require registration of such Restricted Securities under the Securities Act or (ii) a “no action” letter from the Commission to the effect that the transfer of such securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the Commission that action be taken with respect thereto, whereupon the holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the Holder to the Company; provided, that, neither an opinion of counsel nor a “no action” letter shall be required for transfers permitted under Section 2.8(b) . It is agreed that the Company will not require opinions of counsel for transactions made pursuant to Rule 144 except in unusual circumstances.

(b) Permitted transfers include (i) a transfer not involving a change in beneficial ownership, or (ii) in transactions involving the distribution without consideration of Restricted Securities by any Holder to (x) a parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of Holder that is a corporation, (y) any of its partners, members or other equity owners, or retired partners, retired members or other equity owners, or to the estate of any of its partners, members or other equity owners or retired partners, retired members or other equity owners, or (z) a venture capital fund that is controlled by or under common control with one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such Holder, or (iii) transfers in compliance with Rule 144(k), as long as the Company is furnished with satisfactory evidence of compliance with such Rule; provided, in each case, that the Holder thereof shall give written notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to effect such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition.
 
 
15

 
 
(c) Each certificate representing Registrable Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Agreement) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES.  THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM.  THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO (1) RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN AN INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AND (2) VOTING RESTRICTIONS AS SET FORTH IN A VOTING AGREEMENT AMONG THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDERS OF THESE SHARES, COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

The Holders consent to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 2.8 .

(d) The first legend referring to federal and state securities laws identified in Section 2.8(c) hereof stamped on a certificate evidencing the Restricted Securities and the stock transfer instructions and record notations with respect to such Restricted Securities shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of such Restricted Securities if (i) such securities are registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) such holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that a public sale or transfer of such securities may be made without registration under the Securities Act, or (iii) such holder provides the Company with reasonable assurances, which may, at the option of the Company, include an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, that such securities can be sold pursuant to Section (k) of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

2.9 Rule 144 Reporting .  With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission that may permit the sale of the Restricted Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to:
 
 
16

 
 
(a) Make and keep public information regarding the Company available as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times from and after ninety (90) days following the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(b) File with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements; and

(c) So long as a Holder owns any Restricted Securities, furnish to the Holder forthwith upon written request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time from and after ninety (90) days following the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents so filed as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing a Holder to sell any such securities without registration.

2.10  Market Stand-Off Agreement .  Each Holder hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4).  The obligations described in this Section 2.10 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-l or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future.  The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each such certificate with the second legend set forth in Section 2.8(c) hereof with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day or other period.  Each Holder agrees to execute a market standoff agreement with said underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this Section 2 .1 0 ; provided, that, all executive officers, directors and 5% stockholders enter into similar agreements.  Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions contained in such similar agreements by the Company or the underwriter shall apply to all Holders (according to the total amount of Registrable Securities owned by each Holder).

2.11  Delay of Registration .  No Holder shall have any right to take any action to restrain, enjoin, or otherwise delay any registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2 .
 
 
17

 
 
2.12 Transfer or Assignment of Registration Rights .  The rights to cause the Company to register securities granted to a Holder by the Company under this Section 2 may be transferred or assigned by a Holder only to a transferee or assignee of not less than 1,000,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits, and the like) or to partners of members of any Holder; provided that (i) such transfer or assignment of Registrable Securities is effected in accordance with the terms of Section 2.8 hereof, the Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), and applicable securities laws, (ii) the Company is given written notice at least ten (10) days prior to said transfer or assignment, stating the name and address of the transferee or assignee and identifying the securities with respect to which such registration rights are intended to be transferred or assigned and (iii) the transferee or assignee of such rights assumes in writing the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement, including without limitation the obligations set forth in Section 2.10 .

2.13 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights .  From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of a majority in interest of the Holders, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company giving such holder or prospective holder any registration rights the terms of which are pari passu with or senior to the registration rights granted to the Holders hereunder.

2.14 Termination of Registration Rights .  The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1 , 2.2 or 2.3 shall terminate on the earlier of (i) such date, on or after the closing of the Company’s first registered public offering of Common Stock, on which all shares of Registrable Securities held or entitled to be held upon conversion by such Holder may immediately be sold under Rule 144 during any ninety (90) day period, and (ii) three (3) years after the closing of the Company’s Initial Public Offering.

Section 3
Covenants of the Company

The Company hereby covenants and agrees, as follows:

3.1 Basic Information Rights .
 
(a) Basic Financial Information .  The Company will furnish the following reports to (i) each Holder of Series D Preferred Stock who owns at least 3,000,000 Shares and/or Conversion Stock originally acquired by such Holder (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits, and the like), (ii) each of ff Green Private Equity Fund, LLC, Oliver Frankel, Ken Fried and Paul Holland who holds any shares of Series D Preferred Stock, and (iii) each Holder of Series E Preferred Stock who owns at least 2,000,000 Shares and/or Conversion Stock originally acquired by such Holder (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits, and the like) (each such holder a “ Significant Holder ”):

(i) As soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event at least ninety (90) days prior to the beginning of the next fiscal year of the Company, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as at the end of such fiscal year, and consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such year, prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, certified by independent public accountants of recognized national standing (the “ Auditors ”) selected by the Company and acceptable to the Company’s Board of Directors.  The Auditors will also provide a management letter in connection therewith.
 
 
18

 
 
(ii) Prior to the start of each fiscal year of the Company, an annual budget of the Company for such year.

(iii) As soon as practicable after the end of the first, second and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of the first, second, and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of each such quarterly period, and unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such period, prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, subject to changes resulting from normal year-end audit adjustments, together with a comparison to the Company’s budget.

(iv) Within 30 days of the end of each month, an unaudited income statement and a statement of cash flows and balance sheet for and as of the end of such month, together with a comparison to the Company’s budget.

(iv) As soon as practicable, and in any event no later forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a capitalization table (fully-diluted) setting forth the number of issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock of the Company, the number of reserved and outstanding options to purchase Common Stock and the number of issued and outstanding warrants to purchase Common Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company.

(b) The Company shall permit each Significant Holder, at such Significant Holder’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties and to examine its books of account and records at such reasonable times and intervals as may be requested by the Significant Holder.  Each Significant Holder shall be entitled to discuss the Company’s significant business issues with its officers at mutually agreeable times.

(c) For purposes of determining the minimum holdings pursuant to this Section 3, any Significant Holder that is a partnership or limited liability company shall be deemed to hold any Preferred Stock originally purchased by such Significant Holder and subsequently distributed to constituent partners or members of such Significant Holder, but which has not been resold by such partners or members.  If the partnership or limited liability company is still in existence, the Company may satisfy any obligation to distribute reports to individual partners of the partnership or members of a limited liability company by delivering a single copy of each report to the partnership or limited liability company as agent for the constituent partners or members.
 
 
19

 
 
3.2 Confidentiality .  Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, no Holder by reason of this Agreement shall have access to any trade secrets or similar information of the Company.  The Company shall not be required to comply with any information rights of Section 3 in respect of any Holder whom the Company reasonably determines to be a competitor or an officer or employee of a competitor.  Each Holder acknowledges that the information received by them pursuant to this Agreement may be confidential and for its use only, and it will not use such confidential information in violation of the Exchange Act or reproduce, disclose or disseminate such information to any other person (other than its employees or agents having a need to know the contents of such information, and its attorneys), except in connection with the exercise of rights under this Agreement, unless the Company has made such information available to the public generally or such Holder is required to disclose such information by a governmental authority.

3.3 Stock Vesting and Independent Appraisal .  Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, all stock options and other stock equivalents issued after the date of this Agreement to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers shall be subject to vesting as follows: (a) twenty-five percent (25%) of such stock shall vest at the end of the first year following the earlier of the date of issuance or such person’s services commencement date with the company, and (b) seventy-five percent (75%) of such stock shall vest over the remaining three (3) years.  No stock option or other stock equivalent issued after the date of this Agreement shall have the right to accelerate the vesting described in this Section 3.3 ; provided , however , that certain stock options or other stock equivalents may include accelerated vesting terms only if such terms are approved by the Company’s Board of Directors.  The Company shall have a right to repurchase all unvested shares at cost upon the termination of employment or services of such employees, directors, consultants or other service providers.  Within four (4) months of the date of this Agreement, the Company shall present to the Board of Directors an independent appraisal of the value of the Company’s Common Stock that meets the requirements of Section 401(a)(28)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder.

3.4 Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance .  The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance with coverage limits in the amount of no less than $3,000,000.

3.5 Key Man Life Insurance .  The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain a “key person” term life insurance policy on the life of the Founder, in his capacity as a founder and key employee of the Company, which shall name the Company as the beneficiary.

3.6 Board Meetings/Committees .  The Board of Directors of the Company shall meet at least once per quarter.  The Board of Directors of the Company shall establish a Compensation Committee and an Audit Committee.  Each of these committees shall consist of three directors, and each such committee shall include at least one Mutual Director and at least one Series D Director (as such terms are defined in the Voting Agreement dated of even date herewith.  The Compensation Committee shall determine the compensation for senior management of the Company each year.  The Company shall pay all direct and pre-approved travel expenses for each of the members of the Board of Directors in connection with the fulfillment of their duties as members of the Board of Directors.

 
20

 
 
3.7 Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement .  The Company shall require all employees and consultants to execute and deliver a confidential information and invention assignment agreement in the form approved by the Board.

3.8 Share Repurchase .  The Company may repurchase up to $1,000,000 worth of shares of its capital stock as soon as practicable subsequent to the date hereof pursuant to terms and conditions to be approved by the Board and subject to compliance with all applicable laws; provided that at least $8,000,000 of the proceeds from the sale of the shares of Series E Preferred Stock under the Purchase Agreement is used for working capital and general corporate purposes.

3.9 Issuance of Repurchased Shares .  The Company shall not issue any of the

shares repurchased pursuant to Section 3.8 above, without the approval of a majority of the Board of Directors, including at least one of the Series D Directors (as defined in the Certificate) and the Series E Director (as defined in the Certificate).

3.10 Termination of Covenants .  The covenants set forth in this Section 3 shall terminate and be of no further force and effect after the closing of the Company’s Initial Public Offering.

Section 4
Right of First Refusal

4.1 Right of First Refusal to Significant Holders .  Subject to applicable securities laws, the Company hereby grants to each Significant Holder, the right of first refusal to purchase its pro rata share of New Securities (as defined in this Section 4.1(a) ) which the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue after the date of this Agreement.  A Significant Holder’s pro rata share, for purposes of this right of first refusal, is equal to the ratio of (a) the number of shares of Common Stock owned by such Significant Holder immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities (assuming full conversion of the Shares and exercise of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options and warrants, directly or indirectly, into Common Stock held by said Significant Holder) to (b) the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities (assuming full conversion of the Shares and exercise of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options and warrants, directly or indirectly, held by all of the Significant Holders).

(a) “ New Securities ” shall mean any capital stock (including Common Stock and/or Preferred Stock) of the Company whether now authorized or not, and rights, convertible securities, options or warrants to purchase such capital stock, and securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, exercisable or convertible into capital stock; provided that the term “ New Securities ” does not include:

(i) the Shares and the Conversion Stock;

(ii) an aggregate amount of up to 5,976,126 shares of Common Stock (or such greater amount as approved by the Board of Directors, and, until one year from the date hereof, the Series E Director (as defined below)) securities issued or issuable to officers, employees, directors, consultants, placement agents, and other service providers of the Company (or any subsidiary) pursuant to stock grants, option plans, purchase plans, agreements or other employee stock incentive programs or arrangements approved by the Board of Directors of the Company;
 
 
21

 
 
(iii) securities issued pursuant to the conversion or exercise of any outstanding convertible or exercisable securities as of this date of this Agreement;

(iv) securities issued or issuable as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock of the Company or pursuant to any event for which adjustment is made pursuant to paragraph 4(e), 4(f) or 4(g) of Article V of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “ Certificate ”);

(v) securities offered pursuant to a bona fide, firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act;

(vi) securities issued or issuable pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation by the Company by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement, provided , that such issuances are approved by the Board of Directors of the Company;

(vii) securities issued or issuable to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions pursuant to a commercial leasing or debt financing transaction approved by the Board of Directors of the Company;

(viii) securities issued or issuable in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships approved by the Board of Directors of the Company;

(ix) securities issued to suppliers or third party service providers in connection with the provision of goods or services pursuant to transactions approved by the Board of Directors of the Company;

(x) securities issued or issuable in connection with any settlement of any action, suit, proceeding or litigation approved by the Board of Directors of the Company;

(xi) securities of the Company which are otherwise excluded from this Section 4.1 by the affirmative unanimous vote of the Board of Directors of the Company to exclude such securities from this Section 4.1; and

(xii) any right, option or warrant to acquire any security convertible into the securities excluded from the definition of New Securities pursuant to subsections (i) through (xi) above.

(b) In the event the Company proposes to undertake an issuance of New Securities, it shall give each Significant Holder written notice of its intention, describing the type of New Securities, and their price and the general terms upon which the Company proposes to issue the same.  Each Significant Holder shall have ten (10) business days after any such notice is mailed or delivered to agree to purchase such Holder’s pro rata share of such New Securities and to indicate whether such Holder desires to exercise its over allotment option for the price and upon the terms specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company, in substantially the form attached hereto as Schedule 1, and stating therein the quantity of New Securities to be purchased.
 
 
22

 

 
(c) In the event the Holders fail to exercise fully the right of first refusal and over allotment rights, if any within said ten (10) business day period (the “ Election Period ”), the Company shall have ninety (90) days thereafter to sell or enter into an agreement (pursuant to which the sale of New Securities covered thereby shall be closed, if at all, within ninety (90) days from the date of said agreement) to sell that portion of the New Securities with respect to which the Significant Holders’ right of first refusal option set forth in this Section 4.1 was not exercised, at a price and upon terms no more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Company’s notice to Significant Holders delivered pursuant to Section 4.1(b) .  In the event the Company has not sold within such ninety (90) day period following the Election Period, or such ninety (90) day period following the date of said agreement, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities, without first again offering such securities to the Significant Holders in the manner provided in this Section 4.1 .

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the right of first refusal in this Section 4 shall not be applicable to with respect to any Significant Holder and any subsequent issuance of securities if, (i) at the time of such subsequent issuance of securities, such Significant Holder is not an accredited investor as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, and (ii) such subsequent issuance of securities is otherwise being offered only to accredited investors as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

(e) The right of first refusal granted under this Agreement shall expire upon, and shall not be applicable to the Company’s Initial Public Offering.

Section 5
Miscellaneous

5.1 Amendment .  Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Agreement and signed by the Company and the Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (excluding any of such shares that have been sold to the public or pursuant to Rule 144); provided , however , that Holders purchasing shares of Series E Preferred Stock in a Closing after the Initial Closing (each as defined in the Purchase Agreement) may become parties to this Agreement, by executing a counterpart of this Agreement without any amendment of this Agreement pursuant to this paragraph or any consent or approval of any other Holder; and provided , further , that if any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination operates in a manner that treats any Holder different from other Holders, the consent of such Holder shall also be required for such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination.  Any such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each Holder and each future holder of all such securities of Holder.  Each Holder acknowledges that by the operation of this paragraph, the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (excluding any of such shares that have been sold to the public or pursuant to Rule 144) will have the right and power to diminish or eliminate all rights of such Holder under this Agreement.
 
 
23

 
 
5.2 Notices .  All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand or by messenger addressed:

(a) if to an Investor, at the Investor’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof, with one copy sent to Mark Roeder, Latham & Watkins LLP, 140 Scott Drive, Menlo Park, California 94025;

(b) if to any Holder, at such address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company’s records, or, until any such holder so furnishes an address, facsimile number or electronic mail address to the Company, then to and at the address of the last holder of such shares for which the Company has contact information in its records; or

(c) if to the Company, one copy should be sent to 1601 Cloverfield Blvd., Suite 620, Santa Monica, California 90404, Attn: Chief Executive Officer, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Investors, with a copy to Herbert Fockler, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given when delivered if delivered personally, or, if sent by mail, at the earlier of its receipt or 72 hours after the same has been deposited in a regularly maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid or, if sent by facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent by electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the electronic mail address set forth on the Schedule of Investors.

5.3 Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of California as applied to agreements entered into among California residents to be performed entirely within California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

5.4 Successors and Assigns .  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, this Agreement, and any and all rights, duties and obligations hereunder, shall not be assigned, transferred, delegated or sublicensed by any Investor without the prior written consent of the Company.  Any attempt by an Investor without such permission to assign, transfer, delegate or sublicense any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Agreement shall be void.  Subject to the foregoing and except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

5.5 Entire Agreement .  This Agreement and the exhibits hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and supersedes in its entirety the Prior Rights Agreement, which shall have no further force and effect.  No party hereto shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner with regard to the subjects hereof or thereof by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein.  As of the date hereof, the Prior Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or effect and shall be superseded and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement.
 
 
24

 
 
5.6 Delays or Omissions .  Except as expressly provided herein, no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party to this Agreement upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-defaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.  Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing.  All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party to this Agreement, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

5.7 Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Agreement, and such court will replace such illegal, void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, void or unenforceable provision.  The balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

5.8 Titles and Subtitles .  The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.  All references in this Agreement to sections, paragraphs and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits attached hereto.

5.9 Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties that execute such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

5.10 Telecopy Execution and Delivery .  A facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction of this Agreement may be executed by one or more parties hereto and delivered by such party by facsimile or any similar electronic transmission device pursuant to which the signature of or on behalf of such party can be seen.  Such execution and delivery shall be considered valid, binding and effective for all purposes.  At the request of any party hereto, all parties hereto agree to execute and deliver an original of this Agreement as well as any facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction hereof.

5.11 Jurisdiction; Venue .  With respect to any disputes arising out of or related to this Agreement, the parties consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of, and venue in, the state courts in Santa Clara County in the State of California (or in the event of exclusive federal jurisdiction, the courts of the Northern District of California).
 
 
25

 
 
5.12 Further Assurances .  Each party hereto agrees to execute and deliver, by the proper exercise of its corporate, limited liability company, partnership or other powers, all such other and additional instruments and documents and do all such other acts and things as may be necessary to more fully effectuate this Agreement.

5.13 Termination Upon Change of Control .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Agreement (excluding any then existing obligations) shall terminate upon (a) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any sale of stock for capital raising purposes) other than a transaction or series of transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to retain (either by such voting securities remaining outstanding or by such voting securities being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity), as a result of shares in the Company held by such holders prior to such transaction, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Corporation or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such transaction or series of transactions; or (b) a sale, lease or other conveyance of all substantially all of the assets of the Company.

5.14 Conflict .  In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Company’s Certificate or its Bylaws, the terms of the Company’s Certificate or its Bylaws, as the case may be, will control.

5.15 Attorneys’ Fees .  In the event that any suit or action is instituted to enforce any provision in this Agreement, the prevailing party in such dispute shall be entitled to recover from the losing party such reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and accountants, which shall include, without limitation, all fees, costs and expenses of appeals.

5.16 Aggregation of Stock .  All securities held or acquired by affiliated entities (including affiliated venture capital funds) or persons shall be aggregated together for purposes of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

5.17 Transfer of Rights.   The rights granted under Sections 3 and 4 of this Agreement may be assigned to any transferee or assignee, other than a competitor or potential competitor of the Company (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors), in connection with any transfer or assignment of Registrable Securities by the Holder, provided that: (a) such transfer is otherwise effected in accordance with applicable securities laws and the terms of this Agreement; (b) written notice is promptly given to the Company; and (c) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rights granted to the Holders hereunder may be assigned without compliance with item (b) above to (w) any constituent partner, retired partner, or member of a Holder which is a partnership or limited liability company; (x) a family member of a Holder or trust for the benefit of a Holder, the spouse of a Holder or issue of a Holder; or (y) any affiliate (as such term is defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act) of a Holder that is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company (including a venture capital fund that is controlled by or under common control with one or more general partners or managing members of, or which shares the same management company with, such Holder).

(Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank)

 
26

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 
 
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
a Delaware corporation
 
       
 
By:
/s/ Adam Miller  
  Name: Adam Miller  
  Title: President and Chief Executive Officer  
     
     
  FOUNDER  
     
  /s/ Adam Miller  
  Adam Miller  

 
 
 
 

 

 

 
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 
INVESTOR:
 
MERITECH CAPITAL PARTNERS III L.P.
 
       
 
By:
Meritech Capital Associates III L.L.C.  
    its General Partner  
       
 
By:
Meritech Management Associates III L.L.C.  
    a managing member  
       
  By: /s/ Mike Gordon  
    Mike Gordon, a managing director  


  MERITECH CAPITAL AFFILIATES III L.P.
 
 
       
 
By:
Meritech Capital Associates III L.L.C.  
    its General Partner  
       
 
By:
Meritech Management Associates III L.L.C.  
    a managing member  
       
  By: /s/ Mike Gordon  
    Mike Gordon, a managing director  
 
 
 

 


 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 
INVESTOR:
 
BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS VI L.P.
 
       
 
By:
Deer VI & Co. LLC, General Partner  
       
       
 
By:
/s/ J. Edmund Colloton  
    J. Edmund Colloton, Executive Manager  
       


 
BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS CO-
INVESTMENT L.P.
 
       
 
By:
Deer VI & Co. LLC, General Partner  
       
 
By:
/s/ J. Edmund Colloton  
    J. Edmund Colloton, Executive Manager  


 
 
 

 
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 
INVESTOR:
 
BAY PARTNERS XI, L.P.
 
       
 
By:
Bay Management Company XI, LLC,
 
   
Its General Partner
 
       
 
By:
/s/ Neil Sadaranganey  
  Name: Neil Sadaranganey  
  Title: Manager  


 
BAY PARTNERS XI PARALLEL FUND, L.P.
 
       
 
By:
Bay Management Company XI, LLC,
 
   
Its General Partner
 
       
 
By:
/s/ Neil Sadaranganey  
  Name: Neil Sadaranganey  
  Title: Manager  

 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 
INVESTOR:
 
ff BLUE PRIVATE EQUITY FUND, L.P.
 
       
 
By:
/s/ John Frankel  
       
  Name:  John Frankel  
       
  Title: Manager  

 
 
 

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 
INVESTOR:
 
Ken Fried
 
/s/ Ken Fried
 

 
 
 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.


 
INVESTOR:
 
Paul Holland
 
/s/ Paul Holland
 


 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 
EXISTING INVESTOR:
 
BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS VI L.P.
BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS VI
INSTITUTIONAL L.P.
BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS CO-
INVESTMENT L.P.
 
 
  By:  Deer VI & Co. LLC,  
   
General Partner
 
       
 
By:
/s/ J. Edmund Colloton  
  Name:  J. Edmund Colloton  
  Title: Executive Manager  
       

 
 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 
EXISTING INVESTOR:
 
BAY PARTNERS XI, L.P.
BAY PARTNERS XI PARALLEL FUND, L.P.
 
  By: 
Bay Management Company XI, LLC,
 
   
General Partner
 
       
 
By:
/s/ Neil Sadaranganey  
  Name:  Neil Sadaranganey  
  Title: Manager  
       
 

 
 

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 
HOLDER:
 
COMERICA VENTURES INCORPORATED
 
       
 
By:
/s/ LaReeda Rentie     
       
  Name:  LaReeda Rentie    
       
  Title:   First Level Officer  

 
 
 

 
 

EXHIBIT A

INVESTORS
 

Meritech Capital Partners III, L.P.
Meritech Capital Affiliates III, L.P.

Bessemer Venture Partners VI L.P.
Bessemer Venture Partners Institutional L.P.
Bessemer Venture Partners Co-Investment L.P.

Bay Partners XI, L.P.
Bay Partners XI Parallel Fund, L.P.

ff Blue Private Equity Fund, L.P.

Ken Fried

Paul Holland

 
 

 


EXHIBIT B

EXISTING INVESTORS

Comerica Ventures Incorporated

Bessemer Venture Partners VI L.P.
Bessemer Venture Partners VI Institutional L.P.
Bessemer Venture Partners Co-Investment L.P.

Bay Partners XI, L.P.
Bay Partners XI Parallel Fund, L.P.

Ilan Kaufthal

Ivan Lustig

Mark Baker

Paul Gersh

Tri-Gran Investments, Inc.

Ken Fried

CyberU Investment Alliance LLC

Ken Friedman

David Jackson

John Frankel

Oliver Frankel

Paul Holland

Alliance Trust Pensions Limited ATFSIPP
 
 
 

 

 
SCHEDULE 1

NOTICE AND WAIVER/ELECTION OF
RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL
I do hereby waive or exercise, as indicated below, my rights of first refusal under the Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of _____________ (the “Agreement”):
 
1.           Waiver of 10 Days’ Notice Period in Which to Exercise Right of First Offer:   (please check only one)

 
(   )
WAIVE in full, on behalf of all Holders, the 10-day notice period provided to exercise my right of first refusal granted under the Agreement.
     
 
(   )
DO NOT WAIVE the notice period described above.

2.           Issuance and Sale of New Securities:   (please check only one)

 
(   )
WAIVE in full the right of first refusal granted under the Agreement with respect to the issuance of the New Securities.

 
(   )
ELECT TO PARTICIPATE in $__________ [PLEASE PROVIDE AMOUNT] in New Securities proposed to be issued by Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc., representing less than my pro rata portion of the aggregate of $[____] in New Securities being offered in the financing.

 
(   )
ELECT TO PARTICIPATE in $__________ in New Securities proposed to be issued by Company X, representing my full pro rata portion of the aggregate of $[____] in New Securities being offered in the financing.

 
(   )
ELECT TO PARTICIPATE in my full pro rata portion of the aggregate of $[____] in New Securities being made available in the financing and, to the extent available, the greater of (x) an additional $__________ [PLEASE PROVIDE AMOUNT] or (y) my pro rata portion of any remaining investment amount available in the event other Significant Holders do not exercise their full rights of first refusal with respect to the $[____] in New Securities being offered in the financing.
 
Date: ___________, 20__   Signature of Stockholder or Authorized Signatory
   
 
Title, if applicable

This is neither a commitment to purchase nor a commitment to issue the New Securities described above.  Such issuance can only be made by way of definitive documentation related to such issuance.  Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. will supply you with such definitive documentation upon request or if you indicate that you would like to exercise your first offer rights in whole or in part.
 
 
 
 

 
 
Exhibit 4.3
 
THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE ACT ), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.
 
 
WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK
 
Company:
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC., a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:
90,000
Class of Stock:
Common
Warrant Price:
$3.50 per share
Issue Date:
August 20, 2010
Expiration Date:
The 10th anniversary after the Issue Date
Credit Facility:
This Warrant is issued in connection with the Advances referenced in the Loan and Security Agreement between Company and Silicon Valley Bank dated August 20, 2010.
 
THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (Silicon Valley Bank, together with any registered holder from time to time of this Warrant or any holder of the shares issuable or issued upon exercise of this Warrant, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of the Company at the Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.
 
ARTICLE 1. EXERCISE .

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Article 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Conversion Riqht . In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Article 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Article 1.3.

1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are common stock, the fair market value of each Share shall be the closing price of a Share reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering). If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.
 
1

 

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant and, if applicable, the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrants . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

1.6  Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

1.6.1 Acquisition . For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any reorganization, consolidation, or merger of the Company where Holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

1.6.2 Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition .

A) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is not an asset sale and in which the sole consideration is cash, either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon the consummation of such Acquisition. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

B) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is an “arms length” sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to a third party that is not an Affiliate (as defined below) of the Company (a “True Asset Sale”), either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will continue until the Expiration Date if the Company continues as a going concern following the closing of any such True Asset Sale. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.
 
2

 
C) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of a stock for stock Acquisition of the Company by a publicly traded acquirer if, on the record date for the Acquisition, the fair market value of the Shares (or other securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant) is equal to or greater than two (2) times the Warrant Price, Company may require the Warrant to be deemed automatically exercised and the Holder shall participate in the Acquisition as a holder of the Shares (or other securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrant) on the same terms as other holders of the same class of securities of the Company.

D) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than those particularly described in subsections (A), (B) and (C) above, the successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price and/or number of Shares shall be adjusted accordingly.

As used herein Affiliate shall mean any person or entity that owns or controls directly or indirectly ten (10) percent or more of the stock of Company, any person or entity that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such persons or entities, and each of such person’s or entity’s officers and directors, as applicable.

ARTICLE 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES .

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the Shares payable in common stock, or other securities, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred. If the Company subdivides the Shares by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares or takes any other action which increase the amount of stock into which the Shares are convertible, the number of shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder an amendment to this Warrant setting forth the number and kind of such new securities or other property issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant as a result of such reclassifcation, exchange, substitution or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant. The amendment to this Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.
 
3

 
2.3 No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not have been deemed to have impaired Holder’s rights hereunder if (a) it amends its Certificate of Incorporation, or the holders of the same class of stock waive rights thereunder, provided that such amendment or waiver does not affect, in a materially adverse manner, the rights of the Shares differently from the rights of all other shares of the same class of stock, or (b) the rights of the Shares are not affected, in a materially adverse manner, differently from the rights of all other shares of the same class of stock in connection with any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action.

2.4 Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

2.5 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company shall promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at the Company’s expense, promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to Holder as follows:

(a) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

(b) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon any of its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for sale to all holders of the company’s Common Stock any additional shares of the Company’s capital stock (other than (i) pursuant to the Company’s stock option or other compensatory plans, (ii) in connection with commercial credit arrangements or equipment financings, or (iii) in connection with strategic transactions for purposes other than capital raising; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of any of its stock; (d) to effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or (e) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in an underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities for cash, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder: (1) at least 10 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which Holders of common stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 10 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which Holders of common stock will be entitled to exchange their common stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in (e) above, the same notice as is given to Holders of such registration rights. Company will also provide information requested by Holder reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder s accounting or reporting requirements.
 
4


3.3 Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended . In the event that the Holder cannot immediately sell the Shares upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, the Company agrees that the Shares shall have certain S-3 and piggyback, registration rights pursuant to and as set forth in the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated January 30, 2009, as may be amended from time to time (the Investors Rights Agreement ). The provisions set forth in the Investors’ Right Agreement relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification, or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to Holder.

3.4 Annual Audited Financial Statements . As soon as available, but no later than One Hundred Eighty (180) days after the last day of the Company’s fiscal year, the Company shall deliver to Holder, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm selected by the Company and acceptable to the Company’s Board of Directors.

3.5 No Stockholder Rights . Except as provided in this Warrant, Holder will not have any rights as a Stockholder of the Company until the exercise of this Warrant.

ARTICLE 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF HOLDER . Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder will be acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that Holder has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information . Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.
 
5


4.3 Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4  Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an accredited investor within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available.

ARTICLE 5. MISCELLANEOUS .

5.1 This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date, unless required to be exercised earlier in accordance with the provisions of Sections 1.6 or 5.11 hereof.

5.2 Legends . This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “A CT ), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

The Shares issuable upon conversion or exercise of this Warrant shall also be imprinted with the legends described in, and as required by, the Investors’ Rights Agreement.
 
6

 
5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”) to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to Bank’s parent company, SVB Financial Group (formerly Silicon Valley Bancshares), or any other affiliate of Bank. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale.

5.4 Transfer Procedure . After receipt by Bank of the executed Warrant, Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to SVB Financial Group by execution of an Assignment substantially in the form of Appendix 2. Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company written notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). The Company may refuse to transfer this Warrant or the Shares to any person who directly competes with the Company, unless, in either case, the stock of the Company is publicly traded. It shall be a condition precedent to any assignment or transfer of this Warrant that any assignee or transferee of this Warrant agree in writing to the obligations set forth in this Warrant; provided that SVB Financial Group may assume this warrant pursuant to the terms of Appendix 2 hereof without the requirement to deliver any other written statement.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications from the Company to Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may (or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile) be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. Effective upon receipt of the fully executed Warrant and the initial transfer described in Article 5.4 above, all notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group
Attn: Treasury Department
3003 Tasman Drive, HA 200
Santa Clara, CA 95054
Telephone: 408-654-7400
Facsimile: 408-496-2405

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
 
7

 
Attn: Chief Financial Officer
1601 Cloverfield Blvd. #620
Santa Monica, CA 90404
Telephone: (310) 752-0200
Facsimile: (310) 752-0199

5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Automatic Conversion upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to Holder.

5.9  Counterparts . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

5.10 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.11 Market Stand-Off Agreement . The Holder agrees to be bound by the “Market Stand-Off Agreement” provision in Section 2.10 of the Investors’ Rights Agreement (the “Market Stand-Off Provision”). The Market Stand-Off Provision set forth in the Investors’ Rights Agreement may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted pursuant to this Warrant. Holder hereby agrees that within thirty (30) days of expiration of any such Market Stand-Off period, provided that (i) Holder could then freely transfer the Shares at such time (including but not limited to in accordance with Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933) and (ii) the fair market value of the Shares (or other securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant) is equal to or greater than two (2) times the Warrant Price, Holder shall exercise this Warrant in accordance with either Section 1.1 or 1.2 hereof. If either condition (i) or (ii) above is not met at the time that the Market Stand-Off period expires, Holder shall not be required to exercise this Warrant until the date thirty (30) days after both such conditions are met.

[Signature page follows.]
 
8

 
“COMPANY”   Date: 8/20/10   
           
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.        
           
By: 
/s/ Adam Miller
  By: 
/s/ Perry A. Wallack
 
Name:
Adam Miller, CEO
  Name:
Perry A. Wallack
 
  (Print)     (Print)  
Title:
Chairman of the Board, President or Vice President
  Title:
Chief Financial Officer, Secretary, Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Secretary
 
           
“HOLDER”
 
SILICON VALLEY BANK
       
           
By: 
/s/ Tim Barnes
       
Name: Tim Barnes        
  (Print)        
Title: Relationship Manager        
 

 
SCHEDULE 1
 
CAPITALIZATION TABLE
 
[intentionally omitted]
 

 
APPENDIX 1
 
NOTICE OF EXERCISE
 
 
1.      Holder elects to purchase ____________________ shares of the Common Stock of CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders payment of the purchase price of the shares in full.

[or]
 
1.      Holder elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares/cash [strike one] in the manner specified in the Warrant. This conversion is exercised for ____________________ of the Shares covered by the Warrant.

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]
 
2.      Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name specified below:
 
______________________________________________
Holders Name
 
______________________________________________
 
______________________________________________
(Address)
 
3.      By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as the date hereof.

HOLDER:
 
___________________________
 
 
By:_________________________
 
Name:_______________________
 
Title:________________________
 
(Date):_______________________
 

 
APPENDIX 2

ASSIGNMENT
 
For value received, Silicon Valley Bank hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

  Name: SVB Financial Group
 
Address:
3003 Tasman Drive (HA-200)
Santa Clara, CA 95054
 
 
Tax ID:
 
91-1962278
 
that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC. (the “Company”), on August__, 2010 (the “Warrant”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.
 
SILICON VALLEY BANK
 
By:_________________________
Name:_______________________
Title:________________________
 
Date:_____________________
 
By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company, SVB Financial Group makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant and agrees to all other provisions of the Warrant as of the date hereof.
 
SVB FINANCIAL GROUP
 
By:_________________________
Name:_______________________
Title:________________________
 

 
Exhibit 4.4
 
THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.
 
WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK
 
Company:
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC., a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:
5,000
Class of Stock:
Common
Warrant Price:
$3.50 per share
Issue Date:
August 20, 2010
Expiration Date:
The 10th anniversary after the Issue Date
 
THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, Ironwood Equity Fund LP (together with any registered holder from time to time of this Warrant or any holder of the shares issuable or issued upon exercise of this Warrant, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of the Company at the Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.
 
ARTICLE 1.
EXERCISE .
 
1.1            Method of Exercise . Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Article 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.
 
1.2            Conversion Right . In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Article 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Article 1.3.
 
1.3            Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are common stock, the fair market value of each Share shall be the closing price of a Share reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering). If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.

 
1

 

1.4            Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant and, if applicable, the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.
 
1.5            Replacement of Warrants . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.
 
1.6            Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .
 
  1.6.1          “ Acquisition ”. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any reorganization, consolidation, or merger of the Company where Holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.
 
  1.6.2           Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition .
 
A)           Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is not an asset sale and in which the sole consideration is cash, either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon the consummation of such Acquisition. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.
 
B)           Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is an “arms length” sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to a third party that is not an Affiliate (as defined below) of the Company (a “True Asset Sale”), either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will continue until the Expiration Date if the Company continues as a going concern following the closing of any such True Asset Sale. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

 
2

 

C)           Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of a stock for stock Acquisition of the Company by a publicly traded acquirer if, on the record date for the Acquisition, the fair market value of the Shares (or other securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant) is equal to or greater than two (2) times the Warrant Price, Company may require the Warrant to be deemed automatically exercised and the Holder shall participate in the Acquisition as a holder of the Shares (or other securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrant) on the same terms as other holders of the same class of securities of the Company.
 
D)           Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than those particularly described in subsections (A), (B) and (C) above, the successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price and/or number of Shares shall be adjusted accordingly.
 
As used herein “ Affiliate ” shall mean any person or entity that owns or controls directly or indirectly ten (10) percent or more of the stock of Company, any person or entity that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such persons or entities, and each of such person’s or entity’s officers and directors, as applicable.
 
ARTICLE 2.
ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES .
 
2.1            Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the Shares payable in common stock, or other securities, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred. If the Company subdivides the Shares by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares or takes any other action which increase the amount of stock into which the Shares are convertible, the number of shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.
 
2.2            Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder an amendment to this Warrant setting forth the number and kind of such new securities or other property issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant as a result of such reclassification, exchange, substitution or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant. The amendment to this Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.
 

 
3

 

2.3            No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not have been deemed to have impaired Holder’s rights hereunder if (a) it amends its Certificate of Incorporation, or the holders of the same class of stock waive rights thereunder, provided that such amendment or waiver does not affect, in a materially adverse manner, the rights of the Shares differently from the rights of all other shares of the same class of stock, or (b) the rights of the Shares are not affected, in a materially adverse manner, differently from the rights of all other shares of the same class of stock in connection with any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action.
 
2.4            Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.
 
2.5            Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company shall promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at the Company’s expense, promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.
 
ARTICLE 3.
REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .
 
3.1            Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to Holder as follows:
 
  (a)           All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.
 
  (b)           The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete as of the Issue Date.
 
3.2            Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon any of its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for sale to all holders of the company’s Common Stock any additional shares of the Company’s capital stock (other than (i) pursuant to the Company’s stock option or other compensatory plans, (ii) in connection with commercial credit arrangements or equipment financings, or (iii) in connection with strategic transactions for purposes other than capital raising; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of any of its stock; (d) to effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or (e) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in an underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities for cash, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder: (1) at least 10 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which Holders of common stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 10 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which Holders of common stock will be entitled to exchange their common stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in (e) above, the same notice as is given to Holders of such registration rights. Company will also provide information requested by Holder reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

 
4

 

3.3            Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended . In the event that the Holder cannot immediately sell the Shares upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, the Company agrees that the Shares shall have certain S-3 and “piggyback,” registration rights pursuant to and as set forth in the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated January 30, 2009, as may be amended from time to time (the “Investors’ Rights Agreement”). The provisions set forth in the Investors’ Right Agreement relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification, or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to Holder.
 
3.4            Annual Audited Financial Statements . As soon as available, but no later than One Hundred Eighty (180) days after the last day of the Company’s fiscal year, the Company shall deliver to Holder, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm selected by the Company and acceptable to the Company’s Board of Directors.
 
3.5            No Stockholder Rights . Except as provided in this Warrant, Holder will not have any rights as a Stockholder of the Company until the exercise of this Warrant.
 
ARTICLE 4.           REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF HOLDER . Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:
 
4.1            Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder will be acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that Holder has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.
 
4.2            Disclosure of Information . Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.
 
 
5

 

4.3            Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.
 
4.4            Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.
 
4.5            The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available.
 
ARTICLE 5.
MISCELLANEOUS .
 
5.1           This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date, unless required to be exercised earlier in accordance with the provisions of Sections 1.6 or 5.11 hereof.
 
5.2            Legends . This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:
 
THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.
 
The Shares issuable upon conversion or exercise of this Warrant shall also be imprinted with the legends described in, and as required by, the Investors’ Rights Agreement.

 
6

 

5.3            Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale.
 
Transfer Procedure . Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, any Holder will give the Company written notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). The Company may refuse to transfer this Warrant or the Shares to any person who directly competes with the Company, unless, in either case, the stock of the Company is publicly traded. It shall be a condition precedent to any assignment or transfer of this Warrant that any assignee or transferee of this Warrant agree in writing to the obligations set forth in this Warrant.
 
5.4            Notices . All notices and other communications from the Company to Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may (or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile) be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. Effective upon receipt of the fully executed Warrant, all notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:
 
  Ironwood Equity Fund LP
  Attn:
  [Address]
  Telephone:
  Facsimile:
 
Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:
 
  CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
  Attn: Chief Financial Officer
  1601 Cloverfield Blvd. #620
  Santa Monica, CA 90404
  Telephone: (310) 752-0200
  Facsimile: (310) 752-0199
 
5.5            Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

 
7

 

5.6            Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.
 
5.7            Automatic Conversion upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to Holder.
 
5.8            Counterparts . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
 
5.9            Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.
 
5.10          Market Stand-Off Agreement . The Holder agrees to be bound by the “Market Stand-Off Agreement” provision in Section 2.10 of the Investors’ Rights Agreement (the “Market Stand-Off Provision”). The Market Stand-Off Provision set forth in the Investors’ Rights Agreement may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted pursuant to this Warrant. Holder hereby agrees that within thirty (30) days of expiration of any such Market Stand-Off period, provided that (i) Holder could then freely transfer the Shares at such time (including but not limited to in accordance with Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933) and (ii) the fair market value of the Shares (or other securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant) is equal to or greater than two (2) times the Warrant Price, Holder shall exercise this Warrant in accordance with either Section 1.1 or 1.2 hereof. If either condition (i) or (ii) above is not met at the time that the Market Stand-Off period expires, Holder shall not be required to exercise this Warrant until the date thirty (30) days after both such conditions are met.
 
[Signature page follows.]

 
8

 
 
“COMPANY”
 
Date:
8/20/10
       
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
     
       
By: 
/s/ Adam Miller
 
By:
/s/ Perry A. Wallack
         
Name: 
Adam Miller, CEO
 
Name:
Perry A. Wallack
 
(Print)
 
  
(Print) 
Title:
Chairman of the Board, President or
  Title:
Chief Financial Officer, Secretary, 
 
Vice President
   
Assistant Treasurer or Assistant 
       
Secretary
       
“HOLDER”
     
       
IRONWOOD EQUITY FUND LP
   
 
       
By:
Ironwood Equity Management LLC      
         
By:
/s/ Victor Budnick      
         
Name:
Victor Budnick
     
 
(Print)
     
         
Title:
Member      
 

 
SCHEDULE 1
 
CAPITALIZATION TABLE
 
[intentionally omitted]
 

 
APPENDIX 1
 
NOTICE OF EXERCISE
 
1.           Holder elects to purchase __________ shares of the Common Stock of CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders payment of the purchase price of the shares in full.
 
    [or]
 
1.           Holder elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares/cash [strike one] in the manner specified in the Warrant. This conversion is exercised for ________________ of the Shares covered by the Warrant.
 
    [Strike paragraph that does not apply.]
 
2.           Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name specified below:
 
 
Holders Name
 
  
 
  
(Address)
 
3.           By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as the date hereof.
 
HOLDER:
  
   
By:
  
   
Name:
  
   
Title:
  
   
(Date):
  

 

 
Exhibit 4.5
 
THIS WARRANT HAS BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, (THE “ACT”) OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OR EXERCISE HEREOF MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR, IF REQUESTED BY THE COMPANY, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE ACT.

THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OR EXERCISE HEREOF ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER INCLUDING A MARKET STAND-OFF AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER. THIS AGREEMENT IS BINDING UPON TRANSFEREES. A COPY OF THE AGREEMENT IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE ISSUER.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

Company:
CYBERU, INC.
Number of Shares:
As provided below
Class of Stock:
Series C Preferred Stock (“Series C Preferred”)
Initial Exercise Price:
As provided below
Issue Date:
June 29, 2004
Expiration Date:
June 29, 2011
 
THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, ORIX VENTURE FINANCE LLC (“Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Series C Preferred (the “Shares”) of CYBERU, INC. (the “Company”) at the initial exercise price per Share (the “Warrant Price”) set forth below, as constituted on the date hereof and as adjusted pursuant to the other terms of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. This Warrant is being issued pursuant to a Loan and Security Agreement between the Company and Holder dated as of June 29, 2004 (the “Loan Agreement”) (Capitalized terms used herein, which are not defined, shall have the meanings set forth in the Loan Agreement.)

ARTICLE 1.         SHARES; EXERCISE.

1.1           Number of Shares; Warrant Price; Expiration Date .

(a) The number of Shares initially subject to this Warrant shall be 225,000 Shares, subject to adjustment as set forth herein.

(b) The Warrant Price shall be equal to $1.60 per share, which the Company represents and warrants is the price per share at which shares of the Series C Preferred were previously issued (and if they were issued at more than one price, the lowest of such prices).

 
-1-

 

(c) In the event the total principal amount of the Loans made under the Loan Agreement (the “Loans”) on or before the first anniversary of the Issue Date hereof (the “Anniversary Date”) is less than $3,000,000, the number of Shares subject to this Warrant shall be adjusted on the Anniversary Date to a number of Shares equal to the total principal amount of the Loans made on or before the Anniversary Date, multiplied by 12%, and divided by the Warrant Price; provided that if any of the following events (an “Acceleration Event”) occurs on or before the first anniversary of the Issue Date hereof, then, on and after the date of the Acceleration Event, the number of Shares subject to this Warrant shall be an amount equal to $360,000 divided by the Warrant Price, regardless of the amount of the Loans made under the Loan Agreement: (i) an Acquisition (as defined below), (ii) a public offering of the Company’s equity securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) (an “IPO”), or (iii) the prepayment of the Loans in whole or in part. As used herein, “Acquisition” means any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any reorganization, consolidation, or merger of the Company in which the holders of the Company’s voting securities before the transaction (for such purpose treating all outstanding options and warrants to purchase voting securities of the Company as having been exercised and treating all outstanding debt and equity securities convertible into voting securities of the Company as having been converted) beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, in the event Holder elects to exercise the Warrant, in whole or in part, prior to the Anniversary Date, the total number of Shares with respect to which Holder may exercise the Warrant (taking into account previous exercises) shall not exceed an amount equal to the total principal amount of the Loans made on or prior to the date of exercise, multiplied by 12%, and divided by the Warrant Price, unless an Acceleration Event occurs on or before the Anniversary Date, in which event, the number of Shares subject to this Warrant shall be an amount equal to $360,000 divided by the Warrant Price, regardless of the amount of the Loans made under the Loan Agreement.

(d) The Warrant shall expire upon the Expiration Date set forth above, subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 1.9 below.

1.2           Method of Exercise . Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering (including a facsimile transmission with confirmation of receipt) a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company, together with the delivery of this Warrant. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Section 1.3, Holder shall also deliver to the Company the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased (i) by wire transfer or by check, or (ii) by notice of cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to Holder, or (iii) a combination of (i) or (ii).

1.3           Conversion Right . In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Section 1.2, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon the proposed whole or partial exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Section 1.6 below.

 
-2-

 

1.4           Effective Date of Exercise . This Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised immediately prior to the close of business on the date of its surrender for exercise (together with any payment or other documents called for by the terms hereof) as provided in accordance with Section 1.2 above (the “Exercise Date”). The person entitled to receive the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of record of such Shares as of the close of business on the date the Holder is deemed to have exercised this Warrant.

1.5           No Rights of Shareholder . This Warrant does not entitle Holder to any voting rights as a shareholder of the Company prior to the exercise hereof.

1.6           Fair Market Value . The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined as follows:

(a) If this Warrant is exercised in connection with and contingent upon an IPO, the fair market value per Share shall be the initial “price to the public” of the Company Common Stock specified in the final prospectus with respect to such offering;

(b) If the Warrant is exercised at any other time,

(i)          If the Shares (or the securities issuable upon conversion of the Shares) are traded on a securities exchange, then the fair market value shall be the the closing price of such security on such exchange on the trading day immediately prior to the Exercise Date;

(ii)         If the Shares (or the securities issuable upon conversion of the Shares) are traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market or other over-the-counter system, then the fair market value shall be the closing bid prices of such security on the trading day immediately prior to the Exercise Date; and

(iii)        If the Shares (and the securities issuable upon conversion of the Shares) are not traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its good faith judgment. The foregoing notwithstanding, if Holder advises the Board of Directors in writing that Holder disagrees with such determination, then the Company and Holder shall promptly agree upon a reputable investment banking firm to undertake such valuation. If the Company and Holder are unable to agree on such investment banking firm, then the Holder shall select three reputable investment banking firms, and from those three firms the Company shall select one to undertake such valuation. If the valuation of such investment banking firm is greater than that determined by the Board of Directors by 10% or more, then all fees and expenses of such investment banking firm shall be paid by the Company. In all other circumstances, such fees and expenses shall be paid by Holder.

In making a determination under clauses (i) or (ii) above, if closing prices or closing bid prices are no longer reported by a securities exchange or other trading system, the closing price or closing bid price shall be that which is reported by such securities exchange or other trading system at 4:00 p.m. New York City time on the applicable trading day.

1.7           Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant representing the Shares not so acquired shall be delivered to Holder.

 
-3-

 

1.8           Replacement of Warrants . On receipt of an affidavit of an officer of the Holder of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

1.9           Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition .

(a) In the event of an Acquisition in which the sole consideration is cash, Holder agrees that, upon the written request of the Company, either (i) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition, or (ii) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon the consummation of such Acquisition. The Company shall provide the Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as the Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

(b) In the event of an Acquisition in which the sole consideration is common stock of a company which stock is publicly traded on a stock exchange in the United States, or a combination of such stock and cash, and the total price per Share in the Acquisition is at least two times the Warrant Price, then Holder agrees that, upon the written request of the Company, either (i) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition, or (ii) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon the consummation of such Acquisition. The Company shall provide the Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as the Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

(c) The exercise of this Warrant under Section 1.9 (a)(i) or (b)(i) above shall be conditioned upon, and be deemed effective immediately prior to, the consummation of the proposed Acquisition, and this Warrant shall not expire under Section 1.9 (a)(ii) or (b)(ii) above if the Acquisition is not consummated.

(d) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than those particularly described in Sections 1.9 (a) and (b) above, the successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price and/or number of Shares shall be adjusted accordingly.

 
-4-

 

1.10         Automatic Exercise Prior to Expiration . To the extent this Warrant is not previously exercised as to all of the Shares subject hereto, and if the fair market value of one Share is greater than the Warrant Price then in effect, this Warrant shall be deemed automatically exercised pursuant to Section 1.3 above (even if not surrendered) immediately before the Expiration Date (unless the Expiration Date results from the early termination of the Warrant in accordance with Section 1.9(a)(ii) or Section 1.9(b)(ii), in which event the Warrant shall not be deemed automatically exercised pursuant to the provisions of this Section 1.10). For purposes of such automatic exercise, the fair market value of one Share upon such expiration shall be determined pursuant to Section 1.6 above. To the extent this Warrant or any portion thereof is deemed automatically exercised pursuant to this Section, the Company agrees to promptly notify the holder hereof of the number of Shares, if any, the holder hereof is to receive by reason of such automatic exercise.

ARTICLE 2.         ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES.

2.1           Stock Dividends . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant payable in Common Stock or other securities, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend.

2.2           Reclassification, Exchange or Substitution . Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”) upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s Common Stock. After the occurrence of such an event, the Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a new Warrant for such new securities or other property. The new Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

2.3           Adjustments for Combinations, Subdivisions, Etc . If the outstanding shares of the class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant are subdivided or combined, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased and the number of Shares issuable hereunder shall be proportionately increased in the case of a subdivision and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares issuable hereunder shall be proportionately decreased in the case of a combination.

 
-5-

 

2.4           Price Adjustment . If the Company issues additional common shares (including shares of Common Stock ultimately issuable upon conversion of a security convertible into Common Stock) after the date of the Warrant and the consideration per additional common share is less than the Conversion Price of the Series C Preferred (as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation) in effect immediately before such issue, the price at which the Shares are converted to Common Stock shall be adjusted in accordance with the treatment of the Series C Preferred under the Certificate of Incorporation subject to all of the exceptions therein set forth.

2.5           No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment.

2.6           Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of the Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder a cash amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

2.7           Certificate as to Adjustments; Other Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price. If in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors, there is any change in the outstanding securities of the Company as to which the other provisions of this Article 2 are not strictly applicable, the Board of Directors of the Company, in its good faith judgment, shall make an adjustment in the number and class of shares subject to this Warrant, the Warrant Price or the application of such provisions, so as to give the Holder, upon exercise for the same aggregate Warrant Price, the total number, class and kind of securities as it would have owned had the Warrant been exercised prior to the event and had it continued to hold such securities until after the event requiring the adjustment.

ARTICLE 3.         REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1           Representations and Warranties . The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Holder as follows:

(a)           The initial Warrant Price hereunder is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the Series C Preferred were last issued in an arm’s length transaction in which at least $500,000 of the shares of Series C Preferred were sold.

(b)           All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company shall, at all times, reserve a sufficient number of Shares and of shares of Common Stock for issuance upon Holder’s exercise of its rights hereunder and conversion of the Shares.

 
-6-

 

(c)  The Capitalization Table attached hereto as Exhibit A is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

3.2           Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon its Common Stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of Common Stock; (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or (e) to offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in an underwritten public offering of the company’s securities for cash, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder (1) at least 20 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 20 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock will be entitled to exchange their Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in (e) above, the same notice as is given to the holders of such registration rights.

3.3           Information Rights . So long as the Holder holds this Warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company shall deliver to the Holder (a) promptly after mailing, copies of all notices or other written communications to the shareholders of the Company and (b) the information provided to the Investors (as such term is defined in Series A Purchase Agreement) pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Series A Purchase Agreement. For purposes hereof, the term “Series A Purchase Agreement” means that certain Series A Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement by and among the Company and the Investors (as defined therein) dated as of October 6, 2000.

3.4           Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended . The Company agrees that with respect to the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into Common Stock of the Company, such Common Stock, Holder shall have the piggyback registration rights set forth in Section 4 of the Registration Rights Agreement as the same is in effect on the date hereof; and in furtherance thereof, the Company will enter a joinder agreement with the Holder whereby the Holder shall be made a party to the Registration Rights Agreement. For purposes hereof, the term “Registration Rights Agreement” means that certain Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Company and the Investors (as defined therein) dated as of October 6, 2000, as amended.
 
ARTICLE 4.         REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER . The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:
 
-7-

 

4.1           Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by the Holder will be acquired for investment for the Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof in violation of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and the Holder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same (except for transfers to Holder’s affiliates, which affiliates are “accredited investors” within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the 1933 Act). The Holder also represents that the Holder has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares. Upon exercise of this Warrant, Holder shall, if so requested by the Company, confirm in writing in a form satisfactory to the Company that the securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrant are being acquired for investment purposes only and not with a view toward distribution or resale in violation of the 1933 Act.

4.2           Disclosure of Information . The Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. The Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to the Holder or to which the Holder has access.

4.3           Investment Experience . The Holder: (i) has experience as an investor in securities and acknowledges that the Holder is able to fend for itself, can bear the economic risk of the Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that the Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or (ii) has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables the Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4           Accredited Investor Status . The Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the 1933 Act.

4.5           Shares Not Registered . Holder understands that the Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) have not been registered under the 1933 Act by reason of their issuance in a transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the 1933 Act, and that they must be held by Holder indefinitely, and that Holder must therefore bear the economic risk of such investment indefinitely, unless a subsequent disposition thereof is registered under the 1933 Act or is exempted from such registration. Holder further understands that the Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) have not been qualified under the California Securities Law of 1968 (the “California Law”) by reason of their issuance in a transaction exempt from the qualification requirements of the California Law pursuant to Section 25102(f) thereof, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Holder’s investment intent expressed above.

 
-8-

 

4.6           Market Stand-Off Agreement . Holder agrees that this Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) are subject to the market stand-off provisions set forth in Section 11 of the Registration Rights Agreement as in effect on the date hereof.

ARTICLE 5.         MISCELLANEOUS

5.1           Term . This Warrant is exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date.

5.2           Legends . This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with legends in substantially the following form:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, (THE “ACT”) OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THESE SECURITES AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OR EXERCISE HEREOF MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR, IF REQUESTED BY THE COMPANY, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE ACT.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OR EXERCISE HEREOF ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER INCLUDING A MARKET STAND-OFF AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER. THIS AGREEMENT IS BINDING UPON TRANSFEREES. A COPY OF THE AGREEMENT IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE ISSUER.

5.3           Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee.

5.4           Transfer Procedure . Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and this Section 5.4, Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable, direcdy or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) by giving the Company notice of the portion of the securities being transferred setting forth the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and surrendering the certificate representing the securities to be transferred to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable), together with a written opinion of counsel or other evidence, if reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such transfer may be effected without registration or qualification (under the 1933 Act and any other applicable federal or state securities laws then in effect) of the securities and indicating whether or not certificates for the securities to be transferred require any restrictive legend as to applicable restrictions on transferability in order to ensure compliance with applicable law. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Warrant, Holder shall not transfer this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any person known to the Holder to be a competitor of the Company (except for transfers of the Shares in a transaction on the open market).

 
-9-

 

5.5           Notices . All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to such address as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or the Holder from time to time.

5.6           Waiver; Amendment . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7           Issue Tax . The issuance of the securities subject to this Warrant shall be made without charge to the Holder for any issue tax (other than applicable income taxes) in respect thereof.

5.8           Attorneys Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs reasonably incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

[Signatures on Next Page]

 
-10-

 

5.9           Governing Law . This Warrant and all acts, transactions, disputes and controversies arising hereunder or relating hereto, and all rights and obligations of Holder and Company shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with the internal laws (and not the conflict of laws rules) of the State of California.

 
Company:
   
 
CyberU, Inc.
   
 
By
/s/ Adam Miller  
 
Title  
President and CEO  

Holder:

ORIX Venture Finance LLC

By
/s/ Kevin P. Sheehan
 
 
Kevin P. Sheehan,
 
President and CEO
 
 
-11-

 

APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1.           The undersigned hereby elects to purchase ______________ shares of the Series C Preferred Stock of CyberU, Inc. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full.

1.           The undersigned hereby elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares in the manner specified in the Warrant. This conversion is exercised with respect to _____________ of the Shares covered by the Warrant.

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

2.           Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:
 

 

 


 
3.           The undersigned represents it is acquiring the Shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws.

 
(Signature)
   
     
 
Date
 
 

 

Exhibit A
Capitalization Table

 

 

CyberU, Inc.
%’s of Each Security
As of 06/28/04

Common
    8,206,692       32.98 %
                 
Series A
    7,723,640       31.04 %
                 
Series B
    2,600,000       10.45 %
                 
Series C
    2,031,249       8.16 %
                 
Warrants - Common
    765,500       3.08 %
                 
Warrants - Series C - Orix
    380,000       1.53 %
                 
Options - Total in Pool
    3,483,345       14.00 %
Less: Exercised
    (309,192 )     -1.24 %
                 
Total
    24,881,234       100 %
                 
Authorized Common
    24,926,234          
 
 

 

Exhibit 4.6

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

Corporation:
Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.
Number of Shares:
140,625
Class of Stock:
Series D Preferred
Initial Exercise Price:
$1.60 per share
Issue Date:
September 12, 2007
Expiration Date:
September 12, 2014

THIS WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK (“WARRANT”) CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, COMERICA BANK, a Michigan banking corporation, or its assignee (“Holder”), is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. (the “Company”) at the initial exercise price per Share (the “Warrant Price”) all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. Upon Holder’s making any Acquisition Advance under the Loan and Security Agreement of even date between Company and Holder, Holder may acquire 140,625 additional Shares under this Warrant.

ARTICLE I
EXERCISE

1.1            Method of Exercise . Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering this Warrant and a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check or wire for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2          Reserved.

1.3            Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Within 45 days after Holder exercises this Warrant, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.4            Replacement of Warrants . In the case of loss, theft or destruction of this Warrant, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

1.5            Acquisition of the Company .

1.5.1            “ Acquisition .” For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means (a) any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets (including intellectual property) of the Company, or (b) any reorganization, consolidation, merger or sale of the voting securities of the Company or any other transaction where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.
 
 
1.

 

1.5.2             Assumption of Warrant . Upon the closing of any Acquisition (other than an Acquisition in which the consideration received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, in which case Section 1.5.3 below shall apply), and as a condition precedent thereto, the successor or surviving entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing; provided, however, that if the successor or surviving entity refuses to assume the Warrant, the provisions of Section 1.5.3 below shall apply. The Warrant Price shall be adjusted accordingly, and the Warrant Price and number and class of Shares shall continue to be subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof.

1.5.3            Exercise/Expiration of Warrant. Upon the written request of Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition, either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon the consummation of such Acquisition. Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

ARTICLE 2
ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES

2.1            Stock Dividends, Splits. Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on its common stock payable in common stock, or other securities, or subdivides the outstanding common stock into a greater amount of common stock, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or subdivision occurred.

2.2            Reclassification, Exchange or Substitution . Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a new warrant for such new securities or other property. The new warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

2.3            Adjustments for Combinations, Etc . If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification, reverse split or otherwise, into a lesser number of Shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased. If the outstanding Shares are split or multiplied, by reclassification or otherwise, into a greater number of Shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased.

2.4            Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . The Warrant Price and the Number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be subject to adjustment, from time to time, in the manner set forth on Exhibit A, if attached, in the event of Diluting Issuances (as defined on Exhibit A ).

2.5            No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article 2 against impairment.
 
 
2.

 

2.6            Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate signed by its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

2.7            Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the Number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder an amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors, of a full Share.

ARTICLE 3
REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

3.1            Representations and Warranties . The Company hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

3.1.1            The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the fair market value of the Shares as of the date of this Warrant.

3.1.2            All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

3.1.3            The Company’s capitalization table attached to this Warrant is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

3.2            Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of stock; or (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder (1) at least 10 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; and (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 10 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of stock will be entitled to exchange their stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event).

3.3            Information Rights . So long as the Holder holds this Warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company shall deliver to the Holder (a) promptly after mailing, copies of all communiqués to the shareholders of the Company, (b) within 270 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, the annual audited financial statements of the Company certified by independent public accountants of recognized standing and (c) within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year, the Company’s quarterly, unaudited financial statements.

3.4            Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended . The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall be subject to the registration rights set forth on Exhibit B .
 
 
3.

 

ARTICLE 4
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF HOLDER

Holder represents and warrants to Company as follows:

4.1            Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the Shares (including any securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares) to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder will be acquired for investment for Holder’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for the resale in connection with, any “distribution” within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Holder will not sell, transfer, assign, grant any participation in, or otherwise dispose of this Warrant or the Shares (including any securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares), except under circumstance which will not result in a violation of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any applicable state securities laws. The Holder also represents that Holder has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares (including any securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares).

4.2            Disclosure of Information . Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3            Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of the Company and of such persons.

4.4            Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

4.5            Securities Act of 1933, as amended . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144, promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

ARTICLE 5
[Update]
MISCELLANEOUS

5.1            Term; Exercise Upon Expiration . This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date set forth above; provided, however, that if the Company completes its initial public offering within the three-year period immediately prior to the Expiration Date, the Expiration Date shall automatically be extended until the third anniversary of the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering.
 
 
4.

 

5.2            Legends . This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

5.3            Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee.

5.4            Transfer Procedure . Subject to the provisions of Section 4.3, Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) by giving the Company notice of the portion of this Warrant being transferred setting form the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and surrendering this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder, if applicable); provided, however, that Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant to its affiliates, including, without limitation, Comerica Incorporated, at any time by giving the Company notice, but without the delivery of any other instrument to the Company, and such affiliate shall then be entitled to all the rights of Holder under this Warrant and any related agreements, and the Company shall cooperate fully in ensuring that any stock issued upon exercise of this Warrant is issued in the name of the affiliate that exercises this Warrant. The terms and conditions of this Warrant shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and the holders hereof and their respective permitted successors and assigns. Unless the Company is filing financial information with the SEC pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Company shall have the right to refuse to transfer any portion of this Warrant or the Shares issuance upon exercise hereof to any person who, in the reasonable opinion of the Company’s board of directors, directly competes with the Company.

5.5            Market Stand-Off . The Holder hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and a ninety (90) day period following the effective date of any subsequent registrations or, in each case, such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4). The obligations described in this Section 5.5 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Holder agrees to execute a market standoff agreement with said underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this Section 5.5.

5.6            No Stockholder Rig hts . No Holder of this Warrant, as such, shall be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of Shares or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable upon the exercise hereof for any purpose, nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the Holder of this Warrant, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or otherwise until this Warrant shall have been exercised and the Shares purchasable upon the exercise hereof shall have become deliverable, as provided herein.

5.7            Notices . All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, in wiring by the Company or such Holder from time to time. All notices to the Holder shall be addressed as follows:
 
 
5.

 

Comerica Bank c/o Comerica Incorporated
Attn:   Warrant Administrator
500 Woodward Avenue, 32 nd Floor, MC 3379
Detroit, MI 48226

All notices to the Company shall be addressed as follows:

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.
1601 Cloverfield Blvd., Suite 620
Santa Monica, CA 90404

5.8            Amendments . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.9            Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.10          Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.11          Confidentiality . The Company hereby agrees to keep the terms and conditions of this Warrant confidential. Notwithstanding the foregoing confidentiality obligation, the Company may disclose information relating to this Warrant as required by law, rule, regulation, court order or other legal authority, provided that (i) the Company has given Holder at least ten (10) days’ notice of such required disclosure, and (ii) the Company only discloses information that is required, in the opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to Holder, to be disclosed.

 
Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.
     
 
By:
/s/ Adam Miller
     
 
Name:
Adam Miller
     
 
Title:
CEO

 
6.

 

APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1.           The undersigned hereby elects to purchase ___________ shares of the ___________ stock of Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full.

2.           Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

Comerica Bank
Attn: Warrant Administrator
500 Woodward Avenue, 32 nd Floor, MC 3379
Detroit, MI 48226

3.           The undersigned represents it is acquiring the shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws.

COMERICA BANK or Assignee
 
   
   
(Signature)
 
   
   
(Name and Title)
 
   
   
(Date)
 

 
1.

 

EXHIBIT A

Anti-Dilution Provisions
(For Preferred Stock Warrants With Existing Anti-Dilution Protection)

In the event of the issuance (a “Diluting Issuance”) by the Company, after the Issue Date of this Warrant, of securities at a price per share less than the Warrant Price, then the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be adjusted in accordance with those provisions (the “Provisions”) of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation which apply to Diluting Issuances. The Provisions shall not be deemed in any manner to limit or restrict the applicability of the Provisions to the Shares. Any language in the Provisions that in any manner limits or restricts the applicability of the Provisions to the Shares shall not apply to this Warrant.

Under no circumstances shall the aggregate Warrant Price payable by the Holder upon exercise of the Warrant increase as a result of any adjustment arising from a Diluting Issuance.

 
1.

 

EXHIBIT B

Registration Rights

The Shares (if common stock), or the common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall be deemed “registrable securities” and entitled to “piggy back” registration rights in accordance with the terms of the following agreement (the “Agreement”) between the Company and its investor(s):

Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated May __, 2007 by and between the Company and the Investors (as defined therein)

The Company agrees that no amendments will be made to the Agreement which would have an adverse impact on Holder’s registration rights thereunder that is different from the impact on the other investors entitled to such rights without the consent of Holder. Prior to the issuance of this Warrant, the Company shall take such reasonable measure as are necessary to cause Holder to become a party to the Agreement solely for the purpose of the above-mentioned registration rights.

 
1.

 
Exhibit 10.2
 
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
 
1999 STOCK PLAN
 
(as amended May 29, 2001, September 9, 2006 and May 10, 2007)
 
 
1.   Purposes of the Plan .  The purposes of this Stock Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants and to promote the success of the Company's business.  Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant.  Stock Purchase Rights may also be granted under the Plan.
 
2.   Definitions .  As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:
 
(a)   " Administrator " means the Board or any of its Committees as shall be administering the Plan in accordance with Section 4 hereof.
 
(b)   " Applicable Laws " means the requirements relating to the administration of stock option plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any other country or jurisdiction where Options or Stock Purchase Rights are granted under the Plan.
 
(c)   " Board " means the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
(d)   " Code " means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
(e)   " Committee "  means a committee of Directors appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 hereof.
 
(f)   " Common Stock " means the Common Stock of the Company.
 
(g)   " Company " means Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc., a   Delaware corporation.
 
(h)   " Consultant " means any person who is engaged by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to render consulting or advisory services to such entity.
 
(i)   " Director " means a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
(j)   " Disability " means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.
 
(k)   " Employee " means any person, including Officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company.  A Service Provider shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor.  For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract.  If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, on the 181st day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by the Optionee shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.  Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director's fee by the Company shall be sufficient to constitute "employment" by the Company.
 

 
(l)   " Exchange Act " means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
(m)   " Fair Market Value " means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:
 
(i)   If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq National Market or The Nasdaq SmallCap Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system for the last market trading day prior to the time of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;
 
(ii)   If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the last market trading day prior to the day of determination; or
 
(iii)   In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.
 
(n)   " Incentive Stock Option " means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.
 
(o)   " Nonstatutory Stock Option " means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.
 
(p)   " Officer " means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
(q)   " Option " means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.
 
(r)   " Option Agreement " means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and an Optionee evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant.  The Option Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
 
- 2 -

 
(s)   " Option Exchange Program " means a program whereby outstanding Options are exchanged for Options with a lower exercise price.
 
(t)   " Optioned Stock " means the Common Stock subject to an Option or a Stock Purchase Right.
 
(u)   " Optionee " means the holder of an outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right granted under the Plan.
 
(v)   " Parent " means a "parent corporation," whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.
 
(w)   " Plan " means this   1999 Stock Plan.
 
(x)   " Restricted Stock " means shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to a grant of a Stock Purchase Right under Section 11 below.
 
(y)    " Service Provider "  means an Employee, Director or Consultant.
 
(z)   " Share " means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 12 below.
 
(aa)   " Stock Purchase Right " means a right to purchase Common Stock pursuant to Section 11 below.
 
(bb)   " Subsidiary " means a "subsidiary corporation," whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.
 
3.   Stock Subject to the Plan .  Subject to the provisions of Section 12 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be subject to option and sold under the Plan is 5,831,651 Shares.  The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.
 
If an Option or Stock Purchase Right expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an Option Exchange Program, the unpurchased Shares which were subject thereto shall become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated).  However, Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan, upon exercise of either an Option or Stock Purchase Right, shall not be returned to the Plan and shall not become available for future distribution under the Plan, except that if Shares of Restricted Stock are repurchased by the Company at their original purchase price, such Shares shall become available for future grant under the Plan.
 
4.   Administration of the Plan .
 
(a)   Administrator .  The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board, which Committee shall be constituted to comply with Applicable Laws.
 
- 3 -

 
(b)   Powers of the Administrator .  Subject to the provisions of the Plan and, in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, and subject to the approval of any relevant authorities, the Administrator shall have the authority in its discretion:
 
(i)   to determine the Fair Market Value;
 
(ii)   to select the Service Providers to whom Options and Stock Purchase Rights may from time to time be granted hereunder;
 
(iii)   to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each such award granted hereunder;
 
(iv)   to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;
 
(v)   to determine the terms and conditions, of any Option or Stock Purchase Right granted hereunder.  Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Options or Stock Purchase Rights may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option or Stock Purchase Right or the Common Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;
 
(vi)   to determine whether and under what circumstances an Option may be settled in cash under subsection 9(e) instead of Common Stock;
 
(vii)   to reduce the exercise price of any Option to the then current Fair Market Value if the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock covered by such Option has declined since the date the Option was granted;
 
(viii)   to initiate an Option Exchange Program;
 
(ix)   to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of qualifying for preferred tax treatment under foreign tax laws;
 
(x)   to allow Optionees to satisfy withholding tax obligations by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld.  The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined.  All elections by Optionees to have Shares withheld for this purpose shall be made in such form and under such conditions as the Administrator may deem necessary or advisable; and
 
(xi)   to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and awards granted pursuant to the Plan.
 
- 4 -

 
(c)   Effect of Administrator's Decision .  All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final and binding on all Optionees.
 
5.   Eligibility .
 
(a)   Nonstatutory Stock Options and Stock Purchase Rights may be granted to Service Providers.  Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.
 
(b)   Each Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.  However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.  For purposes of this Section 5(b), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted.  The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.
 
(c)   Neither the Plan nor any Option or Stock Purchase Right shall confer upon any Optionee any right with respect to continuing the Optionee's relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with his or her right or the Company's right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause.
 
6.   Term of Plan .  The Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board.  It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless sooner terminated under Section 14 of the Plan.
 
7.   Term of Option .  The term of each Option shall be stated in the Option Agreement; provided, however, that the term shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof.  In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Optionee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.
 
8.   Option Exercise Price and Consideration .
 
(a)   The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator, but shall be subject to the following:
 
(i)   In the case of an Incentive Stock Option
 
(A)   granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.
 
- 5 -

 
(B)   granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.
 
(ii)   In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option
 
(A)   granted to a Service Provider who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.
 
(B)   granted to any other Service Provider, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 85% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.
 
(iii)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price other than as required above pursuant to a merger or other corporate transaction.
 
(b)   The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant).  Such consideration  may consist of (1) cash, (2) check, (3) promissory note, (4) other Shares which (x) in the case of Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option, have been owned by the Optionee for more than six months on the date of surrender, and (y) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option shall be exercised, (5) consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan, or (6) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.  In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.
 
9.   Exercise of Option .
 
(a)   Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Shareholder .  Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms hereof at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement.  Except in the case of Options granted to Officers, Directors and Consultants, Options shall become exercisable at a rate of no less than 20% per year over five (5) years from the date the Options are granted.  Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Options granted hereunder to Officers and Directors shall be tolled during any unpaid leave of absence.  An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.
 
An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) written or electronic notice of exercise (in accordance with the Option Agreement) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised.  Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Option Agreement and the Plan.  Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be issued in the name of the Optionee or, if requested by the Optionee, in the name of the Optionee and his or her spouse.  Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option.  The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised.  No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.
 
- 6 -

 
Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.
 
(b)   Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider .  If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, such Optionee may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement (of at least thirty (30) days) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement).  In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Optionee's termination.  If, on the date of termination, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan.  If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.
 
(c)   Disability of Optionee .  If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Optionee's Disability, the Optionee may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement (of at least six (6) months) to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement).  In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Optionee's termination.  If, on the date of termination, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan.  If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.
 
(d)   Death of Optionee .  If an Optionee dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement (of at least six (6) months) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement) by the Optionee's estate or by a person who acquires the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance.  In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Optionee's termination.  If, at the time of death, the Optionee is not vested as to the entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall immediately revert to the Plan.  If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.
 
- 7 -

 
(e)   Buyout Provisions .  The Administrator may at any time offer to buy out for a payment in cash or Shares, an Option previously granted, based on such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall establish and communicate to the Optionee at the time that such offer is made.
 
10.   Non-Transferability of Options and Stock Purchase Rights .  The Options and Stock Purchase Rights may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee.
 
11.   Stock Purchase Rights .
 
(a)   Rights to Purchase .  Stock Purchase Rights may be issued either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with other awards granted under the Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the Plan.  After the Administrator determines that it will offer Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan, it shall advise the offeree in writing or electronically of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares that such person shall be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid, and the time within which such person must accept such offer.  The terms of the offer shall comply in all respects with Section 260.140.42 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations.  The offer shall be accepted by execution of a Restricted Stock purchase agreement in the form determined by the Administrator.
 
(b)   Repurchase Option .  Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Restricted Stock purchase agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the purchaser's service with the Company for any reason (including death or disability).  The purchase price for Shares repurchased pursuant to the Restricted Stock purchase agreement shall be the original price paid by the purchaser and may be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness of the purchaser to the Company.  The repurchase option shall lapse at such rate as the Administrator may determine.  Except with respect to Shares purchased by Officers, Directors and Consultants, the repurchase option shall in no case lapse at a rate of less than 20% per year over five (5) years from the date of purchase.
 
(c)   Other Provisions .  The Restricted Stock purchase agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.
 
(d)   Rights as a Shareholder .  Once the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, the purchaser shall have rights equivalent to those of a shareholder and shall be a shareholder when his or her purchase is entered upon the records of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company.  No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.
 
12.   Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Merger or Asset Sale .
 
(a)   Changes in Capitalization .  Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right, and the number of shares of Common Stock which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Options or Stock Purchase Rights have yet been granted or which have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Option or Stock Purchase Right, as well as the price per share of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.  The conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been "effected without receipt of consideration."  Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive.  Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option or Stock Purchase Right.
 
- 8 -

 
(b)   Dissolution or Liquidation .  In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each Optionee as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction.  The Administrator in its discretion may provide for an Optionee to have the right to exercise his or her Option or Stock Purchase Right until fifteen (15) days prior to such transaction as to all of the Optioned Stock covered thereby, including Shares as to which the Option or Stock Purchase Right would not otherwise be exercisable.  In addition, the Administrator may provide that any Company repurchase option applicable to any Shares purchased upon exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall lapse as to all such Shares, provided the proposed dissolution or liquidation takes place at the time and in the manner contemplated.  To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Option or Stock Purchase Right will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.
 
(c)   Merger or Asset Sale .  In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation, or the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, each outstanding Option and Stock Purchase Right shall be assumed or an equivalent option or right substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation.  In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the Option or Stock Purchase Right, the Optionee shall fully vest in and have the right to exercise the Option or Stock Purchase Right as to all of the Optioned Stock, including Shares as to which it would not otherwise be vested or exercisable.  If an Option or Stock Purchase Right becomes fully vested and exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of a merger or sale of assets, the Administrator shall notify the Optionee in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be fully exercisable for a period of fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, and the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall terminate upon the expiration of such period.  For the purposes of this paragraph, the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be considered assumed if, following the merger or sale of assets, the option or right confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share of Optioned Stock subject to the Option or Stock Purchase Right immediately prior to the merger or sale of assets, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or sale of assets by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or sale of assets is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right, for each Share of Optioned Stock subject to the Option or Stock Purchase Right, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or sale of assets.
 
- 9 -

 
13.   Time of Granting Options and Stock Purchase Rights .  The date of grant of an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option or Stock Purchase Right, or such other date as is determined by the Administrator.  Notice of the determination shall be given to each Service Provider to whom an Option or Stock Purchase Right is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.
 
14.   Amendment and Termination of the Plan .
 
(a)   Amendment and Termination .  The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.
 
(b)   Shareholder Approval .  The Board shall obtain shareholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.
 
(c)   Effect of Amendment or Termination .  No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Optionee, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company.  Termination of the Plan shall not affect the Administrator's ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Options granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.
 
15.   Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .
 
(a)   Legal Compliance .  Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option  unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance and delivery of such Shares shall comply with Applicable Laws and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.
 
(b)   Investment Representations .  As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Administrator may require the person exercising such Option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.
 
16.   Inability to Obtain Authority .  The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company's counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.
 
- 10 -

 
17.   Reservation of Shares .  The Company, during the term of this Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.
 
18.   Shareholder Approval .  The Plan shall be subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted.  Such shareholder approval shall be obtained in the degree and manner required under Applicable Laws.
 
19.   Information to Optionees and Purchasers .  The Company shall provide to each Optionee and to each individual who acquires Shares pursuant to the Plan, not less frequently than annually during the period such Optionee or purchaser has one or more Options or Stock Purchase Rights outstanding, and, in the case of an individual who acquires Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period such individual owns such Shares, copies of annual financial statements.  The Company shall not be required to provide such statements to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure their access to equivalent information.
 

 

 
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
 
 
 
- 11 -

 

 
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
 
1999 STOCK PLAN
 
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
 
 
Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 1999 Stock Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement.
 
I.   NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT
 
[Optionee's Name and Address]
 
The undersigned Optionee has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:
 
Grant Number
     
       
Date of Grant
     
       
Vesting Commencement Date
     
       
Exercise Price per Share
$
   
       
Total Number of Shares Granted
     
       
Total Exercise Price
$
   
       
Type of Option:
 
Incentive Stock Option
 
       
 
 
Nonstatutory Stock Option
 
       
Term/Expiration Date:
     
 
Vesting Schedule :
 
This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:
 
[INSERT VESTING SCHEDULE]
 
Termination Period :
 
This Option shall be exercisable for three months after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider.  Upon Optionee's death or Disability, this Option may be exercised for one year after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider.  In no event may Optionee exercise this Option after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above.
 

 
II.   AGREEMENT
 
1.   Grant of Option .  The Plan Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Optionee named in the Notice of Grant (the "Optionee"), an option (the "Option") to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the "Exercise Price"), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference.  Subject to Section 14(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.
 
If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option ("ISO"), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code.  Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option ("NSO").
 
2.   Exercise of Option .
 
(a)   Right to Exercise .  This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.
 
(b)   Method of Exercise .  This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the "Exercise Notice") which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares.  This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price.
 
No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise complies with Applicable Laws.  Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.
 
3.   Optionee's Representations .  In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Option is exercised, the Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .
 
4.   Lock-Up Period .  Optionee hereby agrees that, if so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters (the "Managing Underwriter") in connection with any registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act, Optionee shall not sell or otherwise transfer any Shares or other securities of the Company during the 180-day period (or such other period as may be requested in writing by the Managing Underwriter and agreed to in writing by the Company) (the "Market Standoff Period") following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act.  Such restriction shall apply only  to the first registration statement of the Company to become effective under the Securities Act that includes securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act.  The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such Market Standoff Period.
 
- 2 -

 
5.   Method of Payment .  Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:
 
(a)   cash or check;
 
(b)   consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or
 
(c)   surrender of other Shares which, (i) in the case of Shares acquired upon exercise of an option, have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender, and (ii) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares.
 
6.   Restrictions on Exercise .  This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the shareholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.
 
7.   Non-Transferability of Option .  This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee.  The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.
 
8.   Term of Option .  This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.
 
9.   Tax Consequences .  Set forth below is a brief summary as of the date of this Option of some of the federal tax consequences of exercise of this Option and disposition of the Shares.  THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE.  THE OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.
 
(a)   Exercise of NSO .  There may be a regular federal income tax liability upon the exercise of an NSO.  The Optionee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price.  If Optionee is an Employee or a former Employee, the Company will be required to withhold from Optionee's compensation or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount in cash equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise, and may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.
 
- 3 -

 
(b)   Exercise of ISO .  If this Option qualifies as an ISO, there will be no regular federal income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as an adjustment to the alternative minimum tax for federal tax purposes and may subject the Optionee to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.
 
(c)   Disposition of Shares .  In the case of an NSO, if Shares are held for at least one year, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes.  In the case of an ISO, if Shares transferred pursuant to the Option are held for at least one year after exercise and of at least two years after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will also be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes.  If Shares purchased under an ISO are disposed of within one year after exercise or two years after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent of the difference between the Exercise Price and the lesser of (1) the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise, or (2) the sale price of the Shares.  Any additional gain will be taxed as capital gain, short-term or long-term depending on the period that the ISO Shares were held.
 
(d)   Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares .  If the Option granted to Optionee herein is an ISO, and if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (1) the date two years after the Date of Grant, or (2) the date one year after the date of exercise, the Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition.  Optionee agrees that Optionee may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by the Optionee.
 
10.   Entire Agreement; Governing Law .  The Plan is incorporated herein by reference.  The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee's interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.  This agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.
 
11.   No Guarantee of Continued Service .  OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER).  OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE'S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY'S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE'S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.
 
- 4 -

 
Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof.  Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option.  Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option.  Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.
 
OPTIONEE
 
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
     
     
Signature
 
By
     
     
Print Name
 
Title
     
     
     
Residence Address
   


- 5 -

 
EXHIBIT A
 
1999 STOCK PLAN
 
EXERCISE NOTICE

Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.
166 34 th Street
Suite 17L
New York, NY 10016
 
Attention:   Secretary
 
1.            Exercise of Option .  Effective as of today, ___________, ____, the undersigned ("Optionee") hereby elects to exercise Optionee's option to purchase _________ shares of the Common Stock (the "Shares") of Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. (the "Company") under and pursuant to the 1999 Stock Plan (the "Plan") and the Stock Option Agreement dated ________, 19   (the "Option Agreement").
 
2.   Delivery of Payment .  Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement.
 
3.   Representations of Optionee .  Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.
 
4.   Rights as Shareholder .  Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option.  The Shares shall be issued to the Optionee as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised.  No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.
 
5.   Company's Right of First Refusal .  Before any Shares held by Optionee or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the "Holder") may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the "Right of First Refusal").
 
(a)            Notice of Proposed Transfer .  The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the "Notice") stating:  (i) the Holder's bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee ("Proposed Transferee"); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the "Offered Price"), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).
 

 
(b)            Exercise of Right of First Refusal .  At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.
 
(c)            Purchase Price .  The purchase price ("Purchase Price") for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section shall be the Offered Price.  If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.
 
(d)            Payment .  Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within 30 days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.
 
(e)            Holder's Right to Transfer .  If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 120 days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee.  If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.
 
(f)            Exception for Certain Family Transfers .  Anything to the contrary contained in this Section notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Optionee's lifetime or on the Optionee's death by will or intestacy to the Optionee's immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Optionee's immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section.  "Immediate Family" as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister.  In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section.
 
(g)            Termination of Right of First Refusal .  The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
- 2 -

 
6.   Tax Consultation .  Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee's purchase or disposition of the Shares.  Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.
 
7.   Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .
 
(a)            Legends .  Optionee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:
 
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "ACT") AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COMPANY COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.
 
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER.  SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

(b)            Stop-Transfer Notices .  Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate "stop transfer" instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company  transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.
 
(c)            Refusal to Transfer .  The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.
 
8.   Successors and Assigns .  The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company.  Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
 
- 3 -

 
9.   Interpretation .  Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting.  The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.
 
10.   Governing Law; Severability .  This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules, of California.
 
11.   Entire Agreement .  The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.  This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee's interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.
 
Submitted by:     Accepted by:
     
OPTIONEE
 
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
     
     
Signature
 
By
     
     
Print Name
 
Title
     
Address :     Address :  
   
166 34 TH Street, Suite 17L  
   
New York, NY 10016       
 
   
     
    Date Received

 
- 4 -

 
EXHIBIT B
 
INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT
   
OPTIONEE:
 
   
COMPANY:
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
   
SECURITY:
COMMON STOCK
   
AMOUNT:
 
   
DATE:
 
 
In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Optionee represents to the Company the following:
 
(a)           Optionee is aware of the Company's business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities.  Optionee is acquiring these Securities for investment for Optionee's own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any "distribution" thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").
 
(b)           Optionee acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute "restricted securities" under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Optionee's investment intent as expressed herein.  In this connection, Optionee understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Optionee's representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future.  Optionee further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available.  Optionee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities.  Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company,   and any other legend required under applicable state securities laws.
 
(c)           Optionee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of "restricted securities" acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.  Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to the Optionee, the exercise will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act.  In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including:  (1) the resale being made through a broker in an unsolicited "broker's transaction" or in transactions directly with a market maker (as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934); and, in the case of an affiliate, (2) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (3) the amount of Securities being sold during any three month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144(e), and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.
 

 
In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the resale to occur not less than one year after the later of the date the Securities were sold by the Company or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 144; and, in the case of acquisition of the Securities by an affiliate, or by a non-affiliate who subsequently holds the Securities less than two years, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (1), (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.
 
(d)           Optionee further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.  Optionee understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.
 
  Signature of Optionee:    
         
         
         
 
Date:  
, 19  
 
 
 
- 2 -

 
ATTACHMENT 1
 
STATE OF CALIFORNIA - CALIFORNIA ADMINISTRATIVE CODE
 
Title 10.  Investment - Chapter 3.  Commissioner of Corporations
 
260.141.11 : Restriction on Transfer .
 
(a)           The issuer of any security upon which a restriction on transfer has been imposed pursuant to Sections 260.102.6, 260.141.10 or 260.534 shall cause a copy of this section to be delivered to each issuee or transferee of such security at the time the certificate evidencing the security is delivered to the issuee or transferee.
 
(b)           It is unlawful for the holder of any such security to consummate a sale or transfer of such security, or any interest therein, without the prior written consent of the Commissioner (until this condition is removed pursuant to Section 260.141.12 of these rules), except:
 
  (1)           to the issuer;
 
  (2)           pursuant to the order or process of any court;
 
  (3)           to any person described in Subdivision (i) of Section 25102 of the Code or Section 260.105.14 of these rules;
 
  (4)           to the transferor's ancestors, descendants or spouse, or any custodian or trustee for the account of the transferor or the transferor's ancestors, descendants, or spouse; or to a transferee by a trustee or custodian for the account of the transferee or the transferee's ancestors, descendants or spouse;
 
  (5)           to holders of securities of the same class of the same issuer;
 
  (6)           by way of gift or donation inter vivos or on death;
 
  (7)           by or through a broker-dealer licensed under the Code (either acting as such or as a finder) to a resident of a foreign state, territory or country who is neither domiciled in this state to the knowledge of the broker-dealer, nor actually present in this state if the sale of such securities is not in violation of any securities law of the foreign state, territory or country concerned;
 
  (8)           to a broker-dealer licensed under the Code in a principal transaction, or as an underwriter or member of an underwriting syndicate or selling group;
 
  (9)           if the interest sold or transferred is a pledge or other lien given by the purchaser to the seller upon a sale of the security for which the Commissioner's written consent is obtained or under this rule not required;
 
- 3 -

 
(10)           by way of a sale qualified under Sections 25111, 25112, 25113 or 25121 of the Code, of the securities to be transferred, provided that no order under Section 25140 or subdivision (a) of Section 25143 is in effect with respect to such qualification;
 
(11)           by a corporation to a wholly owned subsidiary of such corporation, or by a wholly owned subsidiary of a corporation to such corporation;
 
(12)           by way of an exchange qualified under Section 25111, 25112 or 25113 of the Code, provided that no order under Section 25140 or subdivision (a) of Section 25143 is in effect with respect to such qualification;
 
(13)           between residents of foreign states, territories or countries who are neither domiciled nor actually present in this state;
 
(14)           to the State Controller pursuant to the Unclaimed Property Law or to the administrator of the unclaimed property law of another state; or
 
(15)           by the State Controller pursuant to the Unclaimed Property Law or by the administrator of the unclaimed property law of another state if, in either such case, such person (i) discloses to potential purchasers at the sale that transfer of the securities is restricted under this rule, (ii) delivers to each purchaser a copy of this rule, and (iii) advises the Commissioner of the name of each purchaser;
 
(16)           by a trustee to a successor trustee when such transfer does not involve a change in the beneficial ownership of the securities;
 
(17)           by way of an offer and sale of outstanding securities in an issuer transaction that is subject to the qualification requirement of Section 25110 of the Code but exempt from that qualification requirement by subdivision (f) of Section 25102; provided that any such transfer is on the condition that any certificate evidencing the security issued to such transferee shall contain the legend required by this section.
 
(c)           The certificates representing all such securities subject to such a restriction on transfer, whether upon initial issuance or upon any transfer thereof, shall bear on their face a legend, prominently stamped or printed thereon in capital letters of not less than 10-point size, reading as follows:
 
“IT IS UNLAWFUL TO CONSUMMATE A SALE OR TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, OR TO RECEIVE ANY CONSIDERATION THEREFOR, WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, EXCEPT AS PERMITTED IN THE COMMISSIONER'S RULES.”
 
 
- 4 -

 
Exhibit 10.3

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.

2009 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
 
(as amended on July 15, 2010)

1.            Purposes of the Plan .  The purposes of this Plan are:

 
·
to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,

 
·
to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and

 
·
to promote the success of the Company’s business.

The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.

2.            Definitions .  As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

(a)           “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section  4 of the Plan.

(b)           “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(c)           “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, or Restricted Stock Units.

(d)           “ Award Agreement ” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan.  The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(e)           “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(f)           “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i)                  Change in Ownership of the Company .  A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“ Person ”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company, except that any change in the ownership of the stock of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board will not be considered a Change in Control; or
 

 
(ii)                  Change in Effective Control of the Company .  If the Company has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election.  For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(iii)                  Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets .  A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions.  For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this Section 2(f), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(g)           “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  Any reference to a section of the Code herein will be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.

(h)           “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or by the compensation committee of the Board,  in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(i)           “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(j)           “ Company ” means Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.
 
- 2 -

 
(k)           “ Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render services to such entity.

(l)           “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(m)           “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3), provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

(n)           “ Employee ” means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company.  Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(o)           “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(p)           “ Exchange Program ” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), Awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is reduced or increased.  The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

(q)           “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i)                 If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii)                 If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

(iii)                 In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.
 
- 3 -

 
(r)           “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms qualifies and is otherwise intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Code Section 422 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(s)           “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(t)           “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(u)           “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(e).

(v)           “ Participant ” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

(w)           “ Period of Restriction ” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture.  Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

(x)           “ Plan ” means this 2009 Equity Incentive Plan.

(y)           “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued pursuant to an Award of Restricted Stock under Section 8 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

(z)           “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 9.  Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

(aa)           “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(bb)           “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 of the Plan.

(cc)           “ Stock Appreciation Right ” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 7 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.

(dd)           “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter exist­ing, as defined in Code Section 424(f).

3.            Stock Subject to the Plan .  

(a)            Stock Subject to the Plan .  Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Awards and sold under the Plan is 1,000,000 Shares, plus (i) any Shares that, as of the date of stockholder approval of this Plan, have been reserved but not issued pursuant to any awards granted under the Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. 1999 Stock Plan (the “ 1999 Plan ”) and are not subject to any awards granted thereunder, and (ii) any Shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the 1999 Plan that expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and Shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 1999 Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company, with the maximum number of Shares to be added to the Plan pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) equal to 4,976,126 Shares. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.
 
- 4 -

 
(b)            Lapsed Awards .  If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to the failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or repurchased Shares) which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated).  With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated).  Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company due to the failure to vest, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan.  Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan.  To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 13, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Code Section 422 and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Section 3(b).

(c)            Share Reserve .  The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

4.            Administration of the Plan .

(a)            Procedure .

(i)                  Multiple Administrative Bodies .  Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

(ii)                  Other Administration .  Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which Committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

(b)            Powers of the Administrator .  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:

(i)                 to determine the Fair Market Value;
 
- 5 -

 
(ii)                 to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

(iii)                to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(iv)                to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

(v)                 to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder.  Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;

(vi)                 to institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program;

(vii)                to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

(viii)               to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws;

(ix)                 to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 6(d));

(x)                  to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in a manner prescribed in Section 14;

(xi)                 to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

(xii)                 to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that otherwise would be due to such Participant under an Award; and

(xiii)                 to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

(c)            Effect of Administrator’s Decision .  The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.

5.            Eligibility .  Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, and Restricted Stock Units may be granted to Service Providers.  Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.
 
- 6 -

 
6.            Stock Options .

(a)            Grant of Options .  Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Options in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(b)            Option Agreement .  Each Award of an Option will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Option, the number of Shares subject to the Option, the exercise restrictions, if any, applicable to the Option, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(c)            Limitations .  Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.  Notwithstanding such designation, however, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.  For purposes of this Section 6(c), Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, the Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted, and calculation will be performed in accordance with Code Section 422 and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

(d)            Term of Option .  The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that the term will be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof.  In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

(e)            Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(i)                  Exercise Price .  The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, but will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.  In addition, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e)(i), Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Code Section 424(a).

(ii)                  Waiting Period and Exercise Dates .  At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.
 
- 7 -

 
(iii)                  Form of Consideration .  The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment.  In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant.  Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided further that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (5) consideration received by the Company under cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (6) by net exercise, (7) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, or (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.  In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator will consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

(f)            Exercise of Option .

(i)                  Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder .  Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement.  An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable tax withholding).  Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan.  Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse.  Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option.  The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised.  No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 13   of the Plan.

Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(ii)                  Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider .  If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within thirty (30) days of termination, or such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination.  Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan.  If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.
 
- 8 -

 
(iii)                  Disability of Participant .  If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within six (6) months of termination, or such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination.  Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan.  If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iv)                  Death of Participant .  If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within six (6) months following the Participant’s death, or within such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death, by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to the Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator.  If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution.  Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan.  If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.  

7.            Stock Appreciation Rights .

(a)            Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights .  Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

(b)            Number of Shares .  The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Shares subject to any Award of Stock Appreciation Rights.

(c)            Exercise Price and Other Terms .  The per Share exercise price for the Shares that will determine the amount of the payment to be received upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in Section 7(f) will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.  Otherwise, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.
 
- 9 -

 
(d)            Stock Appreciation Right Agreement .  Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(e)            Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights .  A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6(d) relating to the maximum term and Section 6(f) relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.

(f)            Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount .  Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

(i)                 The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times

(ii)                The number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

8.            Restricted Stock .

(a)            Grant of Restricted Stock .  Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(b)            Restricted Stock Agreement .  Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.  Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.

(c)            Transferability .  Except as provided in this Section 8 or as the Administrator determines, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.

(d)            Other Restrictions .  The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.

(e)            Removal of Restrictions .  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine.  The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.
 
- 10 -

 
(f)            Voting Rights .  During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

(g)            Dividends and Other Distributions .  During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise.  If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

(h)            Return of Restricted Stock to Company .  On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

9.            Restricted Stock Units .

(a)            Grant .  Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator.  After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.

(b)            Vesting Criteria and Other Terms .  The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant.  The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(c)            Earning Restricted Stock Units .  Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

(d)            Form and Timing of Payment .  Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement.  The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.

(e)            Cancellation .  On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.

10.            Compliance With Code Section 409A .  Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator.  The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator.  To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A.
 
- 11 -

 
11.            Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations .  Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence.  A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary.  For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract.  If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1 st ) day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

12.            Limited Transferability of Awards .

(a)            Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant.  If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award may only be transferred (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution, or (iii) as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b)            Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act, an Option, or prior to exercise, the Shares subject to the Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, in any manner, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than to (i) persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of the Participant upon the death or disability of the Participant.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit transfers to the Company or in connection with a Change in Control or other acquisition transactions involving the Company to the extent permitted by Rule 12h-1(f) .

13.            Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control .

(a)            Adjustments .  In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Award; provided, however, that the Administrator will make such adjustments to an Award required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code to the extent the Company is relying upon the exemption afforded thereby with respect to the Award.
 
- 12 -

 
(b)            Dissolution or Liquidation .  In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction.  To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c)            Merger or Change in Control .  In the event of a merger or Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines without a Participant’s consent, including, without limitation, that (i) Awards will be assumed, or substantially equivalent Awards will be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; (ii) upon written notice to a Participant, that the Participant’s Awards will terminate upon or immediately prior to the consummation of such merger or Change in Control (subject to the provisions of the proceeding paragraph); (iii) outstanding Awards will vest and become exercisable, realizable, or payable, or restrictions applicable to an Award will lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon consummation of such merger or Change in Control, and, to the extent the Administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of such merger of Change in Control; (iv) (A) the termination of an Award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment), or (B) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion; or (v) any combination of the foregoing.  In taking any of the actions permitted under this subsection 13(c), the Administrator will not be obligated to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, or all Awards of the same type, similarly.

In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award (or portion thereof), the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met.  In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a merger or Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.
 
- 13 -

 
For the purposes of this subsection 13(c), an Award will be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or Change in Control.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.  

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, if a payment under an Award Agreement is subject to Code Section 409A and if the change in control definition contained in the Award Agreement does not comply with the definition of “change of control” for purposes of a distribution under Code Section 409A, then any payment of an amount that is otherwise accelerated under this Section will be delayed until the earliest time that such payment would be permissible under Code Section 409A without triggering any penalties applicable under Code Section 409A.

14.            Tax Withholding .

(a)            Withholding Requirements .  Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof), the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).

(b)            Withholding Arrangements .  The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (i) paying cash, (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, (iii) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the statutory amount required to be withheld, provided the delivery of such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion, or (iv) selling a sufficient number of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant through such means as the Administrator may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld.  The amount of the withholding requirement will be deemed to include any amount which the Administrator agrees may be withheld at the time the election is made, not to exceed the amount determined by using the maximum federal, state or local marginal income tax rates applicable to the Participant with respect to the Award on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined.  The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.
 
- 14 -

 
15.            No Effect on Employment or Service .  Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

16.            Date of Grant .  The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator.  Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

17.            Term of Plan .  Subject to Section 21 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon its adoption by the Board.  Unless sooner terminated under Section 18, it will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the later of (a) the effective date of the Plan, or (b) the earlier of the most recent Board or stockholder approval of an increase in the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan.

18.            Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a)            Amendment and Termination .  The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b)            Stockholder Approval .  The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c)            Effect of Amendment or Termination .  No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company.  Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

19.            Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

(a)            Legal Compliance .  Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b)            Investment Representations .  As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.
 
- 15 -

 
20.            Inability to Obtain Authority .  The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority will not have been obtained.

21.            Stockholder Approval .  The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.  Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

22.            Information to Participants .  Beginning on the earlier of (i) the date that the aggregate number of Participants under this Plan is five hundred (500) or more and the Company is relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act and (ii) the date that the Company is required to deliver information to Participants pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, and until such time as the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act , is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or is no longer required to deliver information to Participants pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act , the Company shall provide to each Participant the information described in paragraphs (e)(3), (4), and (5) of Rule 701 under the Securities Act not less frequently than every six (6) months with the financial statements being not more than 180 days old and with such information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Participants or by written notice to the Participants of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information.  The Company may request that Participants agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential.  If a Participant does not agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential, then the Company will not be required to provide the information unless otherwise required pursuant to Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or Rule 701 of the Securities Act .

- 16 -


CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.

2009 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”).

1.             NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Name:

Address:

The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:
 
Grant Number
   
     
Date of Grant:
   
     
Vesting Commencement Date:
   
     
Exercise Price per Share:
   
     
Total Number of Shares Granted:
   
     
Total Exercise Price :
$
 
     
Type of Option:
___ Incentive Stock Option
 
     
 
___ Nonstatutory Stock Option
 
     
Term/Expiration Date:
   
     
Vesting Schedule:
   

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

[INSERT VESTING SCHEDULE]
 


 
Termination Period :

This Option shall be exercisable for three (3) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for twelve (12) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 13(c) of the Plan.

2.            AGREEMENT

2.1            Grant of Option .  The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Agreement (“Participant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference.  Subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code.  Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”).  Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan.  In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2.2            Exercise of Option .

(a)            Right to Exercise .  This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

(b)            Method of Exercise .  This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company.  The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding.  This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws.  Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.
 
- 2 -

 
2.3            Participant’s Representations .  In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

2.4            Lock-Up Period .  Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto.  In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act.  The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future.  The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period.  Participant agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.

2.5            Method of Payment .  Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Participant:

(a)           cash;

(b)           check;
 
- 3 -

 
(c)           consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d)           surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

2.6            Restrictions on Exercise .  This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

2.7            Non-Transferability of Option .

(a)           This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant.  The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

(b)           Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “Reliance End Date”), Participant shall not transfer this Option or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, in any manner other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of Participant upon the death or disability of Participant.  Until the Reliance End Date, the Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph.

2.8            Term of Option .  This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.

2.9            Tax Obligations .

(a)            Tax Withholding .  Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise.  Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b)            Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares .  If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition.  Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.
 
- 4 -

 
(c)            Code Section 409A.   Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.”  An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges.  The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Participant.  Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination.  Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

2.10            Entire Agreement; Governing Law .  The Plan is incorporated herein by reference.  The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.  This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

2.11            No Guarantee of Continued Service .  PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.
 
- 5 -


 
Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof.  Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option.  Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option.  Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.
 
 
PARTICIPANT
 
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
     
     
Signature
 
By
 
   
     
   
 
Print Name
 
Print Name  
     
     
 
 
Title
     
     
Residence Address

- 6 -

 
EXHIBIT A

2009 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE


Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.
1601 Cloverfield Blvd., Suite 620
Santa Monica, CA 90404

Attention: Secretary

1.            Exercise of Option .  Effective as of today, ________________, ____, the undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “Option”) to purchase ________________ shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated ______________, _____ (the “Option Agreement”).

2.            Delivery of Payment .  Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3.            Representations of Participant .  Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4.            Rights as Stockholder .  Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option.  The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement.  No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

5.            Company’s Right of First Refusal .  Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a)            Notice of Proposed Transfer .  The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).
 

 
(b)            Exercise of Right of First Refusal .  At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c)            Purchase Price .  The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price.  If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d)            Payment .  Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e)            Holder’s Right to Transfer .  If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee.  If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f)            Exception for Certain Family Transfers .  Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5.  “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister.  In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.

(g)            Termination of Right of First Refusal .  The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.
 
- 2 -

 
6.            Tax Consultation .  Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares.  Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

7.            Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a)            Legends .  Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

 
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

 
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b)            Stop-Transfer Notices .  Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c)            Refusal to Transfer .  The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.
 
- 3 -

 
8.            Successors and Assigns .  The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company.  Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9.            Interpretation .  Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting.  The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

10.            Governing Law; Severability .  This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California.  In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

11.            Entire Agreement .  The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.  This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

 
Submitted by:
PARTICIPANT
 
Accepted by:
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
     
     
Signature
 
By
 
   
   
 
Print Name
 
Print Name  
     
     
    Title
     
Address:   Address:
     
 
 
 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
    Date Received
 
- 4 -


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT
 
PARTICIPANT
:
 
     
COMPANY
:
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
     
SECURITY
:
COMMON STOCK
     
AMOUNT
:
 
     
DATE
:
 

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

1.           Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities.  Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

2.           Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein.  In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future.  Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available.  Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

3.           Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.  Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act.  In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.
 


 
In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

4.           Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.  Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.
 
   
PARTICIPANT
     
     
   
Signature
     
     
   
Print Name
     
     
   
Date
 
- 2 -

 
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
 
2009 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
 
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT — EARLY EXERCISE
 
Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement – Early Exercise (the “Option Agreement”).
 
I.             NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT
 
Name:
 
Address:
 
The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:
 
Grant Number:
   
     
Date of Grant:
   
     
Vesting Commencement Date:
   
     
Exercise Price per Share:
   
     
Total Number of Shares Granted:
   
     
Total Exercise Price:
$
 
     
Type of Option:
___     Incentive Stock Option
 
     
 
___     Nonstatutory Stock Option
 
     
Term/Expiration Date:
   
 
Vesting Schedule :
 
This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:
 
[INSERT VESTING SCHEDULE]

 
 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing vesting schedule and anything contrary in the Plan, upon a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan), 100% of the remaining unvested Shares subject to the Option shall immediately become fully vested and exercisable.
 
Termination Period :
 
This Option shall be exercisable for three (3) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for twelve (12) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 13(c) of the Plan.
 
II.            AGREEMENT
 
1.            Grant of Option .  The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Agreement (“Participant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference.  Subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.
 
If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code.  Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”).  Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan.  In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.
 
2.            Exercise of Option .  This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 of the Plan as follows:
 
(a)            Right to Exercise .
 
(i)         Subject to subsections 2(a)(ii) and 2(a)(iii) below, this Option shall be exercisable cumulatively according to the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.  Alternatively, at the election of Participant, this Option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time as to Shares that have not yet vested.  Vested Shares shall not be subject to the Company’s repurchase right (as set forth in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit C-1 ).
 
(ii)        As a condition to exercising this Option for unvested Shares, Participant shall execute the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

 
-2-

 

 (iii)       This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.
 
(b)            Method of Exercise .  This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company.  The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding.  This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.
 
No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws.  Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.
 
3.            Participant’s Representations .  In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .
 
4.            Lock-Up Period .  Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto) .
 
Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto.  In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act.  The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future.  The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period.  Participant agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.

 
-3-

 

5.            Method of Payment .  Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Participant:
 
(a)           cash;
 
(b)           check;
 
(c)           consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or
 
(d)            su rrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.
 
6.            Restrictions on Exercise .  This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.
 
7.            Non-Transferability of Option .
 
(a)           This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant.  The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.
 
(b)           Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “Reliance End Date”), Participant shall not transfer this Option or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, in any manner other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of Participant upon the death or disability of Participant.  Until the Reliance End Date, the Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph.

 
-4-

 

8.            Term of Option .  This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.
 
9.            Tax Obligations .
 
(a)            Tax Withholding .  Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise.  Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.
 
(b)            Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares .  If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition.  Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.
 
(c)            Code Section 409A .  Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.”  An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges.  The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Participant.  Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination.  Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.
 
10.          Entire Agreement; Governing Law .  The Plan is incorporated herein by reference.  The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.  This Option Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

 
-5-

 

11.          No Guarantee of Continued Service .  PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER.  PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.
 
Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof.  Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option.  Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option.  Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.
 
PARTICIPANT
 
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
     
     
Signature
 
By
     
   
 
Print Name
 
Print Name  
     
     
    Title
     
     
Residence Address

 
-6-

 

EXHIBIT A
 
2009 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
 
EXERCISE NOTICE
 
Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.
1601 Cloverfield Blvd., Suite 620
Santa Monica, CA 90404

Attention: Secretary
 
1.            Exercise of Option .  Effective as of today, ________________, ____, the undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “Option”) to purchase ________________ shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement – Early Exercise dated ______________, _____ (the “Option Agreement”).
 
2.            Delivery of Payment .  Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.
 
3.            Representations of Participant .  Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.
 
4.            Rights as Stockholder .  Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option.  The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement.  No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.
 
5.            Company’s Right of First Refusal .  Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right of First Refusal”).
 
(a)            Notice of Proposed Transfer .  The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

 
 

 

(b)            Exercise of Right of First Refusal .  At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.
 
(c)            Purchase Price .  The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price.  If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.
 
(d)            Payment .  Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.
 
(e)            Holder’s Right to Transfer .  If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee.  If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.
 
(f)            Exception for Certain Family Transfers .  Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5.  “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister.  In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.
 
(g)            Termination of Right of First Refusal .  The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.
 
6.            Tax Consultation .  Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares.  Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 
-2-

 

7.            Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders.
 
(a)            Legends .  Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:
 
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.
 
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER.  SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.
 
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.
 
(b)            Stop-Transfer Notices .  Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.
 
(c)            Refusal to Transfer .  The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 
-3-

 

8.            Successors and Assigns .  The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company.  Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
 
9.            Interpretation .  Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting.  The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.
 
10.          Governing Law; Severability .  This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California.  In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.
 
11.          Entire Agreement .  The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.  This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.
 
Submitted by:
PARTICIPANT
 
Accepted by:
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
     
     
Signature
 
By
 
   
   
 
Print Name
 
Print Name
     
     
    Title
     
Address:   Address:
     
     
 
 
 
     
     
     
    Date Received

 
-4-

 
 
EXHIBIT B
 
INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

PARTICIPANT
:
 
     
COMPANY
:
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
     
SECURITY
:
COMMON STOCK
     
AMOUNT
:
 
     
DATE
:
 
 
In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:
 
(a)           Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities.  Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
 
(b)           Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein.  In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future.  Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available.  Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities.  Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.
 
(c)           Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.  Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act.  In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

 
 

 

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.
 
(d)           Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.  Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

PARTICIPANT
 
 
Signature
 
 
Print Name
 
 
Date

 
-2-

 

EXHIBIT C-1
 
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
 
2009 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
 
RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
 
THIS RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made between _____________________________ (the “Purchaser”) and Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. (the “Company”) or its assignees of rights hereunder as of __________________, ____.
 
Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Agreement.
 
RECITALS
 
A.           Pursuant to the exercise of the option (grant number ____) granted to Purchaser under the Plan and pursuant to the Stock Option Agreement – Early Exercise (the “Option Agreement”) dated _______________, ____ by and between the Company and Purchaser with respect to such grant (the “Option”), which Plan and Option Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference, Purchaser has elected to purchase _________ of those shares of Common Stock which have not become vested under the vesting schedule set forth in the Option Agreement (“Unvested Shares”).  The Unvested Shares and the shares subject to the Option Agreement, which have become vested are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “Shares.”
 
B.           As required by the Option Agreement, as a condition to Purchaser’s election to exercise the option, Purchaser must execute this Agreement, which sets forth the rights and obligations of the parties with respect to Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option.
 
1.            Repurchase Option .
 
(a)           If Purchaser’s status as a Service Provider is terminated for any reason, including for death and Disability, the Company shall have the right and option for ninety (90) days from such date to purchase from Purchaser, or Purchaser’s personal representative, as the case may be, all of the Purchaser’s Unvested Shares as of the date of such termination at the price paid by the Purchaser for such Shares (the “Repurchase Option”).
 
(b)           Upon the occurrence of such termination, the Company may exercise its Repurchase Option by delivering personally or by registered mail, to Purchaser (or his or her transferee or legal representative, as the case may be) with a copy to the escrow agent described in Section 2 below, a notice in writing indicating the Company’s intention to exercise the Repurchase Option AND, at the Company’s option, (i) by delivering to the Purchaser (or the Purchaser’s transferee or legal representative) a check in the amount of the aggregate repurchase price, or (ii) by the Company canceling an amount of the Purchaser’s indebtedness to the Company equal to the aggregate repurchase price, or (iii) by a combination of (i) and (ii) so that the combined payment and cancellation of indebtedness equals such aggregate repurchase price.  Upon delivery of such notice and payment of the aggregate repurchase price in any of the ways described above, the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Unvested Shares being repurchased and the rights and interests therein or relating thereto, and the Company shall have the right to retain and transfer to its own name the number of Unvested Shares being repurchased by the Company.

 
 

 

(c)           Whenever the Company shall have the right to repurchase Unvested Shares hereunder, the Company may designate and assign one or more employees, officers, directors or stockholders of the Company or other persons or organizations to exercise all or a part of the Company’s Repurchase Option under this Agreement and purchase all or a part of such Unvested Shares.
 
(d)           If the Company does not elect to exercise the Repurchase Option conferred above by giving the requisite notice within ninety (90) days following the termination, the Repurchase Option shall terminate.
 
(e)           The Repurchase Option shall terminate in accordance with the vesting schedule contained in Purchaser’s Option Agreement.
 
2.            Transferability of the Shares; Escrow .
 
(a)           Purchaser hereby authorizes and directs the Secretary of the Company, or such other person designated by the Company, to transfer the Unvested Shares as to which the Repurchase Option has been exercised from Purchaser to the Company.
 
(b)           To insure the availability for delivery of Purchaser’s Unvested Shares upon repurchase by the Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option under Section 1, Purchaser hereby appoints the Secretary, or any other person designated by the Company as escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”), as its attorney-in-fact to sell, assign and transfer unto the Company, such Unvested Shares, if any, repurchased by the Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option and shall, upon execution of this Agreement, deliver and deposit with the Escrow Agent, the share certificates representing the Unvested Shares, together with the stock assignment duly endorsed in blank, attached hereto as Exhibit C-2 .  The Unvested Shares and stock assignment shall be held by the Escrow Agent in escrow, pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and Purchaser attached as Exhibit C-3 hereto, until the Company exercises its Repurchase Option, until such Unvested Shares are vested, or until such time as this Agreement no longer is in effect.  Upon vesting of the Unvested Shares, the Escrow Agent shall promptly deliver to the Purchaser the certificate or certificates representing such Shares in the Escrow Agent’s possession belonging to the Purchaser, and the Escrow Agent shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder; provided, however, that the Escrow Agent shall nevertheless retain such certificate or certificates as Escrow Agent if so required pursuant to other restrictions imposed pursuant to this Agreement.
 
(c)           Neither the Company nor the Escrow Agent shall be liable for any act it may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Shares in escrow and while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.

 
-2-

 

(d)           Transfer or sale of the Shares is subject to restrictions on transfer imposed by any applicable state and federal securities laws.  Any transferee shall hold such Shares subject to all the provisions hereof and the Exercise Notice executed by the Purchaser with respect to any Unvested Shares purchased by Purchaser and shall acknowledge the same by signing a copy of this Agreement.
 
3.            Ownership, Voting Rights, Duties .  This Agreement shall not affect in any way the ownership, voting rights or other rights or duties of Purchaser, except as specifically provided herein.
 
4.            Legends .  The share certificate evidencing the Shares issued hereunder shall be endorsed with the following legend (in addition to any legend required under applicable federal and state securities laws):
 
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS UPON TRANSFER AND RIGHTS OF REPURCHASE AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.
 
5.            Adjustment for Stock Split .  All references to the number of Shares and the purchase price of the Shares in this Agreement shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or other change in the Shares, which may be made by the Company pursuant to Section 13 of the Plan after the date of this Agreement.
 
6.            Notices .  Notices required hereunder shall be given in person or by registered mail to the address of Purchaser shown on the records of the Company, and to the Company at their respective principal executive offices.
 
7.            Survival of Terms .  This Agreement shall apply to and bind Purchaser and the Company and their respective permitted assignees and transferees, heirs, legatees, executors, administrators and legal successors.
 
8.            Section 83(b) Election .  Purchaser hereby acknowledges that he or she has been informed that, with respect to the exercise of an Option for Unvested Shares, an election (the “Election”) may be filed by the Purchaser with the Internal Revenue Service, within thirty (30) days of the purchase of the exercised Shares, electing pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed currently on any difference between the purchase price of the exercised Shares and their Fair Market Value on the date of purchase.  In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, this will result in the recognition of taxable income to the Purchaser on the date of exercise, measured by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the exercised Shares, at the time the Option is exercised over the purchase price for the exercised Shares.  Absent such an Election, taxable income will be measured and recognized by Purchaser at the time or times on which the Company’s Repurchase Option lapses.  In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, such an Election will result in a recognition of income to the Purchaser for alternative minimum tax purposes on the date of exercise, measured by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the exercised Shares, at the time the option is exercised, over the purchase price for the exercised Shares.  Absent such an Election, alternative minimum taxable income will be measured and recognized by Purchaser at the time or times on which the Company’s Repurchase Option lapses.

 
-3-

 

This discussion is intended only as a summary of the general United States income tax laws that apply to exercising Options as to Shares that have not yet vested and is accurate only as of the date this form Agreement was approved by the Board.  The federal, state and local tax consequences to any particular taxpayer will depend upon his or her individual circumstances.  Purchaser is strongly encouraged to seek the advice of his or her own tax consultants in connection with the purchase of the Shares and the advisability of filing of the Election under Section 83(b) of the Code.  A form of Election under Section 83(b) is attached hereto as Exhibit C-4 for reference.
 
PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS PURCHASER’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY AND NOT THE COMPANY’S TO FILE TIMELY THE ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) OF THE CODE, EVEN IF PURCHASER REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE TO MAKE THIS FILING ON PURCHASER’S BEHALF.
 
9.            Representations .  Purchaser has reviewed with his or her own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  Purchaser is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents.  Purchaser understands that he or she (and not the Company) shall be responsible for his or her own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
 
10.            Entire Agreement; Governing Law .  The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.  The Plan, the Option Agreement, the Exercise Notice, this Agreement, and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Purchaser’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Purchaser.  This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.
 
Purchaser represents that he or she has read this Agreement and is familiar with its terms and provisions.  Purchaser hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under this Agreement.

 
-4-

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement is deemed made as of the date first set forth above.
 
PARTICIPANT
 
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
     
     
Signature
 
By
     
     
Print Name
 
Print Name
     
     
   
Title
     
     
Residence Address
   

 
Dated: _________________________________________, ________ 

 
 

 

EXHIBIT C-2
 
ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE
 
FOR VALUE RECEIVED I, __________________________, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. _____________ shares of the Common Stock of Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. standing in my name of the books of said corporation represented by Certificate No. _____ herewith and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint __________________________ to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.
 
This Stock Assignment may be used only in accordance with the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. and the undersigned dated ______________, _____ (the “Agreement”).

Dated: ____________________,____
 
Signature:
 
 
INSTRUCTIONS: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line.  The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its “repurchase option,” as set forth in the Agreement, without requiring additional signatures on the part of the Purchaser.

 
 

 

EXHIBIT C-3
 
JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS
 
_________________, ____
 
Corporate Secretary
Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.
1601 Cloverfield Blvd., Suite 620
Santa Monica, CA 90404
 
Dear _________________:
 
As Escrow Agent for both Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. (the “Company”), and the undersigned purchaser of stock of the Company (the “Purchaser”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) between the Company and the undersigned, in accordance with the following instructions:
 
1.           In the event the Company and/or any assignee of the Company (referred to collectively for convenience herein as the “Company”) exercises the Company’s repurchase option set forth in the Agreement, the Company shall give to Purchaser and you a written notice specifying the number of shares of stock to be purchased, the purchase price, and the time for a closing hereunder at the principal office of the Company.  Purchaser and the Company hereby irrevocably authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in accordance with the terms of said notice.
 
2.           At the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignments necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of shares being transferred, and (c) to deliver the stock assignments, together with the certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company or its assignee, against the simultaneous delivery to you of the purchase price (by cash, a check, or some combination thereof) for the number of shares of stock being purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Company’s repurchase option.
 
3.           Purchaser irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing shares of stock to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said shares as defined in the Agreement.  Purchaser does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as Purchaser’s attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated, including but not limited to the filing with any applicable state blue sky authority of any required applications for consent to, or notice of transfer of, the securities.  Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 3, Purchaser shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company while the stock is held by you.

 
 

 

4.           Upon written request of the Purchaser, but no more than once per calendar year, unless the Company’s repurchase option has been exercised, you shall deliver to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing so many shares of stock as are not then subject to the Company’s repurchase option.  Within one hundred and twenty (120) days after cessation of Purchaser’s continuous employment by or services to the Company, or any parent or subsidiary of the Company, you shall deliver to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of shares held or issued pursuant to the Agreement and not purchased by the Company or its assignees pursuant to exercise of the Company’s repurchase option.
 
5.           If at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your possession any documents, securities, or other property belonging to Purchaser, you shall deliver all of the same to Purchaser and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder.
 
6.           Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.
 
7.           You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.  You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Purchaser while acting in good faith, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.
 
8.           You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court.  In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.
 
9.           You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.
 
10.         You shall not be liable for the outlawing of any rights under the Statute of Limitations with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any documents deposited with you.
 
11.         You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor.
 
12.         Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall cease to be an officer or agent of the Company or if you shall resign by written notice to each party.  In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.
 
13.         If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.

 
-2-

 

14.         It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.
 
15.         Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the following addresses or at such other addresses as a party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to each of the other parties hereto.
 
16.         By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.
 
17.         This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
 
18.         These Joint Escrow Instructions shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California.

PURCHASER
 
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
     
     
Signature
 
By
     
     
Print Name
 
Print Name
     
     
   
Title
     
     
Residence Address
   
     
ESCROW AGENT
   
     
     
Corporate Secretary
   
     
Dated:
     

 
-3-

 

EXHIBIT C-4
 
ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)
OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986
 
The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Sections 55 and 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in taxpayer’s gross income or alternative minimum taxable income, as the case may be, for the current taxable year the amount of any compensation taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below.
 
1.
The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:
 
   
TAXPAYER
 
SPOUSE
 
           
NAME:
           
             
ADDRESS:
           
             
             
             
TAX ID NO.:
           
             
TAXABLE YEAR:
           
 
2.
The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows: __________ shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. (the “Company”).
 
3.
The date on which the property was transferred is:___________________ ,______.
 
4.
The property is subject to the following restrictions:
 
The Shares may not be transferred and are subject to forfeiture under the terms of an agreement between the taxpayer and the Company.  These restrictions lapse upon the satisfaction of certain conditions contained in such agreement.
 
5.
The Fair Market Value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms shall never lapse, of such property is:  $_________________.
 
6.
The amount (if any) paid for such property is:  $_________________.
 
The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property.  The transferee of such property is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.
 
The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner .

Dated:
     
 
         
Taxpayer
 
The undersigned spouse of taxpayer joins in this election.
 
Dated:
     
 
         
Spouse of Taxpayer

 
 

 
 
Exhibit 10.11
 
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
 
This Agreement is entered into as of May 24, 2010, (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and Mark Goldin (“ Executive ”).
 
1.    Duties and Scope of Employment .
 
(a)   Positions and Duties . As of June 21, 2010, Executive will serve as Chief Technology Officer of the Company. Executive will render such business and professional services in the performance of his duties, consistent with Executive’s position within the Company, as will reasonably be assigned to his by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) or the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “ CEO ”). The Board or CEO may modify Executive’s job title and duties as it deems necessary and appropriate in light of the Company’s needs and interests from time to time. The period of Executive’s employment under this Agreement is referred to herein as the “ Employment Term .”
 
(b)   Obligations . During the Employment Term. Executive will perform his duties faithfully and to the best of his ability and will devote his best efforts and time to the Company. For the duration of the Employment Term, Executive agrees not to actively engage in any other employment, occupation or consulting activity for any direct or indirect remuneration without the prior approval of the Board.
 
2.    At-Will Employment . The parties agree that Executive’s employment with the Company will be “at-will” employment and may be terminated at any time with or without cause or notice. Executive understands and agrees that neither his job performance nor promotions, commendations, bonuses or the like from the Company give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification, amendment, or extension, by implication or otherwise, of his employment with the Company. However, as described in this Agreement, Executive may be entitled to severance benefits depending on the circumstances of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company.
 
3.    Compensation .
 
(a)   Base Salary. During the Employment Term, the Company will pay Executive an annual salary of $250,000 as compensation for his services (the “ Base Salary ”). The Base Salary will be paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and be subject to the usual, required withholding. Executive’s salary will be subject to review and adjustments will be made based upon the Company’s standard practices.
 
(b)   Annual Bonus . Executive will be entitled to participate in the applicable bonus plan adopted by the Company for its employees or executive officers on such terms as the Board may determine in its discretion.

 
 

 
 
(c)   Sign-On Bonus - In addition to your annual salary, you will receive a one-time $15,000 net sign on bonus. You will receive this payment within 30 days of your start date. If you terminate your employment, for any reason, during the six (6) months following the commencement of your employment, you agree to reimburse the Company the entire bonus amount. If your employment is terminated, for any reason, from six (6) to twelve (12) months following the commencement of your employment, you agree to reimburse the Company half of the bonus amount.
 
(d)      Equity Awards . The Executive will be granted options to purchase 215,000 ordinary shares of the Company subject to approval by the Company’s Board of Directors. The options are granted under the Company’s 1999 Stock Option Plan and are subject to the terms and conditions contained in the Company’s standard form of option agreement.
 
4.    Employee Benefits . During the Employment Term, Executive will be entitled to participate in the employee benefit plans currently and hereafter maintained by the Company of general applicability to other senior executives of the Company. The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time.
 
5.    Vacation . Executive will be entitled to paid vacation of three (3) weeks per year in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy (including, without limitation, its policy related to maximum accrual), with the timing and duration of specific vacations mutually and reasonably agreed to by the parties hereto.
 
6.    Attendance at Company Headquarters . The parties hereby agree that regular attendance at Company Headquarters is reasonable and expected. In addition, Executive will be required to be in attendance at Company Headquarters at times and as requested by the CEO.
 
7.    Expenses .
 
(a)  Subject to Section 6(a) above, the Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, business entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.
 
8.    Severance .
 
(a) Termination for other than Cause, Death or Disability .
 
(i)       If the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company, other than for Cause, death or disability, then, subject to Section 8, Executive will be entitled to (i) receive continuing payments of severance pay at a rate equal to his Base Salary rate, as then in effect, for a period of three (3) months in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies, and (ii) Company-paid coverage for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents under the Company’s Benefit Plans (as defined herein) for three (3) months following such termination. Subject to Section 8(a)(iii), upon such termination, all vesting will terminate immediately with respect to Executive’s outstanding equity awards.
 
(ii)      Should the Company be acquired and the Executive be terminated within six months of such sale, or should the Executive’s position be materially diminished with six months following such sale, then the unvested portion of the Executive’s Option shall immediately vest.

 
 

 
 
(b) Termination for Cause; Voluntary Termination . If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates voluntarily by Executive, for Cause by the Company or due to Executive’s death or disability, then (i) all vesting will terminate immediately with respect to Executive’s outstanding equity awards, (ii) all payments of compensation by the Company to Executive hereunder will terminate immediately (except as to amounts already earned), and (iii) Executive will only be eligible for severance benefits in accordance with the Company’s established policies, if any, as then in effect.
 
9.    Conditions to Receipt of Severance .
 
(a)   Separation Agreement and Release of Claims . The receipt of any severance pursuant to Section 8 will be subject to Executive signing and not revoking a separation agreement and release of claims in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company. No severance will be paid or provided until the separation agreement and release agreement becomes effective.
 
(b)   Noncompete . Executive acknowledges that the nature of the Company’s business is such that if Executive were to become employed by, or substantially involved in, the business of a competitor of the Company following the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, it would be very difficult for Executive not to rely on or use the Company’s trade secrets and confidential information. Thus, to avoid the inevitable disclosure of the Company’s trade secrets and confidential information. Executive agrees and acknowledges that Executive’s right to receive the severance payments set forth in Section 8 (to the extent Executive is otherwise entitled to such payments) will be conditioned upon Executive not directly or indirectly engaging in (whether as an employee, consultant, agent, proprietor, principal, partner, stockholder, corporate officer, director or otherwise), nor having any ownership interest in or participating in the financing, operation, management or control of, any person, firm, corporation or business that competes with Company or is a customer of the Company, during the three (3) month severance period described in Section 8(a)(i). Upon any breach of this section, all severance payments pursuant to this Agreement will immediately cease.
 
(c)   Nonsolicitation . The receipt of any severance benefits pursuant to Section 8 will be subject to Executive not violating the provisions of Section 12. In the event Executive breaches the provisions of Section 12, all continuing payments and benefits to which Executive may otherwise be entitled pursuant to Section 8 will immediately cease (including Executive’s ability to exercise any outstanding stock options).

 
 

 
 
10.   Definitions .
 
(a) Benefit Plans . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Benefit Plans ” means plans, policies or arrangements that the Company sponsors (or participates in) and that immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment provide Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents with medical, dental, and/or vision benefits. Benefit Plans do not include any other type of benefit (including, but not by way of limitation, disability, life insurance or retirement benefits). The Company may, at its option, satisfy any requirement that the Company provide coverage under any Benefit Plan by (i) reimbursing Executive’s premiums under Title X of the Consolidated Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”) after Executive has properly elected continuation coverage under COBRA (in which case Executive will be solely responsible for electing such coverage for his and his eligible dependents), or (ii) providing coverage under a separate plan or plans providing coverage that is no less favorable or by paying Executive a lump-sum payment which is, on an after-tax basis, sufficient to provide Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents with equivalent coverage under a third party plan that is reasonably available to Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents.
 
(b) Cause . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” means a termination by the Company because of any one of the following events: (i) Executive’s breach of this Agreement that results in injury to the Company which, if capable of cure, has not been cured by Executive within ten (10) days after receipt by Executive of written notice from the CEO of such breach; (ii) Executive’s misconduct, fraud, dishonesty, or malfeasance that results in material injury to the Company; (iii) Executive’s willful or intentional failure to (a) perform Executive’s duties under this Agreement, (b) follow the reasonable and legal direction of the Board or CEO, or (c) follow the policies, procedures, and rules of the Company, or (iv) Executive’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendre to, a felony. For any such failure listed in clause (iii), the CEO shall first give Executive written notice setting forth with specificity the reasons that the CEO believes Executive is failing, and ten (10) days to cure such failure.
For purposes of this definition, Executive’s failure to achieve certain results, such as those set forth in a business plan of the Company, that is not the result of Executive’s demonstrating willful and deliberate dereliction of duty will not constitute Cause;
 
11. Confidential Information . Executive agrees to enter into the Company’s standard Employment, Non-Disclosure and Invention Assignment Agreement (the “ Confidential Information Agreement ”) upon commencing employment hereunder.
 
12. Non-Solicitation . Until the date two (2) years after the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive agrees not, either directly or indirectly, to solicit, induce, attempt to hire, recruit, encourage, take away, hire any employee of the Company or cause an employee to leave his employment either for Executive or for any other entity or person. Executive represents that he (i) is familiar with the foregoing covenant not to solicit, and (ii) is fully aware of his obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, the reasonableness of the length of time, scope and geographic coverage of these covenants.
 
13. Assignment . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) the heirs, executors and legal representatives of Executive upon Executive’s death and (b) any successor of the Company. Any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes. For this purpose, “ successor ” means any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company. None of the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.

 
 

 
 
14. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications called for hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed given (i) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, (ii) one (1) day after being sent by a well established commercial overnight service, or (iii) four (4) days after being mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, prepaid and addressed to the parties or their successors at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as the parties may later designate in writing:
 
If to the Company:
 
Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.
1601 Cloverfield Blvd., Suite 620
Santa Monica, CA 90404
Attn: Adam Miller
 
If to Executive:
 
at the last residential address known by the Company.
 
15.   Severability . In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision.
 
16.   Arbitration .
 
(a)   General. In consideration of Executive’s service to the Company, its promise to arbitrate all employment related disputes and Executive’s receipt of the compensation, pay raises and other benefits paid to Executive by the Company, at present and in the future, Executive agrees that any and all controversies, claims, or disputes with anyone (including the Company and any employee, officer, director, shareholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or resulting from Executive’s service to the Company under this Agreement or otherwise or the termination of Executive’s service with the Company, including any breach of this Agreement, will be subject to binding arbitration under the Arbitration Rules set forth in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1280 through 1294.2, including Section 1283.05 (the “ Rules ”) and pursuant to California law. Disputes which Executive agrees to arbitrate, and thereby agrees to waive any right to a trial by jury, include any statutory claims under state or federal law, including, but not limited to, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the California Labor Code, claims of harassment, discrimination or wrongful termination and any statutory claims. Executive further understands that this Agreement to arbitrate also applies to any disputes that the Company may have with Executive.

 
 

 
 
(b)   Procedure . Executive agrees that any arbitration will be administered by the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) and that a neutral arbitrator will be selected in a manner consistent with its National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes. The arbitration proceedings will allow for discovery according to the rules set forth in the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes or California Code of Civil Procedure. Executive agrees that the arbitrator will have the power to decide any motions brought by any party to the arbitration, including motions for summary judgment and/or adjudication and motions to dismiss and demurrers, prior to any arbitration hearing. Executive agrees that the arbitrator will issue a written decision on the merits. Executive also agrees that the arbitrator will have the power to award any remedies, including attorneys’ fees and costs, available under applicable law. Executive understands the Company will pay for any administrative or hearing fees charged by the arbitrator or AAA except that Executive will pay the first $125.00 of any filing fees associated with any arbitration Executive initiates. Executive agrees that the arbitrator will administer and conduct any arbitration in a manner consistent with the Rules and that to the extent that the AAA’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes conflict with the Rules, the Rules will take precedence.
 
(c)   Remedy . Except as provided by the Rules, arbitration will be the sole, exclusive and final remedy for any dispute between Executive and the Company. Accordingly, except as provided for by the Rules, neither Executive nor the Company will be permitted to pursue court action regarding claims that are subject to arbitration. Notwithstanding, the arbitrator will not have the authority to disregard or refuse to enforce any lawful Company policy, and the arbitrator will not order or require the Company to adopt a policy not otherwise required by law which the Company has not adopted.
 
(d)   Availability of Injunctive Relief . In addition to the right under the Rules to petition the court for provisional relief. Executive agrees that any party may also petition the court for injunctive relief where either party alleges or claims a violation of this Agreement or the Confidentiality Agreement or any other agreement regarding trade secrets, confidential information, nonsolicitation or Labor Code §2870. In the event either party seeks injunctive relief, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees.
 
(e)   Administrative Relief . Executive understands that this Agreement does not prohibit Executive from pursuing an administrative claim with a local, state or federal administrative body such as the Department of Fair Employment and Housing, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or the workers’ compensation board. This Agreement does, however, preclude Executive from pursuing court action regarding any such claim.
 
(f)   Voluntary Nature of Agreement . Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive is executing this Agreement voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence by the Company or anyone else. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that Executive has carefully read this Agreement and that Executive has asked any questions needed for Executive to understand the terms, consequences and binding effect of this Agreement and fully understand it, including that Executive is waiving Executive’s right to a jury trial. Finally, Executive agrees that Executive has been provided an opportunity to seek the advice of an attorney of Executive’s choice before signing this Agreement.
 
17.   Integration . This Agreement, together with the Confidential Information Agreement, represent the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral. No waiver, alteration, or modification of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be binding unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto.

 
 

 
 
18. Waiver of Breach . The waiver of a breach of any term or provision of this Agreement, which must be in writing, will not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other previous or subsequent breach of this Agreement.
 
19. Headings . All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.
 
20. Tax Withholding . All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable taxes.
 
21. Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California (with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions).
 
22. Acknowledgment . Executive acknowledges that he has had the opportunity to discuss this matter with and obtain advice from his private attorney, has had sufficient time to, and has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement, and is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.
 
23. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each counterpart will have the same force and effect as an original and will constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.
 
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 
 

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year first above written.
 
COMPANY:
 
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
       
         
By: 
/s/ Adam Miller
 
Date:
May 24
,2010
Adam Miller
       
President and CEO
       
         
EXECUTIVE:
       
         
/s/ Mark Goldin
 
Date:
May 24
, 2010
Mark Goldin
       

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT]

 
 

 

Exhibit 10.12

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
 
THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this Agreement ) dated as of August 20, 2010 (the Effective Date ) between SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation ( Bank ), and CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC., a Delaware corporation ( Borrower ), provides the terms on which Bank shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay Bank. The parties agree as follows:
 
1                  ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS
 
Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.
 
2                 LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT
 
2 .1              Promise to Pay . Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.
 
2 .1.1           Revolving Advances .
 
(a)             Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank shall make Advances not exceeding the Availability Amount. Amounts borrowed hereunder may be repaid and, prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, reborrowed, subject to the applicable terms and conditions precedent herein.
 
(b)             Termination; Repayment . The Revolving Line terminates on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, when the principal amount of all Advances, the unpaid interest thereon, and all other Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) relating to the Revolving Line shall be immediately due and payable.
 
2. 1 .2           Letters of Credit Sublimit .
 
(a)           As part of the Revolving Line, Bank shall issue or have issued Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars or a Foreign Currency for Borrower’s account. The aggregate Dollar Equivalent amount utilized for the issuance of Letters of Credit shall at all times reduce the amount otherwise available for Advances under the Revolving Line. The aggregate Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve) may not exceed the lesser of (A) One Million Dollars ($1,000,000), minus (i) the sum of all amounts used for Cash Management Services, and minus (ii) the FX Reduction Amount, or (B) the lesser of Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, minus (i) the sum of all outstanding principal amounts of any Advances (including any amounts used for Cash Management Services), and minus (ii) the FX Reduction Amount.
 
(b)           If, on the Revolving Line Maturity Date (or the effective date of any termination of this Agreement), there are any outstanding Letters of Credit, then on such date Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit. All Letters of Credit shall be in form and substance acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Bank’s standard Application and Letter of Credit Agreement (the Letter of Credit Application ) . Borrower agrees to execute any further documentation in connection with the Letters of Credit as Bank may reasonably request. Borrower further agrees to be bound by the regulations and interpretations of the issuer of any Letters of Credit guarantied by Bank and opened for Borrower’s account or by Bank’s interpretations of any Letter of Credit issued by Bank for Borrower’s account, and Borrower understands and agrees that Bank shall not be liable for any error, negligence, or mistake, whether of omission or commission, in following Borrower’s instructions or those contained in the Letters of Credit or any modifications, amendments, or supplements thereto.

 
1

 
 
(c)           The obligation of Borrower to immediately reimburse Bank for drawings made under Letters of Credit shall be absolute, unconditional, and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such Letters of Credit, and the Letter of Credit Application.
 
(d)           Borrower may request that Bank issue a Letter of Credit payable in a Foreign Currency. If a demand for payment is made under any Letter of Credit, Bank shall treat such demand as an Advance to Borrower of the Dollar Equivalent of the amount thereof (plus fees and charges in connection therewith such as wire, cable, SWIFT or similar charges).
 
(e)           To guard against fluctuations in currency exchange rates, upon the issuance of any Letter of Credit payable in a Foreign Currency, Bank shall create a reserve (the Letter of Credit Reserve ) under the Revolving Line in an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the face amount of such Letter of Credit. The amount of the Letter of Credit Reserve may be adjusted by Bank from time to time to account for fluctuations in the exchange rate. The availability of funds under the Revolving Line shall be reduced by the amount of such Letter of Credit Reserve for as long as such Letter of Credit remains outstanding.
 
2.1.3          Foreign Exchange Sublimit . As part of the Revolving Line, Borrower may enter into foreign exchange contracts with Bank under which Borrower commits to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency (each, a FX Forward Contract ) on a specified date (the Settlement Date ). FX Forward Contracts shall have a Settlement Date of at least one (1) FX Business Day after the contract date and shall be subject to a reserve of ten percent (10%) of each outstanding FX Forward Contract (the FX Reserve ). The aggregate amount of FX Forward Contracts at any one time may not exceed ten (10) times the lesser of (A) One Million Dollars ($1,000,000), minus (i) the sum of all amounts used for Cash Management Services, and minus (ii) the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of any outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve), or (B) the lesser of Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, minus (i) the sum of all outstanding principal amounts of any Advances (including any amounts used for Cash Management Services), and minus (ii) the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of any outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve). The amount otherwise available for Credit Extensions under the Revolving Line shall be reduced by an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of each outstanding FX Forward Contract (the FX Reduction Amount ). Any amounts needed to fully reimburse Bank for any amounts not paid by Borrower in connection with FX Forward Contracts will be treated as Advances under the Revolving Line and will accrue interest at the interest rate applicable to Advances.
 
2.1.4           Cash Management Services Sublimit . Borrower may use the Revolving Line for Bank’s cash management services, which may include merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit card, and check cashing services identified in Bank’s various cash management services agreements (collectively, the Cash Management Services ), in an aggregate amount not to exceed the lesser of (A) One Million Dollars ($1,000,000), minus (i) the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of any outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve), and minus (ii) the FX Reduction Amount, or (B) the lesser of Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, minus (i) the sum of all outstanding principal amounts of any Advances, minus the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of any outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve), and minus (iii) the FX Reduction Amount. Any amounts Bank pays on behalf of Borrower for any Cash Management Services will be treated as Advances under the Revolving Line and will accrue interest at the interest rate applicable to Advances.
 
2.2              Overadvances . If, at any time, the sum of (a) the outstanding principal amount of any Advances (including any amounts used for Cash Management Services), plus (b) the face amount of any outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve), plus (c) the FX Reduction Amount exceeds the lesser of either the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank in cash such excess.

 
2

 
 
2.3             Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions .
 
(a)            Interest Rate for Advances . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to (i) one and one half percentage points (1.50%) above the Prime Rate at all times when Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement is less than or equal to Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) or (ii) two and one half percentage points (2.50%) above the Prime Rate at all times when Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement is greater than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) which interest shall, in either case, be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(f) below.
 
(b)            Default Rate . Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default. Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is three percentage points (3.00%) above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto (the Default Rate ) unless Bank otherwise elects from time to time in its sole discretion to impose a smaller increase. Fees and expenses which are required to be paid by Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, Bank Expenses) but are not paid when due shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to the Obligations. Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.3(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.
 
(c)            Adjustment to Interest Rate . Changes to the interest rate of any Credit Extension based on changes to the Prime Rate shall be effective on the effective date of any change to the Prime Rate and to the extent of any such change.
 
(d)            Computation; 360-Day Year . In computing interest, the date of the making of any Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however , that if any Credit Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed.
 
(e)            Debit of Accounts . Bank may debit any of Borrower’s deposit accounts, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes Bank when due. These debits shall not constitute a set-off.
 
(f)            Interest Payment Date . Unless otherwise provided, interest is payable monthly on the first calendar day of each month.
 
2.4              Fees . Borrower shall pay to Bank:
 
(a)             Commitment Fee . A fully earned, non-refundable commitment fee of Thirty Seven Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($37,500) on the Effective Date and the six (6) month anniversary of the Effective Date; and
 
(b)             Bank Expenses . All Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due.
 
2.5             Payments; Application of Payments .
 
(a)           All payments (including prepayments) to be made by Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made in immediately available funds in U.S. Dollars, without setoff or counterclaim, before 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the date when due. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid.
 
(b)           Borrower shall direct each Account Debtor to remit payments with respect to the Accounts to a lockbox account established with Bank or to wire transfer payments to a cash collateral account that Bank controls (collectively, the “Lockbox”). Provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, within one (1) Business Day of receipt of such amounts by Bank. Bank will turn over to Borrower the proceeds of the Accounts to Borrower. All Accounts and the proceeds thereof are Collateral and if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing. Bank may apply the proceeds of such Accounts to the Obligations, the order and method of such application to be in the sole discretion of Bank.

 
3

 
 
3                 CONDITIONS OF LOANS
 
3.1              Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension . Bank’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:
 
(a)           duly executed original signatures to the Loan Documents, including but not limited to the UK Share Pledge Documents;
 
(b)           duly executed original signatures to the Control Agreements, if any;
 
(c)           Borrower’s Operating Documents and a good standing certificate of Borrower certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;
 
(d)           duly executed original signatures to the completed Borrowing Resolutions for Borrower, in the form attached hereto;
 
(e)           the Subordination Agreement by Ironwood Equity Fund LP in favor Bank, together with the duly executed original signatures thereto;
 
(f)            a duly executed payoff letter from Comerica Bank;
 
(g)           certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of financing statement searches, as Bank shall request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;
 
(h)           the Perfection Certificate of Borrower, together with the duly executed original signature thereto;
 
(i)            a landlord’s consent in favor of Bank for Borrower’s Santa Monica location by the respective landlord thereof, together with the duly executed original signatures thereto;
 
(j)            evidence satisfactory to Bank that the insurance policies required by Section 6.5 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing lender loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Bank; and
 
(k)           payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.4 hereof.
 
3.2              Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions .   Bank’s obligations to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:
 
(a)           except as otherwise provided in Section 3.5, timely receipt of an executed Payment/Advance Form;
 
(b)           the representations and warranties in this Agreement shall be true and accurate in all material respects on the date of the Payment/Advance Form and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true and accurate in all material respects as of such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in this Agreement remain true and accurate in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true and accurate in all material respects as of such date; and

 
4

 
 
(c)           in Bank’s sole discretion, there has not been a Material Adverse Change.
 
3.3              Post-Closing Conditions . Within 30 days after the Effective Date, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the results of the Initial Audit.
 
3.4              Covenant to Deliver . Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.3, Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension. Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and the making of any Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Bank’s sole discretion.
 
3.5             Procedures for Borrowing . Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of an Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain an Advance (other than Advances under Sections 2.1.2 or 2.1.4). Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the Funding Date of the Advance. Together with any such electronic or facsimile notification. Borrower shall deliver to Bank by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Payment/Advance Form executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee. Bank may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Bank believes is a Responsible Officer or designee. Bank shall credit Advances to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from a Responsible Officer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.
 
4                CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST
 
4.1              Grant of Security Interest . Borrower hereby grants Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof.
 
4.2              Priority of Security Interest . Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens that may have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this Agreement). If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim. Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.
 
If this Agreement is terminated. Bank’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full in cash. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations and at such time as Bank’s obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated. Bank shall, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower and Bank shall execute such documents as are reasonably requested by Borrower to evidence the release of such Liens.
 
4.3            Authorization to File Financing Statements . Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Bank’s interest or rights hereunder, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, by either Borrower or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Bank under the Code. Such financing statements may indicate the Collateral as “all assets of the Debtor” or words of similar effect, or as being of an equal or lesser scope, or with greater detail, all in Bank’s discretion.

 
5

 
 
5                 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
 
Borrower represents and warrants as follows:
 
5.1               Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority . Borrower is duly existing and in good standing as a Registered Organization in its jurisdiction of formation and is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Bank a completed certificate signed by Borrower, entitled “Perfection Certificate”. Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that (a) Borrower’s exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower has none: (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete (it being understood and agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement). If Borrower is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one. Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of such occurrence and provide Bank with Borrower’s organizational identification number.
 
The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect) or (v) constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.
 
5.2              Collateral . Borrower has good title to, has rights in, and the power to grant a Lien on each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens. Borrower has no deposit accounts other than the deposit accounts with Bank, the deposit accounts, if any, described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank in connection herewith, or of which Borrower has given Bank notice and taken such actions as are necessary to give Bank a perfected security interest therein. The Accounts and all Eligible Recurring Revenue Contracts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.
 
The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate. None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2.
 
Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property which it owns or purports to own except for (a) non-exclusive licenses granted to its customers in the ordinary course of business, (b) over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public, and (c) material Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower and noted on the Perfection Certificate. No part of the Intellectual Property which Borrower owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no claim has been made that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.
 
Except as noted on the Perfection Certificate. Borrower is not a party to, nor is it bound by, any Restricted License.
 
5.3              Eligible Recurring Revenue Contracts . For any Eligible Recurring Revenue Contract in any Borrowing Base Certificate, all statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in all invoices, instruments and other documents evidencing such Eligible Recurring Revenue Contracts are and shall be, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, true and correct and all such invoices, instruments and other documents, and all of Borrower’s Books are genuine and in all respects what they purport to be. Whether or not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may verify the amount of Borrower’s accounts receivable, if any. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may notify any Account Debtor owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds. All sales and other transactions underlying or giving rise to each Eligible Recurring Revenue Contract shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations, except to the extent that the failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. Borrower has no knowledge of any actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any Account Debtor whose accounts are Eligible Recurring Revenue Contracts in any Borrowing Base Certificate. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all signatures and endorsements on all documents, instruments, and agreements relating to all Eligible Recurring Revenue Contracts are genuine, and all such documents, instruments and agreements are legally enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, and to general equity principles.

 
6

 
 
5.4              Litigation . There are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Responsible Officers, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving more than, individually or in the aggregate, Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000).
 
5.5              Financial Statements; Financial Condition . All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated financial condition and Borrower’s consolidated results of operations. There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower’s consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.
 
5.6              Solvency . The fair salable value of Borrower’s assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities; Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.
 
5.7              Regulatory Compliance . Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower has complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a “holding company” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company” as each term is defined and used in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005. Borrower has not violated any laws, ordinances or rules, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business. None of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Government Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted except to the extent that such failure could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.
 
5.8              Subsidiaries; Investments . Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.
 
5.9              Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions . Borrower has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions (individually or in the aggregate, in excess of $10,000) owed by Borrower except as otherwise provided in this Section 5.9. Borrower may defer payment of any contested taxes, provided that Borrower (a) in good faith contests its obligation to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, (b) notifies Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, (c) posts bonds or takes any other steps required to prevent the governmental authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien”. Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower. Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.
 
5.10             Use of Proceeds . Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely as working capital and to fund its general business requirements and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

 
7

 
 
5.11             Full Disclosure . No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Bank, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).
 
5.12             Definition of “Knowledge . For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, to the “best of Borrower’s knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of the Responsible Officers.
 
6                 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
 
Borrower shall do all of the following:
 
6.1             Government Compliance .
 
(a)           Maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations. Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject, non-compliance with which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.
 
(b)           Obtain all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the grant of a security interest to Bank in the Collateral. Borrower shall promptly provide copies of any such obtained Governmental Approvals to Bank.
 
6.2              Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates . Deliver to Bank:
 
(a)            Borrowing Base Reports . Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month (or, if Borrower has completed the IPO, the last day of each calendar quarter), aged listings of accounts receivable and accounts payable (by invoice date) (the Borrowing Base Reports );
 
(b)            Borrowing Base Certificate . Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month (or, if Borrower has completed the IPO, the last day of each calendar quarter), a duly completed Borrowing Base Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer;
 
(c)            Monthly Milestone Reporting. Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, monthly milestone reporting of the type shared with Borrower’s board of directors, including, but not limited to a report of billings, CMRR and Dollar Renewal Rates;
 
(d)            Monthly Financial Statements . At all times prior to Borrower completing the IPO, as soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower’s and each of its Subsidiary’s operations for such month certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Bank;
 
(e)            Annual Audited Financial Statements . Prior to Borrower completing the IPO, as soon as available, but no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm acceptable to Bank in its reasonable discretion; provided however for Borrower’s fiscal year ending December 31, 2009, such audited financial statements shall be delivered to Bank no later than September 30, 2010;
 
(f)             SEC Filings . Within five (5) days of filing, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by Borrower with the SEC, any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC or with any national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be. Documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) shall be deemed to have been delivered if such documents are publicly available at the SEC’s Electronic Data-Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system (or any successor to such system) or if Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on Borrower’s website on the Internet at Borrower’s then-current website address;

 
8

 
 
(g)            Compliance Certificates . Concurrently with the delivery of any financial statements or filings pursuant to clauses (d) or (e), a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that as of the end of such period, Borrower was in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and setting forth calculations showing compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Agreement and such other information as Bank shall reasonably request;
 
(h)            Other Statements . Within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to Borrower’s security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt;
 
(i)            Annual Financial Projections . Within 30 days after the earlier of (a) the end of each fiscal year or (b) approval by Borrower’s board of directors, annual financial projections commensurate with those provided to Borrower’s investors for the following fiscal year as approved by Borrower’s board of directors, together with any related business forecasts used in the preparation of such annual financial projections and any period updates thereto within thirty (30) days;
 
(j)            Asset/Contract Value Reports . Within 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter, a report of (i) the value of Borrower’s and all its Subsidiaries’ assets, (ii) Borrower’s and all its Subsidiaries’ cash and Cash Equivalents and (iii) the value of all recurring revenue contracts executed by Borrower and all its Subsidiaries.
 
(k)             Legal Action Notice . A prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, individually or in the aggregate, Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) or more;
 
(l)            Intellectual Property Notice . (i) Prompt written notice of any material change in the composition of the material Intellectual Property, (ii) Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, notice of the registration of any copyright, including any subsequent ownership right of Borrower in or to any copyright, patent or trademark not shown in the IP Security Agreement (other than non-exclusive licenses granted or received in the ordinary course of business) or previously disclosed in writing to Bank, and (iii) Prompt written notice of Borrower’s knowledge of an event that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the value of the Intellectual Property; and
 
(m)            Other Financial Information . Budgets, sales projections, operating plans and other financial information reasonably requested by Bank.
 
(n)            Material Non-Public Information . Except with respect to information required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 6.2, after completion of Borrower’s IPO, in no event shall Borrower be required to deliver any information to Bank that would constitute material non-public information at the time of delivery.
 
6.3             Intentionally Omitted .
 
6.4              Taxes; Pensions . Timely file, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required tax returns and reports and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely pay, all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions (individually or in the aggregate, in excess of $10,000) owed by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, except for deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 hereof, and shall deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.
 
In the event any payments are received by Bank from Borrower pursuant to this Agreement, such payments will be made subject to applicable withholding for any taxes, levies, fees, deductions, withholding, restrictions or conditions of any nature whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time any Governmental Authority, applicable law, regulation or international agreement requires Borrower to make any such deduction or withholding from any such payment or other sum payment hereunder to Bank, the amount due from Borrower with respect to such payment or other sum payable hereunder will be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such required deduction or withholding, Bank receives a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received had no deductions or withholding been required, and Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority. Borrower will, upon request, furnish Bank with proof reasonably satisfactory to Bank indicating that Borrower has made such withholding payment; provided, however, that Borrower need not make any withholding payment if the amount or validity of such withholding payment is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and as to which payment in full is bonded or reserved against by Borrower. The agreements and obligations of Borrower contained in this provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 
9

 
 
6.5               Insurance . Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s industry and location and as Bank may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with companies, and in amounts that are reasonably satisfactory to Bank. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Bank as lender loss payee and waive subrogation against Bank. All liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured. All policies (or the loss payable and additional insured endorsements) shall provide that the insurer shall endeavor to give Bank at least twenty (20) days notice before canceling, amending, or declining to renew its policy. At Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of policies and evidence of all premium payments. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, proceeds payable under any policy shall, at Bank’s option, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds of any casualty policy toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property; provided that any such replaced or repaired property (i) shall be of equal or like value as the replaced or repaired Collateral and (ii) shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens). If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.5 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.5, and take any action under the policies Bank deems prudent.
 
6.6             Operating Accounts .
 
(a)           No later than sixty (60) days after the Effective Date, and at all times thereafter, maintain its primary operating and other deposit accounts and securities accounts with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates which accounts shall represent at least eighty five percent (85%) of the dollar value of Borrower’s and such Subsidiaries accounts at all financial institutions.
 
(b)           Provide Bank five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates. For each Collateral Account that Borrower at any time maintains, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Bank’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder which Control Agreement may not be terminated without the prior written consent of Bank. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees and identified to Bank by Borrower as such.
 
6.7              Financial Covenants . Maintain at all times, to be tested as of the last day of each month, unless otherwise noted, on a consolidated basis with respect to Borrower:
 
(a)            Liquidity . At all times prior to Borrower completing a Qualified IPO, Borrower’s unrestricted cash at Bank or Bank’s Affiliates shall be at least Four Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($4,500,000).
 
(b)            Liquidity Coverage . At all times after Borrower completes a Qualified IPO, a ratio of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents at Bank plus net accounts receivable to Current Liabilities less Deferred Revenue of not less than 1.25:1.00.
 
(c)            Performance to Plan . As of the last day of each month, Borrower’s ending CMRR balance, averaged on a trailing three (3) month basis, shall be at least seventy five percent (75%) of Borrower’s projected performance averaged for the same respective period as outlined in Borrower’s Forecast_Model_vl50.xlsx received by Bank on August 20, 2010 that has been approved by Bank and is attached hereto as Exhibit F .

 
10

 
 
6.8             Protection and Registration of Intellectual Property Rights .
 
(a)           (i) Protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its material Intellectual Property; (ii) promptly advise Bank in writing of known material infringements of its Intellectual Property; and (iii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Bank’s written consent.
 
(b)           If Borrower (i) obtains any material Patent, registered Trademark, registered Copyright, registered mask work, or any pending application for any of the foregoing, whether as owner, licensee or otherwise, or (ii) applies for any material Patent or the registration of any material Trademark, then Borrower shall immediately provide written notice thereof to Bank (in accordance with Section 6.2(1) with respect to Copyrights) and shall execute such intellectual property security agreements and other documents and take such other actions as Bank shall request in its good faith business judgment to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest (subject to Permitted Liens) in favor of Bank in such property. Borrower shall promptly provide to Bank copies of all applications that it files for Patents or for the registration of Trademarks. Copyrights or mask works, together with evidence of the recording of the intellectual property security agreement necessary for Bank to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest in such property (subject to Permitted Liens).
 
(c)           Provide written notice to Bank within thirty (30) days of entering or becoming bound by any Restricted License (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public). Borrower shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (i) any Restricted License to be deemed “Collateral” and for Bank to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the enforceable terms of any such Restricted License, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (ii) Bank to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
 
6.9              Litigation Cooperation . From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Bank, without expense to Bank, Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.
 
6.10            Access to Collateral; Books and Records . Allow Bank, or its agents, at reasonable times, on one (1) Business Day’s notice (provided no notice is required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to inspect the Collateral and audit and copy Borrower’s Books. After the Initial Audit, such inspections or audits shall be conducted no more often than once every twelve (12) months unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be at Borrower’s expense, and the charge therefor shall be $850 per person per day (or such higher amount as shall represent Bank’s then-current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. In the event Borrower and Bank schedule an audit more than ten (10) days in advance, and Borrower cancels or seeks to reschedule the audit with less than ten (10) days written notice to Bank, then (without limiting any of Bank’s rights or remedies). Borrower shall pay Bank a fee of $1,000 plus any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Bank to compensate Bank for the anticipated costs and expenses of the cancellation or rescheduling.
 
6.11            Formation or Acquisition of Foreign Subsidiaries . If at any time after the Effective Date either (I) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (II) Borrower’s Foreign Subsidiaries, in the aggregate either (i) have assets representing more than thirty percent (30%) of Borrower’s and all its Subsidiaries aggregate assets, (ii) have cash and/or Cash Equivalents representing more than thirty percent (30%) of Borrower’s and all its Subsidiaries cash and/or Cash Equivalents, or (iii) have executed recurring revenue contracts representing more than thirty percent (30%) of Borrower’s and all its Subsidiaries recurring revenue contracts. Borrower shall, within thirty (30) days of Bank’s request therefor, cause such Foreign Subsidiaries to (a) execute a guaranty and such other security documents as Bank may request, all in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, to grant Bank a first priority Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) in and to the assets of such Foreign Subsidiaries, (b) provide to Bank appropriate certificates and powers and financing statements, pledging all of the direct or beneficial ownership interest in such Foreign Subsidiaries, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, and (c) provide to Bank all other documentation in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, which in its opinion is appropriate with respect to the execution and delivery of the applicable documentation referred to above effective under the laws of the jurisdiction(s) where such Foreign Subsidiaries are organized. Any document, agreement, or instrument executed or issued pursuant to this Section 6.11 shall be a Loan Document.

 
11

 

6.12            Formation or Acquisition of Domestic Subsidiaries . At the time that Borrower forms any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary or acquires any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary after the Effective Date, Borrower shall (a) cause such new Subsidiary to provide to Bank a joinder to this Agreement or execute a guaranty and such other security documents as Bank may request together with such appropriate financing statements. Control Agreements or other necessary documents or filings, all in form and substance satisfactory to Bank (including being sufficient to grant Bank a first priority Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) in and to the assets of such newly formed or acquired Subsidiary), (b) provide to Bank appropriate certificates and powers and financing statements, pledging all of the direct or beneficial ownership interest in such new Subsidiary, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, and (c) provide to Bank all other documentation in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, which in its opinion is appropriate with respect to the execution and delivery of the applicable documentation referred to above. Any document, agreement, or instrument executed or issued pursuant to this Section 6.12 shall be a Loan Document.
 
6.13            Further Assurances . Execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement. Deliver to Bank, within five (5) days after the same are sent or received, copies of all correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Authority regarding compliance with or maintenance of Governmental Approvals or Requirements of Law or that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on any of the Governmental Approvals or otherwise on the operations of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.
 
7                 NEGATIVE COVENANTS
 
Borrower shall not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent:
 
7 .1              Dispositions . Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, Transfer ), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for:
 
(a)            Transfers in the ordinary course of business for reasonably equivalent consideration;
 
(b)           Transfers to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;
 
(c)            Transfers of property in connection with sale-leaseback transactions, provided that the book value of all such property so Transferred shall not exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in any fiscal year;
 
(d)           Transfers of property to the extent such property is exchanged for credit against, or proceeds are promptly applied to, the purchase price of other property used or useful in the business of Borrower or its Subsidiaries;
 
(e)            Transfers constituting non-exclusive licenses and similar arrangements for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and other non-perpetual licenses that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property but that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States;
 
(f)            Transfers otherwise permitted by the Loan Documents;
 
(g)           sales or discounting of delinquent accounts in the ordinary course of business;
 
(h)           Transfers associated with the making or disposition of a Permitted Investment;
 
(i)            Transfers in connection with an acquisition permitted by this Agreement of a portion of the assets or rights acquired for reasonably equivalent consideration; and
 
(j)            other Transfers that do not exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand ($250,000) at any time during the term hereof.

 
12

 
 
7 .2              Changes in Business; Change in Control; Jurisdiction of Formation . Engage in any material line of business other than those lines of business conducted by Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the date hereof and any businesses reasonably related, complementary or incidental thereto or reasonable extensions thereof; or permit or suffer any Change in Control, other than in connection with an IPO. Borrower will not, without prior written notice to Bank: (i) change its jurisdiction of organization, (ii) change its organizational structure or type, (iii) change its legal name, (iv) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization, or add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations contain less than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in Borrower’s assets or property) or deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) to a bailee at a location other than to a bailee and at a location already disclosed in the Perfection Certificate. If Borrower intends to deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) to a bailee, and Bank and such bailee are not already parties to a bailee agreement governing both the Collateral and the location to which Borrower intends to deliver the Collateral, then Borrower will first receive the written consent of Bank, and such bailee shall execute and deliver a bailee agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank in its sole discretion.
 
7.3             Mergers or Acquisitions .  Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge   or consolidate, with any Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of a Person, except where no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from such action during the term of this Agreement and cash consideration in connection with such acquisitions does not exceed (x) prior to a Qualified IPO, Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) and (y) after a Qualified IPO, an unlimited amount so long as Borrower’s unrestricted cash at Bank does not fall below Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000) at any time:
 
(a)           any Subsidiary may merge or consolidate with (i) Borrower provided that Borrower is the surviving entity, and (ii) one or more other Subsidiaries;
 
(b)           Borrower or any Subsidiary may acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Subsidiary; or
 
(c)           such merger, consolidation or acquisition is a Transfer otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 7.1.
 
7.4              Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.
 
7.5              Encumbrance . Create, incur, allow, or suffer any   Lien on any of   the Collateral, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens) granted herein, or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Bank) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property, except as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein.
 
7.6              Maintenance of Collateral Accounts . Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.6(b) hereof.
 
7.7              Distributions; Investments . (a) Pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire   or purchase any capital stock other than Permitted Distributions; or (b) directly or indirectly acquire or own any Person, or make any Investment in any Person, other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.
 
7.8              Transactions with Affiliates . Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for (a) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms (when viewed in the context of any series of transactions of which it may be a part, if applicable) that are no   less favorable to   Borrower than would be   obtained in an   arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person; or (b) transactions among Borrower and its Subsidiaries and among Borrower’s Subsidiaries so long as no Event of Default exists or could result therefrom.

 
13

 
 
7.9              Subordinated Debt . Make or permit any payment on or amendments of any Subordinated Debt, except (a) payments pursuant to the terms of the Subordinated Debt; (b) payments made with Borrower’s capital stock or other Subordinated Debt; or (c) amendments to Subordinated Debt so long as such Subordinated Debt remains subordinated in right of payment to this Agreement and any Liens securing such Subordinated Debt remain subordinate in priority to Bank’s Lien hereunder to the same extent as originally contemplated by Bank..
 
7 .10            Compliance . Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.
 
8                EVENTS OF DEFAULT
 
Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an Event of Default ”) under this Agreement:
 
8.1              Payment Default . Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension on its due date, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the Revolving Line Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (a) or (b) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);
 
8.2            Covenant Default .
 
(a)           Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8(c), 6.11 or 6.12 or violates any covenant in Section 7; or
 
(b)           Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Section 6.2 and has failed to cure the default within five (5) Business Days after Bank provides notice to Borrower thereof, provided however such 5 day notice/cure period shall only be available to Borrower two (2) times during the term of this Agreement;
 
(c)           Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) Business Days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) Business Day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) Business Day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) Business Days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Cure periods provided under this section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in clause (a) above;
 
8.3             Material Adverse Change . A Material Adverse Change occurs.
 
8.4            Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business .
 
(a)           (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or of any entity under the control of Borrower (including a Subsidiary) on deposit or otherwise maintained with Bank or any Bank Affiliate, or (ii) a notice of lien or levy is filed against any of Borrower’s assets by any government agency, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) Business Days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) Business Day cure period; or

 
14

 

(b)           (i) any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower from conducting any material part of its business;
 
8.5              Insolvency (a) Borrower is unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due or otherwise becomes insolvent; (b) Borrower begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower and not dismissed or stayed within forty-five (45) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while of any of the conditions described in clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);
 
8.6              Other Agreements . If (a) Borrower fails to (i) make any payment that is due and payable with respect to any Material Indebtedness and such failure continues after the applicable grace or notice period, if any, specified in the agreement or instrument relating thereto, or (ii) perform or observe any other condition or covenant, or any other event shall occur or condition exist under any agreement or instrument relating to any Material Indebtedness, and such failure continues after the applicable grace or notice period, if any, specified in the agreement or instrument relating thereto and the effect   of   such failure, event or condition is to cause, or to permit (whether or not exercised), the holder or holders of such Material Indebtedness to accelerate the maturity of such Material Indebtedness or cause, or permit (whether or not exercised), the mandatory repurchase of any Material Indebtedness; or (b) there is a default in any Material Contract that could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business;
 
8.7              Judgments . One or more final judgments, orders, or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Two Hundred Fifty Thousand ($250,000) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower and the same are not, within ten (10) Business Days after the entry thereof, discharged or execution thereof stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the discharge, stay, or bonding of such judgment, order, or decree);
 
8.8             Misrepresentations . Borrower or any Person acting for Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made;
 
8.9             Subordinated Debt . Any document, instrument, or agreement evidencing any Subordinated Debt shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect (other than by repayment of such Subordinated Debt pursuant to the terms thereof), any Person shall be in breach thereof or contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder, or the Obligations shall for any reason be subordinated or shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement or the applicable Subordination Agreement; or
 
8.10            Governmental Approvals . Any Governmental Approval shall have been (a) revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in an adverse manner or not renewed in the ordinary course for a full term or (b) subject to any decision by a Governmental Authority that designates a hearing with respect to any applications for renewal of any of such Governmental Approval or that could result in the Governmental Authority taking any of the actions described in clause (a) above, and such decision or such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal has, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Change.
 
9                BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES
 
9.1            Rights and Remedies . While an Event of Default occurs and continues Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:
 
(a)            declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);
 
(b)            stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

 
15

 

(c)           demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit remaining undrawn (plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment)), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit;

(d)           terminate any FX Forward Contracts;
 
(e)           settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable, notify any Person owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds, and verify the amount of such account;
 
(f)            make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies;
 
(g)           apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) any amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;
 
(h)           ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge. Borrower’s labels, Patents, Copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank’s benefit;
 
(i)            place a “hold” on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral:
 
(j)            receive access to Borrower’s Books; and
 
(k)           exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).
 
9.2             Power of Attorney . Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits. Borrower hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations have been satisfied in full and Bank is under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Bank’s foregoing appointment as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Bank’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.
 
9.3             Protective Payments . If Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.5 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document. Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest rate applicable to the Obligations, and secured by the Collateral. Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default.

 
16

 
 
9.4             Application of Payments and Proceeds Upon Default . If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may apply any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations in such order as Bank shall determine in its sole discretion. Any surplus shall be paid to Borrower or other Persons legally entitled thereto: Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If Bank, in its good faith business judgment, directly or indirectly enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral. Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.
 
9.5             Bank’s Liability for Collateral . So long as Bank complies with applicable law and reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Bank, Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral: (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral: or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.
 
9.6             No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative . Bank’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by the party granting the waiver and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Bank’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Bank from exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at law or in equity, and Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Bank’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.
 
9.7             Demand Waiver . Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrower is liable.
 
10             NOTICES
 
All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid: or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below. Bank or Borrower may change its mailing or electronic mail address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.
 
 
17

 
 
  If to Borrower:
Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.
 
1601 Cloverfield Blvd. #620
Santa Monica, CA 90404
 
Attn:
   
 
Fax:
   
 
Email:
   
   
  If to Bank:
Silicon Valley Bank
 
15260 Ventura Boulevard Suite 980
Sherman Oaks, CA 91403
 
Attn: Stephen Hughes – Senior Relationship Manage
 
Fax:  818-783-7984
 
Email:  SHughes@SVBank.com
 
11             CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER, AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE
 
California law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Santa Clara County. California: provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank. Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.
 
TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.
 
WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES’ AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or controversies of any nature between them arising at any time shall be decided by a reference to a private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without a jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure § § 638 through 645.1, inclusive. The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers. All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed. If during the course of any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court for such relief. The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings. The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings. The private judge shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery rules and orders applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge. The parties agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure § 644(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or obtain provisional remedies. The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.

 
18

 
 
12             GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
12.1            Successors and Assigns . This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Bank’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Bank’s discretion). Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than the Warrant, as to which assignment, transfer and other such actions are governed by the Warrant).
 
12.2            Indemnification . Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank (each, an Indemnified Person ) harmless against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, Claims ”) claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (b) all losses or expenses (including Bank Expenses) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by such Indemnified Person as a result of, following from, consequential to, or arising from transactions between Bank and Borrower (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.
 
12.3            Time of Essence . Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.
 
12.4            Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.
 
12.5            Correction of Loan Documents . Bank may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in the Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties so long as Bank provides Borrower with written notice of such correction and allows Borrower at least ten (10) days to object to such correction. In the event of such objection, such correction shall not be made except by an amendment signed by both Bank and Borrower.
 
12.6            Amendments in Writing; Waiver; Integration . No purported amendment or modification of any Loan Document, or waiver, discharge or termination of any obligation under any Loan Document, shall be enforceable or admissible unless, and only to the extent, expressly set forth in a writing signed by the party against which enforcement or admission is sought. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no oral promise or statement, nor any action, inaction, delay, failure to require performance or course of conduct shall operate as, or evidence, an amendment, supplement or waiver or have any other effect on any Loan Document. Any waiver granted shall be limited to the specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to any subsequent or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver. The Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of the Loan Documents merge into the Loan Documents.
 
12.7            Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.
 
12.8            Survival . All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement) have been paid in full and satisfied. The obligation of Borrower in Section 12.2 to indemnify Bank shall survive until the statute of limitations with respect to such claim or cause of action shall have run.
 
12.9            Confidentiality . In handling any confidential information, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) to Bank’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates (such Subsidiaries and Affiliates, together with Bank, collectively, “Bank Entities”); (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, that any prospective transferee or purchaser shall have entered into an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those in this Section); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Bank’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Bank’s examination or audit; (e) as Bank considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) to third-party service providers of Bank so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with Bank with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not include information that is either: (i) in the public domain or in Bank’s possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Bank; or (ii) disclosed to Bank by a third party if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.

 
19

 
 
Bank Entities may use confidential information for reporting purposes and the development and distribution of databases and market analyses so long as such confidential information is aggregated and anonymized prior to distribution unless otherwise expressly permitted by Borrower. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
 
12.10          Attorneys’ Fees, Costs and Expenses . In any action or proceeding between Borrower and Bank arising out of or relating to the Loan Documents, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.
 
12.11          Electronic Execution of Documents . The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Loan Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
 
12.12          Captions . The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.
 
12.13          Construction of Agreement . The parties mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement. In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to exist.
 
12.14          Relationship . The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement. The parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust, fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arm’s-length contract.
 
12.15          Third Parties . Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the express parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns; (b) relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any person not an express party to this Agreement; or (c) give any person not an express party to this Agreement any right of subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement.
 
13              DEFINITIONS
 
13.1          Definitions . As used in the Loan Documents, the word “shall” is mandatory, the word “may” is permissive, the word “or” is not exclusive, the words “includes” and “including” are not limiting, the singular includes the plural, and numbers denoting amounts that are set off in brackets are negative. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:
 
“Account” is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.
 
“Account Debtor” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.
 
“Advance” or “Advances” means an advance (or advances) under the Revolving Line.
 
“Affiliate” is, with respect to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

 
20

 
 
“Agreement” is defined in the preamble hereof.
 
“Applicable CMRR Multiplier” is (a) three (3) at all times when the trailing twelve (12) month Dollar Renewal Rate is ninety two and one half percent (92.5%) or higher or (b) two and one half (2.50) at all times when the trailing twelve (12) month Dollar Renewal Rate is less than ninety two and one half percent (92.5%).
 
“Applicable Non-Formula Amount” is (i) Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) from the Effective Date through December 31, 2010, (ii) Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) from January 1, 2011 through June 30, 2011 and (iii) Zero Dollars ($0) at all times beginning on July 1, 2011.
 
“Availability Amount” is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the amount available under the Borrowing Base minus (b) the Dollar Equivalent amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit) plus an amount equal to the Letter of Credit Reserve, minus (c) the FX Reduction Amount, minus (d) any amounts used for Cash Management Services, and minus (e) the outstanding principal balance of any Advances.
 
“Bank” is defined in the preamble hereof.
 
“Bank Expenses” are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to Borrower or any Guarantor.
 
“Base CMRR” is Borrower’s CMRR for its existing Eligible Recurring Revenue Contracts that are up for renewal measured as of the first day of the applicable Monitoring Window.
 
“Borrower” is defined in the preamble hereof.
 
“Borrower’s Books” are all Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.
 
“Borrowing Base” is (i) Borrower’s current forward one (1) month CMRR multiplied by the Applicable CMRR Multiplier, as determined by Bank from Borrower’s most recent Borrowing Base Certificate plus (ii) the Applicable Non-Formula Amount.
 
“Borrowing Base Certificate” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .
 
“Borrowing Base Report” is defined in Section 6.2(a).
 
“Borrowing Resolutions” are, with respect to any Person, those resolutions substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D
 
“Business Day” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Bank is closed.
 
“Cash Equivalents” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; (c) Bank’s certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (1) year after issue; and (d) money market funds at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (c) of this definition.
 
”Cash Management Services” is defined in Section 2.1.4.

 
21

 
 
“Change in Control” means any event, transaction, or occurrence as a result of which (a) any “person” (as such term is defined in Sections 3(a)(9) and 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as an amended (the “Exchange Act”)), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of Borrower, is or becomes a beneficial owner (within the meaning Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Borrower, representing twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the combined voting power of Borrower’s then outstanding securities; or (b) during any period of twelve consecutive calendar months, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of Borrower (together with any new directors whose nomination for election by the Board of Directors of Borrower was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, in each case, either by specific vote or by approval of a proxy statement issued by Borrower on behalf of its entire Board of Directors in which such individual is named as nominee for director) cease for any reason other than death or disability to constitute a majority of the directors then in office.
 
“CMRR” means aggregate total contract value pursuant to Eligible Recurring Revenue Contracts less non-recurring support, service, and maintenance fees smoothed for billing purposes on a monthly basis over the duration of the aggregate contract(s) less accounts that have churned.
 
“Code” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of California; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Bank’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term Code shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.
 
“Collateral” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A .
 
“Collateral Account” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.
 
“Commodity Account” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.
 
“Compliance Certificate” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E .
 
“Contingent Obligation” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation, in each case, directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.
 
“Control Agreement” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account. Borrower, and Bank pursuant to which Bank obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.
 
“Copyrights” are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.
 
“Credit Extension” is any Advance, Letter of Credit, FX Forward Contract, amount utilized for Cash Management Services, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.

 
22

 

“Current Liabilities” are all obligations and liabilities of Borrower to Bank, plus, without duplication, the aggregate amount of Borrower’s Total Liabilities that mature within one (1) year.
 
“Default Rate” is defined in Section 2.3(b).
 
“Deferred Revenue” is all amounts received or invoiced in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue.
 
“Deposit Account” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.
 
“Designated Deposit Account” is Borrower’s deposit account, account number                      , maintained with Bank.
 
“Dollars,” “dollars” or use of the sign “$” means only lawful money of the United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that currency uses the “$” sign to denote its currency or may be readily converted into lawful money of the United St ates.
 
“Dollar Renewal Rate” is for any Monitoring Window (i) Borrower’s Base CMRR as of the first day of such Monitoring Window plus Borrower’s Net Upsell Churn during such Monitoring Window divided by (ii) Borrower’s Base CMRR as of the first day of such Monitoring Window.
 
“Dollar Equivalent” is, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in a Foreign Currency, the equivalent amount therefor in Dollars as determined by Bank at such time on the basis of the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Franci sco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency .
 
“Domestic Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia.
 
“Effective Date” is defined in the preamble hereof.
 
“Eligible Recurring Revenue Contracts” means executed, enforceable contra cts with Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ Account Debtors which arise in the ordinary course of Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ business that meet all Borrower’s representations and warranties in Section 5.3 and that give rise to CMRR.
 
“ERISA” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.
 
“Event of Default” is defined in Section 8.
 
“Exchange Act” is the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
”Foreign Currency” means lawful money of a country other than the United States.
 
“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
 
“Funding Date” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or for the account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.
 
“FX Business Day” is any day when (a) Bank’s Foreign Exchange Department is conducting its normal business and (b) the Foreign Currency being purchased or sold by Borrower is available to Bank from the entity from which Bank shall buy or sell such Foreign Currency.
 
“FX Forward Contract” is defined in Section 2.1.3.
 
“FX Reduction Amount” is defined in Section 2.1.3.
 
“FX Reserve” is defined in Section 2.1.3.

 
23

 

“GAAP” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.
 
“General Intangibles” is all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all Intellectual Property, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, payment intangibles, contract rights, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.
 
“Governmental Approval” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.
 
“Governmental Authority” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.
 
“Guarantor” is any present or future guarantor of the Obligations.
 
“Indebtedness” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations.
 
“Indemnified Person” is defined in Section 12.2.
 
“Initial Audit” is Bank’s inspection of Borrower’s Accounts. Eligible Recurring Revenue Contracts Borrower’s Books and the other Collateral with results satisfactory to Bank in its sole and absolute discretion.
 
“Insolvency Proceeding” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.
 
“Intellectual Property” means all of Borrower’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:
 
(a)           its Copyrights. Trademarks and Patents;
 
(b)           any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals;
 
(c)           any and all source code;
 
(d)           any and all design rights which may be available to a Borrower;
 
(e)           any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and
 
(f)            all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.
 
“Inventory” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the abov e.

 
24

 
 
“Investment” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.
 
“IP Agreement” is that certain Intellectual Property Security Agreement executed and delivered by Borrower to Bank dated as of the Effective Date.
 
“IPO” means the initial public offering of Borrower’s common stock.
 
“Letter of Credit” means a standby letter of credit issued by Bank or another institution based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity or similar agreement on the part of Bank as set forth in Section 2.1.2.
 
“Letter of Credit Application” is defined in Section 2.1.2(b).
 
“Letter of Credit Reserve” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.2(e).
 
“Lien” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.
 
“Loan Documents” are, collectively, this Agreement, the Warrant, the Perfection Certificate, the IP Agreement, the Subordination Agreement, the UK Share Pledge Documents, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower or any Guarantor in favor (or for the benefit) of Bank, and any other present or future agreement between Borrower any Guarantor and/or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.
 
“Material Adverse Change” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower; (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations: or (d) Bank determines, based upon information available to it and in its reasonable judgment, that there is a reasonable likelihood that Borrower shall fail to comply with one or more of the financial covenants in Section 6 during the next succeeding financial reporting period.
 
“Material Contract” means (a) any contract or other written agreem ent described in the Perfection Certificate (b) any contract or other agreement of Borrower and any Subsidiary involving monetary liability of or to any such Person in an amount in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000); and (c) any other contract, agreement, permit or license, written or oral, of Borrower and any Subsidiary as to which the breach, nonperformance, cancellation of, failure to renew by any party thereto, individually or in the ag gregate, could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.
 
“Material Indebtedness” is any Indebtedness the principal amount of which, individually or in the aggregate, is equal to or greater than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000), and in any event, includes the Indebtedness evidenced by the Indenture .
 
“Monitoring Window” means (i) for the August 2010 measuring period, the period of time from October 2009 through July 2010, (ii) for the September 2010 measuring period, the period of time from October 2009 through August 2010 and (iii) for each subsequent monthly measuring period, the trailing (12) months prior to the start of such monthly measuring period.
 
“Net Upsell Churn” is for any Eligible Recurring Revenue Contracts under review in any Monitoring Window the CMRR of chum plus the CMRR of additional “upsells” for such Eligible Recurring Revenue Contracts.
 
“Obligations” are Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest. Bank Expenses and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, or otherwise (other than the warrant being issued to Bank in connection with this Agreement), including, without limitation, all obligations relating to letters of credit (including reimbursement obligations for drawn and undrawn letters of credit), cash management services, and foreign exchange contracts, if any, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and to perform Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents .

 
25

 
 
“Operating Documents” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified with the Secretary of State of such Person’s state of formation on a date that is no earlier than 30 days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), if any, and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.
 
“Patents” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.
 
“Payment/Advance Form” is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit B .
 
“Perfection Certificate” is defined in Section 5.1.
 
“Permitted Distributions” are:
 
(a)           purchases of capital stock from former employees, consultants and directors pursuant to repurchase agreements or other similar agreements provided tliat at the time of such purchase no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;
 
(b)           distributions or dividends consisting solely of Borrower’s capital stock;
 
(c)           purchases for value of any rights distributed in connection with any stockholder rights plan;
 
(d)           purchases of capital stock or options to acquire such capital stock with the proceeds received from a substantially concurrent issuance of capital stock or convertible securities;
 
(e)           purchases of capital stock pledged as collateral for loans to employees;
 
(f)            purchases of capital stock in connection with the exercise of stock options or stock appreciation rights by way of cashless exercise or in connection with the satisfaction of withholding tax obligations;
 
(g)           purchases of fractional shares of capital stock arising out of stock dividends, splits or combinations or business combinations or in connection with the conversion of any convertible securities of the Borrower into other securities of the Borrower;
 
(h)           distributions or dividends paid to Borrower; and
 
(i)            purchases of capital stock of Borrower not to exceed (i) prior to a Qualified IPO, Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) or (ii) thereafter, Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000), provided no Event of Default exists at the time of such purchases or would result after giving effect thereto.
 
“Permitted Indebtedness” is:
 
(a)            Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;
 
(b)            Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;
 
(c)            Subordinated Debt;
 
(d)           unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business:
 
(e)           guaranties of Permitted Indebtedness:

 
26

 
 
(f)            Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;
 
(g)           Indebtedness consisting of interest rate, currency, or commodity swap agreements, interest rate cap or collar agreements or arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business and designated to protect Borrower or its Subsidiaries against fluctuations in interest rates, currency exchange rates, or commodity prices;
 
(h)           Indebtedness that constitutes a Permitted Investment;
 
(i)            Indebtedness with respect to documentary letters of credit;
 
(j)            capitalized leases and purchase money Indebtedness not to exceed (x) prior to a Qualified IPO, One Million Dollars ($1,000,000); and (y) thereafter, Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000); in each case, in the aggregate in any fiscal year secured by Liens permitted under clause (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”;
 
(k)           Indebtedness of entities acquired in any permitted merger or acquisition transaction;
 
(l)            (i) Indebtedness of any Subsidiary to the Borrower or another Subsidiary and (ii) Indebtedness of the Borrower to any Subsidiary; in each case, so long as Borrower complies with the requirements of Sections 6.11 and 6.12 hereof;
 
(m)          Indebtedness owing to Bank pursuant to corporate credit cards in the ordinary course of business;
 
(n)          other Indebtedness not exceeding Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate at any time outstanding; and
 
( o )          extensions, renewals and refinancings of Permitted Indebtedness, provided that the amount of such Indebtedness is not increased except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium or other reasonable amount paid in connection with such refinancing and by an amount equal to any existing, but unutilized, commitment thereunder.
 
“Permitted Investments” are:
 
(a)           Investments (including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) existing on the Effective Date;
 
(b)           Investments consisting of (i) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or its agencies or any State maturing within 1 year from its acquisition, (ii) commercial paper maturing no more than 2 years after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service. Inc., (iii) Bank’s certificates of deposit maturing no more than 2 years after issue; and (d) money market funds at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the assets of which constitute Investments of the kinds described in clauses (i) through (iii) of this definition;
 
(c)           Investments approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors or otherwise pursuant to a Board-approved investment policy;
 
(d)           Investments by Borrower in Subsidiaries and Investments in Borrower or other Subsidiaries by Subsidiaries so long as Borrower complies with the requirements of Sections 6.11 and 6.12 hereof
 
(e)           Investments consisting of Collateral Accounts in the name of Borrower or any Subsidiary so long as Bank has a first priority, perfected security interest in such Collateral Accounts;
 
(f)            Investments consisting of extensions of credit to Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ customers in the nature of accounts receivable, prepaid royalties or notes receivable in the ordinary course of business arising from the sale or lease of goods, provision of services or licensing activities of Borrower;

 
27

 

(g)           Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;
 
(h)           Investments consisting of interest rate, currency, or commodity swap agreements, interest rate cap or collar agreements or arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business and designated to protect a Person against fluctuations in interest rates, currency exchange rates, or commodity prices;
 
(i)            Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000);
 
(j)             Investments permitted by Section 7.3;
 
(k)            Investments in connection with a Permitted Distribution;
 
(1)            Other Investments not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year; and
 
(m)           Investments consisting of joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, in each case, provided that any cash Investments by Borrower do not exceed (i) prior to a Qualified IPO, Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) or (ii) thereafter, Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000), in the aggregate at any time outstanding.
 
“Permitted Liens” are:
 
(a)            (i) Liens securing Indebtedness under clause (b) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” hereunder, and (ii) Liens arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents
 
(b)            Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books. provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;
 
(c)            Liens (including with respect to capital leases) (i) on property (including accessions, additions, parts, replacements, fixtures, improvements and attachments thereto, and the proceeds thereof) acquired or held by Borrower or its Subsidiaries incurred for financing such property (including accessions, additions, parts, replacements, fixtures, improvements and attachments thereto, and the proceeds thereof), other than Accounts, or (ii) existing on property (and accessions, additions, parts, replacements, fixtures, improvements and attachments thereto, and the proceeds thereof) when acquired, other than Accounts, if the Lien is confined to such property (including accessions, additions, parts, replacements, fixtures, improvements and attachments thereto, and the proceeds thereof);
 
(d)            Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness it secures may not increase;
 
(e)            Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory, securing liabilities in the aggregate amount not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;
 
(f)            Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

 
28

 

(g)           leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Bank a security interest therein;
 
(h)           non-exclusive license of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business, and licenses of Intellectual Property that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States;
 
(i)             Liens in favor of custom and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure the payment of custom duties in connection with the importation of goods;
 
(j)            customary Liens granted in favor of a trustee to secure fees and other amounts owing to such trustee under an indenture or other similar agreement;
 
(k)            Liens on assets acquired in mergers and acquisitions not prohibited by Section 7 of this Agreement;
 
(l)            Liens consisting of pledges of cash, cash equivalents or government securities to secure swap or foreign exchange contracts or letters of credit, provided that the amount of all such Liens does not exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000);
 
(m)           Liens arising from attachments or judgments, orders, or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.4 and 8.7;
 
(n)           Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrower’s deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions, provided that Bank has a perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit and/or securities accounts;
 
(o)           deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), contracts for the purchase of property, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business and not representing an obligation for borrowed money;
 
(p)           Liens securing Subordinated Debt; and
 
(q)           Liens on insurance proceeds securing the payment of financial insurance premiums.
 
“Person” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.
 
“Prime Rate” is Bank’s most recently announced “prime rate,” even if it is not Bank’s lowest rate.
 
“Qualified IPO” is an IPO where Borrower receives net proceeds in excess of Thirty Million Dollars ($30,000,000).
 
“Registered Organization” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.
 
“Requirement of Law” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.
 
“Responsible Officer” is any of the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer and Controller of Borrower.

 
29

 

“Restricted License” is any material license or other agreement with respect to which Borrower is the licensee (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property, or (b) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with the Bank’s right to sell any Collateral.
 
“Revolving Line” is an Advance or Advances in an amount equal to Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000).
 
“Revolving Line Maturity Date” is August 20, 2012.
 
“SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto, and any analogous Governmental Authority.
 
“Securities Account” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.
 
“Settlement Date” is defined in Section 2.1.3.
 
“Subordinated Debt” (a) Indebtedness incurred by Borrower subordinated to Borrower’s Indebtedness owed to Bank and which is reflected in a written agreement in a manner and form reasonably acceptable to Bank and approved by Bank in writing, (b) to the extent the terms of subordination do not change adversely to Bank, refinancings, refundings, renewals, amendments or extensions of any of the foregoing.
 
“Subsidiary” is, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of Borrower or Guarantor.
 
“Total Liabilities” is on any day, obligations that should, under GAAP, be classified as liabilities on Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet, including all Indebtedness.
 
“Trademarks” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.
 
“Transfer” is defined in Section 7.1.
 
“Warrant” is that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of the Effective Date executed by Borrower in favor of Bank.
 
“UK Share Pledge Documents” is those certain charge over shares with respect to sixty five percent (65%) of the voting securities of Cornerstone OnDemand Ltd. and any other document required to be executed by Borrower in connection therewith.
 
[Signature page follows.]

 
30

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

BORROWER:
 
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
 
By
/s/ Adam Miller
 
Name:
Adam Miller
 
Title:
CEO
 
 
BANK:
 
SILICON VALLEY BANK
 
By:
/s/ Tim Barnes
 
Name:
  Tim Barnes, RM
 
Title:
   
 
 
1

 

Exhibit 10.13

SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

between

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
 
and

IRONWOOD EQUITY FUND LP

Dated as of March 31, 2009

 

 

Table of Contents

SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT
1
       
ARTICLE 1
 
DEFINITIONS
1
       
1.01
 
Definitions
1
1.02
 
Accounting Terms; Financial Statements
13
1.03
 
Other Terms Defined in UCC
13
1.04
 
Other Interpretive Provisions
13
1.05
 
Knowledge of the Obligors
14
       
ARTICLE 2
 
PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE SECURITIES
14
       
2.01
 
Purchase and Sale of the Note
14
2.02
 
Purchase and Sale of Warrant
14
2.03
 
Fees at Closing
14
2.04
 
Closing
15
2.05
 
Reserved
15
2.06
 
Joint and Several
15
       
ARTICLE 3
 
CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE PURCHASER TO PURCHASE THE SECURITIES
15
       
3.01
 
Representations and Warranties
15
3.02
 
Compliance with this Agreement
15
3.03
 
Secretary’s Certificates
16
3.04
 
Purchase of Securities Permitted by Applicable Laws
16
3.05
 
Opinion of Counsel
16
3.06
 
Reserved
16
3.07
 
Consents and Approvals
16
3.08
 
No Material Judgment or Order
16
3.09
 
Good Standing Certificates
17
3.10
 
No Litigation
17
3.11
 
Series E Purchase Documents
17
3.12
 
Senior Loan Documents
17
3.13
 
SBA Forms and Regulatory Representation Letter
17
3.14
 
Solvency Certificate; Insurance
17
3.15
 
Other Documents
17
       
ARTICLE 4
 
CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY TO ISSUE AND SELL THE SECURITIES
18
       
4.01
 
Representations and Warranties
18
4.02
 
Compliance with this Agreement
18

 

 

ARTICLE 5
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE OBLIGORS
18
       
5.01
 
Organization, Good Standing and Qualification
18
5.02
 
Subsidiaries
19
5.03
 
Capitalization
19
5.04
 
Authorization
20
5.05
 
Financial Statements
21
5.06
 
Changes
21
5.07
 
Agreements; Action
22
5.08
 
Intellectual Property
23
5.09
 
Title to Properties and Assets; Liens
23
5.10
 
Compliance with Other Instruments
24
5.11
 
Litigation
24
5.12
 
Governmental Consent
25
5.13
 
Permits
25
5.14
 
Offering
25
5.15
 
Broker’s, Finder’s or Similar Fees
25
5.16
 
Tax Returns and Payments
25
5.17
 
Operating Company
26
5.18
 
Investment Company/Government Regulations
26
5.19
 
Labor Relations and Employment Agreements
26
5.20
 
Employee Benefit Plans
26
5.21
 
Obligations to Related Parties
26
5.22
 
Insurance
27
5.23
 
Environmental Laws; Safety Laws
27
5.24
 
Disclosure
27
5.25
 
Small Business Concern
27
5.26
 
Small Business Matters as to Use of Proceeds
28
5.27
 
No Default or Breach
28
5.28
 
Solvency
28
5.29
 
Transaction Payments
28
5.30
 
Foreign Assets Control Regulations, etc.
28
5.31
 
Series E Purchase Documents
29
       
ARTICLE 6
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER
29
       
6.01
 
Authorization; No Contravention
29
6.02
 
Binding Effect
29
6.03
 
No Legal Bar
29
6.04
 
Purchase for Own Account
29
6.05
 
Restricted Securities
30
6.06
 
Capacity to Protect Interests
30
6.07
 
Corporate Existence and Power
30
6.08
 
Broker’s, Finder’s or Similar Fees
30
6.09
 
Governmental Authorization; Third Party Consent
31

 
-iii-

 

ARTICLE 7
 
INDEMNIFICATION
31
       
7.01
 
Indemnification
31
7.02
 
Procedure; Notification
32
       
ARTICLE 8
 
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
33
       
8.01
 
Financial Statements and Other Information
33
8.02
 
Preservation of Corporate Existence
36
8.03
 
Payment of Obligations
36
8.04
 
Compliance with Laws
36
8.05
 
Reserved
37
8.06
 
Inspection
37
8.07
 
Payment of Note
37
8.08
 
Maintenance of Properties; Insurance
37
8.09
 
Reserved
38
8.10
 
Use of Proceeds
38
8.11
 
Observation Rights
38
8.12
 
Reserved
38
8.13
 
SBA Compliance
39
8.14
 
SBIC Regulatory Provisions for the Benefit of Purchaser
39
8.15
 
Post Closing Matters
40
8.16
 
Intellectual Property
40
       
ARTICLE 9
 
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
40
       
9.01
 
Fundamental Changes; Consolidations, Mergers and Acquisitions
40
9.02
 
Transactions with Affliates
41
9.03
 
No Inconsistent Agreements
41
9.04
 
Limitation on Indebtedness
41
9.05
 
Limitation on Liens
42
9.06
 
Dispositions of Assets
44
9.07
 
Limitations on Restricted Payments
44
9.08
 
Employee Benefit Plans
45
9.09
 
Business Activities; Change of Legal Status and Organizational Documents
45
9.10
 
Investments
45
9.11
 
Reserved
46
9.12
 
Fiscal Year
46
9.13
 
Modification of Senior Indebtedness
46
9.14
 
Limitations on Layering
46
       
ARTICLE 10
 
PREPAYMENT
47
       
10.01
 
Payment in Respect of Note
47
10.02
 
Optional Prepayment
47
10.03
 
Mandatory Prepayment
47

 
-iv-

 

ARTICLE 11
 
COLLATERAL
47
       
11.01
 
Security Interests
47
11.02
 
Financing Statements
47
11.03
 
Landlord Waivers; Collateral in the Possession of a Warehouseman or Bailee
49
11.04
 
Preservation of the Collateral
49
11.05
 
Other Actions as to any and all Collateral
50
11.06
 
Equipment and Inventory
50
11.07
 
Condition of Inventory and Equipment
51
11.08
 
Expenses of the Purchaser
51
11.09
 
Notices
51
11.10
 
Insurance, Discharge of Taxes, Etc.
52
11.11
 
Waiver and Release by Obligors
52
11.12
 
Records and Reports
52
11.13
 
Further Assurances
52
11.14
 
Continuing Collateral
53
11.15
 
Set-Off
53
11.16
 
Reserved
53
11.17
 
Accounts
53
11.18
 
Letters of Credit, Chattel Paper and Instruments
53
11.19
 
Electronic Chattel Paper and Transferable Records
54
11.20
 
Commercial Tort Claims
55
       
ARTICLE 12
 
DEFAULT
55
       
12.01
 
Nonpayment of Obligations
55
12.02
 
Misrepresentation
55
12.03
 
Nonperformance
55
12.04
 
Default under Investment Documents
56
12.05
 
Default under Other Debt
56
12.06
 
Reserved
56
12.07
 
Bankruptcy, Insolvency, etc.
56
12.08
 
Judgments
57
12.09
 
Change in Control
57
12.10
 
Collateral Impairment
57
12.11
 
Reserved
57
12.12
 
Subordinated Debt
57
12.13
 
Validity of Investment Documents
57
12.14
 
Criminal Indictment
57
12.15
 
Validity of Liens
57
       
ARTICLE 13
 
REMEDIES
58
       
13.01
 
Possession and Assembly of Collateral
58
13.02
 
Sale of Collateral
59
13.03
 
Standards for Exercising Remedies
59
13.04
 
UCC and Offset Rights
60
13.05
 
Additional Remedies
60

 
-v-

 

13.06
 
Attorney-in-Fact
61
13.07
 
Verification of Accounts; Lockbox
62
13.08
 
No Marshaling
63
13.09
 
Application of Proceeds
63
13.10
 
No Waiver
63
       
ARTICLE 14
 
MISCELLANEOUS
64
       
14.01
 
Survival of Representations and Warranties
64
14.02
 
Tax Withholding
64
14.03
 
Notices
64
14.04
 
Successors and Assigns
65
14.05
 
Amendment and Waiver
65
14.06
 
Signatures; Counterparts
66
14.07
 
Headings
66
14.08
 
GOVERNING LAW
66
14.09
 
JURISDICTION, JURY TRIAL WAIVER, PJR WAIVER, ETC.
66
14.10
 
Severability
67
14.11
 
Entire Agreement
67
14.12
 
Certain Expenses
68
14.13
 
Publicity
68
14.14
 
Further Assurances
68
14.15
 
No Strict Construction
68

Schedules and Exhibits

Disclosure Schedule
 
Exhibit A-l
Form of Senior Subordinated Promissory Note
   
Exhibit A-2
Form of Warrant
   
Exhibits
Form of Legal Opinion
   
Exhibit C
Form of Compliance Certificate

 
-vi-

 

SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT , dated as of March 31, 2009, between CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC., a Delaware corporation (the Company ), and IRONWOOD EQUITY FUND LP , a Delaware limited partnership (the “Purchaser”).

RECITALS

A.        The Company desires to sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser desires to purchase from the Company, a senior subordinated promissory note substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A-l (the “Note”), due March 30, 2014, in the aggregate principal amount of $4,000,000.00, and the Company desires to sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser desires to purchase from the Company, a warrant substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A-2 (the “Warrant”) to purchase shares of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company, in each case upon the terms and subject to the representations, warranties and conditions herein set forth.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS

1.01       Definitions . As used in this Agreement, and unless the context requires a different meaning, the following terms have the meanings indicated:

“Affiliate” means with respect to any Person (the “Initial Person” ) any Person (a) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, the Initial Person, (b) directly or indirectly owning or holding ten percent (10%) or more of any Capital Securities in the Initial Person, or (c) ten percent (10%) or more of whose voting Capital Securities is directly or indirectly owned or held by the Initial Person. For purposes of this definition, control” (including with correlative meanings, the terms “ controlling ” “ controlled by and under “ common control with ”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

“Agreement” means this Agreement, including the exhibits and schedules attached hereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified in accordance with the terms hereof.

“Articles of Incorporation means, as to any Person, the Articles of Incorporation or any similar document, including any amendments, of such Person as in effect on the Closing Date. Unless the context in which it is used shall otherwise require, Articles of Incorporation of the Company means the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company as in effect on the Closing Date.

 

 

“Asset Disposition” means the sale, lease, exclusive license, assignment or other transfer for value by any Obligor to any Person (other than any other Obligor) of any asset or right of such Obligor or any Subsidiary thereof (including, the loss, destruction or damage of any thereof or any actual or threatened (in writing to such Obligor) condemnation, confiscation, requisition, seizure or taking thereof), other than any sale, lease or license in the ordinary course of business.

“Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U.S.C. Section 101 et seq .), as amended from time to time.

“Books and Records” has the meaning given to such term in Section 11.01 (b)(v).

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in Hartford, Connecticut are authorized or required by law or executive order to close.

“Capital Asset” means, with respect to any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries, any asset that should, in accordance with GAAP, be classified and accounted for as a fixed or capital asset on a consolidated balance sheet of such Obligor and its Subsidiaries, and shall include all assets acquired with Capital Expenditures.

“Capital Expenditures” means, with respect to any Obligor, amounts paid or Indebtedness incurred by such Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with (a) the purchase or lease by such Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries of Capital Assets that would be required to be capitalized and shown on the balance sheet of such Obligor in accordance with GAAP or (b) the lease of any assets by such Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries as lessee under any Synthetic Lease to the extent that such assets would have been Capital Assets had the Synthetic Lease been treated for accounting purposes as a Capital Lease.

“Capital Lease” means, with respect to any Obligor, any lease (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) of any real or personal property, or a combination thereof, that should, in accordance with GAAP, be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on a consolidated balance sheet of such Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries.

“Capital Lease Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any Capital Lease. For the purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations at any time shall be the capitalized amount thereof at such time determined in accordance with GAAP consistently applied. The determination of Capital Lease Obligations at the relevant time of determination with respect to any Obligor and its Subsidiaries shall be made on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.

“Capital Securities” means (a) in the case of a corporation, capital stock, (b) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock, (c) in the case of a partnership, partnership interests (whether general or limited), (d) in the case of a limited liability company, membership interests or units, and (e) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person; provided that “ Capital Securities” shall not include any Indebtedness that is convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock of the Company.

 
-2-

 

“CERCLA ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Environmental Laws” below.

“Change of Control” means, as to the Company, the consummation of (a) the failure of the holders of Capital Securities of the Company as of the Closing Date and their Permitted Transferees to maintain beneficial ownership and control, directly or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of all Capital Securities of the Company, whether as a result of a merger or consolidation or otherwise; (b) the failure of the holders of Capital Securities of the Company as of the Closing Date and their Permitted Transferees to maintain voting control of the Governing Board of the Company, whether as a result of a merger or consolidation or otherwise; (c) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all (i.e. 25% or more in any Fiscal Year) of the assets of the Company or one or more of its Subsidiaries that, individually or in the aggregate, constitute a material part of the business, operations or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; or (d) any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or one or more of its Subsidiaries that, individually or in the aggregate, constitute a material part of the business, operations or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; provided that it shall not constitute a “ Change of Control if any event described in clauses (a) or (b) above occurs as a result of a bona fide equity financing with venture capitalists primarily for the purpose of providing capital to the business and not for the repurchase of Capital Securities or other equity from the Company's institutional, angel or other venture capitalist investors. As used herein, “beneficial ownership” shall have the meaning provided in Rule 13d-3 of the Commission promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

“Closing” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04.
 
Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04.
 
Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Collateral” means all property of the Obligors that serves as collateral for any of the Obligations under Article 11 or otherwise.

“Collateral Access Agreement” means a waiver of lien or other such agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser pursuant to which a mortgagee or lessor of real property on which Collateral is stored or otherwise located, or a warehouseman, processor or other bailee of Inventory or other property owned by any Obligor, acknowledges the Liens of the Purchaser and subordinates or waives any Liens held by such Person on such property, and, in the case of any such agreement with a mortgagee or lessor, permits the Purchaser reasonable access to and use of such real property following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default to assemble, complete and sell any collateral stored or otherwise located thereon.

“Collateral Account” has the meaning given to such term in Section 13.07(b).

“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any similar agency then having jurisdiction to enforce the Securities Act.

 
-3-

 

“Commonly Controlled Entity” means, as to any Obligor, an entity, whether or not incorporated, which is under common control with such Obligor within the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA or is part of a group which includes such Obligor and which is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

“Company” has the meaning given to such term in the Preamble.

“Compliance Certificate” has the meaning given in Section 8.01(c).

“Condition of the Obligors” means the assets, business, properties, operations, and financial condition of the Obligors and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

“Contractual Obligations” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument, undertaking, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust or other arrangement (whether in writing or otherwise) to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of such Person's property is bound.

“Default” means an event, condition or circumstance the occurrence of which would, with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both, constitute an Event of Default.

“Default Rate” has the meaning for such term set forth in the Note.

“Defined Benefit Plan” means a defined benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(35) of ERISA or Section 414(j) of the Code, whether funded or unfunded, qualified or non-qualified (whether or not subject to ERISA or the Code).

“Distribution” means, as to any Obligor, the declaration or payment of any dividend on or in respect of any class of any Capital Securities of such Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries, other than dividends payable solely in any Capital Securities of such Obligor or any of the Subsidiaries not having any preference with respect to distributions or return of capital; the purchase, redemption, or other retirement of any class of any Capital Securities in such Obligor or any Subsidiary thereof (or rights, warrants or options exercisable or convertible in such Capital Securities), directly or indirectly through a Subsidiary of such Obligor or otherwise; the return of capital by such Obligor or any Subsidiary thereof to its holders of Capital Securities, as such; or any other distribution on or in respect of any class of any Capital Securities of such Obligor or its Subsidiaries.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of an Obligor that is incorporated or organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

 
-4-

 

“Environmental Laws” means any applicable past, present or future federal, state, territorial, provincial, foreign or local law, common law doctrine, rule, order, decree, judgment, injunction, license, permit or regulation relating to environmental matters, including those pertaining to land use, air, soil, surface water, ground water (including the protection, cleanup, removal, remediation or damage thereof), public or employee health or safety or any other environmental matter, together with any other laws (federal, state, territorial, provincial, foreign or local) relating to emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of, or exposure to, any pollutant or contaminant including, medical, chemical, biological, biohazardous or radioactive waste and materials, into ambient air, land, surface water, groundwater, personal property or structures, or otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transportation, discharge or handling of any contaminant, including, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq .) (“CERCLA”), the Hazardous Material Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1801 et seq .), the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq .) ( “RCRA”), the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1253 et seq .), the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 1251 et seq .), the Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. 2601 et seq .), and the Occupational Safety and Health Act (29 U.S.C. 651 et seq .), and any analogous federal, or state or local laws, statutes and regulations promulgated thereunder as such laws have been, or are, amended, modified or supplemented heretofore or from time to time hereafter until the payment by the Obligors of all principal of and interest on the Note and payment and performance of all other Obligations.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

“ERISA Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, a corporation that is or was a member of a controlled group of corporations with such Person within the meaning of Section 4001(a) or (b) of ERISA or Section 414(b) of the Code, a trade or business (including a sole proprietorship, partnership, trust, estate or corporation) that is under common control with such Person within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the Code, or a trade or business which together with such Person is treated as a single employer under Section 414(m) or (o) of the Code.

“Event of Default” has the meaning set forth in Article 12.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Excluded Collateral” means (a) all equipment or other property financed by a nonaffiliated third party whose Liens are Liens of the type described in Section 9.05(g), provided  that any such equipment or other property shall only be regarded as Excluded Collateral during such time that such equipment or other property is subject to such third party's Liens; (b) voting stock of a controlled foreign corporation (as that term is defined in the Code) (a CFC ) solely to the extent that such stock represents more than 65% of the outstanding voting stock of such CFC; (c) any rights or interest in any contract, lease, permit, license, charter or license agreement covering real or personal property of any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries, if under the terms of such contract, lease, permit, license, charter or license agreement, or applicable law with respect thereto, the grant of a security interest or Lien therein is prohibited as a matter of law or under the terms of such contract, lease, permit, license, charter or license agreement and such prohibition has not been waived or the consent of the other party to such contract, lease, permit, license, charter or license agreement has not been obtained; and (d) any and all Intellectual Property.

“Financial Statements” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.05(a).

 
-5-

 

“Fiscal Year” means, as to any Obligor, the fiscal year of such Obligor ending on December 31 (unless otherwise expressly set forth in writing from such Obligor to the Purchaser).

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Obligors other than a Domestic Subsidiary.

“Fully-diluted Basis” means, as to any Obligor, the Capital Securities of such Obligor outstanding assuming the conversion or exchange of all outstanding convertible or exchangeable securities and the exercise of all outstanding warrants, options or other rights to subscribe for or purchase any Capital Securities of such Obligor. For purposes of this definition, all of the Management Options shall be deemed to be outstanding as of the Closing Date, whether or not any or all of such options shall have actually been granted as of such date.

“Funded Debt” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication, all Indebtedness for borrowed money evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures, or similar evidences of Indebtedness that by its terms matures more than one year from, or is directly or indirectly renewable or extendible at such Person's option under a revolving credit or similar agreement obligating the lender or lenders to extend credit over a period of more than one year from the date of creation thereof, and specifically including Capital Lease Obligations, current maturities of long-term debt, revolving credit and short-term debt extendible beyond one year at the option of the debtor, and also including, in the case of the Obligors, the Senior Indebtedness and the Obligations and, without duplication, Indebtedness consisting of guaranties of Funded Debt of other Persons.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth from time to time in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (or agencies with similar functions of comparable stature and authority within the U.S. accounting profession), which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

“Governing Board” means, with respect to any Person, the board of directors or board of managers (or any similar governing body) of such Person, or unless the context otherwise requires, any authorized committee of the board of directors or board of managers (or such similar body) of such Person. Unless otherwise specified, Governing Board of the Company means its Board of Directors.

“Governmental Approvals” means all authorizations, consents, permits, approvals, licenses, exemptions and other qualifications of, registrations and filings with, and reports to, all Governmental Authorities.

“Governmental Authority” means the government of any nation, state, city, locality or other political subdivision of any thereof, any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, regulation or compliance (including any department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality thereof) and any corporation or other entity owned or controlled, through stock or capital ownership or otherwise, by any of the foregoing.

 
-6-

 

“Guarantor” means any Domestic Subsidiary created or acquired by any of the Obligors following the Closing Date.

“Guaranty” means each unconditional guaranty of the Obligors' obligations under the Note and this Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Purchaser, executed by a Guarantor in favor of the Purchaser and its successors and assigns.

“Holding Company” means, as to any Person, a corporation having ordinary voting power, by the direct or indirect ownership of Voting Securities of such Person (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) or otherwise, to elect a majority of the Governing Board of such Person, or otherwise having control, directly or indirectly, of the management of such Person.

“Indebtedness” As to any Person and whether recourse is secured by or is otherwise available against all or only a portion of the assets of such Person and whether or not contingent, but without duplication:
  
(a)         every obligation of such Person for money borrowed;

(b)         every obligation of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, including obligations incurred in connection with the acquisition of property, assets or businesses;

(c)         every reimbursement obligation of such Person with respect to letters of credit, bankers' acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of such Person;

(d)         every obligation of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade accounts payable or accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue or which are being contested in good faith);

(e)         every Capital Lease Obligation;

(f)          every obligation of such Person under any lease (a Synthetic Lease ) treated as an operating lease under GAAP and as a loan or financing for U.S. income tax purposes;

(g)         obligations arising out of sales by such Person of (i) Accounts or General Intangibles for money due or to become due, (ii) Chattel Paper, Instruments or Documents creating or evidencing a right to payment of money or (iii) other receivables (collectively “ receivables ”), whether pursuant to a purchase facility or otherwise, other than in connection with the disposition of the business operations of such Person relating thereto or a disposition of defaulted receivables for collection and not as a financing arrangement, and together with any obligation of such Person to pay any discount, interest, fees, indemnities, penalties, recourse, expenses or other amounts in connection therewith;

 
-7-

 

(h)         every obligation of such Person under any forward contract, futures contract, swap, option or other financing agreement or arrangement (including, without limitation, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements), the value of which is dependent upon interest rates, currency exchange rates, commodities or other indices (a “ derivative contract ”);

(i)          every obligation in respect of Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent that such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person's ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent that the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor and such terms are enforceable under applicable law; and

(j)          every obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing, or having the economic effect of guarantying or otherwise acting as surety for, any obligation of a type described in any of clauses (a) through (j) (the “ primary obligation ”) of another Person (the “ primary obligor ”), in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment of such primary obligation, (ii) to purchase property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the payment of such primary obligation, or (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such primary obligation.

The “amount” or “principal amount” of any Indebtedness at any time of determination represented by: (i) any Indebtedness, issued at a price that is less than the principal amount at maturity thereof, shall be the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with GAAP; (ii) any Capital Lease shall be the principal component of the aggregate rentals obligation under such Capital Lease payable over the term thereof that is not subject to termination by the lessee; (iii) any sale of receivables shall be the amount of unrecovered capital or principal investment of the purchaser (other than, with respect to the Indebtedness of any Obligor, such Obligor or any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries) thereof, excluding amounts representative of yield or interest earned on such investment; (iv) any Synthetic Lease shall be the stipulated loss value, termination value or other equivalent amount; and (v) any derivative contract shall be the maximum amount of any termination or loss payment required to be paid by such Person if such derivative contract were, at the time of determination, to be terminated by reason of any event of default or early termination event thereunder, whether or not such event of default or early termination event has in fact occurred.

“Intellectual Property” means the collective reference to all use and ownership rights in any intellectual property, whether arising under United States, multinational or foreign laws or otherwise, including, without limitation, trade secrets, copyrights, patents, service marks and trademarks, and all registrations and applications for registration therefor, trade names, domain names, technology, know-how, goodwill and processes; and all extensions, renewals, divisions, reissues, continuations and continuations-in-part of any of the foregoing; and all rights to sue for past, present and future infringement of the foregoing.

 
-8-

 

“Investment” means, as to any Obligor, (i) any direct or indirect purchase or other acquisition by such Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries of any beneficial interest in, including Capital Securities of, any other Person (other than a Person that prior to the relevant purchase or acquisition was a Subsidiary of such Obligor), or (ii) any direct or indirect loan, advance or capital contribution by such Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries to any other Person (other than a Subsidiary of such Obligor), including all Indebtedness and accounts receivable from that other Person that are not current assets or did not arise from sales to that other Person in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Investment shall be the original cost of such Investment plus the cost of all additions thereto, without any adjustments for increases or decreases in value, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to such Investment.

“Investment Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Note, the Warrant, each Guaranty, the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, and each other document, agreement and instrument executed and delivered in connection with this Agreement.

“IRS” means the Internal Revenue Service of the United States or any successor thereto.

“Key Man Life Insurance Policy” has the meaning given to such term in Section 8.08(c).

“Lien” means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, priority, right or other security interest including those created by, arising under or evidenced by any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, the interest of a lessor under a Capital Lease Obligation, or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing.

“Lockbox” has the meaning given to such term in Section 13.07(b).

“Management Options” means the options to purchase shares of Capital Securities of the Company granted to management and key employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the Condition of the Obligors, (b) the ability of any Obligor to perform its obligations when such obligations are required to be performed, under this Agreement, the Note, the Warrant or any other Investment Document, or (c) the enforceability of this Agreement, the Note, the Warrant or any other Investment Documents or the material rights and remedies of the Purchaser hereunder or thereunder.

“Multiemployer Plan” means a multiemployer plan within the meaning of Section 3(37) or 4001(a)(3) of ERISA or Section 414(f) of the Code.

“Net Proceeds” means, as to any Asset Disposition, cash proceeds received by any Obligor from such Asset Disposition (including insurance proceeds, awards of condemnation, and payments under notes or other debt securities received in connection with such Asset Disposition), net of (x) the costs of such sale, lease, transfer or other disposition (including Taxes attributable to such sale, lease or transfer), and (y) amounts applied to repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the asset or property disposed.

“Note” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.

 
-9-

 

“Obligations” means, as to any Obligor, any and all loans, advances, indebtedness, liabilities, obligations, covenants or duties of such Obligor to the Purchaser of any kind or nature arising under this Agreement, the Note, or any other Investment Documents (other than the Warrant), and any and all extensions and renewals thereof, and modifications and amendments thereto, whether now existing or hereafter arising, whether under any present or future document, agreement or other instrument, and whether or not evidenced by a writing and specifically including but not being limited to, unpaid principal, plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, together with all fees, expenses, commissions, charges, penalties and other amounts owing by or chargeable to such Obligor under this Agreement, the Note, or any other Investment Documents (other than the Warrant) as and when the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.

“Obligors” means the Company and any Subsidiary which is a party to any Investment Document, individually or collectively.

“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Section 4002(a) of ERISA.

“Pension Plan” means, as to any Obligor, any Plan, other than a Multiemployer Plan, which is subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code and which (a) is maintained for employees of such Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate thereof, or (b) has at any time within the preceding six years been maintained for the employees of such Obligor or any current or former ERISA Affiliate thereof.

“Permitted Encumbrance” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.05.

“Permitted Investment” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.10.

“Permitted Transferee” means, with respect to any Person, (i) any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person of the first party, and (ii) any investment fund or investment entity that is managed by the same Person as such specified Person of the first part.

“Person” means any individual, firm, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, joint stock company, Governmental Authority or other entity of any kind, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.

“Plans” means, as to any Obligor, at any particular time, any employee benefit plan which is covered by Title IV of ERISA and in respect of which such Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries or a Commonly Controlled Entity is (or, if such plan were terminated at such time, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

“Purchaser” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

“RCRA” has the meaning set forth in the definition of  Environmental Laws .

 
-10-

 

“Requirements of Law” means, as to any Person, provisions of the certificate of incorporation and bylaws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and each law, treaty, code, rule, regulation, right, privilege, qualification, license or franchise or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject or pertaining to any or all of the transactions contemplated or referred to herein.

“Responsible Officer” means, as to any Obligor, any of the following: the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, vice president, treasurer or any other officer of such Obligor reasonably acceptable to the Purchaser.

“Restricted Payment” means, as to any Person: (i) any dividend or other distribution, direct or indirect, on account of any class of any Capital Securities of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries now or hereafter outstanding, provided that (x) a dividend/distribution payable by any Obligor or a Subsidiary of an Obligor solely in shares/units of any class of Capital Securities to the holders of such class and (y) the payment of dividends or distributions to any Obligor or any Subsidiaries thereof by any other Obligor or Subsidiary of such Obligor shall not be considered Restricted Payments; (ii) any redemption, retirement, sinking fund or similar payment, purchase or other acquisition for value, direct or indirect, of any class of any Capital Securities of that Person now or hereafter outstanding; (iii) any payment or prepayment of interest on, principal of, premium, if any, redemption, purchase, retirement, defeasance, sinking fund or similar payment with respect to, any Subordinated Debt (except as expressly permitted pursuant to the applicable subordination agreement); and (iv) any payment made to retire, or to obtain the surrender of, any outstanding warrants, options or other rights to acquire shares of any class of Capital Securities of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries now or hereafter outstanding.

“SBA Regulatory Representation Letter” means the letter from the Purchaser to the Company dated as of the date hereof and titled “SBA Regulatory Representation Letter”.

“Securities” means, collectively, the Note and the Warrant.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

“Senior Indebtedness” means all Indebtedness of the Obligors currently outstanding or incurred in the future pursuant to the Senior Loan Documents and all Indebtedness, if any, incurred in the replacement, refinancing, or refunding thereof in accordance with the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement; provided that in no event shall the principal amount of the Senior Indebtedness exceed the amounts set forth in the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement; provided further that, notwithstanding the foregoing proviso, the Company may increase the amount of Senior Indebtedness outstanding owing to Senior Lender to an aggregate principal amount equal to $5,000,000 in term debt plus the greater of (i) $2,500,000 and (ii) 80% of Eligible Accounts (as defined in the Senior Credit Agreement) in the form of a revolving credit facility.

 
-11-

 

“Senior Lender” means Comerica Bank or any successor or assign thereof and any Person with whom the Company refinances the Senior Indebtedness ( provided that such successor or assign or other Person is subject to the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement).

“Senior Credit Agreement” means that certain Loan and Security Agreement by and between the Senior Lender and the Company, dated as of September 12, 2007, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented, extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time (subject, however, to the terms of the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement).

“Senior Loan Documents” means the Senior Credit Agreement and all notes, security agreements, pledge agreements, guarantees, mortgages and other loan documents related thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

“Senior Loan Subordination Agreement” means the subordination agreement to be entered into by and among the Obligors and the Purchaser, as subordinated creditor, and the Senior Lender (or such other holder of the Senior Indebtedness), as senior creditor, as the same may be amended, modified and/or supplemented from time to time.

“Series E Investment” means the sale of the Company's Series E Convertible Preferred Stock as contemplated by the Series E Purchase Documents.

“Series E Purchase Agreement” means that certain Series E Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated as of January 30, 2009 by and among the Company and certain investors named therein regarding the Company's sale and issuance of its Series E Convertible Preferred Stock.

“Series E Purchase Documents” means, collectively, the Series E Purchase Agreement and any and all documents and agreements executed and delivered in connection with the issuance by the Company for cash of not less than $8,500,000 of its Series E Convertible Preferred Stock as contemplated by the Series E Purchase Agreement.

“Solvent” means, as to any Person on a particular date, that such Person (a) has capital sufficient to carry on its business and transactions and all business and transactions in which it is about to engage and is able to pay its debts as they mature, (b) owns property having a value, both at fair valuation and at present fair saleable value, greater than the amount required to pay its probable liabilities (including contingencies), and (c) does not believe that it will incur debts or liabilities beyond its ability to pay such debts or liabilities as they mature.

Subordinated Debt” means any portion of the Indebtedness of any Obligor which is subordinated to the Obligations in a manner satisfactory to the Purchaser, including right and time of payment of principal and interest.

“Subsidiary” means, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which the Voting Securities (other than Capital Securities having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the Governing Board of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly by such Person of the first part. Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a Subsidiary or to Subsidiaries” in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of each Obligor.

 
-12-

 

“Synthetic Lease” has the meaning set forth in subsection (h) of the definition of  Indebtedness” .

“Tax” means any federal, state, local or foreign income, gross receipts, license, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, windfall profits, environmental (including taxes under Code §59A), customs duties, franchise profits, withholding, social security (or similar), unemployment, disability, real property, personal property, sales, use, transfer, registration, value added, alternative or add-on-minimum, estimated, or other tax of any kind whatsoever, including any interest, penalty, or addition thereto.

“Uniform Commercial Code” or the UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of Delaware from time to time.

“Voting Securities” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Securities of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Governing Board of such Person.

“Warrant” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

1.02         Accounting Terms; Financial Statements . All accounting terms used herein and not expressly defined in this Agreement shall have the respective meanings given to them in conformance with GAAP. Financial statements and other information furnished after the date hereof pursuant to this Agreement or the other Investment Documents shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP as in effect at the time of such preparation.

1.03         Other Terms Defined in UCC . All other capitalized words and phrases used herein and not otherwise specifically defined herein shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in the UCC, to the extent the same are used or defined therein.

1.04        Other Interpretive Provisions .

(a)          The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. Whenever the context so requires, the neuter gender, includes the masculine and feminine, the single number includes the plural, and vice versa, and in particular the word Obligor” shall be so construed.

(b)          Section and Schedule references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. The words “hereof , “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. References to any section include all subsections, unless otherwise expressly stated.

(c)          The term “including” is not limiting, and means “including, without limitation”. The term “or” is used in the inclusive sense of “and/or”.

 
-13-

 

(d)          In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”, and the word “through” means “to and including”.

(e)          Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (i) references to agreements (including this Agreement and the other Investment Documents) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent such amendments, restatements, supplements and other modifications are not prohibited by the terms of any Investment Document, and (ii) references to any law, statute or regulation shall be construed as including all statutory and regulatory provisions amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such statute or regulation.

(f)           To the extent any of the provisions of the other Investment Documents are inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall govern.

(g)         This Agreement and the other Investment Documents may use several different limitations, tests or measurements to regulate the same or similar matters. All such limitations, tests and measurements are cumulative and each shall be performed in accordance with its terms.

1.05        Knowledge of the Oblig ors . All references to the knowledge of the Obligors or to facts known by any of the Obligors (or words, provisions or phrases to similar effect) shall mean actual knowledge or notice of any director or executive officer of the Company or any other Obligor, or any division of the Company or any other Obligor.

ARTICLE 2
PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE SECURITIES

2.01         Purchase and Sale of the Note . Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees that it will issue and sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser agrees that it will acquire from the Company on the Closing Date, the Note, appropriately completed in conformity herewith. The aggregate purchase price of such Note shall be FOUR MILLION AND NO/100 U.S. DOLLARS ($4,000,000.00).

2.02         Purchase and Sale of Warrant . Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees that it will issue and sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser agrees that it will acquire from the Company on the Closing Date, the Warrant, appropriately completed in conformity herewith. The aggregate purchase price for the Warrant shall be $155,000 for purposes of original issue discount.

2.03         Fees at Closing . On the Closing Date, the Obligors shall (a) pay to the Purchaser a closing fee of $40,000.00 ($25,000 of which was received prior to the Closing) and (b) reimburse up to $40,000 of the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including, fees, charges and disbursements of counsel and consultants) of the Purchaser incurred in connection with (i) the negotiation and execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Investment Documents and their due diligence investigation, and (ii) the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Investment Documents, which payments shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account or accounts designated by the Purchaser.

 
-14-

 

2.04         Closing . The purchase and issuance of the Securities shall take place at the closing (the Closing”) to be held on March 31, 2009 (the Closing Date”) or such other date or time as is mutually agreed by the parties hereto. At the Closing, the Obligors shall deliver the Note and Warrant to the Purchaser against delivery by the Purchaser to the Obligors of the purchase price therefor. Payment of such purchase prices shall be by wire transfer to an account or accounts designated by the Company, in writing.

2.05        Reserved .

2.06         Joint and Several . Each Obligor acknowledges that it is jointly and severally liable for all of the Obligations under this Agreement, the Note and the other Investment Documents. Each Obligor expressly understands, agrees and acknowledges that (i) the Obligors are all entities affiliated by common ownership, (ii) the Purchaser will be lending against, and relying on a lien upon, substantially all of the Obligors' assets even though the proceeds of any particular loan made hereunder may not be advanced directly to a particular Obligor, and (iii) all of the representations, warranties, covenants, obligations, conditions, agreements and other terms contained in the Investment Documents shall be applicable to, shall be deemed made or granted, and shall be binding upon each Obligor, on a joint and several basis.

ARTICLE 3
CONDITIONS TO THE
OBLIGATIONS OF THE PURCHASER
TO PURCHASE THE SECURITIES

The obligation of the Purchaser to purchase the Securities and to pay the purchase price therefor at the Closing and to perform any obligations hereunder shall be subject to the satisfaction as determined by, or waived by, the Purchaser of the following conditions on or before the Closing Date; provided , however , that any waiver of a condition shall not be deemed a waiver of any breach of any representation, warranty, agreement, term or covenant or of any misrepresentation by the Obligors.

3.01         Representations and   Warranties . The representations and warranties of the Obligors contained in the Investment Documents (including Article 5 hereof) or in any certificate delivered in connection therewith shall be true and correct in all material respects at and as of the date hereof and the Closing Date as if made at and as of such date (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warrants shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such date), and the Purchaser shall have received at the Closing a certificate to the foregoing effect, dated the Closing Date, and executed by a Responsible Officer of the Company on behalf of itself and the other Obligors.

3.02         Compliance with this Agreement . The Obligors shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all of their agreements and conditions set forth or contemplated herein that are required to be performed or complied with by such party on or before the Closing Date, and the Purchaser shall have received at the Closing a certificate to the foregoing effect, dated the Closing Date, and executed by a Responsible Officer of the Company on behalf of itself and the other Obligors.

 
-15-

 

3.03         Secretary's Certificates . The Purchaser shall have received certificates from each Obligor, dated the Closing Date and signed by a Responsible Officer of such Obligor, certifying (a) that the attached copies of such Obligor's Articles of Incorporation and by-laws (or equivalents), and resolutions of the Governing Board approving the Investment Documents to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby are alt true, complete and correct and remain unamended and in full force and effect, and (b) the incumbency and signature of each officer of such Obligor executing any Investment Document to which it is a party or any other document delivered in connection herewith and therewith on behalf of such Obligor.

3.04         Purchase of   Securities Permitted by Applicable Laws . The acquisition of and payment for the Securities to be acquired by the Purchaser hereunder and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Investment Documents (a) shall not be prohibited by any Requirement of Law, (b) shall not subject the Purchaser to any penalty or other onerous condition under or pursuant to any Requirement of Law, and (c) shall be permitted by all Requirements of Law to which the Purchaser or the transactions contemplated by or referred to herein or in the Investment Documents are subject; and the Purchaser shall have received such certificates or other evidence as it may reasonably request to establish compliance with this condition.

3.05         Opinion of   Counsel . The Purchaser shall have received an opinion of outside counsel to the Obligors, dated as of the Closing Date and addressed to the Purchaser, relating to the transactions contemplated herein, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit   B .

3.06         Reserved .

3.07         Consents and Approvals . All consents, exemptions, authorizations, or other actions by, or notices to, or filings with, all Governmental Authorities and other Persons in respect of all Requirements of Law and with respect to those Contractual Obligations of each Obligor necessary, desirable, or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance (including, the payment of interest on the Note) by each Obligor or enforcement against each Obligor of the Investment Documents to which it is a party shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect, except to the extent a Material Adverse Effect would not reasonably be expected to occur, and the Purchaser shall have been furnished with appropriate evidence thereof, and all waiting periods shall have lapsed without extension or the imposition of any conditions or restrictions.

3.08         No Material Judgment or Order . There shall not be on the Closing Date any judgment or order of a court of competent jurisdiction or any ruling of any Governmental Authority or any condition imposed under any Requirement of Law which, in the reasonable judgment of the Purchaser, would prohibit the purchase of the Securities hereunder or subject the Purchaser to any penalty or other onerous condition under or pursuant to any Requirement of Law if the Securities were to be purchased hereunder.

 
-16-

 

3.09         Good Standing Certificates . The Obligors shall have delivered to the Purchaser as of the Closing Date, good standing certificates of each for their respective jurisdictions of formation and all other jurisdictions where each is qualified to conduct business.

3.10         No Litigation . No action, suit or proceeding before any court or any Governmental Authority shall have been commenced or, to the knowledge of the Obligors, been threatened in writing, no investigation by any Governmental Authority shall have been commenced and, to the knowledge of the Obligors, no action, suit or proceeding by any Governmental Authority shall have been threatened in writing against the Purchaser or any of the Obligors (i) seeking to restrain, prevent or change the transactions contemplated hereby or questioning the validity or legality of any of such transactions, or (ii) which would, if resolved adversely to the Obligors, severally or in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

3.11         Series E Purchase Documents . The Purchaser shall have received a certificate of the Secretary of the Company attaching true and complete copies of each of the Series E Purchase Documents. The Series E Investment and other transactions contemplated by the Series E Purchase Documents shall have been consummated substantially in accordance with the respective terms and conditions thereof, except for waivers of conditions consented to by the parties thereto.

3.12         Senior Loan Documents . The Purchaser shall have received a certificate of the Secretary of the Company attaching true and complete copies of each of the Senior Loan Documents and certifying that (a) such documents have been executed in substantially the form approved by the Governing Board, (b) such documents have not been amended and are in full force and effect, and (c) no Obligor is in default in the performance or compliance with any of the terms or provisions thereof, except as has previously been disclosed to Purchaser in the Disclosure Schedule .

3.13         SBA Forms and Regulatory Representation Letter . The Small Business Administration Forms 480, 652 and 1031 and SBA Regulatory Representation Letter shall have been duly executed and/or acknowledged by all parties thereto.

3.14         Solvency Certificate; Insurance . The Purchaser shall have received:

(a)         a certificate from a Responsible Officer of each Obligor stating that such Obligor is Solvent after giving effect to the transactions contemplated to occur under the Investment Documents; and

(b)         evidence of insurance complying with the requirements of Section 8.08 for the business and properties of each Obligor and its Subsidiaries.

3.15         Other Documents . The Purchaser shall have received true, complete and correct copies of such agreements, schedules, exhibits, certificates, documents, financial information and filings as it may request in connection with or relating to the transactions contemplated hereby and under the Investment Documents, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser, including the execution by the Company of each Investment Document to which it is a party.

 
-17-

 

ARTICLE 4
CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS
OF THE COMPANY TO ISSUE AND SELL THE SECURITIES

The obligations of the Company to issue and sell the Securities and to perform its other obligations hereunder relating thereto shall be subject to the satisfaction as determined by, or waived by, the Company of the following conditions on or before the Closing Date:

4.01         Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of the Purchaser contained in Article 6 hereof shall be true and correct in all material respects at and as of the date hereof and the Closing Date as if made at and as of such date (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warrants shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such date).

4.02         Compliance with this Agreement . The Purchaser shall have performed and complied with in all material respects all of its agreements and conditions set forth or contemplated herein that are required to be performed or complied with by the Purchaser on or before the Closing Date.

ARTICLE 5
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE OBLIGORS

Except as set forth on the Disclosure Schedule   delivered to the Purchaser at the Closing, which exceptions contained therein shall be deemed to be representations and warranties as if made hereunder (and which Disclosure Schedule   shall be organized by the appropriate Sections and subsections of this Article 5), the Obligors hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Purchaser (unless the context otherwise requires, after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Investment Documents) as follows:

5.01        Organization, Good Standing and Qualification . The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. Each other Obligor is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation. Each Obligor has the requisite corporate or other organizational power and authority to, and all corporate/organizational action on the part of such Obligor, its officers, directors, managers, members, partners and stockholders (as applicable) has been taken that is necessary to, own and operate its properties and assets, to carry on its business as presently conducted, to execute and deliver the Investment Documents to which it is a party, to issue and sell the Securities, and to perform its obligations pursuant to the Investment Documents to which it is a party. Each Obligor is qualified to do business as a foreign entity and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where the failure to be so qualified could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule , none of the Obligors has done business under any name other than specified on the signature page hereof (or joinder hereto or applicable Guaranty), and each Obligor's exact legal name is as set forth on the signature page hereof (or joinder hereto or applicable Guaranty). The chief executive office of each Obligor is located at the address indicated in Section 14.03 (except to the extent that the Obligors otherwise notify Purchaser).

 
-18-

 

5.02         Subsidiaries . As of the Closing Date, the Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any interest in any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity, and the Company is not a participant in any joint venture, partnership or similar arrangement.

5.03        Capitalization .

(a)          Immediately prior to the Closing, the authorized capital stock of the Company will consist of 42,947,250 shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value (the Common Stock”), of which 8,455,025 shares are issued and outstanding, and 29,242,009 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value (the Preferred Stock”), (i) 7,723,640 of which are designated Series A Preferred Stock, 3,223,640 shares of which are issued and outstanding, (ii) 2,600,000 of which are designated Series B Preferred Stock, 2,600,000 shares of which are issued and outstanding, (iii) 2,456,249 of which are designated Series C Preferred Stock, 2,031,249 shares of which are issued and outstanding, (iv) 14,416,666 of which are designated Series D Preferred Stock, 10,625,000 shares of which are issued and outstanding, and (v) 6,545,454 of which are designated Series E Preferred Stock (the Series E Preferred Stock”), 5,272,727 of which are issued and outstanding. The Common Stock and each series of the Preferred Stock shall have the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions set forth in the Articles of Incorporation.

(b)         The Company has duly and validly reserved:

(i)           The shares of Series E Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrant (the Series E Warrant Shares”); and

(ii)          1,054,543 shares of Common Stock (as may be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation) for issuance upon conversion of the Series E Warrant Shares (the Conversion Shares”); and 5,976,126 shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance to employees, consultants and directors pursuant to its 1999 Stock Plan, under which options to purchase 4,866,915 shares of Common Stock are issued and outstanding hereof at the exercise prices set forth on the Disclosure Schedule   and 1,109,211 shares of Common Stock remain available for issuance to employees, consultants and directors as of the date of this Agreement. All such outstanding options have been issued in compliance with state and federal securities laws.

(c)          The Disclosure Schedule   lists all holders of outstanding capital stock of the Company as of the Closing Date.

(d)          All issued and outstanding shares of the Company's Common Stock and Preferred Stock (i) have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and (ii) were issued in compliance with all applicable state and federal laws concerning the issuance of securities.

(e)          The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the Common Stock and Preferred Stock are as stated in the Articles of Incorporation. Each series of Preferred Stock is convertible into Common Stock on a one-for-one basis as of the Closing Date, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder will not result in any anti-dilution adjustment or other similar adjustment to the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock.

 
-19-

 

(f)          No stock plan, stock purchase, stock option or other agreement or understanding between the Company and any holder of any Capital Securities or rights to purchase Capital Securities of the Company provides for acceleration or other changes in the vesting provisions or other terms of such agreement or understanding as the result of: (i) termination of employment (whether actual or constructive); (ii) any merger, consolidated sale of stock or assets, change in control or any other transaction(s) by the Company; or (iii) the occurrence of any other event or combination of events. The Company has never adjusted or amended the exercise price of any stock options previously awarded, whether through amendment, cancellation, replacement grant, repricing, or any other means. The Company reasonably believes that the shares of Common Stock available for future issuance shall be sufficient to meet the Company's equity incentive needs for at least the twelve (12) month period following the Closing Date. The Company has obtained an independent valuation of its Common Stock that meets applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code. No stock options, stock appreciation rights or other equity-based awards issued or granted by the Company are subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

(g)         The Series E Warrant Shares, when issued and delivered and paid for in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Warrant, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The Conversion Shares have been duly and validly reserved and, when issued in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement, the Articles of Incorporation, the Warrant and applicable law, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The Warrant, the Series E Warrant Shares and the Conversion Shares will be free of any Liens, other than any Liens created by or imposed upon the Purchaser; provided , however , that the Warrant, the Series E Warrant Shares and the Conversion Shares are subject to restrictions on transfer under state or federal securities laws and as set forth herein and in the Warrant. The Warrant, the Series E Warrant Shares and the Conversion Shares are not subject to any preemptive rights or rights of first refusal.

(h)         Except as otherwise set forth in the Disclosure   Schedule , there are no options, warrants or other rights, orally or in writing, to purchase or acquire any of the Company's authorized and unissued Capital Securities.

5.04        Authorization . All corporate/organizational action on the part of each Obligor and its directors, officers, managers, members, partners and stockholders (as applicable) necessary for (a) the authorization, execution and delivery by each Obligor of this Agreement and each other Investment Document to which it is a party, (b) the authorization, sale, issuance and delivery of the Securities, and (c) the performance of all of the obligations of each Obligor under this Agreement and each other Investment Document to which it is a party has been taken prior to the Closing. As to any Obligor, this Agreement and each other Investment Document to which it is a party, does constitute, or when executed and delivered by such Obligor shall constitute, valid and binding obligations of such Obligor, enforceable in accordance with their terms, except (i) as limited by applicable laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency and the relief of debtors, (ii) as limited by rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and by general principles, of equity, and (iii) to the extent the indemnification provisions contained herein or therein may further be limited by applicable laws and principles of public policy.

 
-20-

 

5.05         Financial Statements .

(a)          The Company has delivered to the Purchaser the unaudited balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flow of the Company as of and for the periods ended December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2008 and as of and for the two-month period ended February 28, 2009 (the Financial Statements”). The Financial Statements are correct in all material respects and present fairly the financial condition and operating results of the Company as of the date(s) and during the period(s) indicated therein. The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (except for the absence of footnotes and subject to customary year-end adjustments). Except as set forth in the Financial Statements, the Company has no liabilities or obligations, contingent or otherwise, that are required to be set forth in the Financial Statements in accordance with GAAP, other than: (i) liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business and (ii) obligations and liabilities which, individually or in the aggregate, are not material to the financial condition or operating results of the Company.

(b)         The projections of the Company heretofore delivered to the Purchaser (i) were prepared by the Company in the ordinary course of their respective operations consistent with past practice, (ii) are the most current projections prepared by the Company relating to the periods covered thereby, and (iii) are based on assumptions which were reasonable when made and such assumptions and projections are reasonable on the date hereof. The Company has not delivered to any Person any later dated projections. Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the Obligors does represent or warrant that any Obligor will achieve any financial projections provided to the Purchaser.

5.06         Chang es . Except as set forth on the Disclosure Schedule , since December 31, 2008, other than as contemplated by the Investment Documents, there has not been;

(a)         any change in the Condition of the Obligors from that reflected in the Financial Statements, except changes in the ordinary course of business and those changes which have not had a Material Adverse Effect;

(b)         any damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, that has had a Material Adverse Effect;

(c)         any waiver by any Obligor of a valuable right or of a material debt owed to it;

(d)         any entry into, or any material change or amendment to, any material agreement by which any Obligor or any of its assets or properties is bound or subject;

(e)         any loans or guarantees made by any Obligor to or for the benefit of any of its employees, officers, managers, partners or directors, or any members of their immediate families, other than travel advances and other advances to employees made in the ordinary course of its business;

 
-21-

 

(f)          any sale, assignment or transfer of any material Intellectual Property or other intangible assets;

(g)         any satisfaction or discharge of any Lien or claim, or any payment of any obligation by any Obligor, except in the ordinary course of business or that has not had a Material Adverse Effect;

(h)         any authorization, declaration, setting aside or payment or other distribution in respect of any of any Obligor's Capital Securities, or any direct or indirect redemption, purchase or other acquisition of any of such Capital Securities by any Obligor;

(i)          any Lien created by any Obligor with respect to any of its material properties or assets, except Liens for taxes not yet due or payable;

(j)          any capital expenditures or commitments therefor that aggregate in excess of $350,000;

(k)         any steps taken to incorporate, organize or otherwise form any Subsidiary;

(l)          any resignation or termination of employment of any officer or key employee of any Obligor; and, to the knowledge of the Obligors, there does not exist any impending resignation or termination of employment of any such officer or key employee;

(m)        any material change in any compensation arrangement or agreement with any executive officer, director, manager, member, partner or shareholder;

(n)          any receipt of notice that there has been a loss of, or material order cancellation by, any major customer of any Obligor;

(o)          to the knowledge of the Obligors, any other event or condition of any character that has had a Material Adverse Effect; or

(p)          any agreement or commitment by any Obligor to do any of the things described in this Section 5.06.

5.07       A greements; Action .

(a)         The Disclosure Schedule   sets forth all agreements, understandings or proposed transactions between any Obligor and any of its employees, officers, directors, members, managers, partners, or Affiliates, or any Affiliate thereof, including without limitation any loans or advances to any such Person in excess of $10,000, other than ordinary advances to employees for travel expenses, and other than employment, confidentiality, stock option and inventions agreements.

 
-22-

 

(b)         The Disclosure Schedule   lists all agreements, understandings, instruments, contracts, proposed transactions, judgments, orders, writs or decrees to which any Obligor is a party or by which it is bound that may involve (the Material Contracts”): (i) obligations (contingent or otherwise) of, or payments by any Obligor in excess of, $350,000; or (ii) the license of any patent, copyright, trade secret or other proprietary right to or from any Obligor outside of the ordinary course of business; or (iii) the granting of any rights related to the development, manufacture, production, assembly, licensing, marketing, sate or distribution of any Obligor's products or services outside the ordinary course of business; or (iv) those five (5) individual (x) licenses of any patent, copyright, trade secret or other proprietary right to or from any Obligor in the ordinary course of business or (y) grants of any rights related to the development, manufacture, production, assembly, licensing, marketing, sale or distribution of any Obligor's products or services in the ordinary course of business, which constitute the top five (5) deals based upon the aggregate amounts payable or paid to or from any Obligor with respect thereto in the consecutive 12-month period preceding the Closing Date; or (v) indemnification by any Obligor with respect to infringements of proprietary rights, except those listed in. To the best of the Company's knowledge (without investigation), all Material Contracts are valid and binding, and each party thereto is in compliance therewith. None of the Obligors has received any written indication of an intention to terminate any Material Contract by any of the parties to any such Material Contract.

(c)           Since the date of the Financial Statements, the Company has not incurred any Indebtedness in excess of $350,000, individually or in the aggregate.

5.08         Intellectual Property . The Obligors own and possess or have a license or other right to use (or can obtain the right to use on commercially reasonable terms) all Intellectual Property as is necessary for the conduct of the respective businesses of the Obligors, without any infringement upon rights of others which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and no material claim has been asserted and is pending by any Person challenging or questioning the use of any Intellectual Property or the validity or effectiveness of any Intellectual Property nor does the Obligors know of any valid basis for any such claim. No event has occurred which permits, or after notice or lapse of time or both would permit, the revocation or termination of any such rights, except if any of such events (either singly or in the aggregate) could not have a Material Adverse Effect, and, to the Obligors' knowledge, none of the Obligors is liable to any Person for infringement under Requirements of Law with respect to any such rights as a result of its business operations.

5.09        Title to Properties and Assets; Liens .

(a)         Each Obligor has good and marketable title to its properties and assets, and has good title to all its leasehold interests, in each case subject to no mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, Lien, lease, encumbrance or charge, other than Permitted Encumbrances. All material facilities, machinery, equipment, fixtures, vehicles and other properties owned, leased or used by any Obligor are in good operating condition and repair and are reasonably fit and usable for the purposes for which they are being used.

(b)         Except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule   and except for Collateral located at the Company's hosting location in Texas, all Collateral with a value in excess of $350,000 is located solely in California.

 
-23-

 

(c)          The accounts receivable of any Obligor are bona fide existing obligations, and the property or services giving rise to such accounts receivable has been delivered or rendered to the account debtor thereof or its agent for immediate shipment to and unconditional acceptance by such account debtor.

(d)         The Inventory of any Obligor is in all material respects of good and merchantable quality, free from all material defects, except for Inventory for which adequate reserves have been made.

(e)          Other than as disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule , no Obligor, nor any of its respective assets, are subject to the terms of any Material Contract under which the grant of a security interest or Lien therein is prohibited as a matter of law or under the terms of such Material Contract.

5.10         Compliance with Other Instruments . None of the Obligors is in violation or default of any term of its Articles of Incorporation, or of any term or provision of any material mortgage, indebtedness, indenture, note, lease, contract, agreement, instrument, purchase order, judgment, order, writ or decree to which it is party or by which it is bound. None of the Obligors is in violation of any Requirements of Law applicable to it, the violation of which would have a Material Adverse Effect. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and each other Investment Document to which it is a party, by each Obligor, the performance by each Obligor of its obligations pursuant hereto and thereto, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and the issuance of the Securities will not, with or without the passage of time and giving of notice, result in. any violation of, be in conflict with, or constitute a default under, the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of any Obligor, or any material agreement, contract, instrument, judgment, order, writ, or decree, nor will it result in the creation of any material mortgage, pledge, Lien, encumbrance or charge upon any of the properties or assets of any Obligor (other than in favor of Purchaser) or the suspension, revocation, impairment, forfeiture or nonrenewal of any permit, license, authorization or approval applicable to any Obligor, its business or operations or any of its assets or properties.

5.11         Litigation . There are no actions, suits, proceedings, arbitrations or investigations pending against any Obligor or its properties (nor has any Obligor received written notice of any threat thereof) or before any court or Governmental Authority. The Obligors are not aware of any basis for any action, suit, proceeding, arbitration or investigation that would question the validity of the Investment Documents or the right of any Obligor to enter into them, or the right of each Obligor to perform its obligations contemplated thereby, or that, either individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely to any Obligor, would or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Obligors is a party or subject to the provisions of any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court or Governmental Authority. There is no action, suit or proceeding by any Obligor pending or which any Obligor intends to initiate. The foregoing includes, without limitation, actions, suits or proceedings pending or threatened in writing (or any basis therefor known to the Obligors) involving the prior employment of any of the employees of any Obligor, their use in connection with the business of any Obligor, or any information or techniques allegedly proprietary to any of their former employers, or their obligations under any agreements with prior employers.

 
-24-

 

5.12       Governmental Consent . No consent, approval or authorization of, or designation, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Authority on the part of any Obligor is required in connection with the valid execution and delivery of this Agreement, or any other Investment Document to which it is a party, the offer, sale or issuance of the Securities, or the consummation of any other transaction contemplated by this Agreement or any other Investment Document, except (i) the filing of such notices as may be required under the Securities Act and (ii) such filings as may be required under applicable state securities laws, which will be timely filed within the applicable periods therefor. Permits . Each Obligor has all franchises, permits, licenses, and any similar authority necessary for the conduct of its business as now being conducted by it, the lack of which would have a Material Adverse Effect, and believes it can obtain, without undue burden or expense, any similar authority for the conduct of its business as presently planned to be conducted. None of the Obligors is in default in any material respect under any of such franchises, permits, licenses or other similar authority.

5.14         Offering . No form of general solicitation or general advertising was used by any Obligor or its respective representatives in connection with the offer or sale of the Securities. Assuming the accuracy of the Purchaser's representations and warranties in Article 6, no registration of the Securities pursuant to the provisions of the Securities Act or the state securities or “ blue sky” laws will be required for the offer, sale or issuance of the Securities as contemplated by this Agreement. Neither any Obligor nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) is required to file periodic reports under the Exchange Act, (ii) has any securities registered under the Exchange Act or (iii) has filed a registration statement that has not yet become effective under the Securities Act.

5.15         Broker's, Finder 's or Similar   Fees . None of the Obligors owe any fees or commissions of any kind, or know of any claim for any fees or commissions, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

5.16         Tax Returns   and Payments . Each Obligor has timely filed all material tax returns and reports (federal, state and local) pursuant to all Requirements of Law. These returns and reports are true and correct in all material respects. Each Obligor has paid all Taxes and other assessments due, except those listed in the Disclosure Schedule that any Obligor is contesting in good faith. The provision for Taxes of the Company as shown in the Financial Statements is adequate for Taxes due or accrued as of the date thereof. The Company has not elected pursuant to the Code to be treated as an S corporation or a collapsible corporation pursuant to Section 1362(a) or Section 341(f) of the Code, nor has it made any other elections pursuant to the Code (other than elections that relate solely to methods of accounting, depreciation, or amortization) that would have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has never had any Tax deficiency proposed or assessed against it and has not executed any waiver of any statute of limitations on the assessment or collection of   any Tax or governmental charge. None of the Company's federal income tax returns and none of its state income or franchise tax or sales or use tax returns has ever been audited by any Governmental Authority. Since the date of the Financial Statements, the Company has made adequate provisions on its books of account for all Taxes, assessments, and governmental charges with respect to its business, properties, and operations for such period. The Company has withheld or collected from each payment made to each of its employees, the amount of all Taxes, including, but not limited to, federal income taxes, Federal Insurance Contribution Act taxes and Federal Unemployment Tax Act taxes required to be withheld or collected therefrom, and has paid the same to the proper tax receiving officers or authorized depositaries. The Company has not been advised (a) that any of its tax returns, federal, state or other, have been or are being audited as of the date hereof, or (b) of any deficiency in assessment or proposed judgment to its federal, state or other Taxes.

 
-25-

 

5.17         Operating   Company . Each Obligor is “an entity that is primarily engaged, directly or though a majority owned subsidiary or subsidiaries, in the production or sale of a product or service other than the investment of capital” within the meaning of the U.S. Department of Labor plan asset regulations, 29 C.F.R. §2510.3-101.

5.18         Investment Company/Government Regulations . No Obligor will be, upon consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Investment Documents, an “ investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. No Obligor is subject to any federal or state statute or regulation limiting its ability to incur Indebtedness. No Obligor is engaged principally or as one of its activities in the business of extending credit for the purpose of “purchasing” or “carrying” any “margin stock” (as each such term is defined or used in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). No part of the proceeds of the Note will be used for purchasing or carrying margin stock or for any purpose which violates, or which would be inconsistent with, the provisions of Regulations U or X of such Board of Governors.

5.19         Labor   Relations and Employment Agreements . No Obligor is, as of the Closing Date, party to or bound by any collective bargaining agreement nor has any labor union been recognized as the representative of its employees. There are not any pending or, to the Obligors' knowledge, threatened or contemplated strikes, work stoppage or other collective labor disputes involving its employees.

5.20        Employee Benefit Plans .

(a)          As of the Closing Date, none of the Obligors or any ERISA Affiliate thereof maintains or contributes to, or has any obligation under, any employee benefit plans other than those identified on the Disclosure Schedule .

(b)          Each Obligor (and each Subsidiary thereof) has met the minimum funding requirements of ERISA with respect to any employee benefit plans subject to ERISA. No event has occurred resulting from any Obligor's failure to comply with ERISA that is reasonably likely to result in any Obligor incurring liability that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 
-26-

 

5.21         Obligations to Related Parties . No employee, officer, director, manager or, to the knowledge of the Obligors, stockholder, member or partner of any Obligor or member of his or her immediate family, or any Affiliate or Subsidiary of any Obligor or any other Related Party (the “ Related Parties”), is indebted to any Obligor, nor is any Obligor indebted (or committed to make loans or extend or guarantee credit) to any of the Related Parties other than (i) for payment of salary to employees for services rendered, (ii) reimbursement for reasonable expenses incurred on behalf of such Obligor and (iii) to employees for other standard employee benefits made generally available to all employees (including stock option agreements outstanding under any stock option plan approved by the applicable Governing Board of such Obligor and stock purchase agreements approved by the applicable Governing Board of such Obligor). To the knowledge of the Obligors, none of the Related Parties has any direct or indirect ownership interest in any Person which is an Affiliate of any Obligor or with which any Obligor has a business relationship, or any Person that directly competes with any Obligor, except in connection with the ownership of no more than two percent (2%) of the capital stock of any publicly-traded company. To the knowledge of the Obligors, no Related Party is, directly or indirectly, interested in any Material Contract with any Obligor or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (other than such contracts as relate to any such person's ownership of Capital Securities of such Obligor). None of the Obligors is a guarantor or indemnitor of any Indebtedness of any Person.

5.22         Insurance . Each Obligor has in full force and effect insurance policies that comply with the criteria set forth in Section 8.08 hereof. All such policies will not in any way be affected by, or terminate or lapse by reason of any of the transactions contemplated in the Investment Documents.

5.23         Environmental Laws; Safety Laws . To its knowledge, none of the Obligors is in violation of any Environmental Laws or any applicable statute, law, or regulation relating to occupational health and safety, which violation could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and to the knowledge of the Obligors, no material expenditures are or will be required in order to comply with any such existing Environmental Laws or any applicable statute, law, or regulation relating to occupational health and safety.

5.24        Disclosure .

(a)           Agreement and Other Documents . The Company has provided the Purchaser with all of the information regarding the Company reasonably requested and without undue expense that the Purchaser has requested for deciding whether to purchase the Securities. To the knowledge of the Obligors, none of the Investment Documents nor any other documents or certificates delivered in connection herewith or therewith, when taken as a whole, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.

(b)           Material Adverse Effects . There is no fact known to the Obligors which the Company has not disclosed to the Purchaser in writing which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect

5.25         Small Business Concern . The representations of the Company contained in the SBA Regulatory Representation Letter as to its status as a “ Small Business” are true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date.

 
-27-

 

5.26         Small Business   Matters as to   Use of Proceeds . The representations of the Company contained in the SBA Regulatory Representation Letter relating to the use of proceeds from the sale of the Note and the Warrant are true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date. The use of proceeds from the Company's sale of the Note and the Warrant to the Purchaser will be only for those purposes described in the SBA Regulatory Representation Letter. If any Obligor breaches the foregoing representations or the representation in Section 5.25 above in any material respect, then, in addition to all other remedies available to the Purchaser, the Purchaser may demand that the Obligors repurchase the Note and the Warrant acquired by the Purchaser at the original purchase prices, plus accrued and unpaid interest (less any amount of principal that has been previously paid). Upon the request of the Purchaser, the Obligors shall furnish to the Purchaser promptly (and in any event within 20 days of such request) all information necessary in order for the Purchaser to prepare and file SBA Form 468 and any other information requested or required by any Governmental Body asserting jurisdiction over the Purchaser.

5.27         No Default or Breach . To the knowledge of each Obligor, no event has occurred and is continuing or would result from the incurring of obligations by any Obligor under any of the Investment Documents which constitutes or, with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default. To the knowledge of each Obligor, no Obligor is in default under or with respect to any Material Contract (including without limitation each Series E Purchase Document) in any material respect.

5.28         Solvency . As of the Closing Date and after giving effect to the transactions contemplated to occur under the Investment Documents on or before the Closing, each Obligor and each of its respective Subsidiaries will be Solvent.

5.29         Transaction Payments . Except as set forth on the Disclosure Schedule , neither the execution, delivery and performance by any Obligor of this Agreement, nor the execution, delivery and performance by any Obligor of any of the other Investment Documents, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby shall require any payment by any Obligor or any Affiliate thereof, in cash or kind, under any other agreement, plan, policy, commitment or other arrangement. There are no agreements, plans, policies, commitments or other arrangements with respect to any compensation, benefits or consideration which will be materially increased, or the vesting of benefits of which have been or will be materially accelerated, as a result of this Agreement or the other Investment Documents or the occurrence of any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. There are no payments or other benefits payable by any Obligor, the value of which will be calculated on the basis of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Investment Documents.

5.30         Foreign Assets Control Regulations , etc . Neither the sale of the Securities by the Company hereunder nor its use of the proceeds thereof will violate the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, or any of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto. Without limitation, none of the Obligors nor, to the best of the Obligors' knowledge after due inquiry, any Person who or which owns a controlling interest in or otherwise controls any of the Obligors, is (i) listed on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List (the SDN List”) maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control ( OFAC”), Department of the Treasury, and/or on any other similar list ( Other Lists”) maintained by OFAC pursuant to any authorizing statute, Executive Order or regulation (collectively, “ OFAC Laws and Regulations”), (ii) a Designated National” as defined in the Cuban Assets Control Regulations, 31 C.F.R. Part 515 ( Cuban Designated Nationals”) (the SDN List, the Other Lists and Cuban Designated Nationals are referred to herein, collectively, as the Lists”), or (iii) a person designated under Section 1(b), (c) or (d) of Executive Order No. 13224 (September 23, 2001), any related enabling legislation or any other similar Executive Orders (collectively, the Executive Orders”).

 
-28-

 

5.31       Series E Purchase Documents . The transactions contemplated by the Series E Purchase Agreement have been consummated substantially in accordance with the respective terms and conditions thereof, and, since such consummation, the Series E Purchase Documents have not been amended or modified. No Investors (as defined by the Series E Purchase Agreement) has notified the Company, or made any claim, that the Company has breached any terms and conditions of the Series E Purchase Documents.

ARTICLE 6
REPRESENTATIONS AND
WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER

The Purchaser hereby represents and warrants as follows:

6.01         Authorization; No Contravention . The execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement: (a) is within its power and authority and has been duly authorized by all necessary organizational action; (b) does not contravene the terms of its organizational documents or any amendment thereof; and (c) will not violate, conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of any of its Contractual Obligations, or any order or decree directly relating to it.

6.02         Binding Effect . This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by it and this Agreement constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability.

6.03         No Legal Bar . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by it will not violate any Requirement of Law applicable to it.

6.04         Purchase for Own Account . The Securities to be acquired by the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement are being or will be acquired for its own account and with no intention of distributing or reselling such security or any part thereof in any transaction that would be in violation of the securities laws of the United States of America, or any state, without prejudice, however, to its right at all times to sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Securities, under an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or under an exemption from such registration available under the Securities Act, and subject, nevertheless, to the disposition of its property being at all times within its control. If the Purchaser should in the future decide to dispose of any part of such securities, it understands and agrees that it may do so only in compliance with the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, as then in effect. The Purchaser agrees to the imprinting of a legend on certificates representing such securities to the following effect: “THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR PURSUANT TO AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT AND SUCH LAWS.”

 
-29-

 

6.05         Restricted Securities . The Purchaser understands that (i) the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of their issuance in a transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4 (2) thereof and have not been qualified under any state securities laws on the grounds that the offering and sale of securities contemplated by this Agreement are exempt from registration thereunder, and (ii) the Company's reliance on such exemptions is predicated on the Purchaser's representations set forth herein. The Purchaser understands that the resale of the Securities may be restricted indefinitely, unless a subsequent disposition thereof is registered under the Securities Act and registered under any state securities law or is exempt from such registration.

6.06        Capacity to Protect Interests .

(a)          The Purchaser by reason of Purchaser's business or financial experience or the business or financial experience of Purchaser's professional advisors who are unaffiliated with and who are not compensated by the Company or any affiliate or selling agent of the Company, directly or indirectly, could be reasonably assumed to have the capacity to evaluate the merits and risks of an investment in the Company and to protect Purchaser's own interests in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Based upon the representations and warranties given by the Obligors under Article 5, the Purchaser is aware of the Company's proposed business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities.

(b)          The Purchaser is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Securities Act. The Purchaser is able to bear the economic risk of the purchase of the Securities pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including a complete loss of the Purchaser's investment in the Securities.

6.07         Corporate Existence and Power . The Purchaser is a duly organized and validly existing limited partnership, and in good standing under the jurisdiction of its formation.

6.08         Broker's, Finder's or Similar Fees . There are no brokerage commissions, finder's fees or similar fees or commissions payable by the Purchaser in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby based on any agreement, arrangement or understanding with the Purchaser or any action taken by it.

 
-30-

 

6.09        Governmental Authorization; Third Party Consent . No approval, consent, compliance, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person in respect of any Requirement of Law, and no lapse of a waiting period under a Requirement of Law, is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Purchaser or enforcement against it of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

ARTICLE 7
INDEMNIFICATION

7.01       Indemnification . In addition to all other sums due hereunder or provided for in this Agreement, the Obligors agree to jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser and its Affiliates, and each of their respective officers, directors, agents, employees, Subsidiaries, partners, members, attorneys, accountants and controlling persons (each, an Indemnified Party”) to the fullest extent permitted by law from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, expenses (including, reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel and costs of investigation incurred by an Indemnified Party in any action or proceeding between any Obligor (or any of its Subsidiaries) and such Indemnified Party (or Indemnified Parties) or between an Indemnified Party (or Indemnified Parties) and any third party or otherwise) or other liabilities, losses, or diminution in value (including all fees, costs and expenses arising out of or incurred in connection with the enforcement of any of the Investment Documents and collection of any payments due to the Purchaser thereunder) (collectively, Liabilities”) resulting from or arising out of any breach of any representation or warranty, covenant or agreement of the Obligors in this Agreement, the Note, or the other Investment Documents, including without limitation, the failure to make payment when due of amounts owing pursuant to this Agreement, the Note or the other Investment Documents, on the due date thereof (whether at the scheduled maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) or any legal, administrative or other actions (including, actions brought by the Purchaser, any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries or any holders of equity or indebtedness of any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries or derivative actions brought by any Person claiming through or in the name of any Obligor or any Subsidiary thereof), proceedings or investigations (whether formal or informal), or written threats thereof, based upon, relating to or arising out of the Investment Documents, the transactions contemplated thereby, or any Indemnified Party's role therein or in the transactions contemplated thereby or the use of proceeds of the Securities or arising out of, or in any way relating to the violation of, noncompliance with or liability under, any Environmental Law applicable to the operations of any of the Obligors or any of their respective Subsidiaries or their respective properties, or any orders, requirements or demands of Governmental Authorities related thereto, including reasonable attorney's and consultant's fees, investigation and laboratory fees, response costs, court costs and litigation expenses; provided, however , that the Obligors shall not be liable under this Section 7.01 to an Indemnified Party: (a) for any amount paid by the Indemnified Party in settlement of claims by the Indemnified Party without the Company's consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), (b) to the extent that it is finally judicially determined that such Liabilities resulted from the willful misconduct or gross negligence of such Indemnified Party, or (c) to the extent that it is finally judicially determined that such Liabilities resulted from the breach by such Indemnified Party of any representation, warranty, covenant or other agreement of such Indemnified Party contained in this Agreement; provided , further , that, if and to the extent that such indemnification is unenforceable for any reason, the Obligors shall make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of such Liabilities which shall be permissible under applicable laws. In connection with the obligation of the Obligors to indemnify for expenses as set forth above, the Obligors further agree, upon presentation of appropriate invoices containing reasonable detail, to reimburse each Indemnified Party for all such expenses (including, fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel and costs of investigation incurred by an Indemnified Party in any action or proceeding between any Obligor (or any of its Subsidiaries) and such Indemnified Party (or Indemnified Parties) or between an Indemnified Party (or Indemnified Parties) and any third party or otherwise) as they are incurred by such Indemnified Party; provided , however , that, if an Indemnified Party is reimbursed hereunder for any expenses, such reimbursement of expenses shall be refunded to the extent it is finally judicially determined that the Liabilities in question resulted from (i) the willful misconduct or gross negligence of such Indemnified Party, or (ii) the breach by such Indemnified Party of any representation, warranty, covenant or other agreement of such Indemnified Party contained in this Agreement or any other Investment Document.

 
-31-

 

7.02        Procedure; Notification . Each Indemnified Party under this Article 7 will, promptly after the receipt of notice of the commencement of any action, investigation, claim or other proceeding against such Indemnified Party in respect of which indemnity may be sought from the Obligors under this Article 7, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof. The omission of any Indemnified Party so to notify the Company of any such action shall not relieve any Obligor from any liability which it may have to such Indemnified Party unless, and only to the extent that, as to the indemnification obligations of each Obligor, such omission results in such Obligor's forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses. In case any such action, claim or other proceeding shall be brought against any Indemnified Party and it shall notify the Company of the commencement thereof, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof at its own expense, with counsel satisfactory to such Indemnified Party in   its reasonable judgment; provided , however , that any Indemnified Party may, at its own expense, retain separate counsel to participate in such defense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in any action, claim or proceeding in which any Obligor, on the one hand, and an Indemnified Party, on the other hand, is, or is reasonably likely to become, a party, such Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel at the Obligors' expense and to control its own defense of such action, claim or proceeding if, in the reasonable opinion of counsel to such Indemnified Party, a conflict or potential conflict exists between any Obligor, on   the one hand, and such Indemnified Party, on the other hand, that would make such separate representation advisable; provided , however, that in no event shall any Obligor be required to pay fees and expenses under this Article 7 for more than one firm of attorneys in   any jurisdiction in any one legal action or group of related legal actions. Each Obligor agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the relevant Indemnified Parties, settle, compromise or consent to   the entry of any judgment in any pending or threatened claim, action or proceeding relating to the matters contemplated hereby (if any Indemnified Party is a party thereto or has been actually threatened to be made a party thereto) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of the Purchaser and each other Indemnified Party from all liability arising or that may arise out of such claim, action or proceeding. No Obligor shall be liable for any settlement of any claim, action or proceeding effected against an Indemnified Party without the Company's written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The rights accorded to Indemnified Parties hereunder shall be in addition to any rights that any Indemnified Party may have at common law, by separate agreement or otherwise.

 
-32-

 

ARTICLE 8
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Until the payment by the Obligors of all principal of and interest on the Note and all other amounts due to the Purchaser under this Agreement and the other Investment Documents, including, all fees, expenses and amounts due in respect of indemnity obligations under Article 7 (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), the Obligors hereby jointly and severally covenant and agree with the Purchaser (unless otherwise permitted in writing by the Purchaser) as follows:

8.01       Financial Statements and Other Information . Each Obligor shall maintain, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with sound business practices to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP. The Obligors shall deliver to the Purchaser each of the financial statements and other reports described below:

(a)           Periodic Financial Informatio n . As soon as available, and in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar month, the Obligors shall deliver the unaudited consolidated balance sheets and statements of income of the Obligors and their respective Subsidiaries, as at the end of such month, and within forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Obligors shall deliver, unaudited stockholders' equity and cash flow for such quarter and for the period from the beginning of the then current Fiscal Year to the end of such quarter. The Obligors shall, within thirty (30) days after the end of each month of each Fiscal Year, deliver to the Purchaser an aged analysis of all outstanding accounts receivable of each Obligor; provided , however , that the Obligors may discharge this obligation by delivering to the Purchaser any accounts receivable aging report required under the Senior Credit Agreement at the times set forth in the Senior Credit Agreement.

(b)           Year-End Financial Information . As soon as available and in any event within two hundred seventy (270) days after the end of the Fiscal Year (commencing with the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2009), the Obligors shall deliver the consolidated balance sheets of the Obligors and their respective Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flow for such Fiscal Year and (ii) a report with respect to the financial statements from a firm of certified public accountants selected by the Obligors, which report shall be issued pursuant to an audit conducted by such firm of certified public accountants in conformity with GAAP. Such report shall contain an “Unqualified” opinion (as such term is defined in AU Section 508.10 of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Professional Standards); provided that such opinion may have a “going concern” qualification as a consequence of any Obligor not having at least 12 months of cash from the date of issuance of such opinion.

(c)           Compliance Certificate . As soon as available and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter of each Obligor, the Obligors shall deliver or cause to be delivered a fully and properly completed compliance certificate (in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (or in such other form or substance as shall be satisfactory to the Purchaser and referred to as a Compliance Certificate” ) signed by the chief executive officer or chief financial officer of each Obligor.

 
-33-

 

(d)           Accountants' Reports . Promptly upon receipt thereof by any Obligor, the Obligors shall deliver to the Purchaser copies of all significant reports submitted by any Obligor's firm of certified public accountants in connection with each annual, interim or special audit or review of any type of the financial statements or related internal control systems of any Obligor or its Subsidiaries made by such accountants, including any comment letter submitted by such accountants to management in connection with their services.

(e)           Other Supplied Information . If applicable, the Obligors shall deliver to the Purchaser copies of all statements, reports and notices sent or made available generally by any Obligor to its holders of Capital Securities or to any holders of Subordinated Debt or to Senior Lender, and all reports on Forms 10-K and 10-Q filed with the Commission.

(f)            Projections . As soon as practicable but in no event later than thirty (30) days before the end of each Fiscal Year, beginning with the Fiscal Year commencing January 1, 2010, the Obligors shall prepare and deliver to the Purchaser an annual business plan including operating budget and such budgets, sales projections, operating plans or other financial information generally prepared by the Company in the ordinary course of business for the next succeeding Fiscal Year.

(g)           Reserved .

(h)           Events of Default, Etc . Promptly upon the Obligors obtaining knowledge of any of the following events or conditions, the Obligors shall deliver to the Purchaser copies of all notices given or received by any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any such event or condition and a certificate of the Company's chief executive officer specifying the nature and period of existence of such event or condition and what action the Obligors have taken, are taking and propose to take with respect thereto: (i) any condition or event that constitutes a Default, Event of Default or breach of any material provision of this Agreement or any other Investment Document or any default or event of default under the Senior Loan Documents and (ii) any notice that any Person has given to the Obligors or any Subsidiary, or any other action, taken with respect to a claimed default in any material agreement evidencing Indebtedness or any other material agreement to which the Obligors or any Subsidiary is a party.

(i)            Litigation . Promptly upon any officer of any of the Obligors obtaining knowledge of (i) the institution of any material action, suit, proceeding, governmental investigation or arbitration against or affecting any of the Obligors or any of its Subsidiaries or any property of the Obligors or any of its Subsidiaries or purporting to invalidate or enjoin this Agreement or any Investment Document not previously disclosed by the Obligors to the Purchaser, or (ii) any material development in any action, suit, proceeding, governmental investigation or arbitration at any time pending against or affecting any of the Obligors or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any property of any of the Obligors or any of their respective Subsidiaries which, in each case, is reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Obligors shall promptly give notice thereof to the Purchaser and provide such other information as may be reasonably available to them to enable the Purchaser and its respective counsel to evaluate such matter; provided that no information need be provided to the extent it is reasonably necessary to preserve the attorney-client privilege.

 
-34-

 

(j)           Subsidiaries . Not less than fifteen (15) days prior to creating a Subsidiary or acquiring the stock of, or other equity interests in, a Person such that such Person will become a Subsidiary, which Subsidiary will have assets or a book value in excess of 10% of the Company's consolidated assets or book value (or if the assets or book value of such Subsidiary and all other Domestic Subsidiaries that are not Obligors exceeds 10% of the Company's consolidated assets or book value), as applicable, or upon becoming aware that an existing Subsidiary has assets or a book value in excess of 10% of the Company's consolidated assets or book value (or if the assets or book value of such Subsidiary and all other Domestic Subsidiaries that are not Obligors exceeds 10% of the Company's consolidated assets or book value), as applicable, the Obligors shall notify the Purchaser of their intention to create such Subsidiary or acquire such stock or equity interests or change in status of an existing Subsidiary, and following such notice the Obligors shall cause such Subsidiary, if such Subsidiary is a Domestic Subsidiary, to execute a joinder to this Agreement and the other Investment Documents, a Guaranty and other documents as the Purchaser may reasonably request, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser, whereupon such Subsidiary shall be deemed an Obligor” hereunder. No Obligor shall transfer, sell, assign, lease or license any of its assets (including without limitation any Intellectual Property) to any Domestic Subsidiary of any Obligor that meets the criteria set forth above, or enter into any agreement with any such Domestic Subsidiary, unless and until such Domestic Subsidiary is an Obligor” hereunder pursuant to the above. For the avoidance of doubt, no Foreign Subsidiary is required to become an Obligor hereunder.

(k)           Notice of Corporate Changes . The Obligors shall provide prompt written notice to the Purchaser, which may be provided to the Observer, of any material change after the Closing Date in the authorized and issued Capital Securities of the Obligors or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any other material amendment to its charter, operating agreement, by-laws or other organizational documents, such notice, in each case, to identify the applicable jurisdictions, capital structures or amendments as applicable.

(l)            No Defaults . The Company shall deliver to the Purchaser concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 8.01(b), a certificate of the Company's chief financial officer stating that to his or her knowledge no Event of Default shall have occurred during the period covered thereby, except as specified in such certificate.

(m)          Board Packages . The Company shall also provide to the Purchaser copies of all notices, reports, minutes, packages and consents delivered to the Governing Board thereof or any committee (other than the compensation committee) thereof at the time and in the manner as the same are so provided to such Governing Board or such committee (other than the compensation committee); provided that the foregoing shall not apply to the extent that it is reasonably necessary (i) to preserve the attorney-client privilege, (ii) to prevent disclosure of confidential proprietary information related to transactions with other portfolio companies of the Purchaser in which the Purchaser has a material financial interest, or (iii) to protect against disclosure of information related to the topic of paying for, refinancing, repurchasing or redeeming the Note or any other matter related to the Note.

 
-35-

 

(n)           Other Information . With reasonable promptness, the Obligors shall deliver such other information and data with respect to the Obligors or any of their Subsidiaries as from time to time may be reasonably required by the Purchaser.

8.02         Preservation of Corporate Existence . Each of the Obligors shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to:

(a)          preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its corporate (or, as applicable, limited liability partnership or other entity) existence except as permitted by Section 9.01;

(b)          keep its material properties in good working order and condition (normal wear and tear excepted), and from time to time make all needed repairs to, renewals of or replacements of its material properties (except to the extent that any of such properties are obsolete or are being replaced) so that the efficiency of its business operations shall be fully maintained and preserved;

(c)          file or cause to be filed in a timely manner all reports, applications, estimates and licenses that shall be required by each Governmental Authority except to the extent that such failure to file would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and

(d)          take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business.

8.03         Payment of Obligations . Each of the Obligors, shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy, at or before maturity, or before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all their respective obligations and liabilities, including without limitation:

(a)          all Tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or levies upon it or its properties or assets, and any additional costs that are imposed as a result of any failure to pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy such obligations, unless the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by any such Obligor or Subsidiary;

(b)          all material lawful claims which any of the Obligors or any of their respective Subsidiaries are obligated to pay, which are due and which, if unpaid, might by law become a Lien upon its property, unless the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by any such Obligor or Subsidiary; and

(c)          all material payments of principal, interest and other material amounts when due on Indebtedness.

8.04         Compliance with Laws . Each of the Obligors shall comply, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply, in all material respects with all Requirements of Law and with the directions, orders, requirements and demands of each Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over them or their business or property (including, all applicable Environmental Laws), except to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 
-36-

 

8.05         Reserved .

8.06          Inspection . Each of the Obligors shall permit, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to permit, representatives of the Purchaser, from time to time (but not more than twice per calendar year unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing in which case the foregoing limitation shall not apply), and upon reasonable prior notice and during regular business hours without disruption to the business of the applicable Obligor or Subsidiary, to: (a) visit and inspect the properties of such Obligor or such Subsidiary; (b) inspect, audit and make extracts from its books, records and files, including management letters prepared by independent accountants; and (c) discuss with each of the officers of such Obligor or such Subsidiary the business, assets, liabilities, financial condition, results of operations and business prospects of such Obligor or Subsidiary.

8.07          Payment of Note . The Obligors shall pay the principal of, premium on (if any), interest on and other amounts due in respect of, the Note on the dates and in the manner provided in the Note.

8.08        Maintenance of Properties; Insurance .

(a)          Reserved.

(b)          Each of the Obligors shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain or cause to be maintained with financially sound and reputable insurers that have a rating of “A” or better as established by Best's Rating Guide (or an equivalent rating with such other publication of a similar nature as shall be in current use), public liability and property damage insurance with respect to their respective businesses and properties against loss or damage of the kinds, and in amounts, customarily carried or maintained by companies of established reputation engaged in similar businesses and will deliver evidence thereof to Purchaser. Without limiting the foregoing, the Obligors shall establish by the Closing Date, and maintain at all times thereafter, business interruption insurance in an amount satisfactory to the Purchaser. All such property insurance policies shall contain a lender's loss payable endorsement, in form satisfactory to the Purchaser, showing the Purchaser as an additional loss payee, and all liability insurance policies shall show the Purchaser as an additional insured. All insurance policies shall provide that such may not be canceled unless the insurance carrier gives at least 30 days prior written notice of such cancellation to the Purchaser.

(c)          The Company shall obtain, by December 31, 2009, and, thereafter, until the Note is indefeasibly paid in full in cash, maintain an insurance policy or policies on the life of Adam Miller, with an aggregate death benefit to the Company of not less than $5,000,000 (the Key Man Life Insurance Policy”), the premiums for which policy may be paid on a “split dollar” basis. The portion of the benefits payable to the Company under the Key Man Life Insurance Policy shall at all times be held for the benefit of the Company and shall not be collaterally assigned to any Person without the prior written consent of the Purchaser. Upon the request of the Purchaser, the Company shall provide the Purchaser with evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the Company's compliance with this Section 8.08(c).

 
-37-

 

8.09         Reserved .

8.10         Use of Proceeds . The Company shall use the proceeds of the sale of the Securities hereunder only as follows: (i) for the payment of fees and expenses in connection with the transactions contemplated hereunder and in the other Investment Documents and (ii) for working capital purposes; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, no Obligor shall use any of such proceeds for the payment of the redemption price for any Obligor's redemption of any of its Capital Securities from any Person.

8.11         Observation Rights . Regardless of whether the Purchaser has a representative on the Governing Board of any Obligor, the Purchaser shall be allowed to have Victor Budnick or Ted Rice, or, if, at any time, neither individual is employed by the Purchaser, such individual that is designated in writing by the Purchaser (the Observer”) to attend (without voting rights) each meeting of the Governing Board of the Company as well as each meeting of each committee (other than the compensation committee) of such Governing Board, including telephonic meetings of such Governing Board or committee (other than the compensation committee) thereof. The Company shall give the Observer written notice of any such meeting of such Governing Board/committee (other than the compensation committee) at the same time and in the same manner as notice is given to the members of such Governing Board/committee (other than the compensation committee). Subject to Section 8.01(m), the Observer shall also be provided with all written materials and other information (including minutes of meetings) given to the members of such Governing Board/committee (other than the compensation committee) in connection with such meetings at the same time such materials and information are given to the members of such Governing Board/committee (other than the compensation committee). If the Company proposes to take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting of its Governing Board or committee (other than the compensation committee), the Company shall give written notice thereof to the Observer at the same time notice is delivered to such Governing Board or committee (other than the compensation committee) of such consent describing in reasonable detail the nature and substance of such action. The Obligors shall promptly reimburse in full for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses actually incurred by one (1) Observer in attending up to two (2) meetings (or committee (other than the compensation committee) meetings) of such Governing Board in any calendar year, provided that the Obligors shall not have an obligation to so reimburse for more than an aggregate of $2,000 of costs and expenses per meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Observer may be excluded from any meeting of the Governing Board (or audit committee thereof) of the Company if such exclusion is reasonably necessary (i) to preserve the attorney-client privilege, (ii) to prevent disclosure of confidential proprietary information related to transactions with other portfolio companies of the Purchaser in which the Purchaser has a material financial interest, or (ii) to protect against disclosure of information related to the topic of paying for, refinancing, repurchasing or redeeming the Note or any other matter related to the Note.

8.12        Reserved .

 
-38-

 

8.13         SBA Compliance . The Obligors shall provide the Purchaser with all information, data and other material required under the SBA Regulatory Representation Letter.

8.14         SBIC Regulatory Provisions for the Benefit of Purchaser . The Obligors agree that they shall:

(a)           Use of Proceeds . Annually, in conjunction with the delivery of the audited financial statements certified by the president, chief executive officer, treasurer or chief financial officer of the Company, provide written statements sufficient to allow the Purchaser to (i) determine the continuing eligibility of the Obligors (within the meaning of the SBIC Regulations) and (ii) verify the use of the proceeds of the financing under this Agreement by the Obligors. In addition to any other rights granted hereunder, the Obligors shall grant the Purchaser and the Small Business Administration access to its books and records for the purpose of verifying the use of such proceeds and verifying the certifications made by the Obligors in SBA Forms 480 and 652.

(b)           Regulatory Violation . Not commit, nor shall allow any Subsidiary or Affiliate to commit, a Regulatory Violation (as defined below). Upon the occurrence of a Regulatory Violation or in the event that the Purchaser determines in its reasonable good faith judgment that a Regulatory Violation has occurred, in addition to any other rights and remedies to which it is entitled (whether under this Agreement or any other agreement, or otherwise), the Purchaser shall have the right, to the extent required under SBIC Regulations, to demand in writing that the Obligors cure such Regulatory Violation, and if such Regulatory Violation cannot be cured in a timely manner, demand the immediate repurchase of the Note and the Warrant at a price equal to the purchase price paid for such Note and Warrant (less any principal payments made in respect thereof since the Closing Date), together with any accrued and unpaid interest, and any other amounts due and payable hereunder, by delivering written notice of such demand to the Company. The Obligors shall pay the purchase price for the Note and the Warrant by a cashier's or certified check or by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Purchaser within thirty (30) days after the Company's receipt of the demand notice, and, upon such payment, the Purchaser shall deliver the Note or other instruments evidencing the Note being repurchased duly endorsed for transfer or accompanied by duly executed forms of assignment free of any adverse claims. For purposes of this Agreement, Regulatory Violation” means a change in the principal business activity of any Obligor to an ineligible business activity (within the meaning of the SBIC Regulations), if such change occurs within one year after the date of the initial financing hereunder.

(c)           Economic Impact Information . Promptly after the end of each Fiscal Year, deliver to the Purchaser a written assessment of the economic impact of the Purchaser's investment in the Company, specifying the full-time equivalent jobs created or retained in connection with the investment, the impact of the Purchaser's financing on the revenues and profits of each Obligor and on taxes paid by each Obligor and its employees.

(d)           Regulatory Compliance Cooperation . The Obligors shall comply with their obligations under Section 2(a) of the SBA Regulatory Representation Letter.

 
-39-

 

(e)           Prohibition on Control . Without the Purchaser's consent, no Obligor shall issue securities to any Small Business Investment Company subsequent to the Closing Date if such issuance would cause the Purchaser to be deemed a member of an Investor Group in Control of any Obligor, as those terms are defined in Title 13, Code of Federal Regulations §107.865, for a period of seven years from the date Control was initially acquired.

8.15         Post Closing Matters . The Obligors shall satisfy the matters and items set forth on Schedule 8.15   of the Disclosure Schedule   within the time periods set forth on said Schedule 8.15 .

8.16         Intellectual Property . Each Obligor shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries, to maintain, preserve and renew all material Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct of its business as and where the same is currently located as heretofore or as hereafter conducted by it.

ARTICLE 9
NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Until the payment by the Obligors of all principal of and interest on the Note and all other amounts due at the time of payment of such principal and interest to the Purchaser under this Agreement and the other Investment Documents, including, all fees, expenses and amounts due at such time in respect of indemnity obligations under Article 7 (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), the Obligors hereby jointly and severally covenant and agree with the Purchaser as follows:

9.01       Fundamental Changes; Consolidations, Mergers and Acquisitions .     The Obligors shall not, and shall not permit any of their Domestic Subsidiaries to, become a party to any merger, amalgamation or consolidation, or agree to or effect any asset acquisition or stock acquisition (other than the acquisition of assets in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices) except (a) the merger, consolidation, asset acquisition or stock acquisition of one or more of the Domestic Subsidiaries of any Obligor with and into or to such Obligor, or (b) the merger, consolidation, asset acquisition or stock acquisition of two or more Domestic Subsidiaries of any Obligor, or (c) if after giving effect to the merger, consolidation, asset acquisition or stock acquisition, the Company will have at least $4,000,000 in cash (including any cash used as collateral for any letter of credit); so long as (in the case of clause (a), (b) or (c)): (i) the successor formed by such consolidation or amalgamation or the survivor of such merger or the purchaser of such stock or assets (the Surviving Subsidiary” ) , is a solvent company organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof (including the District of Columbia); (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing either before or after giving effect to such transaction; (iii) to the extent that the Surviving Subsidiary is not then an Obligor, the Surviving Subsidiary shall become an Obligor hereunder if required by Section 8.01(j); and (iv) prior to effecting any such merger, consolidation, asset acquisition or stock acquisition, the Obligors shall have delivered to the Purchaser the same information (financial or otherwise) that the Obligors have delivered to the applicable Governing Board(s) with respect to such transaction, as and when the same is delivered to such Governing Board(s).

 
-40-

 

9.02         Transactions with Affiliates . Except as set forth on the Disclosure Schedule , the Obligors shall not, and shall not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, engage in any transaction with any Affiliate of any Obligor or any of its other Subsidiaries (other than for services as employees, officers and directors and transactions between Obligors and their Subsidiaries, subject, however to Section 8.10(j)), including pursuant to any contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for the furnishing of services to or by, providing for rental of real or personal property to or from, or otherwise requiring payments to or from any such Affiliate or any corporation, partnership, trust or other entity in which any such Affiliate has, to the knowledge of the Obligors, a substantial interest or is, to the knowledge of the Obligors, a member, shareholder, director, trustee or partner, on terms more favorable to such Person than would have been obtainable on an arm's-length basis in the ordinary course of business.

9.03         No Inconsistent Agreements . Except for the Senior Loan Documents and as set forth in the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, the Obligors shall not, and shall not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, enter into any Contractual Obligation or enter into any amendment or other modification to any currently existing Contractual Obligation of any Obligor, or any of its Subsidiaries, which by its terms restricts or prohibits the ability of any Obligor to pay the principal of or interest on the Note or to fully satisfy all of the obligations under the Investment Documents of any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries.

9.04         Limitation   on Indebtedness . The Obligors shall not, and shall not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume, guarantee or be or remain liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to any Indebtedness other than the following (each, a Permitted Indebtedness”) :

(a)          Senior Indebtedness;

(b)          endorsements for collection, deposit or negotiation and warranties of products or services, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(c)          Indebtedness incurred in connection with the acquisition after the date hereof of any real or personal property, including software, by the Obligors or any of their Subsidiaries or under any Capital Lease, provided that the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness incurred by the Obligors and their Subsidiaries during the first two Fiscal Years after the Closing Date shall not exceed, without duplication, $2,500,000 in the aggregate principal amount at any time and during any other Fiscal Year shall not exceed, without duplication $5,000,000 in the aggregate principal amount at any time;

(d)          Indebtedness in respect of any interest rate protection arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business of the Obligors and not for speculative purposes;

(e)          Subordinated Debt;

(f)          Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and listed and described on the Disclosure Schedule ;

 
-41-

 

(g)          Indebtedness of any Subsidiary of any Obligor to any Obligor or any of its other Subsidiaries and Indebtedness of any Obligor to any other Obligor or any Subsidiary of any Obligor, not to exceed $2,000,000 in the aggregate principal amount at any time;

(h)          Indebtedness with respect to letters of credit from any bank in an amount not to exceed $500,000 at any time;

(i)           Any other Indebtedness (secured or unsecured) not exceeding $100,000 in the aggregate principal amount at any time;

(j)           Indebtedness with respect to surety bonds and similar obligations arising in the ordinary course of business;

(k)           Indebtedness that constitutes a Permitted Investment;

(1)          Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(m)         Indebtedness owing pursuant to corporate credit cards incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

(n)          Extensions, refinancings and renewals of any items of Permitted Indebtedness, provided that the principal amount is not increased or the terms modified to impose more burdensome terms upon any Obligor or any Subsidiary, as the case may be.

9 .05         Limitation on Liens . The Obligors shall not, and shall not permit any of their Subsidiaries to: (a) create or incur or suffer to be created or incurred or to exist any Lien, upon any of its property or assets of any character whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or upon the income or profits therefrom; (b) acquire, or agree or have an option to acquire, any property or assets upon conditional sale or other title retention or purchase money security agreement, device or arrangement; (c) suffer to exist for a period of more than sixty (60) days after the same shall have been incurred any Indebtedness or claim or demand against it that if unpaid might by law or upon bankruptcy or insolvency, or otherwise, be given any priority whatsoever over its general creditors; (d) enter into any Material Contract under which the grant of a security interest or Lien therein is prohibited as a matter of law or under the terms of such Material Contract; (e) sell, assign, pledge or otherwise transfer any “receivables” as defined in clause (g) of the definition of the term Indebtedness”, with or without recourse; or (f) enter into or permit to exist any arrangement or agreement, enforceable under applicable law, which directly or indirectly prohibits any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries from creating or incurring any Lien, other than (x) in favor of the Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Documents (y) in favor of the Purchaser under the Investment Documents and (z) other than customary anti-assignment provisions in leases and licensing agreements entered into by the Obligors or such Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business; provided that any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries may create or incur or suffer to be created or incurred or to exist the following (each, a Permitted Encumbrance” ) :

(a)           Liens in favor of any Obligor on all or part of the assets of any Subsidiary of such Obligor securing Indebtedness owing by any such Subsidiary to such Obligor;

 
-42-

 

(b)          Liens to secure taxes, assessments and other government charges in respect of obligations not overdue or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves are maintained, Liens on properties to secure claims for labor, material or supplies in respect of obligations not overdue or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves are maintained, or Liens to secure the performance of bids, tenders or contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money) or to secure indemnity, performance or other similar bonds for the performance of bids, tenders or contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money) or to secure statutory obligations (other than Liens arising under ERISA or Environmental Laws) or surety or appeal bonds, or to secure indemnity, performance or other similar bonds;

(c)          deposits or pledges made in connection with, or to secure payment of, workmen's compensation, unemployment insurance, old age pensions or other social security obligations;

(d)          Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics and materialmen, and other like Liens on properties in existence less than 135 days from the date of creation thereof in respect of obligations not overdue or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves are maintained;

(e)          encumbrances on real estate consisting of easements, rights of way, zoning restrictions, restrictions on the use of real property and defects and irregularities in the title thereto, landlord's or lessor's Liens under leases to which any Obligor or a Subsidiary of any Obligor is a party, and other minor Liens or encumbrances none of which in the opinion of the Obligors interferes materially with the use of the property affected in the ordinary conduct of business of the Obligors and their Subsidiaries, which defects do not individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect;

(f)           Liens existing on the date hereof and listed on the Disclosure Schedule   hereto;

(g)          purchase money security interests in or purchase money mortgages on real or personal property, including software, acquired after the date hereof to secure purchase money indebtedness of the type and amount permitted by Section 9.04, incurred in connection with the acquisition of such property, which security interests or mortgages cover only the real or personal property, including software, so acquired;

(h)          Liens in favor of the Senior Lender or the Purchaser;

(i)           Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens of the type described in clauses (b), (f), and (g), provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase;

(j)            Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Section 12.08 or 12.10;

 
-43-

 

(k)           Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payments of custom duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(l)           Liens on insurance proceeds securing the payment of financed insurance premiums;

(m)          Liens securing Subordinated Debt;

(n)           banker's Liens, rights of setoff and similar Liens incurred on deposits made in the ordinary course of business; and

(o)          Liens with respect to deposit or investment accounts to secure Indebtedness permitted by clause (h) or (m) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness.

9.06         Dispositions of Assets . Except as otherwise set forth in the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, the Obligors shall not, and shall not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, convey, sell (pursuant to a sale/leaseback or otherwise), license, lease, sublease, transfer or otherwise dispose of, or grant any Person an option to acquire, in one transaction or a series of transactions, any of the property, business or assets of any Obligor or any Subsidiary thereof, including the Capital Securities of any Obligor (other than the Company) or any of its Subsidiaries and any Intellectual Property of any Obligor, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for (each, a Permitted Disposition” ) :

(a)          the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of equipment and other assets for fair value in the ordinary course of business;

(b)          licenses of its Intellectual Property in the ordinary course of business, and licenses of its Intellectual Property in connection with joint venture/development agreements with other Persons;

(c)          transfers of property, business or assets to another Obligor;

(d)          transfers of worn-out, obsolete or surplus equipment or other assets for fair value; and

(e)          other assets that do not in the aggregate exceed $100,000 during any fiscal year.

9 .07         Limitations on Restricted Payments . Neither the Obligors nor any of their Subsidiaries will make any Restricted Payments; provided , that the Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments to an Obligor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 9.07 shall not prohibit (i) the redemption or purchase (in accordance with the terms of the Warrant) of the Warrant or any shares of Capital Securities of the Company issued pursuant to the exercise of the Warrant, (ii) the repurchase of Capital Securities of the Company from former employees, directors or consultants of the Obligors pursuant to the terms of restricted stock agreements and option agreements, (iii) repurchases of stock in connection with the settlement of disputes with stockholders, (iv) the conversion of convertible securities into other securities of the Company and the payment of cash in lieu of issuing fractional shares or (v) repurchases of up to $700,000 of the Company's stock from stockholders, so long any repurchase from any officer of the Company does not reduce such officer's ownership of the Company's Capital Securities (including any Capital Securities issuable upon exercise of outstanding options that are then currently exercisable) by more than 20%; provided that, with respect to clauses (ii), (iii) and (v), no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the time of any such transaction, or would reasonably be expected to exist after giving effect to any such transaction.

 
-44-

 

9.08         Employee Benefit Plans . Each Obligor and ERISA Affiliate shall meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA with respect to any employee benefit plans subject to ERISA.

9.09         Business Activities; Change   of Legal Status and Organizational Documents .   No Obligor shall, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, (a) engage in any line of business other than the businesses engaged in on the Closing Date by the Company and businesses reasonably related thereto, or (b) change its name, its Organizational Identification Number, if it has one, its type of organization, its jurisdiction of organization or other legal structure without at least 10 days prior notice to Purchaser.

9.10         Investments . No Obligor shall, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make or permit to exist or to remain outstanding any Investment except Investments in (each a Permitted Investment” ):

(a)          marketable direct or guaranteed obligations of the United States of America that mature within one (1) year from the date of purchase;

(b)          demand deposits, certificates of deposit, money market accounts, bankers acceptances and time deposits of (i) Senior Lender or (ii) United States banks having total assets in excess of $500,000,000;

(c)          securities commonly known as “commercial paper” issued by a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof that at the time of purchase have been rated and the ratings for which are not less than “P 1” if rated by Moody's Investors Service, Inc., and not less than “A 1” if rated by Standard and Poor's Rating Group;

(d)          Investments existing on the date hereof and listed on the Disclosure Schedule ;

(e)          Repurchases of Capital Securities of the Company from former employees, directors or consultants of the Company (i) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 in any fiscal year, provided that no Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would result after giving effect to the repurchases or (ii) in any amount where the consideration for the repurchase is the cancellation of indebtedness, owed by such former employee, director or consultant to the Company regardless of whether an Event of Default exists;

(f)          Investments accepted in connection with a Permitted Disposition;

 
-45-

 

(g)          Investments not to exceed $250,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of Capital Securities of the Company pursuant to employee stock purchase plan agreements approved by the Company's Governing Board;

(h)          Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of any Obligor's or any of its Subsidiaries' business;

(i)           Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business, provided that this subparagraph (i) shall not apply to Investments of an Obligor in any Subsidiary;

(j)            Investments made pursuant to an Obligor's investment policy as approved by such Obligor's Governing Board, provided that such policy has been disclosed to and is reasonably acceptable to Purchaser;

(k)           Joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of an Obligor's business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash investment by such Obligor does exceed $500,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

(l)           Investments permitted by Section 9.01;
 
(m)           Investments permitted by Section 9.07; and
  
(n)           Other Investments not to exceed $500,000 in any fiscal year.

9.11        Reserved .

9.12         Fiscal Year . No Obligor shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, change its Fiscal Year without prior notice to Purchaser.

9.13         Modification of Senior Indebtedness . No Obligor shall, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, amend, replace, refinance, refund or otherwise modify the Senior Indebtedness, except as set forth in or contemplated by the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement or the definition of “Senior Indebtedness”.

9.14         Limitations on Layering . No Obligor shall, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, incur any Indebtedness that is expressly (a) subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness arising under any Senior Indebtedness, and (b) senior in any respect in right of payment to any Indebtedness arising under this Agreement and the Note.

 
-46-

 
 
ARTICLE 10
PREPAYMENT
 
10.01       Payment in Respect of Note . The Purchaser and any successor holder of the Note, by their acceptance thereof, agree that, with respect to all sums received by them applicable to the payment of principal of or interest on the Note, equitable adjustment will be made among them so that, in effect, all such sums shall be shared ratably by all of the holders of the Note whether received by voluntary payment, by realization upon security, by the exercise of the right of set off, by counterclaim or cross-action or by the enforcement of the Note. If any holder of the Note receives any payment on its Note in excess of its pro rata portion, then such holder receiving such excess payment shall purchase for cash from the other holders an interest in its Note in such amounts as shall result in a ratable participation by all of the holders in the aggregate unpaid amount of Note then outstanding.
 
10.02       Optional   Prepayment . Subject to Section 6 of the Note, the Obligors may prepay outstanding principal (together with accrued interest) on the Note in accordance with the “Optional Prepayment” provisions set forth in Section 4 of the Note.
 
10.03       Mandatory Prepayment . Subject to Section 6 of the Note, the Obligors shall prepay outstanding principal (together with accrued interest) on the Note in accordance with the “Mandatory Prepayment” provisions set forth in Section 3 of the Note.
 
ARTICLE 11
COLLATERAL
 
11.01       Security Interests . As security for the payment and performance of the Obligations, but subject to the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, the Obligors do hereby pledge, collaterally assign, transfer, deliver and grant to the Purchaser a continuing and unconditional security interest (subject only to the prior Liens of the Senior Lender and Permitted Encumbrances) in and to any and all property of the Obligors, of any kind or description, tangible or intangible, wheresoever located and whether now existing or hereafter arising or acquired (but specifically excluding the Excluded Collateral), including the following (all of which property, along with the products and Proceeds therefrom, are individually and collectively referred to as the “Collateral” ):
 
(a)        all property of, or for the account of, the Obligors now or hereafter coming into the possession, control or custody of, or in transit to, the Purchaser or any agent or bailee for the Purchaser or any parent, Affiliate or Subsidiary of the Purchaser (whether for safekeeping, deposit, collection, custody, pledge, transmission or otherwise), including all earnings, dividends, interest, or other rights in connection therewith and the products and proceeds therefrom, including the proceeds of insurance thereon; and
 
(b)        all other property of the Obligors, whether now existing or hereafter arising or acquired, and wherever now or hereafter located, together with all additions and accessions thereto, substitutions, betterments and replacements therefor, products and Proceeds therefrom, including the following:

 
-47-

 
 
(i)           all Accounts and all Goods whose sale, lease or other disposition by the Obligors has given rise to Accounts and have been returned to, or repossessed or stopped in transit by, the Obligors, or rejected or refused by an Account Debtor;
 
(ii)          all Inventory, including raw materials, work-in-process and finished goods;
 
(iii)        all Goods (other than Inventory), including embedded software, Equipment, vehicles, furniture and All Securities, Investment Property, Financial Assets and Deposit Accounts;
 
(iv)         all Chattel Paper, Electronic Chattel Paper, Instruments, Documents, Letter of Credit Rights, all proceeds of letters of credit, Health-Care-Insurance Receivables, Supporting Obligations, notes secured by real estate, Commercial Tort Claims (including those set forth in set forth on Schedule 11.01(a) of the Disclosure Schedule ) and General Intangibles, including Payment Intangibles;
 
(v)           all books, records, tapes, information, data, stored material, computer media, passwords, access codes arising in connection with or related to any of the Collateral (collectively, “Books and Records” );
 
(vi)         any account maintained by any Obligor with the Senior Lender and all cash held therein;
 
(vii)        all Rights of Payment (as defined in Section 11.01(c) below);
 
(viii)       all other assets of any Obligor (other than Excluded Collateral), whether or not included in the Collateral identified in Section 11.01; and
 
(ix)         all Proceeds (whether cash Proceeds or noncash Proceeds) of the foregoing property, including all insurance policies and proceeds of insurance payable by reason of loss or damage to the foregoing property, including unearned premiums, and of eminent domain or condemnation awards.
 
(c)        The Purchaser agrees that its security interest and its right of payment hereunder are subordinated to the security interests and right of payment of the Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Documents as provided (but only to the extent so provided) in the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 11.01, the Purchaser hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Collateral specifically excludes the Excluded Collateral, provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral specifically includes all Accounts, Proceeds and General Intangibles that consist of rights to payment from the sale, licensing or disposition of all or any part of, or any rights in, any Intellectual Property of any Obligor or any Material Contract under which the grant of a security interest or Lien therein is prohibited as a matter of law or under the terms of such Material Contract (collectively, the “Rights of Payment ). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) holds that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in any Right of Payment of any Obligor, then the Collateral shall automatically (without any further action, notice or consent), and effective as of the Closing Date, include the Intellectual Property of the Obligors to the extent necessary to permit perfection of the Purchaser’s security interest in the Rights of Payment.

 
-48-

 

 
11.02       Financing Statements . The Obligors shall, at the Purchaser’s request, at any time and from time to time, execute and deliver to the Purchaser such financing statements, amendments and other documents and, subject to the rights of the Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Documents and the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, do such acts as the Purchaser reasonably deems necessary in order to establish and maintain valid, attached and perfected security interests in the Collateral in favor of the Purchaser, free and clear of all Liens and claims and rights of third parties whatsoever, except for the prior Liens of the Senior Lender and other Permitted Encumbrances. The Obligors hereby irrevocably authorizes the Purchaser at any time, and from time to time, to file in any jurisdiction any initial financing statements and amendments thereto without the signature of the Obligors that (a) indicate the Collateral (i) is comprised of all assets of the Obligors (other than the Excluded Collateral) or words of similar effect, regardless of whether any particular asset comprising a part of the Collateral falls within the scope of Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the jurisdiction wherein such financing statement or amendment is filed, or (ii) as being of an equal or lesser scope or within greater detail as the grant of the security interest set forth herein, and (b) contain any other information required by Section 5 of Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the jurisdiction wherein such financing statement or amendment is filed regarding the sufficiency or filing office acceptance of any financing statement or amendment, including (i) whether the Obligors is an organization, the type of organization and any Organizational Identification Number issued to the Obligors, and (ii) in the case of a financing statement filed as a fixture filing or indicating Collateral as as-extracted collateral or timber to be cut, a sufficient description of the real property to which the Collateral relates. The Obligors hereby agree that a photocopy or other reproduction of this Agreement is sufficient for filing as a financing statement and the Obligors authorize the Purchaser to file this Agreement as a financing statement in any jurisdiction. The Obligors agree to furnish any such information to the Purchaser promptly upon request. In addition, the Obligors shall make appropriate entries on their books and records disclosing the Purchaser’s security interests in the Collateral.
 
11.03      Landlord Waivers; Collateral in the Possession of a Warehouseman or Bailee .
 
(a)        The Obligors shall cause the owners and mortgagees of the leased location(s) identified on Schedule 11.03   of the Disclosure Schedule   to execute and deliver to the Purchaser on the Closing Date (or within the time periods set forth on Schedule 8.15   of the Disclosure Schedule )   a Collateral Access Agreement, and the Obligors shall be required to use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver a Collateral Access Agreement for all leased locations which any Obligor establishes after the Closing Date, and, with respect to any existing location, upon the renewal, extension, modification or other amendment of such lease.
 
(b)        If any of the Collateral at any time is in the possession of a warehouseman or bailee, the Obligors shall promptly notify the Purchaser thereof, and shall promptly use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Collateral Access Agreement.
 
-49-

 
11.04       Preservation of the Collateral . Subject to the rights of the Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Documents and the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, and after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Purchaser may, but is not required, to take such actions from time to time as the Purchaser deems appropriate to maintain or protect the Collateral. The Purchaser shall have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral if the Purchaser takes such action as any Obligor shall reasonably request in writing which is not inconsistent with the Purchaser’s status as a secured party, but the failure of the Purchaser to comply with any such request shall not be deemed a failure to exercise reasonable care; provided , however , the Purchaser’s responsibility for the safekeeping of the Collateral shall (i) be deemed reasonable if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which the Purchaser accords its own property, and (ii) not extend to matters beyond the control of the Purchaser, including acts of God, war, insurrection, riot or governmental actions. In addition, any failure of the Purchaser to preserve or protect any rights with respect to the Collateral against prior or third parties, or to do any act with respect to preservation of the Collateral, not so requested by the Obligors, shall not be deemed a failure to exercise reasonable care in the custody or preservation of the Collateral. The Obligors shall have the sole responsibility for taking such action as may be necessary, from time to time, to preserve all rights of the Obligors and the Purchaser in the Collateral against prior or third parties. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, where Collateral consists in whole or in part of securities, the Obligors represent to, and covenant with, the Purchaser that the Obligors have made arrangements for keeping informed of changes or potential changes affecting the securities (including rights to convert or subscribe, payment of dividends, reorganization or other exchanges, tender offers and voting rights), and the Obligors agree that the Purchaser shall have no responsibility or liability for informing the Obligors of any such or other changes or potential changes or for taking any action or omitting to take any action with respect thereto.
 
11.05       Other Actions as to any and all Collateral . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, the Obligors further agree to take any other action reasonably requested by the Purchaser to ensure the attachment, perfection and first priority of (subject to Permitted Encumbrances), and the ability of the Purchaser to enforce, the Purchaser’s security interest in any and all of the Collateral, including (a) causing the Purchaser’s name to be noted as secured party on any certificate of title for a titled good if such notation is a condition to attachment, perfection or priority of, or ability of the bank to enforce, the Purchaser’s security interest in such Collateral, (b) complying with any provision of any statute, regulation or treaty of the United States as to any Collateral if compliance with such provision is a condition to attachment, perfection or priority of, or ability of the Purchaser to enforce, the Purchaser’s security interest in such Collateral, (c) obtaining governmental and other third party consents and approvals, including any consent of any licensor, lessor or other Person obligated on Collateral, (d) subject to Section 11.03, obtaining waivers from mortgagees and landlords in form and substance satisfactory to the Purchaser, and (e) taking all actions required by the UCC in effect from time to time or by other law, as applicable in any relevant UCC jurisdiction, or by other law as applicable in any foreign jurisdiction. The Obligors further agree to indemnify and hold the Purchaser harmless against claims of any Persons not a party to this Agreement concerning disputes arising over the Collateral.

 
-50-

 
 
11.06       Equ ipment and Inventory . Subject to the rights of the Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Documents and the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, the Obligors jointly and severally represent, warrant and agree that:
 
(a)        each Obligor is the absolute owner of its Inventory and Equipment (and the Documents representing any such Inventory, and Equipment) other than Equipment that is leased to such Obligor, subject only to the security interests created hereby and other Permitted Encumbrances; and
 
(b)        after the occurrence of an Event of Default and so long as the same continues, the Purchaser shall have the right to take possession of each Obligor’s Inventory, subject only to the rights of the Senior Lender in accordance with the Senior Loan Documents and the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement; the Obligors shall repay the Purchaser promptly for all reasonable costs of transportation, packing, storage and insurance of any such possession, together with interest at the Default Rate, at the time that the Purchaser pays such costs; and the Obligors’ liability to the Purchaser for such repayment, together with such interest, shall be included in the Obligations.
 
11.07       Condition of Inventory and Equipment . The Obligors will promptly notify the Purchaser of any casualty or similar event which results in a material decline in the value of any substantial portion of its Inventory and Equipment. Subject to the rights of the Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Documents and the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, each Obligor hereby grants to the Purchaser, as additional security for payment of the Obligations, a security interest in any and all monies due or to become due under, and any and all other rights of any Obligor with respect to, any and all policies of insurance covering the Collateral. Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Obligors may use such insurance proceeds for the replacement, restoration or repair of the Collateral. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Purchaser may, subject to the rights of the Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Documents and the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, (but need not) in its own name or in any applicable Obligor’s name execute and deliver proofs of claim, receive such monies, and settle or litigate any claim against the issuer of any such policy and such Obligor shall direct the issuer to pay any such monies directly to the Purchaser and the Purchaser, at its sole discretion and regardless of whether the Purchaser exercises its right to collect insurance proceeds under this sentence, may apply any insurance proceeds to the payment of the Obligations, whether due or not, in accordance with Section 13.09, or the Purchaser may permit such applicable Obligor to use such insurance proceeds for the replacement, restoration or repair of the Collateral.
 
11.08       Expenses of the Purchaser . Under and in accordance with Section 14.12, the Obligors shall reimburse the Purchaser on demand for all reasonable fees and expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel) in connection with the enforcement of the Purchaser ’s rights to take possession of the Collateral and the proceeds thereof and to hold, collect, render in compliance with applicable laws and regulations, including without limitation, Environmental Laws, prepare for sale, sell and dispose of the Collateral. All obligations provided for in this Section 11.08 shall survive any termination of this Agreement and the repayment of the Note.

 
-51-

 
 
11.09       Notices . If any notice of sale, disposition or other intended action by the Purchaser with respect to the Collateral is required by the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law, any notice thereof sent to the applicable Obligor at the address listed in Section 14.03 or such other address of such Obligor as any Obligor may from time to time notify the Purchaser to be its address for notices hereunder, but only after such notice is acknowledged in writing by the Purchaser, at least five (5) Business Days prior to such action, shall constitute reasonable notice to such Obligor.
 
11.10       Insurance, Discharge   of Taxes, Etc . Subject to the rights of the Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Documents and the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, the Purchaser shall have the right, at any time and from time to time, upon thirty (30) days notice to the Company to:
 
(a)        obtain insurance covering any of the Collateral if the applicable Obligor fails to do so in accordance with Section 8.08;
 
(b)        make any payment to discharge taxes, liens, security interests or other encumbrances at any time levied or placed on any of the Collateral other than Permitted Encumbrances; and
 
(c)        pay for the maintenance and preservation of any of the Collateral.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the Company’s receipt of the above notice, the applicable Obligor shall have the right to obtain, discharge or pay for any of the foregoing within such 30-day period, provided that the Purchaser shall have the continuing right to obtain, discharge or pay for any of the foregoing prior to the expiration of such 30-day period in order to prevent the material diminution in value of any material portion of the Collateral. The Obligors shall reimburse the Purchaser, as the case may be, on demand, with interest thereon at Default Rate, for any payment the Purchaser makes, or any expense the Purchaser incurs, under this authorization.
 
11.11       Waiver and Release by Obligors . Each of the Obligors:
 
(a)        waives protest of all commercial paper at any time held by the Purchaser on which any Obligor is in any way liable, notice of nonpayment at maturity of any and all of its Accounts, Instruments, Chattel Paper or General Intangibles and, except where required hereby or by law, notice of action taken by the Purchaser; and
 
(b)        releases the Purchaser from all claims for loss or damage caused by any failure to collect any such Account, Instrument, Chattel Paper or General Intangible or by any act or omission on the part of the Purchaser or their respective officers, agents and employees, except for their gross negligence and willful misconduct.
 
11.12       Records and Reports . Each of the Obligors shall keep accurate and complete records in all respects of its Accounts (and the collection thereof), Chattel Paper, Instruments, Documents, Equipment, Inventory, and General Intangibles, and furnish the Purchaser such information about such Accounts, Chattel Paper, Instruments, Documents, Equipment, Inventory and General Intangibles as the Purchaser may reasonably request.

 
-52-

 
 
11.13       Further Assurances. From time to time each Obligor shall execute and deliver to the Purchaser such additional instruments as the Purchaser may reasonably request to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement and to assure to the Purchaser, as secured party, a security interest in the Collateral subject only to the Permitted Encumbrances. Subject to the rights of the Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Documents, each Obligor hereby irrevocably appoints the Purchaser as its attorney-in-fact to take any action the Purchaser deems necessary to perfect or maintain perfection of any security interest granted to the Purchaser herein or in connection herewith, including the execution of any document on such Obligor’s behalf.
 
11.14       Continuing Collateral . The Purchaser shall be under no obligation to proceed first against any part of the Collateral before proceeding against any other part of the Collateral. It is expressly agreed that all of the Collateral stands as equal security for all of the Obligations and the Purchaser shall have the right, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to proceed against or sell any or all of the Collateral in any order, or simultaneously, as it, in its sole discretion, shall determine.
 
11.15       Set -Of f. Subject to the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, the Obligors agree that the Purchaser will have, and each Obligor hereby grants to the Purchaser, a right of set-off against, a lien upon and a security interest in, all property of the Obligors now or at any time in the Purchaser possession in any capacity whatever.
 
11.16      Reserved.
 
11.17     Accounts .
 
(a)        With respect to each of their Accounts, the Obligors represent that:
 
(i)           such Account is not evidenced by a judgment, an Instrument or Chattel Paper or secured by a letter of credit (except (A) such judgment as has been assigned to the Purchaser, or (B) such Instrument and Chattel Paper as has been endorsed and delivered to the Purchaser, or (C) such letter of credit as has been assigned and delivered to the Purchaser and represents a bona fide completed transaction, subject, in each case, to the rights of the Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Documents and the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement,);
 
(ii)          the amount thereof shown on the Books and Records and on any list, invoice or statement furnished to the Purchaser is owing to the applicable Obligor;
 
(iii)        the title of the applicable Obligor to such Account and to any Goods represented thereby is absolute, except for Permitted Encumbrances;
 
(iv)         such Account has not been transferred to any other Person other than for the Lien in favor of the Senior Lender and Permitted Encumbrances, and no Person except the applicable Obligor has any claim thereto or, with the sole exception of the Purchaser therefore or the Senior Lender and holders of Permitted Encumbrances, to the goods represented thereby; and

 
-53-

 
 
(v)          no partial payment against such Account has been made by any Person except as reflected in the Books and Records.
 
11.18      Letters of Credit, Chattel Paper and Instruments .
 
(a)        Subject to the rights of the Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Documents and the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, the Obligors jointly and severally represent and warrant that they have delivered to the Purchaser and covenants that they will deliver to the Purchaser promptly on receipt of all counterparts designated as “originals” of:
 
(i)           letters of credit securing any of the Accounts of any Obligor;
 
(ii)          any of the Chattel Paper of any Obligor; and
 
(iii)        any of the Instruments of any Obligor now in any Obligor’s possession or hereafter acquired, each properly assigned or endorsed over to the Purchaser, which letters of credit, Chattel Paper and Instruments shall be held by the Purchaser as security hereunder, or, at the Purchaser’s option, endorsed for payment (except for such letters of credit, Chattel Paper or Instruments which are delivered to the Senior Lender pursuant to the Senior Loan Documents, provided that the Purchaser otherwise has a perfected security interest in such letters of credit, Chattel Paper or Instruments and provided further that the applicable Obligor delivers such letters of credit, Chattel Paper and or Instruments to the Purchaser upon the Senior Lender’s release of its interest therein pursuant to the Senior Loan Documents).
 
(b)       The Obligors shall remain solely responsible for the observance and performance of all of the covenants and obligations under all of their Chattel Paper and Instruments, and the Purchaser shall not be required to observe or perform any such covenants or obligations.
 
11.19       Electronic Chattel Paper and Transferable Records . If any Obligor at any time hold or acquire an interest in any electronic chattel paper or any “transferable record”, as that term is defined in Section 201 of the federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, or in Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction, the Obligors shall promptly notify the Purchaser thereof and, at the request of the Purchaser, shall take such action as the Purchaser may reasonably request (subject to the prior rights of the Senior Lender) to vest in the Purchaser control under Section 9-105 of the UCC of such electronic chattel paper or control under Section 201 of the federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or, as the case may be, Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, as so in effect in such jurisdiction, of such transferable record. The Purchaser agrees with the Obligors that the Purchaser will arrange, pursuant to procedures satisfactory to the Purchaser and so long as such procedures will not result in the Purchaser’s loss of control, for the Obligors to make alterations to the electronic chattel paper or transferable record permitted under Section 9-105 of the UCC or, as the case may be, Section 201 of the federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act for a party in control to make without loss of control.

 
-54-

 
 
11.20       Commercial Tort Claims . If any Obligor shall at any time hold or acquire a material Commercial Tort Claim, the Obligors shall immediately notify the Purchaser of the details thereof in writing, which notice may be provided to the Observer, and grant to the Purchaser (subject to the prior rights of the Senior Lender) a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to the Purchaser, and hereby authorizes the filing of, and shall, at the Purchaser’s request, execute, any amendments hereto deemed reasonably necessary by the Purchaser to perfect its security interest in such Commercial Tort Claim.
 
ARTICLE 12
DEFAULT
 
The Obligors, without notice or demand of any kind shall be in default under this Agreement upon the   occurrence of any of the following events (each an “Event of Default”):
 
12.01       Nonpayment of Obligations . Any amount due and owing under the Note (including any Mandatory Prepayment) or any of the Obligations, whether by its terms or as otherwise provided herein, is not paid when the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity or at a date fixed for prepayment or by acceleration or otherwise, provided that, with respect to any two (2) (but no more than two) individual payments that may become due in any calendar year, the Obligor shall have a three (3) Business Day grace period for such individual payments.
 
12.02       M isrepresentation . Any written warranty, representation, certificate or statement of any Obligor in this Agreement, the other Investment Documents or any other agreement with the Purchaser shall be false in any material respect when made or at any time thereafter, or if any financial data or any other information now or hereafter furnished to the Purchaser by or on behalf of any Obligor shall prove to be false, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect.
 
12.03      Nonperformance .
 
(a)         Any failure to perform or default in the performance of any covenant set forth Sections 8.02(a), 8.10, 8.11, 8.13, 8.14, 8 .16, Article 9 or Article 11, which default shall continue for a period of 10 days;
 
(b)         Any failure to perform or default in the performance of any covenant set forth Sections 8.01 or 8.03 and, if capable of being cured, such failure to perform or default in performance continues for a period of fifteen (15) days after the Obligors receive written notice thereof from the Purchaser, and
 
(c)        Any failure to perform or default in the performance of any other covenant in this Agreement and, if capable of being cured, such failure to perform or default in performance continues for a period of thirty (30) days after the Obligors receive written notice thereof from the Purchaser.

 
-55-

 

 
12.04       Default under Investment Documents . Any material default under any of the other Investment Documents, all of which covenants, conditions and agreements contained therein are hereby incorporated in this Agreement by express reference.
 
12 . 05       Default under Other Debt . Any Obligor:
 
(a)        Any default under any instrument evidencing or relating to any Funded Debt of (or guaranteed by) such Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries (except Senior Indebtedness under the Senior Loan Agreement, which is provided for below), which default is caused by a failure to pay principal of or premium, if any, or interest on such Funded Debt before the expiration of the grace period provided in such instrument or any other breach or default (or other event or condition) shall occur under any such instrument, if the effect of such breach or default (or such other event or condition) is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of the Funded Debt (or a Person on behalf of such holder or holders) to cause (upon the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both, or otherwise), such Funded Debt to become or be declared due and payable prior to its stated maturity and the aggregate principal amount of all such Funded Debt in default aggregates $1,000,000 or more, or such amount of Funded Debt the payment of which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided that if such default is waived by such third party or parties prior to such time as Purchaser has begun exercising its remedies hereunder, the default shall be waived for purposes of this Section as well and shall not constitute an Event of Default; or
 
(b)      Any default under any Senior Loan Document, which default is not cured or waived within any applicable period of grace or cure.
 
12.06      Reserved .
 
12.07      Bankruptcy, Insolvency, etc .
 
(a)         An involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking (i) relief in respect of any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries, or of a substantial part of its property or assets, under Title 7 or 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law, (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries, or for a substantial part of its property or assets, or (iii) the winding up or liquidation of any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries; and such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days, or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered.
 
(b)         Any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking relief u nder Title 7 or 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or the filing of any petition described in this Section 12.07, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for such Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries, or for a substantial part of its property or assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (vi) become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due, or (vii) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing

 
-56-

 
 
12.08       Judgments . One or more judgments which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect shall be rendered against any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries and the same shall remain undischarged for a p eriod of 60 days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to levy upon assets or properties of any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries to enforce any such judgment.
 
12.09       Change in Control . Any Change in Control occurs.
 
12.10       Collateral Impairment . The entry of any judgment, decree, levy, attachment, garnishment or other process, or the filing of any Lien against, any material portion of the Collateral and such judgment or other process shall not have been, within sixty (60) days from the entry thereof, (i) bonded over to the satisfaction of the Purchaser and appealed, (ii) vacated, or (iii) discharged.
 
12.11      Reserved .
 
12.12      Subordinated Debt .
 
(a)        The subordination provisions of any Subordinated Debt shall for any reason be revoked or invalid or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect.
 
(b)        The Obligations shall, for any reason, not have the priority contemplated by the subordination provisions of the Subordinated Debt.
 
12.13       Validity of Investment Documents . Any Investment Document for any reason, other than a partial or full release in accordance with the terms thereof, ceases to be in full force and effect or is declared to be null and void, or any Obligor denies that is has any further liability under any Investment Document to which it is a party, or gives notice to such effect.
 
12.14       Criminal Indictment . If (a) any Obligor is indicted under any criminal statute or (b) any criminal or civil proceedings are commenced against any Obligor by a governmental authority, which (with respect to clause (a) or (b), (i) pursuant to applicable statutes or proceedings, the penalties or remedies sought or available include forfeiture of any of the material property of any Obligor and (ii) results in either (x) a conviction of any Obligor or (y) a negotiated settlement under which any Obligor(s) are required to pay $ 1,000,000 in the aggregate.
 
12.15       Validity of Liens . If any Lien created under any of the Investment Documents ceases to be perfected and in full force and effect, or any Obligor terminates, attempts to terminate or contests the validity or enforceability of any of Lien.
 
-57-

 
ARTICLE 13
REMEDIES
 
Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, but subject to the rights of the Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Documents and the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, the Purchaser shall have all rights, powers and remedies set forth in the Investment Documents relating to any of the Obligations or any security therefor, as a secured party under the UCC or as otherwise provided at law or in equity, including those rights hereinafter set forth in this Article 13. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Purchaser may, at its option upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, subject to the rights of the Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Documents and the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, declare its commitments to the Obligors to be terminated and all Obligations to be immediately due and payable, provided , however , that, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under 12.07, subject to the rights of the Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Documents and the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, all commitments of the Purchaser to the Obligors shall immediately terminate and all Obligations shall be automatically due and payable, all without demand, notice or further action of any kind required on the part of the Purchaser. The Obligors hereby waive any and all presentment, demand, notice of dishonor, protest, and all other notices and demands in connection with the enforcement of Purchaser’s rights under the Investment Documents, and hereby consent to, and waive notice of release, with or without consideration, of any Collateral, notwithstanding anything contained herein or in the Investment Documents to the contrary.
 
13.01      Possession and   Assembly of   Collateral . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, but subject to the rights of the Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Documents and the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, the Purchaser may, without notice, demand or legal process of any kind, take possession of any or all of the Collateral (in addition to Collateral of which the Purchaser already has possession), wherever it may be found, and for that purpose may pursue the same wherever it may be found, and may at any time enter into any of any Obligor’s premises where any of the Collateral may be or is supposed to be, and search for, take possession of, remove, keep and store any of the Collateral until the same shall be sold or otherwise disposed of, and the Purchaser shall have the right to store and conduct a sale of the same in any premises of any Obligor without cost to the Purchaser. At the Purchaser’s request, the Obligors will, at the Obligors’ sole expense, assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Purchaser at a place or places to be designated by the Purchaser which is reasonably convenient to the Purchaser and the Obligors. At the request of the Purchaser, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, but subject to the rights of the Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Documents and the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, each Obligor shall provide warehousing space in its own premises to the Purchaser for the purpose of taking such Obligor’s Inventory and Equipment into the custody of the Purchaser without removal thereof from such premises and will erect such structures and post such signs as the Purchaser may reasonably require in order to place such Inventory and Equipment under the exclusive control of the Purchaser.

 
-58-

 
 
13.02       Sale   of Collateral . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, but subject to the rights of the Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Documents and the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, the Purchaser may sell any or all of the Collateral at public or private sale, upon such terms and conditions as the Purchaser may deem proper, and the Purchaser may purchase any or all of the Collateral at any such sale. The Obligors acknowledge that the Purchaser may be unable to effect a public sale of all or any portion of the Collateral because of certain legal or practical restrictions and provisions which may be applicable to the Collateral and, therefore, may be compelled to resort to one or more private sales to a restricted group of offerees and purchasers in a commercially reasonable manner in accordance with the Uniform Commercial Code. The Obligors consent to any such private sale so made even though at places and upon terms less favorable than if the Collateral were sold at public sale provided that such private sale is conducted in a commercially reasonable manner. The Purchaser shall have no obligation to clean-up or otherwise prepare the Collateral for sale. The Purchaser may apply the net proceeds, after deducting all costs, expenses, attorneys’ and paralegals’ fees incurred or paid at any time in the collection, protection and sale of the Collateral and the Obligations, to the payment of the Note or any of the other Obligations, returning the excess proceeds, if any, to the Obligors. The Obligors shall remain liable for any amount remaining unpaid after such application, with interest at the Default Rate. Any notification of intended disposition of the Collateral required by law shall be conclusively deemed reasonably and properly given if given by the Purchaser at least ten (10) calendar days before the date of such disposition. Each Obligor hereby confirms, approves and ratifies all acts and deeds of the Purchaser relating to the foregoing, and each part thereof, and expressly waives any and all claims of any nature, kind or description which it has or may hereafter have against the Purchaser or its representatives, by reason of taking, selling or collecting any portion of the Collateral. The Obligors consent to releases of the Collateral at any time and to sales of the Collateral in groups, parcels or portions, or as an entirety, as the Purchaser shall deem appropriate. The Obligors expressly absolve the Purchaser from any loss or decline in market value of any Collateral by reason of delay in the enforcement or assertion or nonenforcement of any rights or remedies under this Agreement except in the case of gross negligence or willful misconduct by the Purchaser.

 
-59-

 
 
13.03       Standards for Exercising Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, but subject to the rights of the Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Documents and the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, to the extent that applicable law imposes duties on the Purchaser to exercise remedies in a commercially reasonable manner, the Obligors acknowledge and agree that it is not commercially unreasonable for the Purchaser (a) to fail to incur expenses reasonably deemed significant by the Purchaser to prepare Collateral for disposition or otherwise to complete raw material or work-in-process into finished goods or other finished products for disposition, (b) to fail to obtain third party consents for access to Collateral to be disposed of, or to obtain or, if not required by other law, to fail to obtain governmental or third party consents for the collection or disposition of Collateral to be collected or disposed of, (c) to fail to exercise collection remedies against Account debtors or other Persons obligated on Collateral or to remove liens or encumbrances on or any adverse claims against Collateral, (d) to exercise collection remedies against Account debtors and other Persons obligated on Collateral directly or through the use of collection agencies and other collection specialists, (e) to advertise dispositions of Collateral through publications or media of general circulation, whether or not the Collateral is of a specialized nature, (f) to contact other Persons, whether or not in the same business as the Obligors, for expressions of interest in acquiring all or any portion of the Collateral, (g) to hire one or more professional auctioneers to assist in the disposition of Collateral, whether or not the collateral is of a specialized nature, (h) to dispose of Collateral by utilizing internet sites that provide for the auction of assets of the types included in the Collateral or that have the reasonable capability of doing so, or that match buyers and sellers of assets, (i) to dispose of assets in wholesale rather than retail markets, (j) to disclaim disposition warranties, including any warranties of title, (k) to purchase insurance or credit enhancements to insure the Purchaser against risks of loss, collection or disposition of Collateral or to provide to the Purchaser a guaranteed return from the collection or disposition of Collateral, or (l) to the extent deemed appropriate by the Purchaser, to obtain the services of other brokers, investment bankers, consultants and other professionals to assist the Purchaser in the collection or disposition of any of the Collateral. The Obligors acknowledge that the purpose of this section is to provide non-exhaustive indications of what actions or omissions by the Purchaser would not be commercially unreasonable in the Purchaser’s exercise of remedies against the Collateral and that other actions or omissions by the Purchaser shall not be deemed commercially unreasonable solely on account of not being indicated in this section. Without limitation upon the foregoing, nothing contained in this section shall be construed to grant any rights to the Obligors or to impose any duties on the Purchaser that would not have been granted or imposed by this Agreement or by applicable law in the absence of this section.
 
13.04      UCC and   Offset Rights . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, but subject to the rights of the Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Documents and the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, the Purchaser may exercise, from time to time, any and all rights and remedies available to it under the UCC or under any other applicable law in addition to, and not in lieu of, any rights and remedies expressly granted in this Agreement or in any other agreements between any Obligor and the Purchaser, and may, without demand or notice of any kind, appropriate and apply toward the payment of such of the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, including costs of collection and attorneys’ and paralegals’ fees, and in such order of application as the Purchaser may, from time to time, elect, any indebtedness of the Purchaser to any Obligor, however created or arising, including balances, credits, deposits, accounts or moneys of such Obligor in the possession, control or custody of, or in transit to the Purchaser. The Obligors hereby waive the benefit of any law that would otherwise restrict or limit the Purchaser in the exercise of its right, which is hereby acknowledged, to appropriate at any time hereafter any such indebtedness owing from the Purchaser to any Obligor.
 
13.05    Additional Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, but subject to the rights of the Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Documents and the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, the Purchaser shall have the right and power to:
 
(a)        instruct the Obligors, at their own expense, to notify any parties obligated on any of the Collateral, including any Account debtors, to make payment directly to the Purchaser of any amounts due or to become due thereunder, or the Purchaser may directly notify such obligors of the security interest of the Purchaser, or of the assignment to the Purchaser of the Collateral and direct such obligors to make payment to the Purchaser of any amounts due or to become due with respect thereto, and thereafter, collect any such amounts due on the Collateral directly from such Persons obligated thereon;

 
-60-

 
 
(b)        enforce collection of any of the Collateral, including any Accounts, by suit or otherwise, or make any compromise or settlement with respect to any of the Collateral, or surrender, release or exchange all or any part thereof, or compromise, extend or renew for any period (whether or not longer than the original period) any indebtedness thereunder;
 
(c)        take possession or control of any proceeds and products of any of the Collateral, including the proceeds of insurance thereon;
 
(d)        Reserved.
 
(e)        Reserved.
 
(f)        transfer the whole or any part of securities which may constitute Collateral into the name of the Purchaser or the Purchaser’s nominee without disclosing, if the Purchaser so desires, that such securities so transferred are subject to the security interest of the Purchaser, and any corporation, association, or any of the managers or trustees of any trust issuing any of such securities, or any transfer agent, shall not be bound to inquire, in the event that the Purchaser or such nominee makes any further transfer of such securities, or any portion thereof, as to whether the Purchaser or such nominee has the right to make such further transfer, and shall not be liable for transferring the same;
 
(g)       make an election with respect to the Collateral under Section 1111 of the Bankruptcy Code or take action under Section 364 or any other section of the Bankruptcy Code; provided , however , that any such action of the Purchaser as set forth herein shall not, in any manner whatsoever, impair or affect the liability of the Obligors hereunder, nor prejudice, waive, nor be construed to impair, affect, prejudice or waive the Purchaser’s rights and remedies at law, in equity or by statute, nor release, discharge, nor be construed to release or discharge, the Obligors, any guarantor or other Person liable to the Purchaser for the Obligations; and
 
(h)       at any time, and from time to time, accept additions to, releases, reductions, exchanges or substitution of the Collateral, without in any way altering, impairing, diminishing or affecting the provisions of this Agreement, the Investment Documents, or any of the other Obligations, or the Purchaser’s rights hereunder, under any Note or under any of the other Obligations.
 
The Obligors hereby ratify and confirm whatever the Purchaser may do with respect to the Collateral and agree that the Purchaser shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistakes of fact or law with respect to actions taken in connection with the Collateral, except for the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Purchaser.

 
-61-

 
 
13.06     Attorney-in-Fact . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, but subject to the rights of the Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Documents and the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, each Obligor hereby irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Purchaser until all of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are paid in full (and any officer of the Purchaser or any Person designated by the Purchaser for that purpose) as such Obligor’s true and lawful proxy and attorney-in-fact (and agent-in-fact) in such Obligor’s name, place and stead, with full power of substitution, to: (i) take such actions as are permitted in this Agreement; (ii) execute such financing statements and other documents and to do such other acts as the Purchaser may require to perfect and preserve the Purchaser’s security interest in, and to enforce such interests in the Collateral; (iii) carry out any remedy provided for in this Agreement, including endorsing such Obligor’s name to checks, drafts, instruments and other items of payment, and proceeds of the Collateral, executing change of address forms with the postmaster of the United States Post Office serving the address of such Obligor, changing the address of such Obligor to that of the Purchaser, opening all envelopes addressed to such Obligor and applying any payments contained therein to the Obligations; (iv) sign and endorse the name of such Obligor on any invoice, bill of lading, storage or warehouse receipt, assignment, verification and notice, in connection with any Collateral; and (v) give written notices in connection with any Collateral, which power of attorney is coupled with an interest and irrevocable until all of the Obligations are paid in full. Each Obligor hereby acknowledges that the constitution and appointment of such proxy and attorney-in-fact are coupled with an interest and are irrevocable. Each Obligor hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorney-in-fact may do or cause to be done by virtue of any provision of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Purchaser shall not have the power to confess judgment on behalf of any Obligor.
 
13 .07      Verification of Accounts: Lockbox .
 
(a)        After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, but subject to the rights of the Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Documents and the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, and until all of the Obligations are paid in full (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), the Purchaser may, at any time and from time to time, send such verification forms or make such calls to, or otherwise make such contacts with, any Persons as are necessary or desirable, in the Purchaser’s sole discretion, to verify any Accounts, Instruments, Chattel Paper or General Intangibles that are Collateral and the balance due and, subject to the rights of the Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Documents and the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, to direct such Persons or any obligor with respect to any Collateral to make payment of all amounts due or to become due to any Obligor thereunder directly to the Purchaser and, upon such notification and at the expense of the Obligors, to enforce collection of any such Accounts or other Collateral, and to adjust, settle or compromise the amount or payment thereof in the same manner and to the same extent as the applicable Obligor might have done, but unless and until the Purchaser does so or gives the Obligors other instructions, each Obligor shall make all collections for Purchaser.
 
(b)        Subject to the rights of the Senior Lender under the Senior Credit Agreement and the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, the Purchaser, at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default or the acceleration of the Obligations, may require that each Obligor instruct all current and future purchasers and obligors on other Collateral to make all payments directly to a lockbox (the “Lockbox”) controlled by the Purchaser. All payments received in the Lockbox shall be transferred to a special bank account (the “Collateral Account”) maintained for the benefit of the purchaser subject to withdrawal by the Purchaser only. After the Purchaser’s exercise of its rights to direct purchasers or other obligors on any Collateral to make payments directly to the Purchaser or to require the Obligors to establish a Lockbox, the Obligors shall immediately deliver all full and partial payments on any Collateral received by any of them to the Purchaser in their original form, except for endorsements where necessary. The Purchaser shall apply all collections received by it or deposited in the Collateral. Until such payments are so delivered to the Purchaser, such payments shall be held in trust by the Obligors for and as the Purchaser’s property, and shall not be commingled with any funds of any Obligor. Any application of any collection to the payment of any Liability is conditioned upon final payment of any check or other instrument.

 
-62-

 
 
13.08       No Marshaling . The Purchaser shall not be required to marshal any present or future collateral security (including this Agreement and the Collateral) for, or other assurances of payment of, the Obligations or any of them or to resort to such collateral security or other assurances of payment in any particular order. To the extent that it lawfully may, each Obligor hereby agrees that it will not invoke any law relating to the marshaling of collateral which might cause delay in or impede the enforcement of the Purchaser’s rights under this Agreement or under any other instrument creating or evidencing any of the Obligations or under which any of the Obligations is outstanding or by which any of the Obligations is secured or payment thereof is otherwise assured, and, to the extent that it lawfully may, each Obligor hereby irrevocably waives the benefits of all such laws.
 
13.09       Application of Proceeds . The Purchaser will promptly after receipt of cash or solvent credits from collection of items of payment, proceeds of Collateral or any other source, apply the whole or any part thereof against the Obligations secured hereby. The Purchaser shall further have the exclusive right to determine how, when and what application of such payments and such credits shall be made on the Obligations, and such determination shall be conclusive upon the Obligors. Any proceeds of any disposition by the Purchaser of all or any part of the Collateral may be first applied by the Purchaser to the payment of expenses incurred by the Purchaser in connection with the Collateral, including attorneys’ fees and legal expenses as provided for in Section 14.12 hereof, and including reasonable out-of-pocket costs, expenses, disbursements and losses which shall have been incurred or sustained by the Purchaser in connection with the collection of such monies by the Purchaser, for the exercise, protection or enforcement by the Purchaser of all or any of the rights, remedies, powers and privileges of the Purchaser under this Agreement, the Note, the Warrant or any of the other Investment Documents.
 
13.10       No Waiver . No Event of Default shall be waived by the Purchaser except in writing. No failure or delay on the part of the Purchaser in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver of the exercise of the same or any other right at any other time; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy hereunder. There shall be no obligation on the part of the Purchaser to exercise any remedy available to the Purchaser in any order. The remedies provided for herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided at law or in equity. The Obligors agree that in the event that any Obligor fails to perform, observe or discharge any of its Obligations or liabilities under this Agreement or any other agreements with the Purchaser, no remedy of law will provide adequate relief to the Purchaser, and further agrees that the Purchaser shall be entitled to temporary and permanent injunctive relief in any such case without the necessity of proving actual damages.
 
-63-

 
ARTICLE 14
MISCELLANEOUS
 
14.01       Survival of Representations and Warranties . All of the representations and warranties made herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, any investigation by or on behalf of the Purchaser, acceptance of the Securities and payment therefor, or termination of this Agreement.
 
14.02       Tax Withholding . To the extent that the Obligors reasonably determine that the Obligors are required by applicable tax law to withhold any amount from payments due hereunder, the Obligors may withhold, and pay over to the applicable taxing authority, such amounts as required.
 
14.03       Notices . All notices, demands and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing and shall be by registered or certified first-class mail, return receipt requested, facsimile (with receipt confirmed), commercial overnight courier service or personal delivery:
 
(a)       if to any Obligor:
 
Cornerstone OnDemand
1601 Cloverfield Blvd., Suite 620
Santa Monica, CA 90404
Facsimile: (310) 752-0143
Attention: Adam Miller
 
with a copy to:
 
Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
650 Page Mill Road
Palo Alto, CA 94304
Facsimile No.: (650) 493-6811
Attention: Herbert Fockler, Esq.
 
(b)        if to Purchaser, as applicable
 
Ironwood Equity Fund LP
200 Fisher Drive
Avon, Connecticut 06001
Facsimile No.: (860) 409-2120
Attention: Victor Budnick

 
-64-

 
 
with a copy to:
 
Updike, Kelly & Spellacy, P.C.
One State Street, P.O. Box 231277
Hartford, Connecticut 06123-1277
Facsimile No.: (860) 548-2680
Attention: David E. Sturgess, Esq.
 
All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; when delivered by courier, if delivered by commercial overnight courier service; five (5) Business Days after being deposited in the mail, if mailed, postage prepaid; or when receipt is acknowledged, if facsimiled.
 
14.04       Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto. Subject to applicable securities laws, and, as long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, with the consent of the Obligors, the Purchaser may assign any of its respective rights under any of the Investment Documents to any Person, and any holder of any Note may assign, in whole (but not in part), the Note to any Person, who shall be deemed a Purchaser hereunder; provided , however , that the consent of the Obligors shall not be required if any assignment or transfer is required under the Small Business Investment Act of 1958 and the regulations thereunder. No Obligor may assign any of its rights, or delegate any of its obligations, under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Purchaser and any such purported assignment by any Obligor without the written consent of the Purchaser shall be void and of no effect. Except as provided in Article 7, no Person other than the parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns is intended to be a beneficiary of any of the Investment Documents.
 
14.05      Amendment and Waiver .
 
(a)        No failure or delay on the part of any of the parties hereto in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. The remedies provided for in this Agreement are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies that may be available to the parties hereto at law, in equity or otherwise.
 
(b)        Any amendment, supplement or modification of or to any provision of this Agreement or the Note, any waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the Note, and any consent to any departure by any party from the terms of any provision of this Agreement or the Note, shall be effective (i) only if it is made or given in writing and signed by the holders of at least a majority of the unpaid principal amounts of the Note, and (ii) only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which made or given provided , however, that no such amendment, supplement or modification may, (i) without the written consent of the holder of the Note at the time outstanding affected thereby (A) change the amount or time of any required payment or prepayment of principal of, or reduce the rate or change the form or time of payment or method of computation of interest on, the Note or (B) change the percentage of the principal amount of the Note the holders of which are required to consent to any such modification or (ii) make any change that adversely’ affects any holder of the Warrant, without the consent of such holder. No amendment, supplement or modification of or to any provision of this Agreement or any of the other Investment Documents, or any waiver of any such provision or consent to any departure by any party from the terms of any such provision may be made orally. Except where notice is specifically required by this Agreement, no notice to or demand on the Obligors in any case shall entitle the Obligors to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances. Any amendment, supplement or modification of or to any provision of this Agreement or the Note, any waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the Note, and any consent to any departure by any party from the terms of any provision of this Agreement or the Note made or given in conformity herewith, shall apply to all of the parties hereto and their successors and assigns.

 
-65-

 
 
14.06       Signatures; Counterparts . Facsimile transmissions or scanned and then emailed transmissions of any executed original document or retransmission of any executed facsimile or scanned and emailed transmission shall be deemed to be the same as the delivery of an executed original (collectively, “Electronic Signatures” ). At the request of any party hereto, the other parties hereto shall confirm transmissions of the Electronic Signatures by executing duplicate original documents and delivering the same to the requesting party or parties. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
 
14.07       Heading s. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.
 
14.08       GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND ENFORCED UNDER, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY CHOICE OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF ANY OTHER LAW.
 
14.09      JURISDICTION, JURY TRIAL WAIVER, PJR WAIVER, ETC .
 
(a)         EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTE, THE WARRANT, ANY INVESTMENT DOCUMENT OR ANY AGREEMENT(S) OR TRANSACTION (S) CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT OR OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA FOR THE DISTRICT OF CONNECTICUT AND HEREBY EXPRESSLY SUBMITS TO THE PERSONAL JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF SUCH COURTS FOR THE PURPOSES THEREOF AND EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY CLAIM OF IMPROPER VENUE AND ANY CLAIM THAT SUCH COURTS ARE AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS OF ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS IN ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY THE MAILING OF COPIES THEREOF BY   REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID, TO ITS ADDRESS SET FORTH IN SECTION 14.03, SUCH SERVICE TO BECOME EFFECTIVE 10   DAYS AFTER SUCH MAILING.

 
-66-

 
 
(b)        EACH OBLIGOR AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL WITH RESPECT TO ANY ACTION OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF ANY DISPUTE IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTE, THE WARRANT OR ANY OF THE OTHER INVESTMENT DOCUMENT, ANY RIGHTS OR OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER OR THE PERFORMANCE OF SUCH RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS. EACH OBLIGOR AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES (I) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF THE PURCHASER HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT THE PURCHASER WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVERS, AND (II) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE PURCHASER HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT, AND THE OTHER INVESTMENT DOCUMENTS TO WHICH IT IS PARTY, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS CONTAINED HEREIN.
 
(c)        EACH OBLIGOR AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES AND EACH AND EVERY ENDORSER, GUARANTOR AND SURETY OF THE NOTE, AND EACH OTHER PERSON WHO IS OR WHO SHALL BECOME LIABLE FOR ALL OR ANY PART OF THE OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTE, THE WARRANT OR THE OTHER INVESTMENT DOCUMENTS, HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE TRANSACTION OF WHICH THIS AGREEMENT IS A PART IS A COMMERCIAL TRANSACTION AND WAIVES THEIR RIGHTS TO NOTICE AND HEARING UNDER CHAPTER 903a OF THE CONNECTICUT GENERAL STATUTES OR BY OTHER APPLICABLE LAW WITH RESPECT TO ANY PREJUDGMENT REMEDY WHICH THE PURCHASER OR ANY HOLDER OF SUCH OBLIGATIONS MAY DESIRE TO USE.
 
14.10       Severability . If any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired, unless the provisions held invalid, illegal or unenforceable shall substantially impair the benefits of the remaining provisions of this Agreement. The parties hereto further agree to replace such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid, legal and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision.
 
14.11       Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the exhibits and schedules hereto and the other Investment Documents, is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and therein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein or therein. This Agreement, together with the exhibits and schedules hereto, and the other Investment Documents supersede all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

 
-67-

 
 
14.12       Certain Expenses . The Obligors shall pay all expenses of the Purchaser (including, fees, charges and disbursements of counsel) in connection with any amendment, supplement, modification or waiver of or to any provision of this Agreement, the Note, the Warrant or any of the other Investment Documents or any documents relating thereto (including, a response to a request by the Obligors for the Purchaser’s consent to any action otherwise prohibited hereunder or thereunder), or consent to any departure from, the terms of any provision of this Agreement or such other documents, enforcement of any of the Investment Documents and collection of any payments due to the Purchaser thereunder or any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding or work-out. The Obligors shall also pay all reasonable expenses of the Purchaser (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel) in connection with any action taken by Purchaser pursuant to Section 12.05(a) prior to receipt of notice that a third party has waived any default described in such Section 12.05(a).
 
14.13       Publicity . Except as may be required by applicable law, none of the parties hereto shall issue a publicity release or announcement or otherwise make any public disclosure concerning this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, without prior approval by the other party hereto. If any announcement is required by law to be made by any party hereto, prior to making such announcement such party will deliver a draft of such announcement to the other parties and shall give the other parties an opportunity to comment thereon.
 
14.14       Further Assurances . Each of the parties shall execute such documents and perform such further acts (including, obtaining any consents, exemptions, authorizations,   or other actions by, or giving any notices to, or making any filings with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person) as may be reasonably required or desirable to carry out or to perform the provisions of this Agreement, including without limitation, any post-closing assignment(s) by the Purchaser of a portion of their Note to a Person not currently a party hereto. In connection with any such post-closing assignment, the Obligors shall enter into an intercreditor agreement with the Purchaser and any subsequent holders of the Note, on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to all parties thereto.
 
14.15       No Strict Construction . The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement and the other Investment Documents. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises under any provision of this Agreement or any Investment Document, this Agreement or such other Investment Document shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties thereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement or any other Investment Document. No knowledge of, or investigation, including without limitation, due diligence investigation, conducted by, or on behalf of, the Purchaser shall limit, modify or affect the representations set forth in Article 5 of this Agreement or the right of the Purchaser to rely thereon.
 
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK – SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 
-68-

 
 
[ Signature Page to Securities Purchase Agreement ]
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by their respective officers hereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
   
By:
/s/ Adam Miller
 
Its    CEO
   
IRONWOOD EQUITY FUND LP
By: Ironwood Equity Management LLC
Its: General Partner
 
By:
/s/ Victor R. Budnick
 
Its

 

 

Exhibit 10.17
 
MASTER SERVICE AGREEMENT
UNITED STATES
 
This Master Service Agreement (the “MSA (United States)”) is entered into on November 6, 2009 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Equinix Operating Co., Inc. (“Equinix”) and the undersigned customer (“Customer”).
 
In consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions set forth below, Equinix and Customer agree as follows:
 
A1.        The term “Agreement” as used in this MSA (United States) and in the General Terms and Conditions attached hereto as Attachment A (“General Ts&Cs”) shall mean this MSA (United States) and everything incorporated into this MSA (United States) by reference, including the General Ts&Cs as modified below, Attachment B, Service Levels, and everything referenced in this MSA (United States) and in the General Ts&Cs as being incorporated by reference into this Agreement, including the Policies and all Orders. Capitalized terms used in this MSA (United States) but not defined in this MSA (United States) shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the General Ts&Cs.
 
A2.        The terms and conditions set forth in the General Ts&Cs are hereby incorporated by reference into this MSA (United States) with the following modifications:
 
a.           This Agreement will be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of California without regard to its conflict of law’s provisions. The Parties each irrevocably agree to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of San Francisco. California, and waive any right to bring any action against the other Party in any other jurisdiction or courts. If any legal action is brought by either Party arising from, or related to, the subject matter of this Agreement, the prevailing Party will be entitled to an award of its reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs.
 
b.           All notices sent by Equinix pursuant to Sections A2(e) and A2(i) of this MSA (United States) may be sent by first class US mail, and receipt of such notices shall be presumed to occur five (5) days after mailing.
 
c.           Customer will not file a mechanic’s lien or similar lien on, or in connection with, the Licensed Space or IBX Centers. Without limiting the foregoing, in the event any such lien is filed, Customer will be responsible for the immediate satisfaction, payment or bonding of any such lien.
 
d.           In no event will Customer’s Equipment be construed as fixtures.
 
e.           Equinix and Customer will comply with the Policies, which have been furnished to Customer and which are incorporated by reference into this Agreement. Equinix may modify the Policies at any time(s), and any modification by Equinix to the Policies will be effective upon notice to Customer, except modifications to the Shipping Policies (the portion of the Policies entitled “Shipping Policies”), which will be effective immediately upon being made. Customer may terminate this Agreement as to a Licensed Space if Equinix modifies   the Policies in a way that materially adversely affects Customer’s use of the Services in such Licensed Space, but only if Customer provides written notification that it wishes to terminate this Agreement within ten (10) business days after Customer receives notification of such change in the Policies.
 
f.            Except for the Policies, which may be amended by Equinix from time to time, this Agreement may   be amended only in writing by an instrument signed by each Party. For the avoidance of doubt, the prior sentence is not meant to prohibit the Orders confirmed by Order Confirmation or prohibit Equinix from modifying the rates and fees pursuant to Section A2(i) of this MSA (United States).
 
g.           If Customer wishes to dispute a charge listed on an Equinix invoice to Customer (a “Disputed Amount”), Customer must submit a written dispute notice that includes reasonably sufficient supporting documentation within ninety (90) days of receipt of the initial invoice on which the Disputed Amount appears. If Customer does not submit such written dispute notice and reasonably sufficient supporting documentation to Equinix within such ninety (90) day period, then notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Customer, waives all rights to dispute such Disputed Amount and to file a claim of any kind relating to such Disputed Amount (and Customer also waives all rights to otherwise claim that it does not owe such Disputed Amount or to seek any set-offs or reimbursements or other amounts of any kind based upon or relating to such Disputed Amount).

 

 
Page 1 of 7

 
 
h.           Service Fees for the Services will begin to accrue on the Billing Commencement Date. Customer will pay in full all invoices from Equinix within thirty (30) days of the date of invoice. Any undisputed past due amounts owed by Customer will accrue interest at the lesser of one and a half per cent (1.5%) per month or the highest rate permitted by applicable law. All invoices will be paid in the currency stipulated in the Order. Unless otherwise agreed to by the parties in writing, Equinix will invoice in advance each month for all recurring Services.

Service Fees will be listed on Orders, except for Online Orders and Phone Orders, in which case Service Fees will be Equinix’s then-current list price for such Services, unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties in writing or in an Order Confirmation. Upon sixty (60) days prior notice to Customer, Equinix may in its reasonable discretion change the rates and fees for any and all Services at any time(s) after twelve (12) months from the effective date of the applicable Order for such Service, unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties in writing. For purposes of the prior sentence, in the case of each Online Order and Phone Order, the “applicable Order” shall mean the Order which contains the Licensed Space in which the Services ordered on such Online Order or Phone Order is installed.
 
i.            Customer shall be responsible for all Taxes related to the activities, or the ownership or operation of the equipment (including Customer’s Equipment) of Customer. Without limiting the foregoing, Customer will be responsible for paying any and all Taxes separately imposed, levied or assessed against Customer by any governmental, quasi-governmental or tax authorities. Customer will be responsible for paying any Taxes imposed on Service Fees at the same time it pays the Service Fees. If Customer is required to make any deduction, withholding or payment on account of any Taxes in any jurisdiction in respect of any amounts payable hereunder by Customer to Equinix, such amounts will be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that after the making of such deduction, withholding or payment, Equinix receives when due and retains (free from any liability in respect of any such deduction, withholding or payment) an amount equal to what would have been received and retained had no such deduction, withholding or payment been required or made.
 
j.            The first sentence of section 4(e) of the G T&Cs is stricken.
 
k.           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in section 6(a) of the G T&Cs, the cure period for payment breaches shall be thirty (30) days, not ten (10) days, meaning “(ten (10) days in the case of a failure to pay Service Fees)” shall be deleted from this MSA.
 
l.            In section 6(b) of the GT&Cs, the reinstatement fee shall not exceed $500.
 
m.          In section 6(c) of the GT&Cs, termination may only occur upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice and so the words “thirty (30) days’ prior” shall be added before “written notice” and “immediately” shall be deleted from this MSA.
 
n.           The last sentence in section 8(b) of the GT&Cs is stricken from this MSA.
 
o.           In section 9(e) of the GT&Cs, that if Equinix purports to assign the Agreement to a company that is a direct competitor of the Customer, being another software company with the same or substantially similar product focus as the Customer, then the Customer may elect, upon written notice to Equinix, to terminate the Agreement with no further liability to Equinix, and provided that the Customer must exercise that right to terminate the Agreement within 30 days of receipt of a notice of the purported assignment of the Agreement from Equinix to the competitor.
 
p.           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in section 9(g) of the General Terms and Conditions, the following descending order of precedence will apply:
 
 
a.
the Order;
 
b.
any Attachments to the Master Services Agreement;
 
c.
the Master Services Agreement;
 
d.
the Service Level Agreement;
 
e.
the Policies; and
 
f.
General Terms and Conditions.

 

 
Page 2 of 7

 
 
A3.        For the avoidance of doubt, this MSA (United States) shall in no way affect any orders for services provided by any other Equinix Company to any   other Customer Company. Furthermore, Equinix and Customer acknowledge that the terms and conditions contained in this MSA (United States) are   binding upon Equinix and Customer, but   are not binding upon any other Equinix Company or Customer Company, and that   no other Equinix Company or   Customer Company is required to agree to any of the terms and conditions set forth in this MSA (United States).
 
A4.        During regular business hours and no more frequently than once in any consecutive 12 month period, at Customer’s sole expense and on a mutually agreed upon date (which shall be no less than 10 business days after written notice from Customer), time, location and duration, representatives of the Customer or   its third party representatives responsible for   SAS 70 compliance matters may perform a confidential audit of   the relevant IBX Centers for the sole purpose to enable the Customer to verify that the   Customer is in a position to comply with its own SAS 70   audit requirements, and subject to reasonable postponement by Equinix upon Equinix’s request, which postponement shall not exceed 10 business days. Customer agrees that (i) such an   audit shall not adversely affect other customers of Equinix or Equinix’s operation of the IBX Center; (ii) the Customer and its third party representatives shall comply with Equinix’s Policies during such audit; and (iii) Customer shall ensure that any third party representatives treat all   of Equinix’s   Confidential Information disclosed to   such third party representatives as a result of such audit in   the same manner Customer is required to treat such Confidential Information. Any audit provided for in this clause shall only consist of a visit to the IBX Center and/or the Customer and its third party representatives review of Equinix’s regularly-prepared records regarding the operation of the relevant IBX Centers.
 
This Agreement shall not take effect until signed by both Parties.

Customer to complete:
 
Equinix to complete:
     
The person signing below hereby warrants and represents that he or she has full authority to execute this Agreement for the Party on whose behalf he or she is signing.
 
The person signing below hereby warrants and represents that he or she has full authority to execute this Agreement for the Party on whose behalf he or she is signing.
     
Customer Name:
Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.
   
 
(Complete Legal Name)
   
       
Authorized Signature:
/s/ Perry A. Wallack
 
Authorized Signature:  
/s/ Heidi B. Caparro
   
  
   
Printed Name:
Perry A. Wallack
 
Printed Name:
Heidi B. Caparro
         
Title:
CFO
 
Title:
Senior Customer Contracts Manager
         
Street address for notices:
 
Street address for notices:
1601 Cloverfield Blvd. #620
 
301 Velocity Way, 5 th Floor
Santa Monica, CA 90404
 
Foster City, California 94404, USA
Phone:
(310) 752-0200
 
Phone: +1 650-513-7000
Facsimile number:
(310) 496-1654
 
Facsimile number: +1 650-618-1857
Electronic mail address: 
   
Electronic mail address: incomingdocs@equinix.com

 

 
Page 3 of 7

 
 
Attachment A
General T&Cs
 
The remainder of this page is intentionally blank.

 

 
Page 4 of 7

 
 
Attachment B
Service Levels
 
Power

If a cabinet containing functioning equipment (“Loaded Cabinet”) in Customer’s Licensed Spaces is powered by two (2) circuits from different power busses and both circuits experience a simultaneous interruption in electrical power, such that the Loaded Cabinet experiences an interruption in power (a “Power Outage”) then, subject to the exceptions, conditions and notifications below, Customer will be entitled to a credit under the following circumstances:
 
 
If the Power Outage lasts longer than fifteen (15) consecutive minutes, Customer shall be entitled to a credit equal to 1/30 of the monthly recurring fee for that Loaded Cabinet (including 1/30 of the monthly power fee and monthly cross-connect fee for that Loaded Cabinet) for the month following the month in which the Power Outage occurred, or,
 
 
If the Power Outage lasts for one (1) continuous hour or longer, Customer shall instead be entitled to a credit equal to 7/30 of the monthly recurring fee for that Loaded Cabinet for the month following the month in which the Power Outage occured:
 
provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, for each of Customer’s Loaded Cabinet(s), in no event shall the maximum credit (i.e., the aggregate amount of the credits) to which Customer shall be entitled in any given calendar month exceed 7/30 of the monthly recurring fee for that Loaded Cabinet for the month in which the credit(s) will be applied (which is the month following the month in which the Power Outage(s) occurred). For the avoidance of doubt, Customer shall not be entitled to a credit for any portion of the fees for the month in which the Power Outage(s) occurred.
 
IBX Facility Access
 
If any Authorized Person of Customer, who has scheduled an appointment at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance and who is a registered user of the biometric hand reader security system in the IBX in question (a “Registered, Advance Noticed, Authorized Person”), is denied access to Customer’s cage (a “Denial of Access”), then subject to the exceptions, conditions and notifications below, Customer wll be entitled to a credit under the following circumstances:
 
 
If the Denial of Access lasts for more than fifteen (15) consecutive minutes after Customer’s Registered, Advance Noticed, Authorized Person is cleared by the IBX Center security officer, Customer shall be entitled to a credit equal to 1/30 of the monthly recurring fee for the Access-Denied Loaded Cabinet(s) (defined below) for the month following the month in which the Denial of Access occurred, or
 
 
If the Denial of Access lasts for more than one (1) continuous hour after Customer’s Registered, Advance Noticed, Authorized Person is cleared by the IBX Center security officer, Customer shall be entitled to a credit equal to 7/30 of the monthly recurring fee for the Access-Denied Loaded Cabinet(s) (defined below) for the month following the month in which the Denial of Access occurred:
 
provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, for each of Customer’s Access-Denied Loaded Cabinet(s), in no event shall the maximum credit (i.e., the aggregate amount of the credits) to which Customer shall be entitled in any given calendar month exceed 7/30 of the monthly recurring fee for that Loaded Cabinet for the month in which the credit(s) will be applied (which is the month following the month in which the Denial(s) of Access occurred for that Loaded Cabinet). For the avoidance of doubt, Customer shall not be entitled to a credit for any portion of the fees for the month in which the Denial(s) of Access occurred. For purposes of this Attachment B, the Access-Denied Loaded Cabinet(s) for any given calendar month are those Loaded Cabinet(s) of Customer in the cage to which there are Denial(s) of Access for such calendar month.

 

Page 5 of 7

 
Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning (“HVAC”)
 
For purposes of this Attachment B, the temperature and humidity within any cage is measured between three (3) and five (5) feet from the floor and no closer than twelve (12) inches from the cool air intake side of a cabinet.
 
a.          Temperature
 
If the Temperature in any of Customer’s cages drops below fifty-five degrees (55°) Fahrenheit or exceeds eighty degrees (80°) Fahrenheit for more than fifteen (15) consecutive minutes (“Temperature Irregularities”) on two (2) or more separate days during a calendar month, then subject to the exceptions, conditions and notifications below, Customer shall be entitled to a credit equal to 7/30 of the monthly recurring fee for the Temperature Irregular Loaded Cabinet(s) (defined below) for the month following the month in which the Temperature Irregularities occurred; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, for each of Customer’s Temperature Irregular Loaded Cabinet(s), in no event shall the maximum credit (i.e., the aggregate amount of the credits) to which Customer shall be entitled in any given calendar month exceed 7/30 of the monthly recurring fee for that Loaded Cabinet for the month in which the credit(s) will be applied (which is the month following the month in which the Temperature Irregularities occurred for that Loaded Cabinet). For the avoidance of doubt, Customer shall not be entitled to a credit for any portion of the fees for the month in which the Temperature Irregularities occurred. For purposes of this Attachment B, Temperature Irregular Loaded Cabinets for any given calendar month are those Loaded Cabinets of Customer in the cage in which the Temperature Irregularities occurred for such calendar month.
 
b.           Humidity
 
If the humidity inside any of Customer’s cages drops below twenty percent (20%) or exceeds sixty-five percent (65%) for more than fifteen (15) consecutive minutes (“Humidity Irregularities”) on two (2) or more separate days during a calendar month, then subject to the exceptions, conditions and notifications below, Customer shall be entitled to a credit equal to 7/30 of the monthly recurring fee for the Humidity Irregular Loaded Cabinet(s) (defined below) for the month following the month in which the Humidity Irregularities occurred; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, for each of Customer’s Humidity Irregular Loaded Cabinet(s), in no event shall the maximum credit (i.e., the aggregate amount of the credits) to which Customer shall be entitled in any given calendar month exceed 7/30 of the monthly recurring fee for that Loaded Cabinet for the month in which the credit will be applied (which is the month following the month in which the Humidity Irregularities occurred for that Loaded Cabinet). For the avoidance of doubt, Customer shall not be entitled to a credit for any portion of the fees for the month in which the Humidity Irregularities occurred. For purposes of this Attachment B, Humidity Irregular Loaded Cabinets for any given calendar month are those Loaded Cabinets of Customer in the cage in which the Humidity Irregularities occurred during such calendar month.
 
Cross-Connects
 
If the path, connectors, or other passive physical media that Equinix uses fails for Cross-Connects due to circumstances caused solely by Equinix (“Media Failure”), then subject to the exceptions, conditions and notifications below, Customer will be entitled to a credit equal to the recurring fees for that Cross-Connect for the month following the month in which such Media Failure occurs; provided, however, that (i) Customer shall allow Equinix to test all Cross-Connects for which Customer reports Media Failure; (ii) unavailability of a Cross-Connect during such testing shall not be considered Media Failure hereunder; and (iii) for each Cross-Connect, in no event shall the maximum credit (i.e., the aggregate amount of the credits) to which Customer shall be entitled in any given calendar month exceed the monthly recurring fee for that Cross-Connect for the month in which the credit(s) will be applied (which is the month following the month in which the Media Failure(s) occurred for that Cross-Connect). For the avoidance of doubt, Customer shall not be entitled to a credit for any portion of the fees for the month in which the Media Failure(s) occurred. In addition, in the event that Equinix performs testing pursuant to this paragraph because Customer has reported Media Failure, and such testing reveals that there is no Media Failure, Customer shall be charged for such testing at the then-current Smart Hands hourly rate, except that Customer shall be entitled to one (1) instance of testing that reveals no Media Failure free of charge per calendar month.
 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equinix Service Level Agreement or any other part of the Agreement, if there is: (i) a “chronic service outage” in that there is a failure to meet the Service Level Agreement leading to the payment of a Service Credit there under on 3 separate occasions in a consecutive 3 month period; or (ii) a “catastrophic failure” in that there is a failure to meet the Service Level Agreement leading to the payment of a Service Credit that on any one occasion lasts for more than 8 continuous hours, and such “chronic service outage” or “catastrophic failure” is due to an act or omission of Equinix, including without limitation, inadequate provision of power, cooling, and/or flood/fire preventive measures, then Customer may elect, upon immediate notice to Equinix, to terminate the Agreement with no further liability to Equinix, provided that the Customer itself is not in breach of the Agreement and that the Customer must exercise that right to terminate the Agreement within 30 days of the end of the event that gives rise to the termination right.

 
 
Page 6 of 7

 
Exceptions, Conditions and Notifications

The credits set forth in this Attachment B are Customer’s sole and exclusive remedy in the event of Equinix’s failure to meet the service levels stated herein. Notwithstanding anything in this Exhibit to the contrary, for any calendar month, in no event shall the maximum credit to which Customer shall be entitled (i.e., in no event shall the aggregate of the credits for such month) exceed the monthly recurring fee for the Loaded Cabinet(s) (in Customer’s Licensed Space(s)) for which the service levels set forth herein were not met in the prior month.

Notwithstanding anything in this Exhibit to the contrary, Customer shall not be entitled to a credit if the event or condition that would have otherwise given rise to the credit was caused by any of the following:
 
·
acts of God
 
·
war or acts of terrorism
 
·
labor strikes or other labor action
 
·
fire
 
·
flood, earthquake, landslide, earth movement, hurricane, typhoon, tsunami, volcanic eruption or other natural disaster
 
·
riot or civil unrest
 
·
official orders from judicial, law or civil authorities
 
·
Customer’s equipment
 
·
actions or inactions of Customer or its representatives
 
·
actions or inactions outside of Equinix’s reasonable control.
 
Credit will be given as provided above only if Customer notifies the Equinix Response Center in writing not later than twenty-four (24) hours after the occurrence of the event or condition entitling Customer to a credit. Unless otherwise designated by Equinix, the Equinix Response Center can be reached 1) via email to support@equinix.com ; 2) via telephone 1-888-892-0807 if inside the United States (Outside US: 650-513-7600), or 3) via website http://ecc.equinix.com .

 
 
Page 7 of 7

Agreement Number ______________________

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
 

Note regarding use of this document: The purpose of this document is to facilitate the ability of a Customer Company to procure services from an Equinix Company anywhere in the world. Once approved by a Customer Company and an Equinix Company, these General Terms and Conditions can be incorporated into master service agreements between the various Customer Companies and Equinix Companies that desire to do business together. However, the General Terms and Conditions shall not be binding upon and Equinix Company and a Customer Company unless and until such Equinix Company and Customer Company execute a master service agreement that incorporates them by reference.  

 
Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined will have the meaning ascribed to them in Section 10 of these General Terms and Conditions. The terms “Equinix”, “Customer”, “Agreement” and “Effective Date” shall be defined in the applicable master service agreement.

1.
Term of Agreement

This Agreement will commence on the Effective Date and will terminate on the date the last Order then in effect expires or is terminated, or as otherwise expressly provided herein. If this Agreement is terminated while Order(s) are still in effect, then such Order(s) will automatically terminate.

2.
Ordering and Provision of Services

Upon execution by Equinix and Customer of this Agreement, Customer may request specific Services from Equinix by placing Order(s). This Agreement and the Order(s) will govern Equinix’s provision of Services to Customer and Customer’s obligations to Equinix.

3.
Access and Use of the IBX Centers, and Use of Customer’s Equipment

a. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Customer will have access to the Licensed Space twenty-four (24) hours per day, three hundred sixty-five (365) days per year.

b. Customer represents, warrants and covenants that it will comply with all applicable law and regulations in connection with the performance of its obligations and exercise of its rights under this Agreement, and that it has obtained and will maintain throughout the Term the legal right and authority (including regulatory consents) to operate, configure, provide, place, install, upgrade, add, maintain and repair Customer’s Equipment as contemplated by this Agreement, and Customer agrees that Customer will be responsible for all loss or damage to Customer’s Equipment.

c. Customer will be responsible and liable for all acts or omissions of Customer’s Authorized Persons, Accompanying Persons, and Associated Entities, and all such acts or omissions will be attributed to Customer for all purposes under this Agreement. Customer will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Equinix Parties from any and all liability, damages, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) for (i) claims brought by third parties for personal injury or damage to tangible property resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Customer; (ii) any claim by any of Customer’s Authorized Persons, Accompanying Persons or Associated Entities or any employee of Customer other than a claim based on the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Equinix; (iii) any claim relating to, or arising out of, Customer’s, or any of its customer s, services, equipment (including Customer’s Equipment) or Customer’s use of the Services provided under this Agreement (including claims relating to interruptions, suspensions, failures, defects, delays, impairments or inadequacies in any of the aforementioned services, including the Services from Equinix) (iv) any claim that Customer has failed to fulfill a contractual obligation with a third party; and (v) any claim resulting from Customer’s failure to obtain or maintain the required consents pursuant to Section 3(b).

d. Customer may sublicense the Sublicensed Space to a Sublicensee provided that (i) the terms and conditions of such Sublicense will be no less restrictive than this Agreement; (ii) Customer will not in its dealing with such Sublicensee act or purport to act on behalf of Equinix or any landlord of Equinix; and (iii) Customer will require the Sublicensee to abide by the rules set forth in the Policies. No Sublicensee has any right to sublicense, delegate, assign or otherwise transfer their rights to use the Sublicensed Space to any other person or entity without Equinix’s written consent.

e. Under no circumstances shall Equinix be deemed to have any obligations to any Sublicensee. Sublicensees do not have any rights, separate and apart from Customer’s rights, to access their Sublicensed Space. Accordingly, only Customer’s Authorized Persons at an IBX Center may access the Sublicensed Space of Sublicensees at such IBX Center. Furthermore, Equinix is not responsible for restricting a Sublicensee’s access to Customer’s Licensed Space located in a cage or suite to which that Sublicensee has access. Customer will remain responsible to Equinix for the performance of all of Customer’s obligations under this Agreement (including the payment of all amounts owned under this Agreement) and all other agreements between Equinix and Customer.

f. This Agreement is a services agreement and is not intended to and will not constitute a lease of any real or personal property. Customer acknowledges and agrees that (i) for Services being provided in a common law jurisdiction (e.g., the United States), it has been granted only a license to use the Licensed Space in accordance with this Agreement, and, for Services being provided in a civil law jurisdiction, it has had the Licensed Space made available and been granted permission to access and use the Licensed Space in accordance with this Agreement (in each case, “License”); (ii) Customer has not been granted any real property interest under this Agreement; (iii) Customer has no rights as a tenant or otherwise under any real property or landlord/tenant laws, regulations, or ordinances; and (iv) this Agreement is subject and subordinate to the leases for the IBX Centers and all superior Instruments to such leases. Equinix will retain title to all parts and materials used or provided by Equinix or third parties acting on Equinix’s behalf in the performance and/or furnishing of the Services.

4.
Warranty Disclaimer, Limitation of Liability, Credits

a. ALL SERVICES PROVIDED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE PROVIDED OR PERFORMED ON AN “AS IS”, “AS AVAILABLE” BASIS, AND CUSTOMER’S USE OF THE SERVICES IS SOLELY AT ITS OWN RISK. EQUINIX DOES NOT MAKE, AND HEREBY DISCLAIMS, (I) ALL EXPRESS WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THE SERVICES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY THAT THE SERVICES PROVIDED HEREUNDER WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED. ERROR-FREE, OR COMPLETELY SECURE, AND (II) ANY AND ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THE SERVICES, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR SATISFACTORY QUALITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY’S INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
 


b.           NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY IN THIS AGREEMENT, IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR (I) LOST PROFITS; (II) LOSS OF BUSINESS; (III) LOSS OF REVENUES (EXCEPT THAT CUSTOMER SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SERVICE FEES OR OTHER AMOUNTS OWED TO EQUINIX UNDER THIS AGREEMENT; (IV) LOSS OF DATA OR INTERRUPTION OR CORRUPTION OF DATA; (V) ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INDIRECT DAMAGES; OR (VI) ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, RELIANCE, EXEMPLARY OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES (IF APPLICABLE), EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
 
c.           NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY IN THIS AGREEMENT, EQUINIX’S TOTAL LIABILITY TO CUSTOMER IN THE AGGREGATE FOR THE ENTIRE TERM (AND REGARDLESS OF WHETHER THE CLAIMS ARE BROUGHT DURING OR AFTER THE TERM) WITH RESPECT TO ALL CLAIMS ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT (INCLUDING ATTORNEY’S FEES) WILL NOT EXCEED THE AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY CUSTOMER TO EQUINIX FOR THE THREE (3) MONTH PERIOD IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING THE MONTH IN WHICH THE FIRST CLAIM AROSE. AS A FURTHER LIMITATION, EQUINIX’S MAXIMUM LIABILITY FOR ANY CLAIMS RELATING TO SERVICES OFFERED OR PROVIDED BY EQUINIX (I) FOR A NON-RECURRING CHARGE ONLY; OR (II) AS SMART HANDS SERVICES SHALL NOT EXCEED THE AMOUNT OF THE SERVICE FEE FOR SUCH SERVICE PROVIDED ON THE OCCASION GIVING RISE TO THE CLAIM.
 
d.           THE LIMITATIONS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 4(b)-(c) WILL APPLY TO ALL CLAIMS AND CAUSES OF ACTION, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHER THEORY.
 
e.           Equinix and Customer each waive the right to bring any claim against the other Party arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement more than one (1) year after the date this Agreement expires or is earlier terminated. Each Party recognizes and agrees that the warranty disclaimers, limitations of liability and remedy limitations in this Agreement are bases of this Agreement materially bargained for by Equinix and Customer.
 
5.            Insurance
 
Customer agrees to maintain appropriate insurance, at its expense, for each IBX Center during the entire time this Agreement is in effect, which at a minimum shall consist of (i) Commercial General Liability Insurance in an amount not less than One Million U.S. Dollars (US$1,000,000) with a maximum One Hundred Thousand U.S. Dollars (US$100,000) deductible or self-insured retention, or the local currency equivalent, per occurrence for bodily injury, death and property damage, which policy will include contractual liability coverage related to this Agreement; (ii) Workers’ Compensation and employer’s liability insurance in an amount not less than that prescribed by applicable law, and (iii) umbrella or excess liability insurance with a combined single limit of no less than Two Million U.S. Dollars (US$2,000,000) or the local currency equivalent. Prior to any use of the Licensed Space at an IBX Center (including, but not limited to, delivery of any of Customer’s Equipment to an IBX Center), Customer will furnish Equinix with certificates of insurance that evidence the minimum levels of insurance set forth herein and which list Equinix and Equinix’s landlord(s) as additional insureds (but the insurance must only list Equinix’s landlord as an additional insured if Equinix so requests). In addition, Customer will notify Equinix of any non-renewal, cancellation, reduction in policy limit or other material change in Customer s coverage at least forty-five (45) days prior to such change in coverage.
 
6.            Termination of Agreement and Suspension of Service
 
a.           Either Party may terminate this Agreement by giving written notice of termination to the other Party if the other Party breaches any material term or condition of this Agreement and fails to cure such breach within thirty (30) days (ten (10) days in the case of a failure to pay Service Fees) after receipt of such notice. If the breach (other than where Customer has failed to pay Service Fees) cannot be cured within thirty (30) days, the breaching Party shall be given a reasonable period of time but not to exceed sixty (60) days after receipt of the notice, to cure the breach, provided that the breaching Party acts promptly and diligently to cure such breach.
 
b.           Without limiting Equinix’s rights under Section 6(a), Equinix may suspend the provision of Services and deny access and removal of Customer’s Equipment to the IBX Center, if (i) Customer fails to cure any monetary breach of this Agreement (e.g. fails to pay any amounts owed) within ten (10) days after notice of the same (or within five (5) days after notice of the same in the event Customer’s account is past due on two (2) or more occasions during a six (6) month period); (ii) Customer or Customer’s Equipment interferes with Equinix’s operation or maintenance of the IBX Center or with one or more of Equinix’s other customers’ use thereof, and within a reasonable time, not to exceed one (1) hour after being notified by email or phone, Customer fails to (a) cease such interference; (b) provide a plan acceptable to Equinix to cease such interference; or (c) authorize Equinix to take action to cease such interference (billed at Smart Hands rates); or (iii) in Equinix’s reasonable judgment Customer or Customer’s Equipment has the potential to interfere with Equinix’s operation or maintenance of the IBX Center or with one or more of its other customers’ use thereof, and within a reasonable time, not to exceed forty-eight (48) hours after being notified by e-mail or phone, Customer fails to (a) resolve such potential interference; (b) provide a plan acceptable to Equinix to resolve such potential interference; or (c) authorize Equinix to take action to resolve such potential interference (billed at Smart Hands rates). If Equinix suspends a Service pursuant to this Section 6(b), unless Equinix has subsequently terminated this Agreement as permitted under this Agreement, Equinix will resume the discontinued Service as soon as reasonably practical after it is reasonably satisfied that Customer has cured the breach(es) which gave rise to the suspension, and Equinix may charge a reinstatement fee. Further, Equinix may terminate this Agreement if Customer’s breach referenced in Section 6(b) (ii) or (iii) continues for at least five (5) days or occurs more than three (3) times in any twelve (12) month period.
 
c.           Equinix may terminate this Agreement immediately upon giving written notice to Customer if Customer becomes unable to pay debts as they become due, ceases to do business, enters into a deed of arrangement, undergoes judicial management, commences the process of liquidation, has a receiver appointed or begins winding up or similar arrangements.
 
d.           Equinix may terminate this Agreement upon giving written notice to Customer as to any affected Licensed Space or IBX Center if any portion of the IBX Center in which the affected Licensed Space is located becomes subject to a government order having the effect of terminating Equinix’s use of such facility or if Equinix’s possession is terminated or abated for any reason (e.g., condemnation proceeding) or Equinix cannot provide Customer with access to the affected Licensed Space as contemplated herein for a period exceeding thirty (30) days.
 
 
Page 2 of 5

 

7.            Removal of Customer s Property
 
a.           Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, or an Order (or any portion thereof), all rights of Customer with respect to the affected Licensed Space (“Terminated Space”), will terminate, and Customer will immediately remove all of Customer’s Equipment and other items belonging to Customer, Customer’s Authorized Persons, Accompanying Persons and/or Associated Entities located in such Terminated Space (“ Customer Property ”) but not any wiring, cable or other equipment or property that does not belong to Customer. Customer agrees that unless Equinix otherwise agrees in writing, failure to remove Customer Property within ten (10) days from the expiration of the applicable Order (or Equinix’s termination of the Order due to Customer’s breach or as otherwise permitted under this Agreement), or within thirty (30) days if the Order is terminated before expiration due to Equinix material breach, will constitute abandonment of the Customer Property and will automatically provide Equinix with the remedies it has under the law of the jurisdiction where the IBX Center is located in connection with abandoned property, and additionally, Equinix will be entitled to pursue all available legal remedies against Customer, including without limitation, any or all of the following remedies; (i) immediately removing any or all such property and storing it at Customer’s expense at an on-site or off-site location; (ii) shipping such property to the address set forth at the end of this Agreement at Customer’s risk and expense; or (iii) upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Customer, liquidating such property and charging Customer for all costs associated with the liquidation and retain from the liquidation all amounts necessary to pay Equinix all amounts owed by Customer under this Agreement, including under this Section 7(a).
 
b.           While Customer has no right to use the Services provided under an Order after the Order expires or terminates, if Equinix permits Customer to do so, Customer will remain obligated under the terms and conditions of the Order (which Order in such case will be deemed to be still in effect), including, without limitation, for all payment obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such continued use will be at Equinix’s sole discretion and may be terminated by Equinix at any time immediately upon notice to Customer.
 
c.           Neither Party will be liable to the other Party for properly terminating this Agreement or any portion thereof in accordance with its terms, but Customer will be liable to Equinix for any amounts due and payable. Where any Order is terminated prior to the expiration of the Service Term, except due to Equinix’s material breach, Customer will immediately be liable to Equinix for all Service Fees which would have been payable by Customer for the remainder of the entire Service Term.
 
8.            Confidential Information
 
a.           Neither Party will disclose Confidential Information from the other Party without the prior written consent of the other Party except where (i) the disclosure is required by applicable law or regulation or by an order of a court or other governmental body having jurisdiction after giving reasonable notice to the other Party with adequate time for such other Party to seek a protective order; (ii) if in the opinion of counsel for such Party, disclosure is advisable under any applicable securities laws regarding public disclosure of business information; or (iii) the disclosure is reasonably necessary and is to that Party’s, or its Affiliates’, employees, officers, directors, attorneys, accountants and other advisors, or the disclosure is otherwise necessary for a Party to exercise its rights and perform its obligations under this Agreement, so long as in all cases referenced above, in this subsection (iii), the disclosure is no broader than necessary, and the person or entity who receives the disclosure agrees prior to receiving the disclosure to keep the information confidential (except with regards to disclosures to a court or arbitrator in connection with an action to enforce a Party’s rights under this Agreement). Each Party is responsible for ensuring that any Confidential Information of the other Party that the first Party discloses pursuant to this Agreement (other than disclosures pursuant to subsections (i) and (ii) and (iii) (but with respect to (iii), only with regard to disclosures to a court or similar body necessary for a Party to exercise its rights under this Agreement) above that cannot be kept confidential by the first Party) is kept confidential by the person receiving the disclosure to the same extent that the receiving Party must keep the information confidential.
 
b.           Neither Customer nor Equinix grants the other Party the right to use its trademarks, service marks, trade names, logos, copyrights, or other intellectual property rights or other designations in any promotion, publication, or press release without the prior written consent of the other Party in each case. Notwithstanding the restrictions set forth in this Agreement during the Term. (i) Equinix may issue a press release announcing Customer’s entry into the IBX Centers without obtaining Customer’s consent; and (ii) either Party may publicly refer to the other Party, orally and in writing, as a customer or vendor of services of or to the other Party, as the case may be, without obtaining consent from such other Party.
 
9.            Miscellaneous
 
a.            Notice . Except where otherwise expressly stated in the Agreement, all notices, consents, or approvals required by this Agreement will only be effective if in writing and sent by (i) certified or registered air mail, postage prepaid; (ii) overnight delivery requiring a signature upon receipt; (iii) delivery by hand; or (iv) facsimile or electronic mail (promptly confirmed by mail), to the Parties at the respective street addresses, facsimile numbers, or electronic mail addresses set forth and designated as such in this Agreement or such other addresses or facsimile numbers as may be designated in writing by the respective Parties. Notices, consents and approvals under this Agreement will be in writing and be deemed effective on the date of receipt.
 
b.            Entire Agreement . This Agreement and all Orders executed at any time during the Term, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference, constitute the complete and entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersede and replace any and all prior or contemporaneous discussions, negotiations, proposals, understandings and agreements, written and oral, regarding such subject matter, as well as any industry custom. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts (and the signature pages may be delivered with ink signature or by facsimile or email), each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
 
c.            Construction. Each Party acknowledges and agrees that it has reviewed this Agreement, and it is the Parties’ intent that this Agreement will not be construed against any Party. The section headings and captions throughout this Agreement are for convenience and reference only, and will not be used to construe this Agreement. If any provision of this Agreement is adjudged by a court to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the same will not affect the validity, legality, or enforceability of the portion of the provision, if any, that is not invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the application of such provision in any other circumstances, or the validity, legality, or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement. All terms and conditions of this Agreement will be deemed enforceable to the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, and, when necessary, the court in any action between the Parties is requested to reform any and all terms or conditions to give them as much effect as possible. In these General Terms and Conditions, references to “Section(s)” shall be references to Section(s) of these General Terms and Conditions.
 
d.            Survival . Sections 3(b), 3(c), 3(e), 4, 6, 7, 8, 9(a), (c), (d), (f) and (h) will survive the termination of this Agreement, but Section 8 will only survive for three (3) years after the end of the Term. In addition, all provisions of this Agreement that can only be given proper effect if they survive the termination of this Agreement will survive the termination of this Agreement. This Agreement will be valid as to any obligation incurred prior to termination of this Agreement, including any Service Fees owed by Customer.
 
e.            Equinix Affiliates, Independent Contractors, Assignment . Equinix may permit any other Equinix Affiliates, or any independent contractor or other third party, to perform any of Equinix’s obligations hereunder, and Equinix may assign this Agreement to any person or entity at any time. Customer may assign this Agreement without Equinix’s prior consent (in which event Customer must provide Equinix with prior notice of the assignment) only where the person or entity to whom this Agreement is assigned by Customer is either an Affiliate of Customer, or is acquiring all or substantially all of Customer’s business or assets, and in all such events the person or entity to whom this Agreement is assigned by Customer agrees in writing to be bound by all of the terms of this Agreement. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of all successors and permitted assigns of Equinix and Customer, who will be bound by all of the obligations of their predecessors or assignors. Except as set forth in this Agreement with respect to sublicensing only, and this Section 9(e) with respect to an assignment of the entire Agreement under the conditions specified above only, Customer will not assign, delegate, transfer or sublicense all or any part of the Licensed Space.
 
 
Page 3 of 5

 
 
f.             Force Majeure. Except for Customer’s obligation to pay amounts owed under this Agreement, including Service Fees, neither Party will be responsible or in any way liable to the other Party, and neither Party will have any termination or other rights, arising out of or relating to any failure by the other Party to perform or any hindrance in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement if such failure or hindrance is caused by events or circumstances beyond such nonperforming Party’s control, including acts of God, war, labor strike, terrorist act, fire, flood, earthquake, health epidemic, any law, Order, regulation or other action of any governing authority or agency thereof, or failure of the Internet.
 
g.            Conflicts. All Orders are at all times subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement. In the event of ambiguity, conflict or inconsistency among the documents comprising this Agreement; the documents shall be given a descending order of precedence as folows: (i) the Order; (ii) the   Attachments and Exhibits to this Agreement, other than these General Terms and Conditions; (iii) the Policies; (iv) the body of the master service agreement, and (v) these General Terms and Conditions.
 
h.            General. Except where otherwise expressly stated herein, and subject to the limitations set forth in Section 4, the rights and remedies provided for herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies that a Party would otherwise have.
 
Equinix and Customer are independent contractors and this Agreement will not establish any relationship of partnership, joint venture, employment, franchise or agency between Equinix and Customer. Neither Equinix nor Customer will have the power to bind the other or incur obligations on the other’s behalf without   the other’s prior written consent.
 
The Parties agree that there will be no third party beneficiaries to this Agreement, including, but not limited to, any Accompanying Person, Associated Entity (which includes any Sublicensee), Authorized Person, end user, customer or the insurance providers for either Party.
 
No waiver of any breach of any provision of this   Agreement will constitute a waiver of any prior, concurrent or subsequent breach of   the same or any other provisions hereof, and no waiver will be effective unless made in writing and signed by an authorized representative of   the waiving Party.
 
10.           Definitions
 
Accompanying Person : Each person (other than an employee of Equinix) who is accompanied by an Authorized Person while at an IBX Center.
 
Affiliate : As to a Party, means any entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such Party, where the term “control” and its correlative meanings, “controlling,” “controlled by,” and “under common control with,” means the legal, beneficial or equitable ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate of all voting equity interests in an entity.
 
Associated Entity : Each Individual, company, partnership or other entity of any type which employs, contracts with, or is otherwise associated or affiliated with any of Customer’s Authorized Persons or Accompanying Persons. Without limiting the foregoing definition, each Sublicensee that has sublicensed Sublicensed Space at an IBX Center will be an Associated Entity at such IBX Center.
 
Authorized Person : Each person who is then included on the most recent list of Authorized Persons given to Equinix by Customer in accordance with the Policies.
 
Billing Commencement Date : For a Service ordered in an Order other than Online Orders or Phone Orders, the date designated in the Order as the Billing Commencement Date. For a Service ordered in an Online Order or Phone Order, the date Equinix begins providing the Service to Customer, unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties to the Order.
 
Confidential Information : Information disclosed by one Party to the other Party that (a) is identified by the disclosing Party, in writing or orally, as confidential at the time of disclosure, or (b) contains the disclosing Party’s customer lists, customer information, technical information, pricing information, pricing methodologies, financial position, trade secrets, customer communications or proposals, benchmarking information, satisfaction surveys, or information regarding the disclosing Party’s business planning or business operations. In addition, (i) the terms of this Agreement will be deemed Confidential Information of each Party; and (ii) the design of the IBX Centers, the Services provided and equipment used at   the IBX Centers, and the configuration, interconnection, switching and routing of telecommunication cables, networks and services at the IBX Centers, all will be considered Confidential Information of Equinix. Other than the terms and conditions of this   Agreement, information   will not be deemed Confidential Information hereunder if such information (i) is known to the receiving Party prior to receipt from the disclosing Party directly or indirectly from a   source other than one having an obligation of confidentiality to the disclosing Party; (ii) becomes known (independently of disclosure by the disclosing Party) to the receiving Party directly or indirectly from a source other than one having an obligation of confidentiality to the disclosing Party; (iii) becomes publicly known or otherwise ceases to be secret or confidential, except through a breach of this Agreement by the receiving Party; or (iv) is independently developed by the receiving Party. For the avoidance of doubt, the mere placement of materials or equipment containing information at an Equinix location does not constitute disclosure of such information to Equinix.
 
Cross-Connect : A physical or wireless interconnection within an IBX Center that (i) exits Customer's cage or (ii) connects Customer to another Equinix customer
 
Customer Care Website : The customer care website accessible via the Internet, at a location designated by Equinix, which it has the right to change from time to time.
 
Customer Company : A company that is an Affiliate of Customer.

Customer Cross-Connect : A physical interconnection, including cable, connections, and other wiring, that   (i) does not exit   Customer's cage, (ii) does not connect Customer to another Equinix customer, and (iii) interconnects (a) Equipment belonging to the Customer or (b) POD Equipment that is provided by Equinix and that is in Customer’s cage with Customer’s Equipment.
 
Customer’s Equipment : All network and/or computer equipment (including wiring and   Customer Cross-Connects between such equipment and Customer’s POD Equipment) that is located in the Licensed Space, including equipment that is owned, leased, licensed or otherwise obtained for use by Customer, Customer’s Affiliates, Customer’s Authorized Persons, Accompanying Persons or Associated Entities (but this does not include Cross-Connects or POD Equipment that is provided by Equinix and that is located in Customer’s Licensed Space).
 
 
Page 4 of 5

 
Customer Parties : Customer and the Affiliates, owners, officers, directors, employees, and agents of Customer or of the Affiliates of Customer.
 
Equinix Company :  A company deemed by Equinix to be an Equinix Company.
 
Equinix Parties : Equinix and the Affiliates, owners, officers, directors, employees, and agents of Equinix or of the Affiliates of Equinix.
 
IBX Centers : The Internet Business Exchange Centers in which Customer licenses Licensed Space or receives Services from Equinix pursuant to an Order.
 
Licensed Space : The areas which, for Services being provided in the United States and/or a common law jurisdiction, are licensed by Customer or, for Services being provided in a civil law jurisdictions are made available to the Customer with permission to access and use, in each case under this Agreement and the Orders and as identified in the Orders as to the amount of space. For each Licensed Space, Equinix will determine at all times during the Term the exact location in the IBX Centers where the Licensed Space will be located, and Equinix will notify Customer accordingly.
 
Online Order : An Order for Services placed online via the Customer Care Website, which will be effective only after Equinix accepts it in accordance with Equinix’s then current procedures or Equinix begins providing the Services ordered under the Online Order.
 
Order : A statement of work incorporated into the Agreement by reference prepared by Equinix that describes the Services. In the United States, an Order may also be inferred to as a SOW and may be amended by a SOW Amendment. In the Asia Pacific Region, an Order may also be referred to as a Sales Order and may be amended by a Change Order. In Europe, an Order may also be referred to as a Service Order. SOW Amendments and Change Orders will amend existing Orders but will not replace them unless otherwise agreed by the Parties in writing. Orders are not valid until signed by both Parties, except for Online and Phone Orders. Equinix is under no obligation to accept an Order. Unless otherwise specified, reference to Order(s) shall also include Online Orders and/or Phone Orders.
 
Parties : Customer and Equinix.
 
Party : Customer or Equinix.
 
Phone Order : An Order for Services placed over the phone, where available, via an Equinix customer care representative, which will be effective only after Equinix accepts it in accordance with Equinix’s then current procedures or Equinix begins providing the Services ordered under the Phone Order.
 
POD Equipment : The (i) patch panels, DSX panels for category 5   twisted pair, co-axial, single and multi-mode fiber, or (ii) other appropriate (as reasonably determined by Equinix) point of demarcation equipment
 
Policies : The procedures, rules, regulations, security practices and policies adopted by Equinix that are then in effect for the IBX Centers, and as they may be amended from time to time by Equinix.
 
Services : All services, goods and other offerings of any kind requested under an Order agreed to by Equinix, and to be provided by Equinix to Customer pursuant to this Agreement.
 
Service Fees : Charges and fees for Services charged to Customer by Equinix pursuant to this Agreement, and are exclusive of Taxes.
 
Service Term : The period commencing on the Billing Commencement Date and ending after the term specified on the applicable Order.
 
Smart Hands Services : Services that are defined as Smart Hand Services under the then current Policies.
 
Sublicensed Space : The portion of the Licensed Space that, for Services being provided in the United States and/or a common law jurisdiction, is sublicensed to a Sublicensee by Customer or, for Services being provided in a civil law jurisdiction, is made available to a Sublicensee with permission to access and use, in each case pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
 
Sublicensee : A customer of Customer or other third party who (i) sublicenses all or part of the Licensed Space from Customer, if such Licensed Space is located in the United States or a common law jurisdiction, or (ii) is able to access and use all or part of the Licensed Space as made available by the Customer, if such Licensed Space is located in a civil law jurisdiction.
 
Taxes : Sales, use, transfer, privilege, excise, VAT, GST, consumption tax, and other similar taxes and duties, whether foreign, national, state or local, however designated, now in force or enacted in the future, which are levied or imposed by reason of the performance by Equinix or Customer under this Agreement or by Customer with respect to its operations and use of the Services, but excluding taxes on Equinix’s net income.
 
Term : The term of this Agreement as determined in accordance with Section 1 of this Agreement.

Customer to complete:
     
Equinix to complete:
Acknowledged and agreed.
 
Acknowledged and agreed.
     
Customer Name:
Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.
     
 
(Complete Legal Name)
     
         
Authorized Signature:  
/s/ Perry A. Wallack
 
Authorized Signature:  
/s/ Heidi B. Caparro
         
Printed Name:
Perry A. Wallack
 
Printed Name:
Heidi B. Caparro
         
Title:
CFO
 
Title:
Senior Customer Contracts Manager
 
 
Page 5 of 5

 
Exhibit 10.18

MASTER SERVICE AGREEMENT
UNITED KINGDOM
 
This Master Service Agreement (the MSA ) is entered into on Nov 4, 2009 ( the “Effective Date” ) by and between Equinix (UK) Limited (“Equinix”) , a company registered in England and Wales under registration number 3672650 and whose registered office is Quadrant House, Floor 6, 17 Thomas More Street, Thomas More Square, London ElW 1YW, United Kingdom and Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. (“Customer”) , a Delaware corporation, located at 1601 Cloverfield Boulevard, Suite 620, Santa Monica, California 90404, United States.

Recitals:
 
A. 
Equinix is an operator of data centre facilities and provider of ancillary services. Customer wishes to make use of the data centre facilities and receive the ancillary services, and Equinix agrees to provide such to Customer, on the terms and conditions set out herein.

Agreement:
 
In consideration of the mutual covenants and terms and conditions set out below, Equinix and Customer agree as follows:

1.
The term “ Agreement ” as used in this MSA and in the General Terms and Conditions attached hereto as Attachment A (“ General T&Cs ”) shall mean this MSA and all documents incorporated into this MSA by reference, including the General T&Cs, and all documents referred to in this MSA and in the General T&Cs as being incorporated by reference into this Agreement, including the Policies, and the Equinix Service Level Agreement. The specific Services to be provided are described in a Service Order (“ Service Order ”) or a Statement of Work (“ Sow ”) or a series of Service Orders or SOWs, which are also incorporated herein by reference. Capitalised terms used in this MSA but not defined in this MSA shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the General T&Cs.

2.
Payment Terms and Taxes
 
2.1
The Customer shall pay the Service Fees to Equinix on or before the date specified in Clause 2.4. Service Fees may also be referred to as “ Charges ” under this Agreement and may include any of the following, “ Installation Charges ”, “ Non-Recurring Charges ”, “ Monthly Recurring Charges ” or “ MRR ”, “ Advance Charges ”, “ Usage Charges ” and/or “ Power Charges ”, as these may be specified in a Service Order or SOW.
 
2.2
All amounts payable by the Customer to Equinix under this Agreement shall be exclusive of VAT (if any). Such VAT shall be charged in addition to such amounts. For the purposes of this Agreement, “ VAT ” means value added tax as provided for in the Value Added Tax Act 1994, and any other present or future tax, levy, impost, charge, fee, deduction or withholding or any nature and whatever called, by whomsoever, on whomsoever and wherever imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed.
 
2.3
If any undisputed amount is not paid by the close of business on the date specified in Clause 2.4, Equinix reserves the right to charge the Customer interest thereon (before and after the judgment of any Court of competent jurisdiction) at the Interest Rate from the date specified in Clause 2.4 until such amount is paid. For the purposes of this Agreement, paid ” shall mean that funds are available for immediate use by Equinix, and “ Interest Rate ” shall mean the rate of 4% over the base rate of HSBC Bank plc from time to time.

2.4
The invoicing and payment terms for the Service Fees shall be as follows:
(a)
Any Installation Charges or Non Recurring Charges shall be invoiced 50%: (i) on the execution of a Service Order and shall be paid within 10 days of the date the invoice is received and, in any event, prior to installation: and (ii) upon completion of installation as advised to the Customer by Equinix and shall be paid within 10 days from the date of the invoice.
(b)
All Monthly Recurring Charges shall be invoiced monthly in advance and shall be paid within 30 days of the date of the invoice.
(c)
Any Advance Fees shall be invoiced on the date of execution of a Service Order by Equinix. Invoices for such Advance Fees shall be paid prior to installation and, in any event, no later than 10 days from the date of the invoice.
(d)
Any Usage Charges shall be invoiced monthly in arrears in the month following the provision of the Services to which the Usage Charges relate and shall be paid within 30 days of the date of the invoice.
 
 
1 of 4

 
2.5
Equinix reserves the right to automatically increase the Monthly Recurring Charges in line with the retail prices index on the first of January each year.

2.6
In addition to its rights under the terms of Clause 2.5 above, Equinix reserves the right to automatically increase the Power Charges of the first of January and first of July each year in line with any reasonable and evidenced increases in its direct electrical supply costs.

3.
Data Protection
 
3.1
The Customer acknowledges that Equinix, Equinix Parties and their respective agents will, by virtue of the provision of Services, come into possession of Customer Data. The Customer warrants that it has obtained and will obtain all legally required consents and permissions from relevant parties (including data subjects) for the use, processing and transfer of Customer Data as described in this Clause 3.

3.2
Equinix shall implement appropriate technical and organisational measures to protect Customer Data against accidental or unlawful destruction or accidental loss, alteration, unauthorised disclosure or access and against other unlawful forms of processing.
 
3.3
The Customer acknowledges and agrees that Equinix, Equinix Parties and their respective agents may use, process and/or transfer Customer Data (including intra-group transfers and transfers to entities in countries that do not provide statutory protections for personal information): (i) in connection with the provision of Services; (ii) to incorporate Customer Data into databases controlled by Equinix or Equinix Parties for the purpose of account administration, billing and reconciliation, operational maintenance and support activities, fraud detection and prevention, and customer and market analysis and reporting, and (iii) to communicate to the Customer by voice, letter, fax or email regarding products and services of Equinix or Equinix Parties. The Customer may withdraw consent for such use, processing or transfer of Customer Data as set out in (iii) above by sending written notice to Equinix in accordance with the prescribed form, available from Equinix on request. The Customer acknowledges that it has right to access Customer Data upon written notice and have any agreed errors in such Customer Data rectified.
 
3.4
For the purposes of this Clause 3, “ Customer Data ” shall mean data containing personal and/or private information of the Customer, its agents or employees or any authorised user of the Services (including Sub-Licensees) and its agents or employees, or other similar such data provided to or obtained by Equinix in connection with the provision of Services, and whose use, processing or transfer of such data is regulated by law or regulation as “ personal data ” where Equinix, Equinix Parties or their respective agents come into possession of such Customer Data.

4.
Non-Solicitation
 
Neither Party shall, during the Term or for 12 months thereafter, solicit or entice away or endeavor to solicit or to entice away or assist any other person whether by means of the supply of names or expressing views on suitability or otherwise howsoever solicit or entice away from the other Party any employee of the other Party or person contracted to tender services to the other Party.
 
5.
Modifications to the General T&Cs. The terms and conditions set out in the General T&Cs are incorporated by reference into this MSA, with the following modifications:
 
5.1
The first sentence of section 4(e) of the General T&Cs is stricken.

5.2
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 6(a) of the General T&Cs, the cure period for payment breaches shall be 30 days, not 10 days, meaning “(ten (10) days in the case of a failure to pay Service Fees)” shall to deleted from this MSA.
 
5.3
In Section 6(b) of the General T&Cs it is agreed that the reinstatement fee shall not exceed a sum of $500 or the equivalent local currency.
 
5.4
In section 6(c) of the General T&Cs, termination may only occur upon 30 days prior written notice and so the words “thirty (30) days prior” shall be added before “written notice” and “immediately” shall be deleted from this MSA.

5.5
The last sentence in Section 8(b) of the General T&Cs is stricken from this MSA.

5.6
In section 9(e) of the General T&Cs, it is additionally agreed that if Equinix purports to assign the Agreement to a company that is a direct competitor of the Customer, being another software company with the same or substantially similar product focus as the Customer, then the Customer may elect, upon written notice to Equinix, to terminate the Agreement with no further liability to Equinix, and provided that the Customer must exercise that right to terminate
 
2 of 4

 
the Agreement within 30 days of receipt of a notice of the purported assignment of the Agreement from Equinix to the competitor.

5.7
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 9(g) of the General T&Cs, the following descending order of precedence will apply to this MSA:
 
a.
the Order;
b.
any Attachments to the Master Services Agreement;
c.
the Master Services Agreement;
d.
the Service Level Agreement;
e.
the Policies; and
f.
General Terms and Conditions.

5.8
In addition to the provisions of Section 3 of the General T&Cs, the Customer agrees to comply at all times with the Policies in relation to access to the IBX Centre and access and use of the Licensed Space, including but not limited to the Secure Data Centre Access Procedure. With regard to the Secure Data Centre Access Procedure, for as long as the Customer Equipment is the subject of an equipment leasing contract between the Customer and a leasing company, the Customer shall ensure that an authorized representative of the leasing company shall be identified on the Secure Data Centre Access Procedure.

5.9
Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4 or 5 of the General T&Cs or any other provision of this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement excludes or limits or purports to exclude or limit the liability of Equinix for: (a) death or personal injury resulting from negligence; or (b) for any damage or liability incurred by Customer as a result of fraud or fraudulent misrepresentation by Equinix; or (c) for any liability incurred by Customer as a result of any breach by Equinix of the condition as to title or the warranty as to quiet possession implied by section 2 of the Supply of Goods and Services Act 1982.
 
5.10
Further to Section 10(h) of the General T&Cs, no person who is not a Party to this Agreement shall have any right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Agreement.

6.
Governing Law and Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law. The Parties irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts of England and Wales for the purpose of hearing and determining any dispute arising out of this Agreement and for the purpose of enforcement of any judgment against their respective assets.
 
7.
For the avoidance of doubt, this MSA shall in no way affect any orders for services provided by any other Equinix Company to any other Customer Company. Furthermore, Equinix and Customer acknowledge that the terms and conditions contained in this MSA are not binding upon any other Equinix Company, other than Equinix, or Customer Company, other than Customer, and that no other Equinix Company or Customer Company is required to agree to any of the terms and conditions set out in this MSA.
 
8.
No variation to this Agreement shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by both the Parties.
 
9.
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the Parties on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all the counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.
 
10.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equinix Service Level Agreement or any other part of the Agreement, if there is: (i) a “chronic service outage” in that there is a failure to meet the Service Level Agreement leading to the payment of a Service Credit thereunder on 3 separate occasions in a consecutive 3 month period; or (ii) a “catastrophic failure” in that there is a failure to meet the Service Level Agreement leading to the payment of a Service Credit that on any one occasion lasts for more than 8 continuous hours, and such “chronic service outage” or “catastrophic failure” is due to an act or omission of Equinix, including without limitation, inadequate provision of power, cooling, and/or flood/fire preventive measures, then Customer may elect, upon immediate notice to Equinix, to terminate the Agreement with no further liability to Equinix, provided that the Customer itself is not in breach of the Agreement and that the Customer must exercise that right to terminate the Agreement within 30 days of the end of the event that gives rise to the termination right.

11.
During regular business hours and no more frequently than once in any consecutive 12 month period, at Customer’s sole expense and on a mutually agreed upon date (which shall be no less than 10 business days after written notice from Customer), time, location and duration, representatives of the Customer or its third party representatives responsible for SAS 70 compliance matters may perform a confidential audit of the relevant IBX Centers for the sole purpose to enable the Customer to verify that the Customer is in a position to comply with its own SAS 70 audit requirements, and subject to reasonable postponement by Equinix upon Equinix’s request, which postponement shall
 
3 of 4

 
not exceed 10 business days. Customer agrees that (i) such an audit shall not adversely affect other customers of Equinix or Equinix’s operation of the IBX Center; (ii) the Customer and its third party representatives shall comply with Equinix’s Policies during such audit; and (iii) Customer shall ensure that any third party representatives treat all of Equinix’s Confidential Information disclosed to such third party representatives as a result of such audit in the same manner Customer is required to treat such Confidential Information. Any audit provided for in this Clause 11 shall only consist of a visit to the IBX Center and/or the Customer and its third party representatives review of Equinix’s regularly-prepared records regarding the operation of the relevant IBX Centers.
 
Executed as an Agreement, which shall not take effect until signed by both Parties below.
 
Customer
 
Equinix
The person signing below hereby warrants and represents to have full authority to execute this Agreement on behalf of the Customer.
 
 
The person signing below hereby warrants and represents to have full authority to execute this Agreement on behalf of Equinix.
 
 
Signature:
By: /s/ Perry A. Wallack
 
Signature:
By: [illegible]      
 
Name:
Perry A. Wallack  
Name:
 
 
Title:
CFO  
Title:
Senior Director
 
Address For Notices:   Address for Notices:
     
Attention: Legal Department
Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.
1601 Cloverfield Boulevard, Suite 620
Santa Monica, California 90404
United States
 
Managing Director
Equinix (UK) Limited
2 Buckingham Avenue
Slough Trading Estate
Slough SL1 4NB
United Kingdom
     
Fax: +1 (310) 752-0143
 
Email:
 
 
Fax: +44 (0)1753 828 835
 
Email: As advised by Equinix from time to time.
 
with a copy to :
 
Vice President, Legal
Equinix Group Limited
51-53 Great Marlborough Street
London W1F 7JT
United Kingdom
 
Fax: +44 (0)20 7534 2133
 
 
Email: As advised by Equinix from time to time.

 
4 of 4

 
Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.

Cornerstone OnDemand Global Operations, Inc. (Delaware)
Cornerstone OnDemand Limited (UK)
Cornerstone OnDemand Services India Private Limited (India)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

 
 

 
Exhibit 23.2


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated September 27, 2010 relating to the financial statements of Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.


/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 
Los Angeles, California
September 27, 2010